G1000®

Garmin (Europe) Ltd.
Liberty House, Bulls Copse Road
Houndsdown Business Park
Southampton, SO40 9RB, U.K.
p:44/0870.8501241
f:44/0870.8501251

www.garmin.com

Cessna Nav III

Garmin Corporation
No. 68, Jangshu 2nd Road
Shijr, Taipei County, Taiwan
p:886/02.2642.9199
f:886/02.2642.9099®

Garmin AT, Inc.
2345 Turner Road SE
Salem, OR 97302, U.S.A.
p:503.391.3411
f:503.364.2138

G1000 Pilot’s Guide

Garmin International, Inc.
1200 East 151st Street
Olathe, KS 66062, U.S.A.
p:913.397.8200
f:913.397.8282

Integrated Flight Deck
Pilot’s Guide

Cessna Nav III

190-00498-06
Revision 1TP

Nav III Cover.indd 1

12/10/2009 12:07:12 PM

SYSTEM OVERVIEW

FLIGHT INSTRUMENTSEISAUDIO PANEL & CNS

FLIGHT MANAGEMENTHAZARD AVOIDANCEAFCSADDITIONAL FEATURES

APPENDICESINDEX

Copyright © 2004-2011 Garmin Ltd. or its subsidiaries. All rights reserved.
This manual reflects the operation of System Software version 0563.25 or later for Cessna 172R, 172S, 182T, T182T, 206H, and T206H
aircraft. Some differences in operation may be observed when comparing the information in this manual to earlier or later software
versions.
NOTE: Cessna Nav III aircraft include the Cessna 172R, the Cessna 172S, the normally aspirated Cessna 182 (182),
the turbocharged Cessna 182 (T182), the normally aspirated Cessna 206 (206), and the turbocharged Cessna 206(T206). Unless otherwise indicated, information in the G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide pertains to all Cessna Nav
III aircraft.

Garmin International, Inc., 1200 East 151st Street, Olathe, Kansas 66062, U.S.A.
Tel: 913/397.8200					Fax: 913/397.8282
Garmin AT, Inc., 2345 Turner Road SE, Salem, OR 97302, U.S.A.
Tel: 503/391.3411					Fax 503/364.2138
Garmin (Europe) Ltd, Liberty House, Bulls Copse Road, Hounsdown Business Park, Southampton, SO40 9RB, U.K.
Tel: 44/0870.8501241				Fax: 44/0870.8501251
Garmin Corporation, No. 68, Jangshu 2nd Road, Shijr, Taipei County, Taiwan
Tel: 886/02.2642.9199				Fax: 886/02.2642.9099
For after-hours emergency, aircraft on ground (AOG) technical support for Garmin panel mount and integrated avionics systems, pleasecontact Garmin’s AOG Hotline at 913.397.0836.
Web Site Address: www.garmin.com
Except as expressly provided herein, no part of this manual may be reproduced, copied, transmitted, disseminated, downloaded or stored
in any storage medium, for any purpose without the express written permission of Garmin. Garmin hereby grants permission to download
a single copy of this manual and of any revision to this manual onto a hard drive or other electronic storage medium to be viewed for
personal use, provided that such electronic or printed copy of this manual or revision must contain the complete text of this copyright noticeand provided further that any unauthorized commercial distribution of this manual or any revision hereto is strictly prohibited.
Garmin® and G1000® are registered trademarks of Garmin Ltd. or its subsidiaries. FliteCharts®, and SafeTaxi® are trademarks of Garmin
Ltd. or its subsidiaries. These trademarks may not be used without the express permission of Garmin.
NavData® is a registered trademark of Jeppesen, Inc.; Stormscope® is a registered trademark of L-3 Communications; and XM® is a
registered trademark of XM Satellite Radio, Inc.; Honeywell® and Bendix/King® are registered trademarks of Honeywell International,
Inc.; CO Guardian is a trademark of CO Guardian, Inc.

October, 2011

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

Printed in the U.S.A.

190-00498-07 Rev. A

LIMITED WARRANTY
LIMITED WARRANTY
Within the warranty period, Garmin will, at its sole discretion, repair or replace any components that fail in normal use. Such repairs or
replacement will be made at no charge to the customer for parts and/or labor incidental to the direct repair of said product. Garmin may,at its discretion with prior approval, reimburse an authorized Garmin Service Center for associated labor costs incurred for removal andreplacement of the panel mount product installed in an aircraft. The customer shall be responsible for any transportation or other cost. This
warranty does not apply to: (i) cosmetic damage, such as scratches, nicks and dents; (ii) consumable parts, such as batteries, unless productdamage has occurred due to a defect in materials or workmanship; (iii) damage caused by accident, abuse, misuse, water, flood, fire, orother acts of nature or external causes; (iv) damage caused by service performed by anyone who is not an authorized service provider
of Garmin; or (v) damage to a product that has been modified or altered without the written permission of Garmin. In addition, Garmin
reserves the right to refuse warranty claims against products or services that are obtained and/or used in contravention of the laws of any
country.
THE WARRANTIES AND REMEDIES CONTAINED HEREIN ARE EXCLUSIVE AND IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS,IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING ANY LIABILITY ARISING UNDER ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE, STATUTORY OR OTHERWISE. THIS WARRANTY GIVES YOU SPECIFIC LEGAL RIGHTS, WHICH MAY VARY FROMSTATE TO STATE.
IN NO EVENT SHALL GARMIN BE LIABLE FOR ANY INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, WHETHERRESULTING FROM THE USE, MISUSE, OR INABILITY TO USE THIS PRODUCT OR FROM DEFECTS IN THE PRODUCT. Some states do notallow the exclusion of incidental or consequential damages, so the above limitations may not apply in every case.
Garmin retains the exclusive right to repair or replace (with a new or newly-overhauled replacement product) the product or offer a fullrefund of the purchase price at its sole discretion. SUCH REMEDY SHALL BE YOUR SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF
WARRANTY.
To obtain warranty service, contact your local Garmin Authorized Service Center. For assistance in locating the nearest Service Center, call
Garmin Customer Service at one of the numbers listed below.
Products sold through online auctions are not eligible for warranty coverage or rebates or other special offers from Garmin. Online auction
confirmations are not accepted for warranty verification. To obtain warranty service, an original or copy of the sales receipt from the originalretailer is required. Garmin will not replace missing components from any package purchased through an online auction.
Garmin International Inc.
1200 East 151st Street, Olathe, Kansas 66062
Telephone:		(913)397-8200		
Telephone Toll Free:(888)606-5482
Facsimile:(913)397-8282
Facsimile Toll Free:(800)801-4670
E-mail: orders@garmin.com
avionics@garmin.com
warranty@garmin.com

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin (Europe) Ltd.
Liberty House, Bulls Copse Road, Southampton, SO40
9RB, UK
Telephone:		++44 (0) 870-8501243
Telephone Toll Free:++44 (0) 0808 238 0000
(option 5)
Facsimile:++44 (0) 238052004
E-mail: avionics.europe@garmin.com

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav IIIiWARNINGS, CAUTIONS, AND NOTESWARNING: Navigation and terrain separation must NOT be predicated upon the use of the terrain avoidance

feature. The terrain avoidance feature is NOT intended to be used as a primary reference for terrain avoidanceand does not relieve the pilot from the responsibility of being aware of surroundings during flight. The
terrain avoidance feature is only to be used as an aid for terrain avoidance. Terrain data is obtained fromthird party sources. Garmin is not able to independently verify the accuracy of the terrain data.
WARNING: The displayed minimum safe altitudes (MSAs) are only advisory in nature and should not be
relied upon as the sole source of obstacle and terrain avoidance information. Always refer to current
aeronautical charts for appropriate minimum clearance altitudes.
WARNING: The altitude calculated by G1000 GPS receivers is geometric height above Mean Sea Level andcould vary significantly from the altitude displayed by pressure altimeters, such as the GDC 74A Air Data
Computer, or other altimeters in aircraft. GPS altitude should never be used for vertical navigation. Always
use pressure altitude displayed by the G1000 PFD or other pressure altimeters in aircraft.
WARNING: Do not use outdated database information. Databases used in the G1000 system must be updated
regularly in order to ensure that the information remains current. Pilots using any outdated database do soentirely at their own risk.
WARNING: Do not use basemap (land and water data) information for primary navigation. Basemap data is

intended only to supplement other approved navigation data sources and should be considered as an aid toenhance situational awareness.
WARNING: Traffic information shown on system displays is provided as an aid in visually acquiring traffic.

Pilots must maneuver the aircraft based only upon ATC guidance or positive visual acquisition of conflicting
traffic.
WARNING: Use of the Stormscope is not intended for hazardous weather penetration (thunderstorm

penetration). Stormscope information, as displayed on the G1000 MFD, is to be used only for weather
avoidance, not penetration.
WARNING: Do not use datalink weather products (e.g., XM WX Satellite Weather, GFDS World Wide Weather,or FIS-B) for hazardous weather penetration. Weather information provided by these products is aged by up
to several minutes and may not depict actual weather conditions as they currently appear.
WARNING: NEXRAD weather data is to be used for long-range planning purposes only. Due to inherent

delays in data transmission and the relative age of the data, NEXRAD weather data should not be used forshort-range weather avoidance.

ii

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

WARNINGS, CAUTIONS, AND NOTESWARNING: For safety reasons, G1000 operational procedures must be learned on the ground.
WARNING: The Garmin G1000, as installed in Cessna Nav III aircraft, has a very high degree of functional

integrity. However, the pilot must recognize that providing monitoring and/or self-test capability for allconceivable system failures is not practical. Although unlikely, it may be possible for erroneous operation
to occur without a fault indication shown by the G1000. It is thus the responsibility of the pilot to detectsuch an occurrence by means of cross-checking with all redundant or correlated information available in the
cockpit.
WARNING: The United States government operates the Global Positioning System and is solely responsiblefor its accuracy and maintenance. The GPS system is subject to changes which could affect the accuracy
and performance of all GPS equipment. Portions of the Garmin G1000 utilize GPS as a precision electronic
NAVigation AID (NAVAID). Therefore, as with all NAVAIDs, information presented by the G1000 can bemisused or misinterpreted and, therefore, become unsafe.
WARNING: To reduce the risk of unsafe operation, carefully review and understand all aspects of theG1000 Pilot’s Guide documentation. Thoroughly practice basic operation prior to actual use. During flight
operations, carefully compare indications from the G1000 to all available navigation sources, including
the information from other NAVAIDs, visual sightings, charts, etc. For safety purposes, always resolve any
discrepancies before continuing navigation.
WARNING: The illustrations in this guide are only examples. Never use the G1000 to attempt to penetrate

a thunderstorm. Both the FAA Advisory Circular, Subject: Thunderstorms, and the Airman’s Information
Manual (AIM) recommend avoiding “by at least 20 miles any thunderstorm identified as severe or giving an
intense radar echo.”WARNING: Because of variation in the earth’s magnetic field, operating the system within the following

areas could result in loss of reliable attitude and heading indications. North of 72° North latitude at all
longitudes. South of 70° South latitude at all longitudes. North of 65° North latitude between longitude
75° W and 120° W. (Northern Canada). North of 70° North latitude between longitude 70° W and 128° W.
(Northern Canada). North of 70° North latitude between longitude 85° E and 114° E. (Northern Russia).
South of 55° South latitude between longitude 120° E and 165° E. (Region south of Australia and New
Zealand).
WARNING: Do not use GPS to navigate to any active waypoint identified as a ‘NON WGS84 WPT’ by asystem message. ‘NON WGS84 WPT’ waypoints are derived from an unknown map reference datum that
may be incompatible with the map reference datum used by GPS (known as WGS84) and may be positioned
in error as displayed.

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

iii

WARNINGS, CAUTIONS, AND NOTESCAUTION: The PFD and MFD displays use a lens coated with a special anti-reflective coating that is very

sensitive to skin oils, waxes, and abrasive cleaners. CLEANERS CONTAINING AMMONIA WILL HARM THE
ANTI-REFLECTIVE COATING. It is very important to clean the lens using a clean, lint-free cloth and aneyeglass lens cleaner that is specified as safe for anti-reflective coatings.
CAUTION: The Garmin G1000 does not contain any user-serviceable parts. Repairs should only be made by
an authorized Garmin service center. Unauthorized repairs or modifications could void both the warranty
and the pilot’s authority to operate this device under FAA/FCC regulations.
NOTE: When using Stormscope, there are several atmospheric phenomena in addition to nearby thunderstorms

that can cause isolated discharge points in the strike display mode. However, clusters of two or more
discharge points in the strike display mode do indicate thunderstorm activity if these points reappear after
the screen has been cleared.
NOTE: Interference from GPS repeaters operating inside nearby hangars can cause an intermittent loss of

attitude and heading displays while the aircraft is on the ground. Moving the aircraft more than 100 yards
away from the source of the interference should alleviate the condition.
NOTE: All visual depictions contained within this document, including screen images of the G1000 panel anddisplays, are subject to change and may not reflect the most current G1000 system and aviation databases.
Depictions of equipment may differ slightly from the actual equipment.
NOTE: This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:(1) this device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received,
including interference that may cause undesired operation.
NOTE: The GDU 1040 PFD/MFD may require a warm-up time of up to 30 minutes when exposed to -40˚C for

an extended period. A warm-up time of up to 15 minutes may be required when exposed to -30˚C for an
extended period.
NOTE: This product, its packaging, and its components contain chemicals known to the State of California

to cause cancer, birth defects, or reproductive harm. This notice is being provided in accordance with
California’s Proposition 65. If you have any questions or would like additional information, please refer toour web site at www.garmin.com/prop65.
NOTE: Use of polarized eyewear may cause the flight displays to appear dim or blank.

iv

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

REVISION INFORMATION
Record of Revisions
Part Number
190-00498-00

RevisionA

Date
10/27/05

190-00498-01

A

9/11/06

190-00498-02

A

3/8/07i - I-6

190-00498-03

A

11/6/07i - I-6

190-00498-04

A

9/26/08All

190-00498-05

A

8/14/09All

190-00498-06

A

1/10

All

B

4/10

484

A

10/11

All

190-00498-07

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Page Range
Descriptioni - I-4
Reformatted for single part number (all previous part numbers
incorporated into this part number)
Added TAWS-B
Added CO Guardian
Added new fuel totalizeri - I-6
Added GFC 700 AFCS
Added WAAS and VNAV
Added Chartview, Flitecharts, and SafeTaxi
Added GDU 7.00 parameters
Change manual to larger format
Added Airways
Added ADS-B
Added GDU 8.02 parameters
Various clerical changes
Added GDU 8.20 parameters, including gradient background on
the PFD and GFC 700 for the C172.
Added GDU 9.03 parameters
Removed gradient background.
Added Synthetic Vision System
Added GDU 9.14
Added new page navigation
Added flight plan import/export
Added new EIS displays
Added CDI use in Dead Reckoning Mode
Various clerical changes
Added GDU 10.01
Added Auxiliary Video
Added AOPA Airport Directory
Added Flight Data Logging
Removed statement regarding certain SD cards voiding theG1000 warranty.
Added Profile View
Added FIS-B Weather
Added Arrival Alert
Added GTS 800 Traffic System
Updated database synchronization
Added GDU 12.02 parameters

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav IIIv

REVISION INFORMATION

Blank Pagevi

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

TABLE OF CONTENTS

1.1
1.2
1.3

1.4
1.5
1.6

1.7

1.8

SECTION 1 SYSTEM OVERVIEW
System Description.................................................. 1
Line Replaceable Units (LRU).................................. 2
G1000 Controls......................................................... 7
PFD/MFD Controls......................................................... 7
Audio Panel Controls................................................... 10
Secure Digital (SD) Cards...................................... 12
System Power-up.................................................... 13
System Operation................................................... 14
Normal Display Operation............................................ 14
Reversionary Display Operation.................................... 14
AHRS Operation.......................................................... 15
G1000 System Annunciations....................................... 17
Softkey Function.......................................................... 17
GPS Receiver Operation............................................... 25
Accessing G1000 Functionality............................ 29
Menus........................................................................ 29
MFD Page Groups........................................................ 30
MFD System Pages...................................................... 34
Display Backlighting.............................................. 44
Automatic Adjustment................................................. 44
Manual Adjustment..................................................... 44

SECTION 2 FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
2.1 Flight Instruments.................................................. 50
Airspeed Indicator....................................................... 50
Attitude Indicator........................................................ 52
Altimeter.................................................................... 53
Vertical Speed Indicator (VSI)........................................ 55
Horizontal Situation Indicator (HSI)............................... 57
Course Deviation Indicator (CDI)................................... 62
2.2 Supplemental Flight Data..................................... 69
Outside Air Temperature............................................... 69
Wind Data.................................................................. 71
Vertical Navigation (VNV) Indications............................ 72
2.3 PFD Annunciations and Alerting Functions......... 73
System Alerting........................................................... 73
Marker Beacon Annunciations...................................... 74
Traffic Annunciation..................................................... 74
TAWS Annunciations.................................................... 75
Altitude Alerting.......................................................... 76
Low Altitude Annunciation........................................... 76
Minimum Descent Altitude/Decision Height Alerting....... 77
190-00498-07 Rev. A

2.4 Abnormal Operations............................................ 78
Abnormal GPS Conditions............................................ 78
Unusual Attitudes........................................................ 79
SECTION 3 ENGINE INDICATION SYSTEM (EIS)
3.1 Engine Display........................................................ 83
Normally-Aspirated and Turbocharged Aircraft............... 83
3.2 Lean Display............................................................ 86
Normally-Aspirated Aircraft.......................................... 88
Turbocharged Aircraft................................................... 89
3.3 System Display....................................................... 90
Normally-Aspirated and Turbocharged Aircraft............... 90
4.1

4.2

4.3

4.4

4.5

SECTION 4 AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
Overview................................................................. 95
MFD/PFD Controls and Frequency Display...................... 96
Audio Panel Controls................................................... 98
COM Operation..................................................... 100
COM Transceiver Selection and Activation.................... 100
COM Transceiver Manual Tuning................................. 101
Quick-tuning and Activating 121.500 MHz................... 102
Auto-tuning the COM Frequency................................. 103
Frequency Spacing..................................................... 107
Automatic Squelch..................................................... 108
Volume..................................................................... 108
NAV Operation...................................................... 109
NAV Radio Selection and Activation............................ 109
NAV Receiver Manual Tuning...................................... 110
Auto-tuning a NAV Frequency from the MFD................ 112
Marker Beacon Receiver............................................. 117
DME Tuning.............................................................. 118
GTX 33 Mode S Transponder............................... 119
Transponder Controls................................................. 119
Transponder Mode Selection....................................... 120
Entering a Transponder Code...................................... 123
IDENT Function......................................................... 124
Additional Audio Panel Functions...................... 125
Power-up.................................................................. 125
Mono/Stereo Headsets............................................... 125
Speaker.................................................................... 125
Intercom................................................................... 126
Passenger Address (PA) System................................... 128
Clearance Recorder and Player.................................... 128
Entertainment Inputs................................................. 129

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

vii

TABLE OF CONTENTS
4.6 Audio Panel Preflight Procedure........................ 130
4.7 Abnormal Operation............................................ 131
Stuck Microphone...................................................... 131
COM Tuning Failure.................................................... 131
Audio Panel Fail-safe Operation.................................. 131
Reversionary Mode.................................................... 131
5.1
5.2

5.3

5.4
5.5
5.6

viii

SECTION 5 FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
Introduction.......................................................... 133
Navigation Status Box................................................ 134
Using Map Displays.............................................. 136
Map Orientation........................................................ 136
Map Range............................................................... 138
Map Panning............................................................. 140
Measuring Bearing and Distance................................. 144
Topography............................................................... 145
Map Symbols............................................................ 148
Airways.................................................................... 154
Track Vector.............................................................. 156
Wind Vector.............................................................. 157
Nav Range Ring........................................................ 158
Fuel Range Ring........................................................ 159
Field of View (SVS)..................................................... 160
Selected Altitude Intercept Arc.................................... 161
Waypoints.............................................................. 162
Airports.................................................................... 163
Intersections............................................................. 170
NDBs........................................................................ 172
VORs........................................................................ 174
User Waypoints......................................................... 176
Airspaces............................................................... 182
Direct-to-Navigation ........................................... 185
Flight Planning...................................................... 190
Flight Plan Creation................................................... 191
Adding Waypoints to an Existing Flight Plan................. 196
Adding Airways to a Flight Plan.................................. 198
Adding Procedures to a Stored Flight Plan................... 201
Flight Plan Storage.................................................... 207
Flight Plan Editing..................................................... 210
Along Track Offsets.................................................... 214
Parallel Track............................................................. 215
Activating a Flight Plan Leg........................................ 218

Inverting a Flight Plan................................................ 219
Flight Plan Views....................................................... 220
Closest Point of FPL................................................... 222

5.7 Vertical Navigation.............................................. 223
Altitude Constraints................................................... 225
5.8 Procedures............................................................ 229
Departures................................................................ 229
Arrivals .................................................................... 232
Approaches .............................................................. 234
5.9 Trip Planning......................................................... 240
Trip Planning............................................................. 240
5.10 RAIM Prediction................................................... 244
5.11 Navigating a Flight Plan...................................... 247
5.12 Abnormal Operation............................................ 275
6.1

6.2

6.3
6.4
6.5
6.6
6.7

6.8

SECTION 6 HAZARD AVOIDANCEXM WX Satellite Weather.................................... 278
Activating Services..................................................... 278
Using XM WX Satellite Weather Products..................... 279
GFDS Worldwide Weather................................... 312
Registering the Iridium Satellite System....................... 312
Registering the system for Garmin Flight Data Services.313
GFDS Weather Data Requests..................................... 322
Worldwide Weather Products...................................... 326
Abnormal Operations................................................. 342
FIS-B Weather....................................................... 344
Using FIS-B Weather Products..................................... 344
WX-500 Stormscope............................................ 359
Setting Up Stormscope on the Navigation Map............ 359
Terrain Proximity.................................................. 364
Displaying Terrain Proximity Data................................ 364
Profile View Terrain.............................................. 369
Profile View Display................................................... 369
Terrain-SVS............................................................ 372
Displaying Terrain-SVS Data........................................ 373
Terrain-SVS Page....................................................... 375
Terrain-SVS Alerts...................................................... 377
TAWS-B.................................................................. 381
Displaying TAWS-B Data............................................. 382
TAWS-B Page............................................................ 385
TAWS-B Alerts........................................................... 387
System Status............................................................ 392

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

TABLE OF CONTENTS
6.9 Traffic Information Service (TIS)......................... 394
Displaying TRAFFIC Data............................................ 395
Traffic Map Page........................................................ 397
TIS Alerts.................................................................. 398
System Status............................................................ 399
6.10 Garmin GTS 800 Traffic........................................ 402
Theory of operation................................................... 402
TAS Alerts................................................................. 405
System Test............................................................... 406
Operation................................................................. 407
6.11 Honeywell KTA870 Traffic.................................... 415
TAS Symbology.......................................................... 415
Operation................................................................. 416
Altitude Display......................................................... 419
Traffic Map Page Display Range.................................. 419
TAS Alerts................................................................. 421
System Status............................................................ 422
6.12 ADS-B Traffic......................................................... 423
SECTION 7 AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
7.1 AFCS Controls....................................................... 430
7.2 Flight Director Operation.................................... 432
Activating the Flight Director...................................... 432
AFCS Status Box........................................................ 433
Command Bars.......................................................... 434
Flight Director Modes................................................. 434
7.3 Vertical Modes...................................................... 435
Pitch Hold Mode (PIT)................................................ 436
Selected Altitude Capture Mode (ALTS)........................ 437
Altitude Hold Mode (ALT)........................................... 438
Vertical Speed Mode (VS)........................................... 439
Flight Level Change Mode (FLC).................................. 440
Vertical Navigation Modes (VPTH, ALTV)...................... 442
Glidepath Mode (GP) (SBAS Only)............................... 447
Glideslope Mode (GS)................................................ 449
Go Around Mode (GA)............................................... 450
7.4 Lateral Modes....................................................... 451
Roll Hold Mode (ROL)................................................ 452
Heading Select Mode (HDG)....................................... 453
Navigation Modes (GPS, VOR, LOC)............................. 454
Approach Modes (GPS, VAPP, LOC).............................. 456
Backcourse Mode (BC)............................................... 458

190-00498-07 Rev. A

7.5 Autopilot Operation............................................. 459
Engaging the Autopilot.............................................. 459
Control Wheel Steering.............................................. 460
Disengaging the Autopilot.......................................... 460
7.6 Example Procedures............................................. 461
Departure................................................................. 462
Intercepting a VOR Radial........................................... 464
Flying a Flight Plan/GPS Course.................................. 465
Descent.................................................................... 466
Approach.................................................................. 470
Go Around/Missed Approach...................................... 474
7.7 AFCS Annunciations and Alerts.......................... 476
AFCS Status Alerts..................................................... 476
Overspeed Protection................................................. 477
8.1

8.2
8.3

8.4

8.5
8.6

8.7
8.8

SECTION 8 ADDITIONAL FEATURES
Synthetic Vision System (SVS) (Optional).......... 480
SVS Operation........................................................... 481
SVS Features............................................................. 483
Field of View............................................................. 491
SafeTaxi................................................................. 493
SafeTaxi Cycle Number and Revision........................... 496
ChartView (Optional)........................................... 499
ChartView Softkeys.................................................... 499
Terminal Procedures Charts........................................ 500
Chart Options............................................................ 508
Day/Night View......................................................... 514
ChartView Cycle Number and Expiration Date.............. 516
FliteCharts............................................................. 519
FliteCharts Softkeys................................................... 519
Terminal Procedures Charts........................................ 520
Chart Options............................................................ 527
Day/Night View......................................................... 531
FliteCharts Cycle Number and Expiration Date.............. 533
AOPA Airport Directory........................................ 536
AOPA Database Cycle Number and Revision................ 537
SiriusXM Satellite Radio (Service Optional)..... 539
Activating SiriusXM Satellite Radio Services................. 539
Using SiriusXM Radio................................................. 540
Automatic Audio Muting............................................ 544
Scheduler............................................................... 545
Electronic Checklists............................................ 547

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

ix

TABLE OF CONTENTS
8.9 Flight Data Logging............................................. 550
8.10 Auxiliary Video (Optional)................................... 552
Video Setup.............................................................. 553
Display Selection....................................................... 553
Input Selection.......................................................... 554
Zoom/Range............................................................. 554
8.11 Abnormal Operation............................................ 556
SVS Troubleshooting.................................................. 556
Reversionary Mode.................................................... 556
Unusual Attitudes...................................................... 557
APPENDICES
Annunciations and Alerts.............................................. 561
Alert Level Definitions................................................ 562
Nav III Aircraft Alerts.................................................. 562
CO Guardian Messages.............................................. 563
G1000 System Annunciations..................................... 563
Other G1000 Aural Alerts........................................... 566
G1000 System Message Advisories.............................. 566
Flight Plan Import/Export Messages............................ 577
AFCS Alerts............................................................... 578
Terrain-SVS Alerts...................................................... 579
TAWS-B ALERTS......................................................... 580
TAWS-B System Status Annunciations.......................... 581
Database Management................................................. 583
Jeppesen Databases................................................... 583
Garmin Databases..................................................... 587
Glossary........................................................................... 593
Frequently Asked Questions......................................... 599
General TIS Information................................................ 603
Introduction.............................................................. 603
TIS vs. TAS/TCAS........................................................ 603
TIS Limitations.......................................................... 603
Map Symbols.................................................................. 605
INDEX
Index .................................................................................I-1

x

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

SYSTEM OVERVIEWSYSTEMOVERVIEWSECTION 1 SYSTEM OVERVIEW

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

1.1 SYSTEM DESCRIPTIONThis section is designed to provide an overview of the G1000 Integrated Flight Deck as installed in Cessna Nav
III aircraft, which include the Cessna 172R, 172S, the normally aspirated Cessna 182 (182), the turbocharged
Cessna 182 (T182), the normally aspirated Cessna 206 (206), and the turbocharged Cessna 206 (T206).

• GIA 63/63W Integrated Avionics Unit (IAU)• GTX 33 Mode S Transponder• GDC 74A Air Data Computer (ADC)• GDL 69A Satellite Data Link Receiver• GEA 71 Engine/Airframe Unit

• GTS 800 Traffic Avoidance System (optional)• GRS 77 Attitude and Heading Reference System(AHRS)• GDL 90 ADS-B/FIS-B Data Link Transceiver (optional)• GSA 81 AFCS Servos• GMU 44 Magnetometer• GSM 85 Servo Gearboxs

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT• GDU 1040/1044B Multi Function Display (MFD)• GMA 1347 Audio System with Integrated Marker
Beacon Receiver

AUDIO PANEL& CNS• GDU 1040/1044B Primary Flight Display (PFD)EISThe G1000 system is an integrated flight control system that presents flight instrumentation, position, navigation,communication, and identification information to the pilot through large-format displays. The system consists ofthe following Line Replaceable Units (LRUs):

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

A top-level G1000 system block diagram is shown in Figure 1-1. See Figure 1-2 for optional/additional
equipment.
NOTE: Refer to the AFCS section for details on the GFC 700 AFCS.

AFCSThe GFC 700 Automated Flight Control System (AFCS) provides the flight director (FD) and autopilot (AP)functions of the G1000 system.

ADDITIONALFEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

1

SYSTEMOVERVIEWSYSTEM OVERVIEW

1.2 LINE REPLACEABLE UNITS (LRU)

AUDIO PANEL
& CNS

EIS

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS• GDU 1040/1044B – The GDU 1044B features a 10.4-inch LCD display with 1024 x 768 resolution. The left
display is configured as a PFD and the right display is configured as an MFD. Both GDU 1044Bs link anddisplay all functions of the G1000 system during flight. The displays communicate with each other through aHigh-Speed Data Bus (HSDB) Ethernet connection. Each display is also paired via an Ethernet connection witha GIA 63 or 63W Integrated Avionics Unit. Systems that do not use the GFC 700 Automatic Flight Control
System use the GDU 1040, which employs the same features as the GDU 1044B without the controls for theGarmin GFC 700 Automatic Flight Control System (AFCS).

HAZARDAVOIDANCEFLIGHT
MANAGEMENT• GIA 63/63W (2) – Functions as the main communication hub, linking all LRUs with the PFD. Each
GIA 63/63W contains a GPS receiver, VHF COM/NAV/GS receivers, a flight director (FD) and system integration
microprocessors. The GIA 63W contains a GPS SBAS receiver. Each GIA is paired with a respective GDU
1040/1044B display through Ethernet. The GIAs are not paired together and do not communicate with eachother directly.

INDEX

APPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURESAFCS• GDC 74A (1) – Processes data from the pitot/static system as well as the OAT probe. This unit provides
pressure altitude, airspeed, vertical speed and OAT information to the G1000 system, and it communicates with
the GIA 63/63W, GDU 1040/1044B, and GRS 77, using an ARINC 429 digital interface. The GDC 74A alsointerfaces directly with the GTP 59.

2

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

SYSTEM OVERVIEWSYSTEMOVERVIEW• GEA 71 (1) – Receives and processes signals from the engine and airframe sensors. This unit communicateswith both GIA 63/63Ws using an RS-485 digital interface.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS• GRS 77 (1) – Provides aircraft attitude and heading information via ARINC 429 to both the GDU 1040/1044B
and the GIA 63/63W. The GRS 77 contains advanced sensors (including accelerometers and rate sensors) andinterfaces with the on-side GMU 44 to obtain magnetic field information, with the GDC 74A to obtain air data,
and with both GIAs to obtain GPS information. AHRS modes of operation are discussed later in this document.

AUDIO PANEL& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT• GMU 44 (1) – Measures local magnetic field. Data is sent to the GRS 77 for processing to determine aircraft
magnetic heading. This unit receives power directly from the GRS 77 and communicates with the GRS 77
using an RS-485 digital interface.

HAZARDAVOIDANCEAFCS• GMA 1347 – The GMA 1347 Audio Panel integrates NAV/COM digital audio, intercom system and marker
beacon controls. The GMA 1347 also controls manual display reversionary mode (red DISPLAY BACKUP
button) and is installed between the MFD and the PFD. The GMA 1347 communicates with both GIA 63/
63Ws using an RS-232 digital interface.

ADDITIONALFEATURES
APPENDICES• GTX 33 (1) – The GTX 33 is a solid-state, Mode-S transponder that provides Modes A, C and S operation. The
GTX 33 is controlled through the PFD and communicates with both GIA 63/63Ws through an RS-232 digitalinterface.

INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

3

SYSTEMOVERVIEWSYSTEM OVERVIEW

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS• GDL 69A (1) – A satellite radio receiver that provides real-time weather information to the G1000 MFD (and,indirectly, to the inset map of the PFD) as well as digital audio entertainment. The GDL 69A communicateswith the MFD via HSDB connection. A subscription to the SiriusXM Satellite Radio service is required to enable
the GDL 69A capability.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTAUDIO PANEL
& CNS

EIS

• GTS 800 – The GTS 800 Traffic Advisory System (TAS) uses active interrogations of Mode S and Mode C
transponders to provide Traffic Advisories to the pilot independent of the air traffic control system.

AFCS

HAZARDAVOIDANCE• GDL 90 (1) – A digital data link transceiver designed to transmit, receive and decode ADS-B traffic information,
as well as FIS-B weather information. It broadcasts aircraft position, velocity, projected track, altitude, and flight
identification to other equipped aircraft in the vicinity, as well as to FAA ground stations. The GDL 90 receives
FIS-B weather information which is displayed on the MFD as NEXRAD radar and METARs.

ADDITIONALFEATURES• GSA 81 (3), and GSM 85 (3) – The GSA 81 servos are used for the automatic control of roll, pitch, and pitch
trim. These units interface with each GIA 63/63W.

INDEX

APPENDICESThe GSM 85 servo gearbox is responsible for transferring the output torque of the GSA 81 servo actuator to themechanical flight-control surface linkage.

4

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

SYSTEM OVERVIEWSYSTEMOVERVIEWPFD
GDU 1040 or
GDU 1044B*

MFD
GDU 1040 or
GDU 1044B*

GMA 1347
Audio Panel

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Reversionary
Control

Reversionary
Control

EIS

GDC 74A
Air Data
ComputerNo. 2 GIA 63/63W
Integrated Avionics Unit
System Integration Processors
I/O Processors
VHF COM
VHF NAV/LOC
GPS/WAAS
Glideslope

GRS 77
AHRS
AttitudeRate of Turn
Slip/Skid

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

System Inegration Processors
I/O Processors
VHF COM
VHF NAV/LOC
GPS/WAAS
Glideslope
GFC 700 Flight Director(172S, 182, & 206)
GPS Output

AUDIO PANEL
& CNS

OAT
Airspeed
Altitude
Vertical Speed

No. 1 GIA 63/63W
Integrated Avionics Unit

GPS Output

Heading

HAZARDAVOIDANCEGMU 44Magnetometer

Honeywell
KAP 140
Autopilot

GTX 33
TransponderAFCS

GEA 71Engine/Airframe
Unit

GTS 800TASor

GDL 90ADDITIONALFEATURES

Data Link

ADS-B Traffic Data

GSA 81
Pitch Servo

GSA 81
Pitch Trim

Autopilot Calculations(172S/TD,182 & 206)

Autopilot Calculations(172S/TD,182 & 206)

GSA 81
Roll Servo

Autopilot Calculations(172S/TD,182 & 206)

APPENDICES* The GDU 1040 is available in systems not using the GFC 700 Automatic Flight Control System.

The GDU 1044B is available in systems using the Garmin GFC 700 Automatic Flight Control System.

Figure 1-1 Basic G1000 System

INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

5

EIS

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

SYSTEMOVERVIEWSYSTEM OVERVIEWAUDIO PANEL& CNS

No. 1 GIA 63/63W
Integrated Avionics Unit

No. 2 GIA 63/63W
Integrated Avionics Unit

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

System Integration Processors
I/O Processors
VHF COM
VHF NAV/LOC
GPS
Glideslope
GFC 700 Flight Director

ELT

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Emergency Locator
Transmitter

GDL 69/69A

System Integration Processors
I/O Processors
VHF COM
VHF NAV/LOC
GPS
Glideslope

L3
Stormscope
Lightning Strike andThunderstorm Detection

Honeywell
KR 87
ADF Receiver

Data Link

Weather Data
Digital Audio Entertainment

Honeywell
KN 63
DME

CO Guardian
Carbon Monoxide
Detection

Honeywell
KTA 870

Traffic Avoidance
SystemINDEXAPPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURES

AFCS

Figure 1-2 Additional Equipment Options

6

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

SYSTEM OVERVIEWSYSTEMOVERVIEW

1.3 G1000 CONTROLSFLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

NOTE: The Audio Panel (GMA 1347) and AFCS controls are described in the CNS & Audio Panel and AFCS

sections respectively.
The G1000 system controls are located on the PFD and MFD bezels and audio panel. The controls for the PFD
and MFD are discussed within the following pages of this section.

PFD/MFD CONTROLS
2

4

3

5

6

7

8

EIS

1

9

AUDIO PANEL& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTHAZARDAVOIDANCEAFCSADDITIONALFEATURES

17

19

25

20

26

21

27

22

28

23

29

GFC 700 AFCS Only

190-00498-07 Rev. A

10

14

11

15

12

16

13
INDEX

24

APPENDICES

18

Figure 1-3 PFD/MFD Controls

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

7

SYSTEMOVERVIEWSYSTEM OVERVIEW

ADDITIONALFEATURESAFCSHAZARDAVOIDANCEFLIGHT
MANAGEMENTAUDIO PANEL
& CNS

EIS

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

PFD and MFD control functions are the same.
1

NAV VOL/ID Knob – Controls the NAV audio level. Press to toggle the Morse code identifier ON and OFF.
Volume level is shown in the field as a percentage.

2

NAV Frequency Transfer Key – Transfers the standby and active NAV frequencies.

3

Dual NAV Knob – Tunes the MHz (large knob) and kHz (small knob) standby frequencies for the NAV receiver.
Press to toggle the tuning cursor (light blue box) between the NAV1 and NAV2 fields.

4

Heading Knob – Turn to manually select a heading on the HSI. When pressed, it synchronizes the heading bugwith the compass lubber line. Selected Heading provides the heading reference to the Flight Director while
operating in Heading Select mode.

5

Joystick – Changes the map range (distance top to bottom of map display) when rotated. Activates the map
pointer when pressed.

6

CRS/BARO Knob – The large knob sets the altimeter barometric pressure and the small knob adjusts the course.
The course is only adjustable when the HSI is in VOR1, VOR2, or OBS/SUSP mode. Pressing this knob centers
the CDI on the currently selected VOR. Selected Course provides course reference to the Flight Director when
operating in Navigation and Approach modes.

7

Dual COM Knob – Tunes the MHz (large knob) and kHz (small knob) standby frequencies for the COM
transceiver. Pressing this knob toggles the tuning cursor (light blue box) between the COM1 and COM2 fields.

8

COM Frequency Transfer Key – Transfers the standby and active COM frequencies. Pressing and holding thiskey for two seconds automatically tunes the emergency frequency (121.5 MHz) in the active frequency field.

9

COM VOL/SQ Knob – Controls COM audio level. Audio volume level is shown in the field as a percentage.
Pressing this knob turns the COM automatic squelch ON and OFF.

10

Direct-to Key – Allows the user to enter a destination waypoint and establish a direct course to the selected
destination (specified by the identifier, chosen from the active route, or taken from the map pointer position).

11

FPL Key – Displays the active Flight Plan Page for creating and editing the active flight plan, or for accessing
stored flight plans.

12

CLR Key (DFLT MAP) – Erases information, cancels an entry, or removes page menus. To display the Navigation
Map Page immediately, press and hold CLR (MFD only).

13

Dual FMS Knob – Press to turn the selection cursor ON/OFF.

APPENDICES

Data Entry: With the cursor ON, turn to enter data in the highlighted field (large knob moves cursor
location; small knob selects character for highlighted cursor location). When the cursor is turned ON
while viewing the Active Flight Plan Page, the cursor is placed on the line below the Data Insertion Pointersee Figure 1-4. The pointer indicates data entered at the cursor will be inserted above the line selected.
Scrolling: When a list of information is too long for the window/box, a scroll bar appears, indicating more
items to view. With cursor ON, turn large knob to scroll through the list.
Page Selection: Turn knob on MFD to select the page to view (large knob selects a page group; small knob
selects a specific page from the group)

INDEX

14

8

MENU Key – Displays a context-sensitive list of options. This list allows the user to access additional features,or to make setting changes that relate to certain pages.

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

SYSTEM OVERVIEWSYSTEMOVERVIEWFLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Data is Inserted Above
the Cursor, Indicatedby the Data Insertion
Pointer
Figure 1-4 Data Insertion PointerENT Key – Accepts a menu selection or data entry. This key is used to approve an operation or complete data
entry. It is also used to confirm selections and information entries.

17

Dual ALT Knob – Sets the selected altitude in the box located above the Altimeter. The large knob selects thethousands (500m for metric), while the small knob selects the hundreds (50m for metric). Altitude Select isused by the Automatic Flight Control System in certain modes, in addition to the standard G1000 Altitude
Alerter function.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

16

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

PROC Key – Selects approaches, departures and arrivals from the flight plan. If a flight plan is used, available
procedures for the departure and/or arrival airport are automatically suggested. If a flight plan is not used, thedesired airport and the desired procedure may be selected. This key selects IFR departure procedures (DPs),
arrival procedures (STARs) and approaches (IAPs) from the database and loads them into the active flight plan.

EIS

15

The following are only available with the GFC 700 AFCS.

19

HDG Key – Selects/deselects Heading Select Mode.

20

NAV Key – Selects/deselects Navigation Mode.

21

APR Key – Selects/deselects Approach Mode.

22

VS Key – Selects/deselects Vertical Speed Mode.

AFCSAP Key – Engages/disengages the autopilot and flight director. Pressing the AP Key activates the flight director
and engages the autopilot in the default pitch axis and roll axis modes. Pressing the AP Key again disengages
the autopilot and deactivates the flight director.

HAZARDAVOIDANCE18

23 FLC Key – Selects/deselects Flight Level Change Mode.

25

ALT Key – Selects/deselects Altitude Hold Mode.

26

VNV Key – Selects/deselects Vertical Navigation Mode.

27

BC Key – Selects/deselects Back Course Mode.

APPENDICESFD Key – Activates/deactivates the flight director only. Pressing the FD Key turns on the flight director in thedefault pitch axis and roll axis modes. Pressing the FD Key again deactivates the flight director and removes
the command bars, unless the autopilot is engaged. If the autopilot is engaged, the FD Key is disabled.

ADDITIONALFEATURES24

28 29 NOSE UP/NOSE DN Keys – Controls the active pitch reference for the Pitch Hold, Vertical Speed, andFlight Level Change modes.
INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

9SYSTEMOVERVIEWSYSTEM OVERVIEWAUDIO PANEL
& CNS

EIS

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

AUDIO PANEL CONTROLS
1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

HAZARDAVOIDANCEFLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

17
18

19

20

21

22

23

24

AFCS

Figure 1-5 Audio Panel Controls (GMA 1347)

INDEX

APPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURES

NOTE: When a key is selected, a triangular annunciator above the key is illuminated.

10

1

COM1 MIC – Selects the #1 transmitter for transmitting. COM1 receive is simultaneously selected when
this key is pressed allowing received audio from the #1 COM receiver to be heard. COM2 receiver audio
can be added by pressing the COM2 Key.

2

COM1 – When selected, audio from the #1 COM receiver can be heard.

3

COM2 MIC – Selects the #2 transmitter for transmitting. COM2 is simultaneously selected when this key
is pressed allowing received audio from the #2 COM receiver to be heard. COM2 can be deselected bypressing the COM2 Key, or COM1 can be added by pressing the COM1 Key.

4

COM2 – When selected, audio from the #2 COM receiver can be heard.

5

COM3 MIC – Not used on Cessna Nav III aircraft.

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

SYSTEM OVERVIEWSPKR – Selects and deselects the cabin speaker. COM and NAV receiver audio can be heard on the
speaker.

11

MKR/MUTE – Mutes the currently received marker beacon receiver audio. Unmutes when new marker
beacon audio is received. Also, stops play of the clearance recorder.

12

HI SENS – Press to increase marker beacon receiver sensitivity. Press again to return to normal.

13

DME – Pressing turns DME audio on or off.

14

NAV1 – When selected, audio from the #1 NAV receiver can be heard.

15

ADF – Pressing turns on or off the audio from the ADF receiver.

16

NAV2 – When selected, audio from the #2 NAV receiver can be heard.

17

AUX – Not used on Cessna Nav III aircraft.

18

MAN SQ – Press to enable manual squelch for the intercom. When active, press the PILOT Knob toilluminate ‘SQ’. Turn the PILOT/PASS Knobs to adjust squelch.

19

PLAY – Press once to play the last recorded audio. Pressing the PLAY Key during play begins playing thepreviously recorded memory block. Each subsequent press of the PLAY Key begins playing the next previously
recorded block. Press the MKR/MUTE Key to stop play.

20

PILOT – Pressing selects the pilot intercom isolation. Press again to deselect pilot isolation.

21

COPLT – Pressing selects the copilot intercom isolation. Press again to deselect copilot isolation.

22

PILOT Knob – Press to switch between volume and squelch control as indicated by the ‘VOL’ or ‘SQ’ being
illuminated. Turn to adjust intercom volume or squelch. The MAN SQ Key must be selected to allow
squelch adjustment.

23

PASS Knob – Turn to adjust Copilot/Passenger intercom volume or squelch. The MAN SQ Key must be
selected to allow squelch adjustment.

24

Reversionary Mode Button – Pressing manually selects Reversionary Mode.

APPENDICES

10ADDITIONALFEATURES

PA – Selects the Passenger Address system. The selected COM transmitter is deselected when the PA Key
is pressed. The Passenger Address system is disabled on the Cessna 172R/S.

AFCS

9

HAZARDAVOIDANCETEL – Not used on Cessna Nav III aircraft.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

8

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

COM 1/2 – Split COM is disabled on Cessna Nav III aircraft.

EIS

7

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

COM3 – Not used on Cessna Nav III aircraft.

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

6

INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

11

SYSTEMOVERVIEWSYSTEM OVERVIEW

1.4 SECURE DIGITAL (SD) CARDSFLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

NOTE: Ensure the G1000 System is powered off before inserting an SD card.
NOTE: Refer to Appendix B for instructions on loading database updates.

AUDIO PANEL
& CNS

EIS

The PFD and MFD data card slots use Secure Digital (SD) cards and are located on the upper right side of thedisplay bezels. SD cards are used for storing the various databases and system software updates. Each display
bezel is equipped with two SD card slots. The top slot is used for importing and exporting flight plans, Flight
Data Logging, and loading navigation database updates. The bottom slot of each display contains a Garmin
Supplemental Data Card which is used for storing the various databases.
Not all SD cards are compatible with the G1000. Use only SD cards supplied by Garmin or the aircraft
manufacturer.
Installing an SD card:

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

1) Insert the SD card in the SD card slot, pushing the card in until the spring latch engages. The front of the cardshould remain flush with the face of the display bezel.

AFCS

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

2) To eject the card, gently press on the SD card to release the spring latch.

APPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURES

SD Card Slots

INDEX

Figure 1-6 Display Bezel SD Card Slots

12

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

SYSTEM OVERVIEWSYSTEMOVERVIEW

1.5 SYSTEM POWER-UP

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

NOTE: See the Aircraft Flight Manual (AFM) for specific procedures concerning avionics power applicationand emergency power supply operation.
NOTE: Refer to Appendix A for system-specific annunciations and alerts.

EIS

The G1000 System is integrated with the aircraft electrical system and receives power directly from electricalbusses. The G1000 PFD, MFD, and supporting sub-systems include both power-on and continuous built-in test
features that exercise the processor, RAM, ROM, external inputs, and outputs to provide safe operation.

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

During system initialization, test annunciations are displayed, as shown in Figure 1-7. All system annunciations
should disappear typically within the first minute of power-up. Upon power-up, key annunciator lights also
become momentarily illuminated on the Audio Panel.
On the PFD, the AHRS begins to initialize and displays “AHRS ALIGN: Keep Wings Level”. The AHRS should
display valid attitude and heading fields typically within the first minute of power-up. The AHRS can align itself
both while taxiing and during level flight.
• Obstacle database name and version• Navigation database name, version, and effective dates• Airport Directory name, version and effective dates• FliteCharts/ChartView database information

HAZARDAVOIDANCE• System version• Copyright• Land database name and version• Safe Taxi database information• Terrain database name and version

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

When the MFD powers up, the power-up screen (Figure 1-8) displays the following information:

Current database information includes database type, cycle number, or valid operating dates. Review the listed
information for currency (to ensure that no databases have expired).

AFCS

Pressing the ENT Key (or right-most softkey) acknowledges this information, and the Navigation Map Page isdisplayed upon pressing the key a second time. When the system has acquired a sufficient number of satellites todetermine a position, the aircraft’s current position is shown on the Navigation Map Page.

ADDITIONALFEATURES
APPENDICES

190-00498-07 Rev. A

INDEX

Figure 1-7 PFD Initialization

Figure 1-8 MFD Power-Up Screen (172R shown)

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

13

SYSTEMOVERVIEWSYSTEM OVERVIEW

1.6 SYSTEM OPERATIONNOTE: In normal operating mode, backlighting can only be adjusted from the PFD. In reversionary mode, it

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

can be adjusted from the remaining display.
The displays are connected together via a single Ethernet bus for high-speed communication. Each IAU isconnected to a single display, as shown in Figure 1-1. This allows the units to share information, enabling true system
integration.. This section discusses normal and reversionary G1000 display operation, as well as the various AHRS
modes and G1000 System Annunciations.

EIS

NORMAL DISPLAY OPERATIONAUDIO PANEL& CNS

In normal operating mode, the PFD presents graphical flight instrumentation (attitude, heading, airspeed,
altitude, vertical speed), replacing the traditional flight instrument cluster (see the Flight Instruments Section
for more information).

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTThe MFD normally displays a full-color moving map with navigation information (see the Flight Management
Section), while the left portion of the MFD is dedicated to the Engine Indication System (EIS; see the EIS
Section).

AFCS

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Both displays offer control for COM and NAV frequency selection.

ADDITIONALFEATURES

Figure 1-9 Normal Mode

REVERSIONARY DISPLAY OPERATIONNOTE: The G1000 System alerts the pilot when backup paths are utilized by the LRUs. Refer to Appendix A

APPENDICES

for further information regarding system-specific alerts.

INDEX

In the event of a display failure, the G1000 System automatically switches to reversionary (backup) mode. In
reversionary mode, all important flight information is presented on the remaining display in the same format
as in normal operating mode.

14

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

SYSTEM OVERVIEWSYSTEMOVERVIEWFLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

If a display fails, the appropriate IAU Ethernet interface to the display is cut off. Thus, the IAU can no longer
communicate with the remaining display (refer to Figure 1-1), and the NAV and COM functions provided to
the failed display by the IAU are flagged as invalid on the remaining display. The system reverts to backup
paths for the AHRS, ADC, Engine/Airframe Unit, and Transponder, as required. The change to backup paths iscompletely automated for all LRUs and no pilot action is required.

EIS
AUDIO PANEL& CNS

Figure 1-10 Reversionary Mode (Failed PFD)FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

If the system fails to detect a display problem, reversionary mode may be manually activated by pressing
the Audio Panel’s red DISPLAY BACKUP button (refer to the Audio Panel and CNS Section for further details).
Pressing this button again deactivates reversionary mode.

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Pressing the DISPLAY BACKUP
button activates/deactivates
reversionary mode
Figure 1-11 DISPLAY BACKUP Button

AHRS OPERATIONAFCSNOTE: Refer to Appendix A for specific AHRS alert information.

ADDITIONALFEATURES

NOTE: Aggressive maneuvering while AHRS is not operating normally may degrade AHRS accuracy.

APPENDICESThe Attitude and Heading Reference System (AHRS) performs attitude, heading, and vertical acceleration
calculations for the G1000 System, utilizing GPS, magnetometer, and air data in addition to informationfrom its internal sensors. Attitude and heading information are updated on the PFD while the AHRS receives
appropriate combinations of information from the external sensor inputs.
Loss of GPS, magnetometer, or air data inputs is communicated to the pilot by message advisory alerts. Any
failure of the internal AHRS inertial sensors results in loss of attitude and heading information (indicated by red‘X’ flags over the corresponding flight instruments).

INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

15

available

unavailable

GPS Data

available

unavailable

EIS
AUDIO PANEL& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

AHRS
no-GPS
Mode

le
ab
ail
av

AHRS no- AHRS no-Mag/
Mag Mode
no-Air Mode
Heading Invalid

Air Data
unavailable

Air Data

AHRS Normal
Operation

Magnetometer Dataavailable

unavailable

available

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Magnetometer Data

unavailable

SYSTEMOVERVIEWSYSTEM OVERVIEW

Attitude/Heading Invalid

Figure 1-12 AHRS Operation

HAZARDAVOIDANCEGPS INPUT FAILURE
NOTE: In-flight initialization of AHRS, when operating without any valid source of GPS data and at true

AFCS

air speed values greater than approximately 200 knots, is not guaranteed. Under these rare conditions, it
is possible for in-flight AHRS initialization to take an indefinite amount of time which would result in an
extended period of time where valid AHRS outputs are unavailable.

ADDITIONALFEATURES

Two GPS inputs are provided to the AHRS. If GPS information from one of the inputs fails, the AHRS uses
the remaining GPS input and an alert message is issued to inform the pilot. If both GPS inputs fail, the AHRS
can continue to provide attitude and heading information to the PFD as long as magnetometer and airspeed
data are available and valid.

MAGNETOMETER FAILURE

APPENDICES

If the magnetometer input fails, the AHRS continues to output valid attitude information; however, theheading output on the PFD is flagged as invalid with a red ‘X’.

AIR DATA INPUT FAILURE

INDEX

Failure of the air data input has no affect on the AHRS output while AHRS is receiving valid GPS
information. Invalid/unavailable airspeed data in addition to GPS failure results in loss of all attitude andheading information.

16

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

SYSTEM OVERVIEWSYSTEMOVERVIEW

G1000 SYSTEM ANNUNCIATIONSNOTE: For a detailed description of all annunciations and alerts, refer to Appendix A. Refer to the Pilot’s

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Operating Handbook (POH) for additional information regarding pilot responses to these annunciations.
When an LRU or an LRU function fails, a large red “X” is typically displayed on windows associated withthe failed data (Figure 1-13 displays all possible flags and responsible LRUs). Upon G1000 power-up, certain
windows remain invalid as equipment begins to initialize. All windows should be operational within one
minute of power-up. If any window remains flagged, the G1000 system should be serviced by a Garminauthorized repair facility.

EIS

GIA 63/W
Integrated
Avionics Units

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

GIA 63/W
Integrated
Avionics Units
GDC 74A Air
Data Computer

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Database
Mismatch in PFD
and MFDGEA 71 Engine
Airframe Unit
OR
GIA 63/W
Integrated
Avionics Unit

HAZARDAVOIDANCEGRS 77 AHRS
OR
GMU 44Magnetometer
GIA 63/W Integrated
Avionics Units

Figure 1-13 G1000 System Failure AnnunciationsAFCS

GDC 74A Air
Data Computer

GTX 33 TransponderOR
GIA 63/W Integrated
Avionics Units

ADDITIONALFEATURESSOFTKEY FUNCTION

SoftkeyOn

Softkey Names(Displayed)

INDEX

Bezel-Mounted
Softkeys (Press)

APPENDICESThe softkeys are located along the bottoms of the displays. The softkeys shown depend on the softkey levelor page being displayed. The bezel keys below the softkeys can be used to select the appropriate softkey. Whena softkey is selected, its color changes to black text on gray background and remains this way until it is turnedoff, at which time it reverts to white text on black background.

Figure 1-14 Softkeys (Second-Level PFD Configuration)

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

17

SYSTEMOVERVIEWPFD SOFTKEYS

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

SYSTEM OVERVIEWThe PFD softkeys provide control over flight management functions, including GPS, NAV, terrain, traffic,
and lightning (optional). Each softkey sublevel has a BACK Softkey which can be selected to return to theprevious level. The ALERTS Softkey is visible at all softkey levels (label changes if messages are issued).

The CDI, IDENT, TMR/REF, NRST, and ALERTS softkeys undergo a momentary change to black text ongray background and automatically switch back to white text on black background when selected.

Displays Inset Map in PFD lower left corner

EIS

INSET
OFF

Removes Inset Map

DCLTR (3)Selects desired amount of map detail; cycles through declutter levels:
DCLTR (No Declutter): All map features visible

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

DCLTR-1: Declutters land data

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTDCLTR-2: Declutters land and SUA data
WX LGND

DCLTR-3: Removes everything except for the active flight plan
Displays icon and age on the Inset Map for the selected weather products(optional)

TRAFFIC

Cycles through traffic display options:

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

TRFC-1: Traffic displayed on inset map
TOPO

TRFC-2: Traffic Map Page is displayed in the inset map window
Displays topographical data (e.g., coastlines, terrain, rivers, lakes) and elevation
scale on Inset Map

TERRAIN

Displays terrain information on Inset Map

STRMSCP

Displays Stormscope® information on Inset Map

NEXRAD

Displays NEXRAD weather and coverage information on Inset Map (optional)

AFCS

or
Displays GFDS or FIS-B precipitation on Inset Map (optional)

PRECIPXM LTNG

Displays XM WX lightning information on Inset Map (optional)

ADDITIONALFEATURESor

Displays GFDS Worldwide Weather lightning information on Inset Map(optional)

DL LTNG
METAR

Displays METAR flags on airport symbols shown on the Inset Map(optional)
Displays second-level softkeys for additional PFD configurations

PFD

SYN TERR

Displays the softkeys for enabling or disabling Synthetic Vision
features
Displays rectangular boxes representing the horizontal and verticalflight path of the active flight plan
Enables synthetic terrain depiction

HRZN HDG

Displays compass heading along the Zero-Pitch line

APTSIGNS

Displays position markers for airports within approximately 15 nm of
the current aircraft position. Airport identifiers are displayed when
the airport is within approximately 9 nm.
Resets PFD to default settings, including changing units to standard

APPENDICESSYN VISINDEXPATHWAY

DFLTS

18

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

SYSTEM OVERVIEWWind direction arrows with headwind and crosswind components

OPTN 2Wind direction arrow and speed

OPTN 3

Wind direction arrow with direction and speed

OFF

Information not displayed

BRG1

Cycles the Bearing 1 Information Window through NAV1, GPS/ waypoint
identifier and GPS-derived distance information, and ADF/frequency

HSI FRMT

Provides access to the HSI formatting softkeys
360 HSI

Displays the HSI in a 360 degree view

ARC HSI

Displays the HSI as an arc

ALT UNITMETERS

Displays softkeys for setting the altimeter and BARO settings to metricunits
When enabled, displays altimeter in meters

IN

Press to display the BARO setting as inches of mercury

HPA

Press to display the BARO setting as hectopacals

STD BARO

Sets barometric pressure to 29.92 in Hg (1013 hPa if METRIC Softkey is selected)

DME

Displays the DME Tuning Window, allowing selection of the DME

XPDR

Displays transponder mode selection softkeys
ON

Selects Mode A (transponder replies to interrogations)

ALT
GND

Selects Mode C – altitude reporting mode (transponder replies to identification
and altitude interrogations)
Allows manual selection of ground mode in certain conditions

VFR

Automatically enters the VFR code (1200 in the U.S.A. only)

CODE

Displays transponder code selection softkeys 0-7
0—7

Use numbers to enter code

NRST

Displays Nearest Airports Window

ALERTS

Displays Alerts Window

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

INDEX

TMR/REF

APPENDICES

Activates the Special Position Identification (SPI) pulse for 18 seconds,
identifying the transponder return on the ATC screen
Removes numbers entered, one at a time
Activates the Special Position Identification (SPI) pulse for 18 seconds,
identifying the transponder return on the ATC screen
Displays Timer/References Window

IDENT

ADDITIONALFEATURES

Selects standby mode (transponder does not reply to any interrogations)

AFCS

STBY

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

CDI

Selects OBS mode on the CDI when navigating by GPS (only available withactive leg)
Cycles through GPS, VOR1, and VOR2 navigation modes on the CDI

OBS

BKSP

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Cycles the Bearing 2 Information Window through NAV2 or GPS waypoint
identifier and GPS-derived distance information, and ADF/frequency.

AUDIO PANEL
& CNS

BRG2

EIS

Displays the DME Information Window

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

OPTN 1DME

IDENT

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

Displays softkeys to select wind data parameters

WIND

19

EIS

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

SYSTEMOVERVIEWSYSTEM OVERVIEW

Figure 1-15 Top Level PFD Softkeys(optional)
ALERTS(optional)(optional)

WX LGNDSTRMSCPFLIGHT
MANAGEMENTAUDIO PANEL
& CNS

DME

(optional)(optional)

PRECIPorDL LTNGor

TRFC-1(optional)
METAR

ALERTS

Press the BACK or OFF Softkey
to return to the top-level softkeys.

TRFC-2

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Figure 1-16 INSET Softkeys
DME

ADDITIONALFEATURESAFCSSYN VISDME

ALERTS

HSI FRMTALT UNIT

BRG1 (NAV1)

BRG2 (NAV2)

BRG1 (GPS)BRG2 (GPS)BRG1 (ADF)

BRG2 (ADF)

BRG1 (OFF)BRG2 (OFF)APPENDICES

360 HSI

ALERTS

Press the BACK Softkey
to return to the top-level softkeys

ARC HSI

ALERTSALERTSMETERSINDEXPATHWAYIN

HPA

SYN TERR HRZN HDG APTSIGNSALERTSALERTS

Figure 1-17 PFD Configuration Softkeys

20

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

SYSTEM OVERVIEWSYSTEMOVERVIEW

DME

ALERTS

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

ALERTS

Press the BACK Softkey to returnto the top-level softkeys.
ALERTS

EIS

Press the BACK Softkey to returnto the previous softkey level.

Figure 1-18 XPDR (Transponder) Softkeys
AUDIO PANEL& CNS

MFD SOFTKEYSENGINELEAN
CYL SLCTBACKSYSTEMGAL REM-1 GAL+10 GALXX GAL

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav IIIINDEXXX GALAPPENDICES+1GALADDITIONALFEATURES-10 GAL

Press this softkey to make available the RST
FUEL and GAL REM Softkeys
Pressing the Rest Fuel Softkey resets fuel used andgallons remaining to zero
Press this softkey (Gallons Remaining) to display
the quantity adjustment softkeys
Pressing decreases the fuel remaining quantity in
10 gallon increments
Pressing decreases the fuel remaining quantity in
1 gallon increments
Pressing increases the fuel remaining quantity in
1 gallon increments
Pressing decreases the fuel remaining quantity in
10 gallon increments
Pressing this softkey sets the fuel remaining to thequantity at the filler neck tab where XX is anairframe specific quantity
Pressing this softkey sets the fuel remaining to
the full tank quantity where XX as an airframe
specific quantity

AFCS

RST FUEL

HAZARDAVOIDANCEASSIST

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Pressing this softkey makes available the LEAN
and SYSTEM Softkeys
Pressing makes available the CYL SLCT and
ASSIST Softkeys to facilitate engine leaning
The Cylinder Select Softkey cycles throughselection of each cylinder indicated by changing
the cylinder display to light blue
Pressing the ASSIST Softkey causes the firstcylinder that peaks to become highlighted andinformation for that cylinder to be displayed
Returns to the previous level softkeys

21

SYSTEMOVERVIEWSYSTEM OVERVIEW
Enables second-level Navigation Map softkeys

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

MAP
TRAFFIC

Displays traffic information on Navigation Map

PROFILE

Displays/removes Profile View on Navigation
Map Page
Displays topographical data (e.g., coastlines,
terrain, rivers, lakes) and elevation scale on
Navigation Map
Displays terrain information on Navigation Map

TOPO

TERRAIN

AUDIO PANEL
& CNS

EIS

AIRWAYS(Default label
is dependanton map setup
option selected)

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTSTRMSCPNEXRADor
PRECIPHAZARDAVOIDANCEXM LTNGor
DL LTNG

AFCS

METAR

ADDITIONALFEATURESLEGENDBACKAPPENDICESDCLTR (3)Displays airways on the map; cycles
through the following:
AIRWAYS: No airways are displayed
AIRWY ON: All airways are displayed
AIRWY LO: Only low altitude airways
are displayed
AIRWY HI: Only high altitude airways
are displayed
Pressing this softkey displays/removes Stormscope
lightning data on the Navigation Map.
Displays NEXRAD weather and coverage
information on the Navigation Map (optional)
Displays GFDS or FIS-B precipitation on
Navigation Map (optional)
Displays XM WX lightning information on
the Navigation Map (optional)
Displays GFDS Worldwide Weather
lightning information on the Navigation
Map (optional)
Displays METAR flags on airport symbols
shown on the Navigation Map
Displays the legend for the selected weather
products. Available only when NEXRAD,XM LTNG, METAR and/or PROFILE
softkeys are selected.
Returns to top-level softkeys
Selects desired amount of map detail; cycles
through declutter levels:
DCLTR (No Declutter): All map features visible
DCLTR-1: Declutters land data

INDEX

DCLTR-2: Declutters land and SUA data

22

SHW CHRTDCLTR-3: Removes everything except for theactive flight plan
Displays the appropriate chart

CHKLIST

Displays the Checklist Page

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

SYSTEM OVERVIEW

CHECK

EXIT

Pressing this softkey checks off a checklist item.
If an item is already checked, an UNCHECKSoftkey is displayed.
Press to exit the checklist

EMERGCY

Displays the emergency checklist

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Displays the engine checklist

SYSTEMOVERVIEWENGINEEIS
AUDIO PANEL& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTHAZARDAVOIDANCEAFCSADDITIONALFEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

23

SYSTEMOVERVIEWSYSTEM OVERVIEW(All except Diesel)
ENGINEDCLTR

MAP

SHW CHRTCHKLIST(optional)(optional)

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

DCLTR-1
DCLTR-2
DCLTR-3(Default softkey
is dependant on
the selection madein the map setup
options)(optional)

PROFILETOPOTERRAIN

EIS

TRAFFIC(optional)(optional)

PRECIPorDL LTNGor

AIRWAYS STRMSCP NEXRAD

XM LTNG(optional)(optional)

METAR

LEGEND

Press the BACK softkey toreturn to the top-level softkeys.

AIRWAYSLEAN

ENGINESYSTEM

BACK

BACK

AIRWY ON

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

AIRWY LOENGINELEAN

SYSTEM

RST FUELGAL REMBACKThe CHECK Softkey changes to UNCHECK when the checklist
item is already checked.

AIRWY HIENGINE

CHECK

EXIT

EMERGCYFLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Press the ENGINE or BACK Softkey toreturn to the default Engine Page level.
ENGINELEAN

SYSTEMASSISTCYL SLCT

BACK

Press the BACK Softkey to returnto the previous softkey level.

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Press the ENGINE Softkey tothe default Engine Page level.
LEAN

ENGINESYSTEM-1 GAL-10 GAL+1 GAL+10 GALXX GALXX GALBACK

X = airframe specific values(Diesel only)

AFCS

ENGINESYSTEM

ADDITIONALFEATURESENGINEFUEL

BACK

Press the ENGINE or BACK Softkey toreturn to the default Engine Page level.
ENGINESYSTEM

FUEL

BACK

Press the ENGINE or BACK Softkey toreturn to the default Engine Page level.

APPENDICESENGINESYSTEMSYSTEM

FUEL-10 GAL

RST FUELGAL REM

BACK

Press the BACK Softkey to returnto the previous softkey level.

Press the ENGINE Softkey to returnto the default Engine Page level.
ENGINEFUEL-1 GAL+1 GAL+10 GAL

44 GAL

BACK

INDEX

Figure 1-19 MFD Softkeys

24

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

SYSTEM OVERVIEWSYSTEMOVERVIEWGPS RECEIVER OPERATION
Each GIA 63/63W Integrated Avionics Unit (IAU) contains a GPS receiver. Information collected by the
specified receiver (GPS1 for the #1 IAU or GPS2 for the #2 IAU) may be viewed on the AUX - GPS Status Page.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

These GPS sensor annunciations are most often seen after system power-up when one GPS receiver has
acquired satellites before the other, or in SBAS (Satellite Based Augmentation System) capable systems, one of
the GPS receivers has not yet acquired an SBAS signal. While the aircraft is on the ground, the SBAS signal may
be blocked by obstructions causing one GPS receiver to have difficulty acquiring a good signal. Also, whileairborne, turning the aircraft may result in one of the GPS receivers temporarily losing the SBAS signal.

EIS

If the sensor annunciation persists, check for a system failure message in the Messages Window on the PFD.
If no failure message exists, check the GPS Status Page and compare the information for GPS1 and GPS2.
Discrepancies may indicate a problem.

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

Viewing GPS receiver status information
1) Use the large FMS Knob on the MFD to select the Auxiliary Page Group (see Section 1.7 for information on
navigating MFD page groups).
2) Use the small FMS Knob to select GPS Status Page.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Selecting the GPS receiver for which data may be reviewed
1) Use the FMS Knob to select the AUX - GPS Status Page.
2) To change the selected GPS receiver:

HAZARDAVOIDANCEa) Press the desired GPS Softkey.
Or:a) Press the MENU Key.
b) Use the FMS Knob to highlight the receiver which is not selected and press the ENT Key.

AFCS
ADDITIONALFEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

25

SYSTEMOVERVIEWSYSTEM OVERVIEWSatellite Signal
Information Status

GPS Receiver
StatusRAIM
Availability
Prediction

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Satellite Constellation
Diagram

AUDIO PANEL
& CNS

EIS

Enabled
SBAS
Options

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Satellite Signal
Strength Bars

RAIM Softkey
Selected

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Figure 1-20 GPS Status Page (RAIM or SBAS Selected)

SBAS Softkey
Selected

The GPS Status Page provides the following information:• Satellite constellation diagram

AFCS

Satellites currently in view are shown at their respective positions on a sky view diagram. The sky view isalways in a north-up orientation, with the outer circle representing the horizon, the inner circle representing
45° above the horizon, and the center point showing the position directly overhead.
Each satellite is represented by an oval containing the Pseudo-random noise (PRN) number (i.e., satellite
identification number). Satellites whose signals are currently being used are represented by solid ovals.

ADDITIONALFEATURES• Satellite signal information status

APPENDICESThe accuracy of the aircraft’s GPS fix is calculated using Estimated Position Uncertainty (EPU), Dilutionof Precision (DOP), and horizontal and vertical figures of merit (HFOM and VFOM). EPU is the radius of acircle centered on an estimated horizontal position in which actual position has 95% probability of laying.
EPU is a statistical error indication and not an actual error measurement.
DOP measures satellite geometry quality (i.e., number of satellites received and where they are relative toeach other) on a range from 0.0 to 9.9, with lower numbers denoting better accuracy. HFOM and VFOM,
measures of horizontal and vertical position uncertainty, are the current 95% confidence horizontal andvertical accuracy values reported by the GPS receiver.

INDEX

The current calculated GPS position, time, altitude, ground speed, and track for the aircraft are displayed
below the satellite signal accuracy measurements.
• GPS receiver status

26

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

SYSTEM OVERVIEWSYSTEMOVERVIEWFLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

The GPS solution type (ACQUIRING, 2D NAV, 2D DIFF NAV, 3D NAV, 3D DIFF NAV) for the active GPS
receiver (GPS1 or GPS2) is shown in the upper right of the GPS Status Page. When the receiver is in the processof acquiring enough satellite signals for navigation, the receiver uses satellite orbital data (collected continuously
from the satellites) and last known position to determine the satellites that should be in view. ACQUIRING is
indicated as the solution until a sufficient number of satellites have been acquired for computing a solution.
When the receiver is in the process of acquiring a 3D navigational GPS solution, 3D NAV is indicated as thesolution until the 3D differential fix has finished acquisition. SBAS (Satellite-Based Augmentation System)
indicates INACTIVE. When acquisition is complete, the solution status indicates 3D DIFF NAV and SBAS
indicates ACTIVE.

EIS• RAIM (Receiver Autonomous Integrity Monitoring) Prediction (RAIM Softkey is selected)

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

In most cases performing a RAIM prediction is not necessary. However, in some cases, the selected approach
may be outside the SBAS coverage area and it may be necessary to perform a RAIM prediction for the intended
approach.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Receiver Autonomous Integrity Monitoring (RAIM) is a GPS receiver function that performs a consistency
check on all tracked satellites. RAIM ensures that the available satellite geometry allows the receiver to calculate
a position within a specified RAIM protection limit (2.0 nautical miles for oceanic and enroute, 1.0 nm forterminal, and 0.3 nm for non-precision approaches). During oceanic, enroute, and terminal phases of flight,
RAIM is available nearly 100% of the time.
The RAIM prediction function also indicates whether RAIM is available at a specified date and time. RAIM
computations predict satellite coverage within ±15 min of the specified arrival date and time.

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Because of the tighter protection limit on approaches, there may be times when RAIM is not available. The
G1000 automatically monitors RAIM and warns with an alert message when it is not available. If RAIM is notpredicted to be available for the final approach course, the approach does not become active, as indicated by themessages “Approach is not active” and “RAIM not available from FAF to MAP”. If RAIM is not available whencrossing the FAF, the missed approach procedure must be flown.
Predicting RAIM availability

AFCS1) Select the GPS Status Page.
2) If necessary, press the RAIM Softkey.

ADDITIONALFEATURES

3) Press the FMS Knob. The ‘WAYPOINT’ field is highlighted.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to display the Waypoint Information Window.
5) Enter the desired waypoint:

APPENDICESa) Use the FMS Knob to enter the desired waypoint by identifier, facility, or city name and press the ENT Key. Refer
to Section 1.7 for instructions on entering alphanumeric data into the G1000.
Or:a) Use the large FMS Knob to scroll to the Most Recent Waypoints List.

INDEXb) Use the small FMS Knob to highlight the desired waypoint in the list and press the ENT Key. The G1000
automatically fills in the identifier, facility, and city fields with the information for the selected waypoint.
c) Press the ENT Key to accept the waypoint entry.

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

27

SYSTEMOVERVIEWSYSTEM OVERVIEWOr:a) To use the present position, press the MENU Key.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTSb) With ‘Set WPT to Present Position’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
c) Press the ENT Key to accept the waypoint entry.
6) Use the FMS Knob to enter an arrival time and press the ENT Key.
7) Use the FMS Knob to enter an arrival date and press the ENT Key.

AUDIO PANEL
& CNS

EIS

8) With the cursor highlighting ‘COMPUTE RAIM?’, press the ENT Key. Once RAIM availability is computed, oneof the following is displayed:	• ‘COMPUTE RAIM?’—RAIM has not been computed for the current waypoint, time, and date combination	• ‘COMPUTING AVAILABILITY’—RAIM calculation in progress	• ‘RAIM AVAILABLE’—RAIM is predicted to be available for the specified waypoint, time, and date	• ‘RAIM NOT AVAILABLE’—RAIM is predicted to be unavailable for the specified waypoint, time, and date

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT• SBAS Selection (SBAS Softkey is pressed)(WAAS, EGNOS, or MSAS capable systems only)
In certain situations, such as when the aircraft is outside or on the fringe of the WAAS, EGNOS, or MSAS
coverage area, it may be desirable to disable the reception of the applicable SBAS signal (although it is notrecommended). When disabled, the SBAS field in the GPS Status box indicates DISABLED. There may be asmall delay for the GPS Status box to be updated upon WAAS, EGNOS, and MSAS enabling/disabling.

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Disabling WAAS, EGNOS or MSAS
1) Select the GPS Status Page.
2) If necessary, press the SBAS Softkey.
3) Press the FMS Knob, and turn the large FMS Knob to hightlight the desired SBAS system.
4) Press the ENT Key to uncheck the box.

AFCS5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the cursor.

APPENDICES- No bar—Receiver is looking for the indicated satellite- Hollow bar—Receiver has found the satellite and is collecting data
- Light blue bar—Receiver has collected the necessary data and the satellite signal can be used
- Green bar—Satellite is being used for the GPS solution- Checkered bar—Receiver has excluded the satellite (Fault Detection and Exclusion)- “D” indication—Denotes the satellite is being used as part of the differential computations

INDEX

ADDITIONALFEATURES• GPS Satellite Signal Strengths
The GPS Status Page can be helpful in troubleshooting weak (or missing) signal levels due to poor satellite
coverage or installation problems. As the GPS receiver locks onto satellites, a signal strength bar is displayedfor each satellite in view, with the appropriate satellite PRN number (01-32 or 120-138 for WAAS) below
each bar. The progress of satellite acquisition is shown in three stages, as indicated by signal bar appearance:

Each satellite has a 30-second data transmission that must be collected (signal strength bar is hollow) before
the satellite may be used for navigation (signal strength bar becomes solid).

28

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

SYSTEM OVERVIEWSYSTEMOVERVIEW

1.7 ACCESSING G1000 FUNCTIONALITY
MENUS

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTSEISThe G1000 has a MENU Key that, when pressed, displays a context-sensitive list of options. This options list
allows the user to access additional features or make settings changes which specifically relate to the currently
displayed window/page. There is no all-encompassing menu. Some menus provide access to additional
submenus that are used to view, edit, select, and review options. Menus display ‘NO OPTIONS’ when there areno options for the window/page selected. The main controls used in association with all window/page group
operations are described in section 1.3. Softkey selection does not display menus or submenus.
Navigating the Page Menu Window:
1) Press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu Window.

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

2) Turn the FMS Knob to scroll through a list of available options (a scroll bar appears to the right of the window
when the option list is longer than the window).
3) Press the ENT Key to select the desired option.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

4) The CLR Key may be pressed to remove the menu and cancel the operation. Pressing the FMS Knob also
removes the displayed menu.

HAZARDAVOIDANCENo Options with
NRST Window
Displayed on the
PFD

AFCS

Optionswith FPL
Window
Displayed

ADDITIONALFEATURES

Figure 1-21 Page Menu Examples

APPENDICES
INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

29

SYSTEMOVERVIEWSYSTEM OVERVIEW

MFD PAGE GROUPSNOTE: Refer to the Flight Management, Hazard Avoidance, and Additional Features sections for details on

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

specific pages.

EIS

Information on the MFD is presented on pages which are grouped according to function. The page group andactive page title are displayed in the upper center of the screen, below the Navigation Status Box. In the bottom
right corner of the screen, the page group tabs are displayed along the bottom Available pages in the groupare displayed in a list above the page groups. The current page group and current page within the group areshown in cyan. For some of these pages (Airport/Procedures/Weather Information, XM WX Satellite Weather,
Procedure Loading), the active title of the page changes while the page name in the list remains the same.
Active Page Title

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTAUDIO PANEL& CNSPage GroupHAZARDAVOIDANCE

Pages inCurrent
Group

MFD

Page Groups

AFCS

Figure 1-22 Page Title and Page Groups

Selecting a page using the FMS Knob:
ADDITIONALFEATURES

1) Turn either FMS Knob one click to display the pop-up page selection window.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob until the desired page group is selected. For example, the MAP page group is selected
in Figure 1-22.

APPENDICES

3) Turn the small FMS Knob until the desired page is selected.

INDEX

There are also several pages (Airport Information and XM Information pages) which are selected first fromwithin a main page group with the FMS Knobs, then with the appropriate softkey at the bottom of the page. In
this case, the page remains set to the selected screen until a different screen softkey is pressed.

30

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

SYSTEM OVERVIEWSYSTEMOVERVIEW

Map Pages (MAP)
Navigation Map

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Traffic Map
Stormscope®
Weather Data Link (service optional)- XM WX Satellite Weather

EIS- FIS-B Weather- GFDS Worldwide Weather

AUDIO PANEL& CNSTerrain Proximity/Terrain-SVS/
TAWS-B
Figure 1-23 Map Pages

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Waypoint Pages (WPT)
Airport Information pages- Airport Information(INFO-1 Softkey)

HAZARDAVOIDANCE- Airport Directory(INFO-2 Softkey)- Departure Information(DP Softkey)

AFCS- Arrival Information(STAR Softkey)- Approach Information(APR Softkey)

Intersection Information

ADDITIONALFEATURES- Weather Information(WX Softkey)
AirportInformationPages

NDB Information
User Waypoint Information

APPENDICESVOR Information
Figure 1-24 Waypoint Pages

INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

31

SYSTEMOVERVIEWSYSTEM OVERVIEW

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Auxiliary Pages (AUX)
Trip Planning
Utility
GPS Status
System Setup
EIS

SiriusXM Satellite pages- XM Information(INFO Softkey)

SiriusXM
Satellite
Pages

AUDIO PANEL& CNS- XM Radio(RADIO Softkey)
System Status

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Video (Optional)

Figure 1-25 Auxiliary Pages

Flight Plan Pages (FPL)HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Active Flight Plan
- Wide View, Narrow View
(VIEW Softkey)
Flight Plan Catalog

AFCS

or

ADDITIONALFEATURESStored Flight Plan (NEW Softkey)

APPENDICES

Figure 1-26 Flight Plan Pages

The Flight Plan Pages may also be accessed using the FPL Key. Main pages within this group are selected byturning the small FMS Knob.

INDEX

The Checklist Page may be accessed from the page group tab or the CHKLIST Softkey. See the Additional
Features section for a discussion on checklists.

32

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

SYSTEM OVERVIEWSYSTEMOVERVIEW

Nearest Pages (NRST)
Nearest Airports

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Nearest Intersections
Nearest NDB
Nearest VOR
Nearest User Waypoints

EIS

Nearest Frequencies
Nearest Airspaces

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

Figure 1-27 Nearest Pages

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

In addition to the main page groups accessed exclusively using the FMS Knobs, there are pages for flightplanning (FPL) and loading procedures (PROC) which are accessed by bezel key. In some instances, softkeys
may be used to access the Procedure Pages.

HAZARDAVOIDANCEThe Flight Plan Pages are accessed using the FPL Key on the MFD. Main pages within this group are selectedby turning the small FMS Knob.
The Procedure pages may be accessed at any time on the MFD by pressing the PROC Key. A menu isinitialized, and when a departure, approach, or arrival is selected, the appropriate Procedure Loading Page is
opened. Turning the FMS Knob does not scroll through the Procedure pages (note the single page icon in thelower right corner).

AFCS

Procedure Pages(PROC)ADDITIONALFEATURES

Departure Loading
Arrival Loading
Approach Loading

APPENDICESINDEXFigure 1-28 Procedure Pages

For some of these pages (Airport Information pages, SiriusXM Satellite pages, Procedure pages), the title ofthe page may change while the page icon remains the same.
190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

33

SYSTEMOVERVIEWSYSTEM OVERVIEW

MFD SYSTEM PAGESFLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

In the Auxiliary (AUX) Page Group, there are two system pages: System Setup and System Status. The System
Setup Page allows management of various system parameters, while the System Status Page displays the statusof all G1000 system LRUs.

SYSTEM SETUP PAGE
The System Setup Page allows management of the following system parameters:• Time display format (local or UTC )• Flight director format (only the single que option
is available in the Cessna Nav III)

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTAUDIO PANEL
& CNS

EIS

• Displayed measurement units• Baro transition alert (see Flight Instruments
Section)• Page Navigation• Arrival Alerts• GPS Course Deviation Indicator (CDI) range• Airspace alerts• COM transceiver channel spacing• Audio alert voice• Displayed nearest airports• MFD Data Bar (Navigation Status Box) fields

Selecting the System Setup Page:
1) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the AUX Page group.

APPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURESAFCSHAZARDAVOIDANCE

2) Turn the small FMS Knob to display the System Setup Page.

INDEX

Figure 1-29 System Setup Page

34

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

SYSTEM OVERVIEWSYSTEMOVERVIEW

Date/Time

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

The Date/Time Box on the System Setup Page displays the current date and time and allows the pilot to set
the time format (local 12-hr, local 24-hr, or UTC) and offset. The time offset is used to define current local
time. UTC (also called GMT or Zulu) date and time are calculated directly from the GPS satellites signals
and cannot be changed. When using a local time format, designate the offset by adding or subtracting thedesired number of hours.
Set the system time format:
1) While on the System Setup Page, press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.

EIS2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the time format field in the Date/Time Box.
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired system time format (local 12hr, local 24hr, UTC) and press the
ENT Key.

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

Set the current time offset:
1) While on the System Setup Page, press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the time offset field in the Date/Time Box.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

3) Turn the FMS Knobs to enter the time offset and press the ENT Key.

Display Units

HAZARDAVOIDANCEThe Display Units Box on the System Setup Page allows configuration of the measurement units used forthe following displayed data:• Nav angle (magnetic, true)
When set to ‘MAGNETIC’, magnetic variation is figured into the displayed value. When ‘TRUE’ isselected, no magnetic variation is calculated and a ‘T’ is displayed next to the value.
Affects the BRG field in the PFD Navigation Status Box.

AFCS

Affects Current Heading, Selected Heading, and Selected Course boxes on the PFD.
Affects the BRG, DTK, TKE, TRK, and XTK fields in the MFD Navigation Status Box.

ADDITIONALFEATURES• Distance and speed (metric, nautical)
Affects the DIS field in the PFD Navigation Status Box and the range setting of the Inset Map.
Affects all distance and speed displays on the MFD with the exception of the displayed wind speed
displayed on the Navigation Map Page. Wind speed is affected on the Trip Planning Page.

APPENDICES• Altitude and vertical speed (feet, meters)
Affects all altitude and elevation displays on the MFD, with the exception of VNAV altitudes on the
Active Flight Plan Page.
• Temperature (Celsius, Fahrenheit)

INDEX

Affects all temperature displays on the PFD.
Affects the temperature display on the Trip Planning Page. Does not affect the Engine Indicating
System display.

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

35

SYSTEMOVERVIEWSYSTEM OVERVIEW• Fuel and fuel flow (gallons, gallons/hour)
Indicates fuel quantities are measured in gallons and fuel flow is measured in gallons per hour.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS• Weight (pounds, kilograms)
The weight setting is not applicable to the Nav III.
• Position (HDDD°MM.MM’, HDDD°MM’SS.S”, MGRS)
Affects all position displays.

EIS

Change a Display Units setting:1) While on the System Setup Page, press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the desired field in the Display Units Box.
AUDIO PANEL& CNS

3) Turn the small FMS Knob to select from a list of measurement units and press the ENT Key when the desired
unit is highlighted. Press the CLR Key to cancel the action without changing the units.

BARO Transition Alert

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

See the Flight Instruments section for a discussion on setting the Baro Transition Alert.

Airspace Alerts

HAZARDAVOIDANCEThe Airspace Alerts Box allows the pilot to turn the controlled/special-use airspace message alerts onor off. This does not affect the alerts listed on the Nearest Airspaces Page or the airspace boundaries
depicted on the MFD Navigation Map Page. It simply turns on/off the warning provided when the aircraft
is approaching or near an airspace.
• Class B/TMA• Restricted• Class C/TCA• MOA (Military)

AFCS• Class D• Other airspaces

ADDITIONALFEATURES

Alerts for the following airspaces can be turned on/off in the Airspace Alerts Box:

An altitude buffer is also provided which “expands” the vertical range above or below an airspace. For
example, if the buffer is set at 500 feet, and the aircraft is more than 500 feet above/below an airspace, analert message is not generated, but if the aircraft is less than 500 feet above/below an airspace and projected
to enter it, the pilot is notified with an alert message. The default setting for the altitude buffer is 200
feet.

APPENDICES

Change the altitude buffer distance setting:1) While on the System Setup Page, press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the altitude buffer field in the Airspace Alerts Box.

INDEX3) Turn the FMS Knobs to enter an altitude buffer value and press the ENT Key.

36

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

SYSTEM OVERVIEWSYSTEMOVERVIEW

To turn an airspace alert on or off:
1) While on the System Setup Page, press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the desired field in the Airspace Alerts Box.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

3) Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise to turn the airspace alert ON or counterclockwise to turn the alert OFF.

Arrival Alerts

EIS

The Arrival Alert Box on the System Setup Page allows the Alerts Window arrival alerts to be turned
ON/OFF, and the alert trigger distance (up to 99.9 units) set for alerts in the Alerts Window and thePFD Navigation Status Box. An arrival alert can be set to notify the pilot with a message upon reachinga user-specified distance from the final destination (the direct-to waypoint or the last waypoint in a flightplan). When Arrival Alerts is set to ON, and the set distance is reached, an “Arrival at waypoint” message
is displayed in the PFD Navigation Status Box, and a “WPT ARRIVAL - Arriving at waypoint - [xxxx]” isdisplayed in the Alerts Window. When Arrival Alerts is set to OFF, only the PFD Navigation Status Box
message “Arriving at waypoint” is displayed, and it is displayed when the time to the final destination isapproximately ten seconds.

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

Enabling/disabling the Alerts Window arrival alert:

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

1) Use the FMS Knob to select the AUX - System Setup Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the ON/OFF field in the Arrival Alert Box.

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

4) Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise to turn the airspace alert ON or counterclockwise to turn the alert OFF.

Changing the arrival alert trigger distance:
1) Use the FMS Knob to select the AUX - System Setup Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.

AFCS3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the distance field in the Arrival Alert Box.
4) Use the FMS Knob to enter a trigger distance and press the ENT Key.

ADDITIONALFEATURES

Audio Alerts
The Audio Alert Box on the System Setup Page allows the audio alert voice to be set to male or female.
To change the audio alert voice:1) While on the System Setup Page, press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.

APPENDICES

2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the voice in the Audio Alert Box.
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to display and highlight the desired voice and press the ENT Key.

Flight Director

190-00498-07 Rev. A

INDEX

Not pilot selectable.

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

37

SYSTEMOVERVIEWSYSTEM OVERVIEW
Page Navigation

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

The large FMS Knob displays the Page Group Tabs and navigates through the tabs. The small FMS Knobnavigates through the pages listed within a specific group. The number of clicks it takes to display the
Page Group Tabs and change to the next tab can be controlled from the Page Navigation box on the AUX- System Setup Page.
OFF – Displays the Page Group Tabs with one click of either FMS Knob.
ON – Displays the Page Group Tabs and navigates to the next tab with one click of either FMS Knob.

EIS

The pilot can select, from the AUX - System Setup Page, the amount of time the Page Group Tabs are
displayed (in the lower right corner of the MFD). The timeout can range from two to ten seconds.
Selecting page navigation settings:

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

1) Use the FMS Knob to select the AUX - System Setup Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘Change On 1st Click’ field in the Page Navigation Box.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘OFF’ or ‘ON’.
5) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘Timeout Seconds’ field in the Page navigation Box.
6) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired number of seconds
7) Press the FMS Knob momentarily to remove the flashing cursor.

HAZARDAVOIDANCEMFD Data Bar Fields
The MFD Data Bar Fields Box on the System Setup Page displays the current configuration of the MFD
Navigation Status Box. By default, the Navigation Status Bar is set to display ground speed (GS), distanceto next waypoint (DIS), estimated time enroute (ETE), and enroute safe altitude (ESA).

AFCS

Change the information shown in an MFD Navigation Status Bar field:
1) While on the System Setup Page, press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the desired field number in the MFD Data Bar Fields Box.
ADDITIONALFEATURES

3) Turn the small FMS Knob to display and scroll through the data options list and press the ENT Key when thedesired data selection is highlighted.

INDEX

APPENDICESThe following data may be selected for display in each of the four fields of the Navigation Status Box.

38

• Bearing (BRG)• Fuel Over Destination (FOD)• Crosstrack Error (XTK)• Fuel On Board (FOB)• Distance (DIS)• Ground Speed (GS)• Desired Track (DTK)• Minimum Safe Altitude (MSA)• Endurance (END)• True Air Speed (TAS)• En Route Safe Altitude (ESA)• Track Angle Error (TKE)• Estimated Time of Arrival (ETA)• Track (TRK)• Estimated Time En Route (ETE)• Vertical Speed Required (VSR)

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

SYSTEM OVERVIEWSYSTEMOVERVIEW

GPS CDI

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

The GPS CDI Box on the System Setup Page allows the pilot to define the range for the on-screen course
deviation indicator (CDI). The range values represent full range deflection for the CDI to either side. The
default setting is ‘AUTO’. At this setting, leaving the departure airport the CDI range is set to 1.0 nm andgradually ramps up to 2 nm beyond 30 nm from the departure airport. The CDI range is set to 2.0 nautical
miles during the en route phase of flight. Within 30 nm of the destination airport, the CDI range gradually
ramps down to 1.0 nm (terminal area). During approach operations, the CDI range ramps down evenfurther to 0.3 nm. This transition normally occurs within 2.0 nm of the final approach fix (FAF).

EIS

If a lower CDI range setting is selected (i.e., 1.0 or 0.3 nm), the higher range settings are not selectedduring any phase of flight. For example, if 1.0 nm is selected, the system uses this for en route and terminal
phases and ramps down to 0.3 nm during an approach. Note that the Receiver Autonomous Integrity
Monitoring (RAIM) protection limits follow the selected CDI range and corresponding flight phases.

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

The GPS CDI Box on the System Setup Page displays the following:• Selected CDI range (auto, 2 nm, 1 nm, 0.3 nm)• Current system CDI range (2 nm, 1 nm, 0.3 nm)

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Changing the CDI range:
1) While on the System Setup Page, press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the selected field in the GPS CDI Box.

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

3) Turn the small FMS Knob to display and scroll through the range list and press the ENT Key when the desired
selection is highlighted.
4) Press the FMS Knob to deactivate the cursor.

COM Configuration

AFCS

NOTE: 8.33 kHz VHF communication frequency channel spacing is not approved for use in the United States.

Select the 25.0 kHz channel spacing option for use in the United States.

ADDITIONALFEATURES

The COM Configuration Box on the System Setup Page allows the pilot to select 8.33 kHz or 25.0 kHz
COM frequency channel spacing.
Change COM channel spacing:1) While on the System Setup Page, press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.

APPENDICES

2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the channel spacing field in the COM Configuration Box.
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired spacing and press the ENT Key.

Nearest Airports

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

INDEX

The Nearest Airports Box on the System Setup Page defines the minimum runway length and surface typeused when determining the nine nearest airports to display on the MFD Nearest Airports Page. A minimum
runway length and/or surface type can be entered to prevent airports with small runways or runways that39

SYSTEMOVERVIEWSYSTEM OVERVIEW
are not of appropriate surface from being displayed. Default settings are zero feet (or meters) for runway
length and “HARD/SOFT” for runway surface type.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Select nearest airport surface matching criteria (any, hard only, hard/soft, water):1) While on the System Setup Page, press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the runway surface field in the Nearest Airports Box.
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to display and scroll through the runway options (any, hard only, hard/soft, water) andpress the ENT Key when the desired selection is highlighted.

EIS

Select nearest airport minimum runway length matching criteria:
1) While on the System Setup Page, press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the minimum length field in the Nearest Airport Box.
3) Turn the FMS Knobs to enter the minimum runway length (zero to 99,999 feet) and press the ENT Key.

SYSTEM STATUS PAGE

APPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURESAFCSHAZARDAVOIDANCEFLIGHT
MANAGEMENTThe System Status Page displays the status and software version numbers for all detected system LRUs.
Pertinent information on all system databases is also displayed. Active LRUs are indicated by green checkmarks and failed LRUs are indicated by red “X”s. Failed LRUs should be noted and a Cessna service center
or Garmin dealer informed.

Display Database
Selection Softkey

INDEX

Figure 1-30 Example System Status Page

The LRU and ARFRM softkeys on the System Status Page select the applicable list (LRU INFO or AIRFRAME
window) through which the FMS Knob can be used to scroll information within the selected window.

40

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

SYSTEM OVERVIEWSYSTEMOVERVIEW

Pressing the Display Database Selection Softkey (background changes to grey indicting the softkey is selected)
places the cursor in the DATABASE window. Use the FMS Knob to scroll through database information forthe database information. Each press of the Display Database Selection Softkey will change the softkey label(PFD1 DB, etc) to indicate the display for which database information is displayed.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

The ANN TEST Softkey, when pressed, causes an annunciation test tone to be played.

SYSTEM UTILITIESEISFor flight planning purposes, timers, trip statistics, and a scheduler feature are provided on the AUX - Utility
Page. The timers available include a stopwatch-like generic timer, a total time in flight timer, and a record of thetime of departure. Trip statistics—odometer, trip odometer, and average trip and maximum groundspeeds—aredisplayed from the time of the last reset. A scheduler feature is also provided so the pilot can enter reminder
messages to be displayed at specified intervals in the Alerts Window on the PFD (see the Additional Features
Section).

AUDIO PANEL& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTHAZARDAVOIDANCEAFCS

Figure 1-31 Utility Page
ADDITIONALFEATURES

TimersAPPENDICES

The generic timer can be set to count up or down from a specified time (HH:MM:SS). When the
countdown on the timer reaches zero the digits begin to count up from zero. If the timer is reset before
reaching zero on a countdown, the digits are reset to the initial value. If the timer is counting up whenreset, the digits are zeroed.
Setting the generic timer:
1) Use the FMS Knob to select the AUX - Utility Page.

INDEX

2) Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

41

SYSTEMOVERVIEWSYSTEM OVERVIEW
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the timer counting direction (UP/DN) and press the ENT Key.
4) If a desired starting time is desired:

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTSa) Use the large FMS Knob to highlight the HH:MM:SS field.
b) Use the FMS Knob to enter the desired time and press the ENT Key.
5) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘START?’ and press the ENT Key to start the timer. The field changes to‘STOP?’.
6) To stop the timer, press the ENT Key with ‘STOP?’ highlighted. The field changes to ‘RESET?’.
EIS

7) To reset the timer, press the ENT Key with ‘RESET?’ highlighted. The field changes back to ‘START?’ and thedigits are reset.

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

The flight timer can be set to count up from zero starting at system power-up or from the time that theaircraft lifts off; the timer can also be reset to zero at any time.
Setting the flight timer starting criterion:
1) Use the FMS Knob to select the AUX - Utility Page.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

2) Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the field next to the flight timer.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the starting criterion (PWR-ON or IN-AIR) and press the ENT Key.

Resetting the flight timer:

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

1) Use the FMS Knob to select the AUX - Utility Page.
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) With ‘Reset Flight Timer’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.

AFCSThe G1000 records the time at which departure occurs, depending on whether the pilot prefers the time
to be recorded from system power-up or from aircraft lift off. The displayed departure time can also be reset
to display the current time at the point of reset. The format in which the time is displayed is controlledfrom the System Setup Page.

ADDITIONALFEATURES

Setting the departure timer starting criterion:
1) Use the FMS Knob to select the AUX - Utility Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the field next to the departure time.

APPENDICES

4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the starting criterion (PWR-ON or IN-AIR) and press the ENT Key.

Resetting the departure time:1) Use the FMS Knob to select the AUX - Utility Page.

INDEX

2) Press the MENU Key.
3) Use the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Reset Departure Time’ and press the ENT Key.

42

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

SYSTEM OVERVIEWSYSTEMOVERVIEW

Trip Statistics

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

The odometer and trip odometer record the total mileage traveled from the last reset; these odometers canbe reset independently. Resetting the trip odometer also resets the average trip groundspeed. Maximum
groundspeed for the period of time since the last reset is also displayed.
Resetting trip statistics readouts:
1) Use the FMS Knob to select the AUX - Utility Page.
2) Press the MENU Key. The following reset options for trip statistics are displayed:EIS	 • Reset Trip ODOM/AVG GS—Resets trip average ground speed readout and odometer	 • Reset Odometer—Resets odometer readout only	 • Reset Maximum Speed—Resets maximum speed readout only

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

	 • Reset All—Resets flight timer, departure timer, odometers, and groundspeed readouts
2) Use the FMS Knob to highlight the desired reset option and press the ENT Key. The selected parameters are reset
to zero and begin to display data from the point of reset.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Flight Data Logger
Shows Flight Data Logging status.

Scheduler

HAZARDAVOIDANCEThe Scheduler feature is disussed in the Additional Features section.

AFCS
ADDITIONALFEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

43

SYSTEMOVERVIEWSYSTEM OVERVIEW

1.8 DISPLAY BACKLIGHTINGThe G1000 display and control backlighting can be adjusted either automatically or manually.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

AUTOMATIC ADJUSTMENTEISThe existing instrument panel dimmer bus normally controls the PFD and MFD backlighting as well as the
PFD and MFD bezels, MFD Control Unit, AFCS Control Unit and audio panel key annunciator lighting. Whenthe dimmer bus is not used by the G1000 system, photocell technology automatically controls backlighting
adjustments. Photocell calibration curves are pre-configured to optimize display appearance through a broad
range of cockpit lighting conditions.

AUDIO PANEL& CNSMANUAL ADJUSTMENT
NOTE: The avionics dimming knob may also be used to adjust backlighting. Refer to the POH for details.
NOTE: In normal mode, backlighting can only be adjusted from the PFD. In reversionary mode, it can also

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

be adjusted from the MFD.
NOTE: No other window can be displayed on the PFD while the PFD Setup Menu Window is displayed.

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Backlighting may also be adjusted manually for all of the displays and the associated bezels. The audio panel
key backlighting is directly tied to the PFD key backlighting setting.
Adjust display backlighting manually:

ADDITIONALFEATURES

AFCS

1) Press the MENU Key on the PFD to display the PFD Setup Menu Window. ‘AUTO’ becomes highlighted to theright of ‘PFD DSPL’.

APPENDICES

Figure 1-32 Manual Display Backlighting Adjustment

2) Turn the small FMS Knob to display the selection box. Turn the FMS Knob to select ‘MANUAL’, then press the
ENT Key. The intensity value becomes highlighted.
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired backlighting, then press the ENT Key.
4) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘AUTO’ to the right of ‘MFD DSPL’ and repeat steps 2 and 3.

INDEX

5) Press the CLR or MENU Key to remove the PFD Setup Menu Window from the display.

44

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

SYSTEM OVERVIEWSYSTEMOVERVIEW

Adjust key backlighting manually:
1) Press the MENU Key on the PFD to display the PFD Setup Menu Window. ‘AUTO’ becomes highlighted to theright of ‘PFD DSPL’.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS

Figure 1-33 Manual Key Lighting Adjustment
AUDIO PANEL& CNS

2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘PFD DSPL’. Turn the small FMS Knob in the direction of the green
arrowhead to display ‘PFD KEY’.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘AUTO’ and turn the small FMS Knob to display the selection box.
4) Turn the FMS Knob to select ‘MANUAL’, then press the ENT Key. The intensity value becomes highlighted.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

5) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired backlighting, then press the ENT Key.
6) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘MFD DSPL’ and turn the small FMS Knob in the direction of the green
arrowhead to display ‘MFD KEY’.
7) Repeat steps 3 to 5.

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

8) Press the CLR or MENU Key to remove the PFD Setup Menu Window from the display.

AFCS
ADDITIONALFEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

45

INDEXAPPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURESAFCSHAZARDAVOIDANCEFLIGHT
MANAGEMENTAUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

SYSTEMOVERVIEWSYSTEM OVERVIEW

Blank Page

46

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEMOVERVIEWSECTION 2 FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTSWARNING: If the airspeed, attitude, altitude, or heading indications become unusable, refer to the backup
instruments.
NOTE: The Automatic Flight Control System (AFCS) provides additional readouts and bugs on selected flight

instruments. Refer to the AFCS Section for details on these bugs and readouts, as they appear on the display
during certain AFCS modes.
EIS
AUDIO PANEL& CNS

Increased situational awareness is provided by replacing the traditional instruments on the panel with an easyto-scan Primary Flight Display (PFD) that features a large horizon, airspeed, attitude, altitude, vertical speed, andcourse deviation information. In addition to the flight instruments, navigation, communication, terrain, traffic,
and weather information are also presented on the PFD and explained in other sections of this Pilot’s Guide.
The following flight instruments and supplemental flight data are displayed on the PFD:
• Outside air temperature (OAT)• Airspeed Indicator, showing– Turn Rate Indicator– Trend vector– Bearing pointers and information windows– Airspeed awareness ranges– Navigation source– Vspeed reference flags– Course Deviation Indicator (CDI)• Attitude Indicator with slip/skid indication

HAZARDAVOIDANCE– True airspeed

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT• Horizontal Situation Indicator, showing– Indicated airspeed– DME Information Window• Transponder Mode, Code, and Ident/Reply• Altimeter, showing• Timer/References Window, showing– Trend vector– Generic timer– Reference altitude– Vspeed values– Barometric Minimum Descent Altitude (MDA)
ADDITIONALFEATURES• Vertical Deviation, Glideslope, and Glidepath
Indicators

AFCS– Barometric setting• Wind data

• Vertical Speed Indicator (VSI)• Vertical Navigation (VNV) indications

APPENDICESThe PFD also displays various alerts and annunciations.

INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

47

SYSTEMOVERVIEWFLIGHT INSTRUMENTS

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

20

19

18
17

1

16
15
2

EIS

14

AUDIO PANEL
& CNS

13
3

12

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

4
5

11

6

10

7

9

APPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURESAFCSHAZARDAVOIDANCE8
1

NAV Frequency Box

11

Horizontal Situation Indicator (HSI)

2

Airspeed Indicator

12

Barometric Altimeter Setting

3

True Airspeed

13

Vertical Speed Indicator (VSI)

4

Current Heading

14

Reference Altitude Bug

5Turn Rate Indicator

15

Altimeter

6

Heading Bug

16

Reference Altitude

7

Outside Air Temperature (OAT)

17

COM Frequency Box

8Softkeys

18

Navigation Status Box

9

System Time19

Slip/Skid Indicator

10

Transponder Data Box

20

Attitude Indicator

INDEX

Figure 2-1 Primary Flight Display (Default)

48

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEMOVERVIEW

15

16

14
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

1
2
13

EIS

12
11

3

AUDIO PANEL
& CNS

10
4
9

5

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

6

8

7

Flight Plan Window

2

Vspeed Reference

10

Annunciation Window

3

Selected Heading

11

Selected Course

4

Wind Data

12

Current Vertical Speed

5

Inset Map

13

Glideslope Indicator

6

DME Information Window

14

Marker Beacon Annunciation

7

Bearing Information Windows

15

Terrain Annunciation

8

Minimum Descent Altitude/Decision
Height16

AFCS Status Annunciation
ADDITIONALFEATURES

9AFCS

Traffic Annunciation

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

1

Figure 2-2 Additional PFD Information

APPENDICES
INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

49

SYSTEMOVERVIEWFLIGHT INSTRUMENTS

2.1 FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

AIRSPEED INDICATOR
NOTE: Refer to the Pilot’s Operating Handbook (POH) for airspeed criteria and Vspeed values.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTAUDIO PANEL
& CNS

EIS

The Airspeed Indicator displays airspeed on a moving tape rolling number gauge.   The true airspeed isdisplayed in knots below the Airspeed Indicator.  The numeric labels and major tick marks on the moving
tape are shown at intervals of 10 knots.  The minor tick marks on the moving tape are shown at intervals of
five knots.  Speed indication starts at 20 knots, with 60 knots of airspeed viewable at any time.  The indicatedairspeed is displayed inside the black pointer.  The pointer remains black until reaching never-exceed speed(VNE), at which point it turns red.

Indicated
Airspeed

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Speed
RangesVspeedReferences
Airspeed
Trend
VectorTrue
Airspeed
Figure 2-3 Airspeed Indicator (Model 182T)

Figure 2-4 Red Pointer Showing
Overspeed (Model 172R)AFCS

A color-coded (white, green, yellow, and red) speed range strip is located on the moving tape.  The colors
denote flaps operating range, normal operating range, caution range, and never-exceed speed (VNE).  A red range
is also present for low speed awareness.

INDEX

APPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURES

The Airspeed Trend Vector is a vertical, magenta line that appears to the right of the color-coded speed
range strip when airspeed is either accelerating or decelerating.  One end of the magenta line is anchored tothe tip of the airspeed pointer while the other end moves continuously up or down corresponding to the rateof acceleration or deceleration. For any constant rate of acceleration or deceleration, the moving end of theline shows approximately what the indicated airspeed value will be in six seconds. If the trend vector crosses
VNE, the text of the actual airspeed readout changes to yellow. The trend vector is absent if the speed remains
constant or if any data needed to calculate airspeed is not available due to a system failure.

50

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEMOVERVIEW

Vspeeds (Glide, VR, VX, and VY,) can be changed and their flags turned on/off from the Timer/References
Window. When active (on), the Vspeeds are displayed to the right of the airspeed scale.
Changing Vspeeds and turning Vspeed flags on/off:

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

1) Press the TMR/REF Softkey.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the field of the desired Vspeed to be changed.
3) Use the FMS Knob to enter the desired value. When a speed has been changed from a default value, an asterisk
appears next to the speed.
4) Press the ENT Key or turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ON/OFF field.

EIS5) Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise to ON or counterclockwise to OFF.
6) To remove the window, press the CLR Key or the TMR/REF Softkey.

AUDIO PANEL& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Figure 2-5 Timer/References Window and Menu

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Turning all Vspeed flags on/off:
1) Press the TMR/REF Softkey.
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) To activate all Vspeed flags, press the ENT Key with All References On highlighted.

AFCS4) To remove all Vspeed flags, turn the FMS Knob to highlight All References Off and press the ENT Key.
Restoring all Vspeed defaults:

ADDITIONALFEATURES

1) Press the TMR/REF Softkey.
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) Turn the FMS Knob to highlight Restore Defaults and press the ENT Key.

APPENDICES
INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

51

SYSTEMOVERVIEWFLIGHT INSTRUMENTS

ATTITUDE INDICATOR

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Attitude information is displayed over a virtual blue sky and brown ground with a white horizon line.  TheAttitude Indicator displays the pitch, roll, and slip/skid information.
9
8

1

7

EIS

2

6

AUDIO PANEL
& CNS

3

4

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

51

Roll Pointer2

Roll Scale

3

Horizon Line

4

Aircraft Symbol

5Land Representation

6

Pitch Scale

7

Slip/Skid Indicator

8

Sky Representation

9

Roll Scale Zero

Figure 2-6 Attitude Indicator

HAZARDAVOIDANCEThe horizon line is part of the pitch scale.  Above and below the horizon line, major pitch marks and numericlabels are shown for every 10˚, up to 80˚.  Minor pitch marks are shown for intervening 5˚ increments, up to
25˚ below and 45˚ above the horizon line.  Between 20˚ below to 20˚ above the horizon line, minor pitch marks
occur every 2.5˚.  If the Synthetic Vision System (optional) is activated, the pitch scale is reduced to 10˚ up and7.5˚ down; refer to the Additional Features section.

AFCS

The inverted white triangle indicates zero on the roll scale.  Major tick marks at 30˚ and 60˚ and minor tickmarks at 10˚, 20˚, and 45˚ are shown to the left and right of the zero.  Angle of bank is indicated by the positionof the pointer on the roll scale.

APPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURESThe Slip/Skid Indicator is the bar beneath the roll pointer.   One bar displacement is equal to one balldisplacement on a traditional inclinometer. The indicator bar moves with the roll pointer and moves laterally
away from the pointer to indicate uncoordinated flight.  Slip (inside the turn) or skid (outside the turn) is
indicated by the location of the bar relative to the pointer.

INDEX

Figure 2-7 Slip/Skid Indication

52

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEMOVERVIEW

ALTIMETER

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

The Altimeter displays 600 feet of barometric altitude values at a time on a moving tape rolling number gauge.  
Numeric labels and major tick marks are shown at intervals of 100 feet.  Minor tick marks are at intervals of 20
feet.  The indicated altitude is displayed inside the black pointer.
The Selected Altitude is displayed above the Altimeter in the box indicated by a selection bug symbol.  A bug
corresponding to this altitude is shown on the tape.  If the Selected Altitude exceeds the range shown on thetape, the bug appears at the upper or lower edge of the tape. When the metric value is selected it is displayed
in a separate box above the Selected Altitude.

EIS

A magenta Altitude Trend Vector extends up or down the left of the altitude tape, the end resting at theapproximate altitude to be reached in six seconds at the current vertical speed. The trend vector is not shown
if altitude remains constant or if data needed for calculation is not available due to a system failure.

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

Setting the Selected Altitude:T urn the ALT Knob to set the Selected Altitude (large knob for 1000-ft increments, small knob for 100-ft
increments).
	

If set, the Minimum Descent Altitude/Decision Height (MDA/DH) value is also available for the Selected Altitude.
Selected
Altitude

Selected
Altitude
Bug

Barometric
Minimums
Bug

Indicated
Altitude(Meters)

AFCS

Indicated
Altitude

Selected
Altitude
Bug

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Altitude
Trend
Vector

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Selected
Altitude(Meters)

ADDITIONALFEATURES

Barometric
Setting Box(Hectopascals)

Barometric
Setting

Figure 2-8 Altimeter Settings, In Hg and Metric

APPENDICES

Altitudes can also be displayed in meters.  Note that the altitude tape does not change scale.
Displaying altitude in meters:
1) Press the PFD Softkey to display the second-level softkeys.
2) Press the ALT UNIT Softkey.

INDEX

3) Press the METERS Softkey to turn on metric altitude readouts.
4) Press the BACK Softkey to return to the top-level softkeys.

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

53

SYSTEMOVERVIEWFLIGHT INSTRUMENTS

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

The barometric pressure setting is displayed below the Altimeter in inches of mercury (in Hg) or hectopascals(hPa) when metric units are selected.  Adjusting the altimeter barometric pressure setting creates discontinuities
in VNV vertical navigation, moving the descent path.  For large adjustments, it may take several minutes for theaircraft to re-establish on the descent patch.  If the change is made while nearing a waypoint with a VNV Target
Altitude, the aircraft may not re-establish on the descent path in time to meet the vertical constraint.
Selecting the altimeter barometric pressure setting:	Turn the BARO Knob to select the desired setting.

Selecting standard barometric pressure:
EIS1) Press the PFD Softkey to display the second-level softkeys..

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTAUDIO PANEL& CNS

2) Press the STD BARO Softkey; STD BARO is displayed in barometric setting box (Figure 2-9).

Figure 2-9 Standard Barometric Altimeter Setting

Changing altimeter barometric pressure setting units:

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

1) Press the PFD Softkey to display the second-level softkeys.
2) Press the ALT UNIT Softkey.
3) Press the IN Softkey to display the barometric pressure setting in inches of mercury (in Hg).
Or: Press the HPA Softkey to display the barometric pressure setting in hectopascals (hPa).

AFCS4) Press the BACK Softkey to return to the top-level softkeys.

ADDITIONALFEATURES

A Baro Transition Alert is provided to notify the pilot to change the barometric pressure setting when crossing
the baro transition altitude.  If the aircraft is at least 500 feet below the transition altitude and then climbs
through this altitude and the STD BARO Softkey has not been pressed, the barometric pressure setting flashes
in light blue until the pressure setting is changed.  If the aircraft is at least 500 feet above the transition altitude
and then descends through this altitude and the barometric pressure setting has not been changed from STD
BARO, the setting flashes in light blue until it is changed (Figure 2-10).
Setting the Baro Transition Alert:

APPENDICES

1) Use the FMS Knob to select the AUX - System Setup Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘OFF or ON’ in the ‘BARO TRANSITION ALERT’ box.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to turn the alert OFF or ON and press the ENT Key.

INDEX

5) With the altitude field highlighted, turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired altitude and press the ENT
Key.
6) To cancel the selection, press the FMS Knob.

54

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEMOVERVIEWFLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Pressure setting flashes during climb abovetransition altitude if the STD BARO Softkey
has not been pressed.

Pressure setting flashes during descent below
transition altitude to indicate setting has notbeen changed from STD BARO.

EISAUDIO PANEL& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTHAZARDAVOIDANCE

Figure 2-10 Baro Transition Alert(AUX - System Setup Page)VERTICAL SPEED INDICATOR (VSI)AFCS

The Vertical Speed Indicator (VSI) displays the aircraft vertical speed on a fixed scale with labels at 1000 and2000 fpm and minor tick marks every 500 fpm (Figure 2-11).  Digits appear in the pointer when the climb ordescent rate is greater than 100 fpm.  If the rate of ascent/descent exceeds 2000 fpm, the pointer appears at theedge of the tape and the rate appears inside the pointer.

ADDITIONALFEATURES

A magenta chevron is displayed as the Required Vertical Speed Indication (RVSI) for reaching a VNV Target
Altitude once the “TOD [Top of Descent] within 1 minute” alert has been generated.  See the Flight Management
and AFCS sections for details on VNV features, and refer to Section 2.2, Supplemental Flight Data, for more
information about VNV indications on the PFD.

APPENDICES
INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

55

SYSTEMOVERVIEWFLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
VERTICAL DEVIATIONNOTE: The Glidepath Indicator is only shown for aircraft with GIA 63W Integrated Avionics Units when

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

SBAS is available.

EIS

The Vertical Deviation Indicator (VDI) is a magenta chevron indicating the baro-VNV vertical deviation
when Vertical Navigation (VNV) is being used.  The VDI appears in conjunction with the “TOD within 1
minute” alert.  The VDI is removed from the display if vertical deviation becomes invalid.  See the Flight
Management Section for details on VNV features, and refer to Section 2.2, Supplemental Flight Data, for more
information about VNV indications on the PFD.

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

The Glideslope Indicator appears to the left of the Altimeter whenever an ILS frequency is tuned in theactive NAV field and the aircraft heading and selected course are within 107˚.  A green diamond acts as the
Glideslope Indicator, like a glideslope needle on a conventional indicator.  If a localizer frequency is tuned
and there is no glideslope, “NO GS” is displayed in place of the diamond.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

The glidepath is analogous to the glideslope for GPS approaches supporting SBAS vertical guidance (LNAV+V,
L/VNAV, LPV).  When an approach of this type is loaded into the flight plan and GPS is the selected navigation
source, the Glidepath Indicator appears as a magenta diamond during the approach. If the approach typedowngrades past the final approach fix (FAF), “NO GP” is displayed in place of the diamond.
Full-scale deflection of two dots is 1000 feet.

HAZARDAVOIDANCEVNV Target
Altitude
Vertical
Speed
Indicator

AFCS

Vertical
Deviation
Indicator

Glideslope
Indicator

ADDITIONALFEATURES

Required
Vertical
Speed
Indicator

Vertical
Speed
Pointer

Vertical Speed and Deviation
Indicator (VSI and VDI)

APPENDICES

Glipepath
Indicator

Glideslope Indicator

Glidepath Indicator

INDEX

Figure 2-11 Vertical Speed and Vertical Deviation Indications

56

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEMOVERVIEWHORIZONTAL SITUATION INDICATOR (HSI)

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

The Horizontal Situation Indicator (HSI) displays a rotating compass card in a heading-up orientation.  Letters
indicate the cardinal points with numeric labels every 30˚.  Major tick marks are at 10˚ intervals and minor tickmarks are at 5˚ intervals.  A digital reading of the current heading appears on top of the HSI, and the current
track is represented on the HSI by a magenta diamond.  The HSI also presents turn rate, course deviation,
bearing, and navigation source information.  The HSI is available in two formats, a 360˚ compass rose and a
140˚ arc.
Changing the HSI display format:

EIS1) Press the PFD Softkey
2) Press the HSI FRMT Softkey.
3) Press the 360 HSI or ARC HSI Softkey.

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

The 360˚ HSI contains a Course Deviation Indicator (CDI), with a Course Pointer, To/From Indicator, and asliding deviation bar and scale.  The course pointer is a single line arrow (GPS, VOR1, and LOC1) or a double
line arrow (VOR2 and LOC2) which points in the direction of the set course.  The To/From arrow rotates withthe course pointer and is displayed when the active NAVAID is received.
16

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

17

15

1
14

2

4

13

5

12

6

11

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

3

10
AFCS

7

9

8

To/From Indicator2

Selected Heading

11

Heading Bug

3

Current Track Indicator

12

Course Pointer4

Lateral Deviation Scale

13

Flight Phase5

Navigation Source

14

Selected Course

6

Aircraft Symbol

15Turn Rate and Heading Trend Vector

7

Course Deviation Indicator (CDI)

16

Current Heading

8

Rotating Compass Card

17

Lubber Line

9

OBS Mode Active

INDEX

10

APPENDICES

Turn Rate Indicator

ADDITIONALFEATURES

1

Figure 2-12 Horizontal Situation Indicator (360˚ HSI)

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

57

SYSTEMOVERVIEWFLIGHT INSTRUMENTS

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

The Arc HSI is a 140˚ expanded section of the compass rose.   The Arc HSI contains a Course Pointer,
combined To/From Indicator and a sliding deviation indicator, and a deviation scale.  Upon station passage, theTo/From Indicator flips and points to the tail of the aircraft, just like a conventional To/From flag.  Dependingon the navigation source, the CDI on the Arc HSI can appear in two different ways, an arrowhead (GPS, VOR,
OBS) or a diamond (LOC).
Course PointerFlight Phase
Annunciation

Lateral
Deviation
Scale

CourseDeviation
and To/From
Indicator

AUDIO PANEL
& CNS

EIS

Navigation
SourceFigure 2-13 Arc HSI

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

The selected heading is shown to the upper left of the HSI and is displayed in light blue.  The light blue
heading bug on the compass rose corresponds to the selected heading.
Adjusting the selected heading:Turn the HDG Knob to set the selected heading.
Press the HDG Knob to synchronize the bug to the current heading.

HAZARDAVOIDANCEThe Selected Course is shown to the upper right of the HSI.  The color of the Selected Course corresponds tothe selected navigation source: magenta for GPS or green for NAV (VOR, LOC).
Adjusting the Selected Course:Turn the CRS Knob to set the Selected Course.

AFCS

	

Press the CRS Knob to re-center the CDI and return the course pointer to the bearing of the active waypoint or
navigation station (see OBS Mode for adjusting a GPS course).

ADDITIONALFEATURES

Current Heading

Heading Bug

APPENDICES

Selected
Heading

Selected
CourseINDEX

Figure 2-14 Heading and Course Indications (Magnetic)58

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEMOVERVIEW

Navigation angles (track, heading, course, bearing) are corrected to the computed magnetic variation (MagVar) or referenced to true north (T), set on the AUX - System Setup Page.  When an approach referenced totrue north has been loaded into the flight plan, the system generates a message to change the navigation angle
setting to True at the appropriate time.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS

Figure 2-15 Heading and Course Indications (True)

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

Changing the navigation angle true/magnetic setting:1) Use the FMS Knob to select the AUX - System Setup Page on the MFD.
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight Nav Angle in the Display Units box.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

4) Turn the small FMS Knob to highlight the desired setting and press the ENT Key.
• TRUE - References angles to true north (T)• MAGNETIC - Angles corrected to the computed magnetic variation (Mag Var)

HAZARDAVOIDANCEAFCSADDITIONALFEATURES
APPENDICES

Figure 2-16 Navigation Angle Settings(AUX - System Setup Page)

INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

59

SYSTEMOVERVIEWFLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
TURN RATE INDICATOR

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

The Turn Rate Indicator is located directly above the rotating compass card.  Tick marks to the left and rightof the lubber line denote half-standard and standard turn rates.  A magenta Turn Rate Trend Vector shows thecurrent turn rate.  The end of the trend vector gives the heading predicted in 6 seconds, based on the present
turn rate.  A standard-rate turn is shown on the indicator by the trend vector stopping at the standard turnrate tick mark, corresponding to a predicted heading of 18˚ from the current heading.  At rates greater than 4
deg/sec, an arrowhead appears at the end of the magenta trend vector and the prediction is no longer valid.

EIS

Half-standard
Turn Rate
Arrow Shown
for Turn Rate
> 4 deg/sec

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

Standard
Turn Rate

Figure 2-17 Turn Rate Indicator and Trend Vector

BEARING POINTERS AND INFORMATION WINDOWSHAZARDAVOIDANCEFLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Two bearing pointers and associated information can be displayed on the HSI for NAV, GPS, and ADF
sources by pressing the PFD Softkey then a BRG or DME Softkey.  The bearing pointers are light blue and are
single-line (BRG1) or double-line (BRG2).  A pointer symbol is shown in the information windows to indicate
the navigation source. The bearing pointers never override the CDI and are visually separated from the CDI
by a white ring. Bearing pointers may be selected but not necessarily visible due to data unavailability. When
the Arc HSI is displayed, the Bearing Information windows and pointers are disabled.
NOTE: ADF radio installation is optional.

AFCS

Tuning Mode
Frequency

Bearing 1
Pointer

Bearing 2
Pointer

ADDITIONALFEATURES

Distance

APPENDICES

Distance to
Bearing Source

Station
Identifier

ADF
Frequency

Bearing Source Pointer 1

Pointer 2

Bearing 1 Information Window

Bearing Source

Bearing 2 Information Window

INDEX

Figure 2-18 HSI with Bearing and Distance Information

60

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEMOVERVIEW

When a bearing pointer is displayed, the associated information window is also displayed. The Bearing
Information Windows (Figure 2-18) are displayed at the lower sides of the HSI and give the following
information:• Station/waypoint identifier (NAV, GPS)• Pointer icon (BRG1 = single line,BRG2 = double
line)• GPS-derived great circle distance to bearing
sourceFLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS• Bearing source (NAV, GPS, ADF)

EIS

• Frequency (NAV, ADF)
When the NAV radio is tuned to an ILS frequency the bearing source and the bearing pointer is removed
from the HSI.  When NAV1 or NAV2 is the selected bearing source, the frequency is replaced by the station
identifier when the station is within range.  If GPS is the bearing source, the active waypoint identifier isdisplayed instead of a frequency.

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

The bearing pointer is removed from the HSI and NO DATA is displayed in the information window if
the NAV radio is not receiving a VOR station or if GPS is the bearing source and an active waypoint is notselected.
Selecting bearing display and changing sources:

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

1) Press the PFD Softkey.
2) Press a BRG Softkey to display the desired bearing pointer and information window with a NAV source.
3) Press the BRG Softkey again to change the bearing source to GPS.
4) To remove the bearing pointer and information window, press the BRG Softkey again.

HAZARDAVOIDANCEDME INFORMATION WINDOWAFCSThe DME Information Window is displayed above the BRG1 Information Window on the 360˚ HSI and ina box above and along side the Arc HSI.  It shows the DME label, tuning mode (NAV1, NAV2, or HOLD),
frequency, and distance.  When a signal is invalid, the distance is replaced by –.– – NM  Refer to the Audio
Panel and CNS Section for information on tuning the DME.
NOTE: DME installation is optional.

ADDITIONALFEATURES

Displaying the DME Information Window:
1) Press the PFD Softkey.
2) Press the DME Softkey to display the DME Information Window.

APPENDICES

3) To remove the DME Information Window, press the DME Softkey again.

INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

61

SYSTEMOVERVIEWFLIGHT INSTRUMENTS

COURSE DEVIATION INDICATOR (CDI)NOTE: During a heading change of greater than 105˚ with respect to the course, the CDI on the Arc HSI

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

switches to the opposite side of the deviation scale and displays reverse sensing.
The Course Deviation Indicator (CDI) moves left or right from the course pointer along a lateral deviation
scale to display aircraft position relative to the course. If the course deviation data is not valid, the CDI is not
displayed.

EIS

360º HSI

AUDIO PANEL& CNSNavigation
SourceFlightPhase

Arc HSI
Navigation
SourceFlight
Phase

CDI

CDI
Scale

Scale

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Crosstrack
Error
CDI

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Figure 2-19 Course Deviation Indicator

APPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURESAFCSThe CDI can display two sources of navigation, GPS or VOR/LOC.  The color indicates the current navigation
source, magenta for GPS and green for VOR and LOC.  The full scale limits for the CDI are defined by a GPSderived distance when navigating GPS.  When navigating using a VOR or localizer (LOC), the CDI uses thesame angular deviation as a mechanical CDI. If the CDI exceeds the maximum deviation on the scale (two dots)
while navigating with GPS, the crosstrack error (XTK) is displayed below the white aircraft symbol.

INDEX

Figure 2-20 Navigation Sources

62

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEMOVERVIEW

Changing navigation sources:
1) Press the CDI Softkey to change from GPS to VOR1 or LOC1. This places the light blue tuning box over theNAV1 standby frequency in the upper left corner of the PFD.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

2) Press the CDI Softkey again to change from VOR1 or LOC1 to VOR2 or LOC2. This places the light blue tuningbox over the NAV2 standby frequency.
3) Press the CDI Softkey a third time to return to GPS.
NAV2 Selected for Tuning

NAV1 Selected for Tuning

EIS

LOC1
Selected

VOR2
Selected

AUDIO PANEL
& CNS

GPS
Selected

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Pressing the CDI Softkey
Cycles throughNavigation Sources
Figure 2-21 Selecting a Navigation Source

HAZARDAVOIDANCEThe system automatically switches from GPS to LOC navigation source and changes the CDI scaling accordingly
when all of the following occur:• A localizer or ILS approach has been loaded into the active flight plan
• The final approach fix (FAF) is the active leg, the FAF is less than 15 nm away, and the aircraft is moving
toward the FAF

AFCS• A valid localizer frequency has been tuned• The GPS CDI deviation is less than 1.2 times full-scale deflection

ADDITIONALFEATURES

GPS steering guidance is still provided after the CDI automatically switches to LOC until LOC capture, up
to the Final Approach Fix (FAF) for an ILS approach, or until GPS information becomes invalid.  Activating a
Vector-to-Final (VTF) also causes the CDI to switch to LOC navigation source.  GPS steering guidance is notprovided after the switch.

APPENDICES
INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

63

SYSTEMOVERVIEWFLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
GPS CDI SCALINGFLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

When GPS is the selected navigation source, the flight plan legs are sequenced automatically andannunciations appear on the HSI for the flight phase.  Flight phase annunciations are normally shown inmagenta, but when cautionary conditions exist the color changes to yellow. If the current leg in the flight plan
is a heading leg, HDG LEG is annunciated in magenta beneath the aircraft symbol.

EIS

The current GPS CDI scale setting is displayed as System CDI on the AUX - System Setup Page and the fullscale deflection setting may also be changed (2.0 nm, 1.0 nm, 0.3 nm, or Auto) from this page.  If the selectedscaling is smaller than the automatic setting for enroute and terminal phases, the CDI is scaled accordingly
and the selected setting is displayed rather than the flight phase annunciation.
Changing the selected GPS CDI setting:1) Use the FMS Knob to select the AUX - System Setup Page on the MFD.

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight Selected in the GPS CDI box.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to highlight the desired setting and press the ENT Key.

ADDITIONALFEATURESAFCSHAZARDAVOIDANCEFLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

5) To cancel the selection, press the FMS Knob or the CLR Key.

Figure 2-22 GPS CDI Settings(AUX - System Setup Page)

INDEX

APPENDICES

When set to Auto (default), the GPS CDI scale automatically adjusts to the desired limits based upon thecurrent phase of flight (Figure 2-23, Table 2-1).

64

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Enroute(Oceanic if >200 nm
from nearest airport)

Terminal

Approach

0.3 nm

1.0 nm

1.0 nm2.0 nm0.3 nm

1.0 nmTerminal

Refer to accompanying
approach CDI scaling figures

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Departure

SYSTEMOVERVIEWCDI Full-scale Deflection

FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS

MissedApproachEIS
AUDIO PANEL& CNS

Figure 2-23 Automatic CDI Scaling• Once a departure procedure is activated, the CDI is scaled for departure (0.3 nm).
• The system switches from departure to terminal CDI scaling (1.0 nm) under the following conditions:

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT- The next leg in the departure procedure is not aligned with the departure runway- The next leg in the departure procedure is not a CA, CD, CF, CI, CR, DF, FA, FC, FD, FM, IF, or TF (seeGlossary for leg type definitions)- After any leg in the departure procedure that is not a CA or FA

HAZARDAVOIDANCE• At 30 nm from the departure airport, the enroute phase of flight is automatically entered and CDI scalingchanges to 2.0 nm over a distance of 1.0 nm, except under the following conditions:- When navigating with an active departure procedure, the flight phase and CDI scale does not change
until the aircraft arrives at the last departure waypoint (if more than 30 nm from the departure airport) or
the leg after the last departure waypoint has been activated or a direct-to waypoint is activated.

AFCS• If after completing the departure procedure the nearest airport is more than 200 nm away from the aircraft
and the approach procedure has not yet commenced, the CDI is scaled for oceanic flight (2.0 nm).

ADDITIONALFEATURES• Within 31 nm of the destination airport (terminal area), the CDI scale gradually ramps down from 2.0 nm
to 1.0 nm over a distance of 1.0 nm; except under the following conditions:- Upon reaching the first waypoint of an arrival route that is more than 31 nm from the destination airport,
the flight phase changes to terminal and the CDI scale begins to transition down from 2.0 nm to 1.0 nm
over a distance of 1.0 nm.

APPENDICES• During approach, the CDI scale ramps down even further (Figures 2-24 and 2-25).  This transition normallyoccurs within 2.0 nm of the final approach fix (FAF).  The CDI switches to approach scaling automaticallyonce the approach procedure is activated or if Vectors-To-Final (VTF) are selected.
- If the active waypoint is the FAF, the ground track and the bearing to the FAF must be within 45° of the
final approach segment course.

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

INDEX- If the active waypoint is part of the missed approach procedure, the active leg and the preceding missed
approach legs must be aligned with the final approach segment course and the aircraft must not havepassed the turn initiation point.

65

2 nm

FAF

CDI scale varies if VTF is activated

0.3 nm

1.0 nm

2 nm

FAF

EIS

angle basedon database
information

course width

angle setby system

CDI Full-scale Deflection

0.3 nm

1.0 nm

CDI scale is set to the smaller of 0.3 nm
or an angle set by the system

350 ft

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

CDI Full-scale Deflection

SYSTEMOVERVIEWFLIGHT INSTRUMENTS

Landing
Threshold

CDI scale varies if VTF is activatedFigure 2-24 Typical LNAV and LNAV+V Approach CDI Scaling

Figure 2-25 Typical LNAV/VNAV and LPV Approach CDI Scaling

AUDIO PANEL& CNS• When a missed approach is activated, the CDI scale changes to 0.3 nm.
• The system automatically switches back to terminal mode under the following conditions:- The next leg in the missed approach procedure is not aligned with the final approach path

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT- The next leg in the missed approach procedure is not a CA, CD, CF, CI, CR, DF, FA, FC, FD, FM, IF, or TF

AFCS

HAZARDAVOIDANCE- After any leg in the missed approach procedure that is not a CA or FA
Flight Phase
Departure
Terminal
EnrouteOceanic

Annunciation*
DPRT
TERM
ENR
OCN

Approach(Non-precision)

LNAVAPPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURES

Approach(Non-precision with
Vertical Guidance)
Approach(LNAV/VNAV)Approach(LPV)
Missed Approach

Automatic CDI Full-scale Deflection
0.3 nm
1.0 nm2.0 nm2.0 nm

1.0 nm decreasing to 350 feet depending on
variables (Figure 2-24)
LNAV + V
L/VNAVLPV
MAPR

1.0 nm decreasing to a specified course width, then
0.3 nm, depending on variables (Figure 2-25)
0.3 nm* Flight phase annunciations are normally shown in magenta, but when cautionary
conditions exist the color changes to yellow.

INDEX

Table 2-1 Automatic GPS CDI Scaling

66

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEMOVERVIEWOBS MODENOTE: VNV is inhibited while automatic waypoint sequencing has been suspended.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Enabling Omni-bearing Selector (OBS) Mode suspends the automatic sequencing of waypoints in a GPS
flight plan (GPS must be the selected navigation source), but retains the current Active-to waypoint as thenavigation reference even after passing the waypoint.  OBS is annunciated to the lower right of the aircraftsymbol when OBS Mode is selected.

EIS

While OBS is enabled, a course line is drawn through the active-to waypoint on the moving map.   Ifdesired, the course to/from the waypoint can now be adjusted.  When OBS Mode is disabled, the GPS flightplan returns to normal operation, with automatic sequencing of waypoints, following the course set in OBS
Mode. The flight plan on the moving map retains the modified course line.

AUDIO PANEL
& CNS

GPS
Selected

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTOBS Mode
EnabledExtended
CourseLine

Pressing the OBS
Softkey Again
Disables OBS Mode

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Pressing the OBS
Softkey Enables
OBS Mode
Figure 2-26 Omni-bearing Selector (OBS) Mode

Enabling/disabling OBS Mode while navigating a GPS flight plan:
AFCS

1) Press the OBS Softkey to select OBS Mode.
2) Turn the CRS Knob to select the desired course to/from the waypoint. Press the CRS Knob to synchronize theSelected Course with the bearing to the next waypoint.

ADDITIONALFEATURES

3) Press the OBS Softkey again to return to automatic waypoint sequencing.

APPENDICES
INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

67

SYSTEMOVERVIEWFLIGHT INSTRUMENTS

AUDIO PANEL
& CNS

EIS

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

As the aircraft crosses the missed approach point (MAP), automatic approach waypoint sequencing issuspended.   SUSP appears on the HSI at the lower right of the aircraft symbol.   The OBS Softkey labelchanges to indicate the suspension is active as shown in Figure 2-27.  Pressing the SUSP Softkey, deactivatesthe suspension and resumes automatic sequencing of approach waypoints.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

SUSP
Softkey

SUSP
Annunciation

INDEX

APPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURESAFCSHAZARDAVOIDANCE

Figure 2-27 Suspending Automatic Waypoint Sequencing

68

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEMOVERVIEW

2.2 SUPPLEMENTAL FLIGHT DATAFLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

NOTE: Pressing the DFLTS Softkey turns off metric Altimeter display, the Inset Map and wind data display.

In addition to the flight instruments, the PFD also displays various supplemental information, including
temperatures, wind data, and Vertical Navigation (VNV) indications.

OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE

EISThe Outside Air Temperature (OAT) is displayed in degrees Celsius (°C) or Fahrenheit (°F) as selected by thepilot, in the lower left of the PFD under normal display conditions. Temperature is displayed below the true
airspeed in reversionary mode.

AUDIO PANEL& CNSNormal Display

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTHAZARDAVOIDANCE
AFCS

Reversionary Mode

ADDITIONALFEATURES
APPENDICESINDEXFigure 2-28 Outside Air Temperature

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

69

SYSTEMOVERVIEWFLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
Changing temperature display units:
1) Select the AUX - System Setup Page on the MFD using the FMS Knob.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the TEMP field in the Display Units box.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to highlight either CELSIUS or FAHRENHEIT and press the ENT Key to confirm theselection.

HAZARDAVOIDANCEFLIGHT
MANAGEMENTAUDIO PANEL
& CNS

EIS

5) To cancel the selection, press the FMS Knob or the CLR Key.

INDEXAPPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURES

AFCS

Figure 2-29 Temperature Selection(AUX - System Setup Page)

70

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEMOVERVIEW

WIND DATA

Option 2

Option 3

No Data

EIS

Option 1

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Wind direction and speed in knots can be displayed relative to the aircraft in a window to the upper left of
the HSI.  When the window is selected for display, but wind information is invalid or unavailable, the window
displays NO WIND DATA.  Wind data can be displayed in three different ways.

AUDIO PANEL& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Figure 2-30 Wind Data

Displaying wind data:

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

1) Press the PFD Softkey.
2) Press the WIND Softkey to display wind data below the selected heading.
3) Press one of the OPTN softkeys to change how wind data is displayed:• OPTN 1: Wind direction arrows with headwind/tailwind and crosswind components

AFCS• OPTN 2: Wind direction arrow and numeric speed• OPTN 3: Wind direction arrow with numeric True direction and numeric speed4) To remove the window, press the OFF Softkey.

ADDITIONALFEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

71

SYSTEMOVERVIEWFLIGHT INSTRUMENTS

VERTICAL NAVIGATION (VNV) INDICATIONSFLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

When a VNV flight plan has been activated, VNV indications (VNV Target Altitude, RVSI, VDI) appear on the
PFD in conjunction with the “TOD within 1 minute” message and “Vertical track” voice alert.  See the Flight
Management and AFCS sections for details on VNV features.   VNV indications are removed from the PFD
according to the criteria listed in the Table 2-2.
Top of Descent Message

EIS

VNV Target
Altitude
Vertical
Deviation
Indicator

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTAUDIO PANEL& CNS

Required
Vertical
Speed
Indicator

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

GPS is the
Selected
Navigation
SourcePhase of
FlightFigure 2-31 Vertical Navigation Indications

APPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURESAFCS

VNV Indication Removed
Criteria
Required Vertical
VerticalVNV Target
Speed (RVSI)Deviation (VDI)
Altitude*
Aircraft > 1 min before the next TOD due to flight plan change
X
X
X
VNV cancelled (CNCL VNV Softkey pressed on MFD)
X
X
X
Distance to active waypoint cannot be computed due tounsupported flight plan leg type (see Flight Management
X
X
X
Section)Aircraft > 250 feet below active VNV Target Altitude
X
X
X
Current crosstrack or track angle error has exceeded limit
X
X
X
Active altitude-constrained waypoint can not be reached within
X
X
maximum allowed flight path angle and vertical speed

INDEX

Table 2-2 VNV Indication Removal Criteria

72

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEMOVERVIEW

2.3 PFD ANNUNCIATIONS AND ALERTING FUNCTIONSFLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

The following annunciations and alerting functions are displayed on the PFD.  Refer to Appendix A for more
information on alerts and annunciations.

SYSTEM ALERTING

EIS

Messages appear in the Alerts Window in the lower right corner of the PFD when a warning, caution, advisory
alert, or system message advisory occurs.  System alert messages are provided for awareness of system problems
or status and may or may not require pilot action.  The Alerts Window allows system alerts to be displayed
simultaneously. The FMS Knob is used to scroll through the alert messages.  The Alerts Window is enabled/
disabled by pressing the ALERTS Softkey.  If the window is already open when a new message is generated,pressing the ALERTS Softkey to acknowledge the message turns the softkey gray.

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

The ALERTS Softkey label changes to display the appropriate annunciation when an alert is issued.  Theannunciation flashes and the appropriate aural alert sounds until acknowledged by pressing the softkey.  Thesoftkey then reverts to the ALERTS Softkey label, and when pressed again opens the Alerts Window to display
a descriptive message of the alert.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

The Annunciation Window appears to the right of the Vertical Speed Indicator and displays abbreviatedannunciation text for aircraft alerts. Warnings appear in red, cautions in yellow, advisory alerts in white,and safe operating annunciations in green.  New alerts are displayed at the top of the Annunciation Window,
regardless of priority.  Once acknowledged, they are sequenced based on priority.

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Annunciation
Window
AlertsWindowAFCS
ADDITIONALFEATURES

Softkey
Annunciations
Figure 2-32 System Alerting

APPENDICES
INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

73

SYSTEMOVERVIEWFLIGHT INSTRUMENTS

MARKER BEACON ANNUNCIATIONSFLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Marker Beacon Annunciations are displayed on the PFD to the left of the Selected Altitude.  Outer marker
reception is indicated in blue, middle in yellow, and inner in white.  Refer to the Audio Panel and CNS Section
for more information on Marker Beacon Annunciations.
Middle Marker

Inner Marker

EIS

Outer Marker

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

Altimeter
Figure 2-33 Marker Beacon Annunciations

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTTRAFFIC ANNUNCIATION
Traffic is displayed symbolically on the PFD Inset Map, the MFD Navigation Map Page, and various other
MFD page maps.  Refer to the Hazard Avoidance Section and the Appendix for more details about the Traffic
Information Service (TIS) and optional Traffic Advisory Systems (TAS).  When a traffic advisory (TA) is detected,
the following automatically occur:

HAZARDAVOIDANCE• The PFD Inset Map is enabled and displays traffic• A flashing black-on-yellow TRAFFIC annunciation appears to the top left of the Attitude Indicator for fiveseconds and remains displayed until no TAs are detected in the area
• A single “TRAFFIC” aural alert is heard, unless an optional Traffic Advisory System (TAS) is installed.  Referto the applicable TAS documentation for alerts generated by TAS equipment.

ADDITIONALFEATURES

AFCS

If additional TAs appear, new aural and visual alerts are generated.

APPENDICES

Traffic
Symbols

Inset
Traffic
EnabledINDEX

Figure 2-34 Traffic Annunciation and Inset Map with TIS Traffic Displayed

74

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEMOVERVIEWTAWS ANNUNCIATIONS
Terrain Awareness and Warning System (TAWS) annunciations appear on the PFD at the top left of the Altimeter.  
Refer to the Hazard Avoidance Section and Appendix A for information on TAWS alerts and annunciations.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTSEISAUDIO PANEL& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTHAZARDAVOIDANCE

Figure 2-35 Traffic and TAWS AnnunciationsAFCS
ADDITIONALFEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

75

SYSTEMOVERVIEWFLIGHT INSTRUMENTS

ALTITUDE ALERTING

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Altitude Alerting provides the pilot with a visual alert when approaching the Selected Altitude.  Whenever the
Selected Altitude is changed, the Altitude Alerter is reset.  Altitude alerting tones and visual alerts occur only if
the GFC 700 is installed.  The following occur when approaching the Selected Altitude:• Upon passing through 1000 feet of the Selected Altitude an aural tone is heard.  The Selected Altitude changes
to black text on a light blue background and flashes for 5 seconds.
• When the aircraft passes within 200 feet of the Selected Altitude, the Selected Altitude changes to light blue
text on a black background and flashes for 5 seconds.

EIS• After reaching the Selected Altitude, if the pilot flies outside the deviation band (±200 feet of the Selected
Altitude) an aural tone is heard.  The Selected Altitude changes to yellow text on a black background andflashes for 5 seconds.

AUDIO PANEL& CNSWithin 1000 ft

Within 200 ft

Deviation of ±200 ft

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Figure 2-36 Altitude Alerting Visual Annunciations

LOW ALTITUDE ANNUNCIATIONHAZARDAVOIDANCENOTE: A Low Altitude Annunciation is available only when SBAS is available. This annunciation is notshown for systems with TAWS, unless TAWS is inhibited.

ADDITIONALFEATURES

AFCS

When the Final Approach Fix (FAF) is the active waypoint in a GPS SBAS approach using vertical guidance,a Low Altitude Annunciation may appear if the current aircraft altitude is at least 164 feet below the prescribed
altitude at the FAF.  A black-on-yellow LOW ALT annunciation appears to the top left of the Altimeter, flashingfor several seconds, then remaining displayed until the condition is resolved.

INDEX

APPENDICES

Figure 2-37 Low Altitude on GPS SBAS Approach76

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEMOVERVIEWMINIMUM DESCENT ALTITUDE/DECISION HEIGHT ALERTING

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

For altitude awareness, a barometric Minimum Descent Altitude (MDA) or Decision Height (DH) can be set
in the Timer/References Window and is reset when the power is cycled.  When active, the altitude setting isdisplayed to the bottom left of the Altimeter.  Once the altitude is within the range of the tape, a bug appears
at the reference altitude on the Altimeter.  The following visual annunciations occur when approaching the
MDA/DH:• When the aircraft altitude descends to within 2500 feet of the MDA/DH setting, the BARO MIN box appears
with the altitude in light blue text. The bug appears on the altitude tape in light blue once in range.

EIS• When the aircraft passes through 100 feet of the MDA/DH, the bug and text turn white.
• Once the aircraft reaches MDA/DH, the bug and text turn yellow and the aural alert, “Minimums. Minimums”,
is heard.
White Within 100 ft

Yellow When Altitude Reached

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

Light Blue Within 2500 ft
MDA/DH
Bug

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTHAZARDAVOIDANCE

Barometric
Minimum
Box
Figure 2-38 Barometric MDA/DH Alerting Visual Annunciations

Setting the barometric Minimum Descent Altitude/Decision Height and bug:
AFCS1) Press the TMR/REF Softkey.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the Minimums field.

ADDITIONALFEATURES

3) Turn the small FMS Knob to select BARO. Off is selected by default. Press the ENT Key or turn the large FMS
Knob to highlight the next field.
4) Use the small FMS Knob to enter the desired altitude from zero to 16,000 feet.
5) To remove the window, press the CLR Key or the TMR/REF Softkey.

APPENDICES

Figure 2-39 MDA/DH Setting(Timer/References Window)

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

INDEX

Alerting is inhibited while the aircraft is on the ground and until the aircraft reaches 150 feet above the
MDA/DH.  If the aircraft proceeds to climb after having reached the MDA/DH, once it reaches 50 feet above the
MDA/DH, alerting is disabled.

77

SYSTEMOVERVIEWFLIGHT INSTRUMENTS

2.4 ABNORMAL OPERATIONSFLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

ABNORMAL GPS CONDITIONS
The annunciations listed in Table 2-3 can appear on the HSI when abnormal GPS conditions occur.  Refer tothe Flight Management Section for more information on Dead Reckoning Mode.
Annunciation

EIS

LOI
INTEG OK
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS

DR

Location
Lower left ofaircraft symbol
Lower left ofaircraft symbol
Upper right ofaircraft symbol

Description
Loss of Integrity Monitoring–GPS integrity is insufficient for the current
phase of flight
Integrity OK–GPS integrity has been restored to within normal limits(annunciation displayed for 5 seconds)
Dead Reckoning–System is using projected position rather than GPS position
to compute navigation data and sequence active flight plan waypoints

HAZARDAVOIDANCEFLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Table 2-3 Abnormal GPS Conditions Annunciated on HSI

Figure 2-40 Example HSI Annunciations

AFCS

Dead Reckoning (DR) Mode causes the following items on the PFD to be shown in yellow when GPS is theselected navigation source during Enroute (ENR) or Oceanic (OCN) phases of flight:• CDI (removed after 20 minutes)

ADDITIONALFEATURES• Current Track Bug• Wind Data
• Distances in the Bearing Information Windows• GPS bearing pointers

APPENDICES• Ground Speed

INDEX

It is important to note that estimated navigation data supplied by the G1000 in DR Mode may become
increasingly unreliable and must not be used as a sole means of navigation.  See the Flight Management section
for more information about DR mode

78

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEMOVERVIEWUNUSUAL ATTITUDES

Nose HighFLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

When the aircraft enters an unusual pitch attitude, red chevrons pointing toward the horizon warn of extreme
pitch.  The chevrons are displayed on the Attitude Indicator, starting at 50˚ above and 30˚ below the horizon
line.
Nose LowEIS
AUDIO PANEL& CNS

Figure 2-41 Pitch Attitude Warnings

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT• Altimeter Barometric Setting• Inset Map– Nearest Airports• Selected Altitude• Outside Air Temperature (OAT)– Flight Plan

• VNV Target Altitude• Wind Data

– Alerts• System Time

• Selected Heading Readout– Procedures• Transponder Status Box• Selected Course Readout• Minimum Descent Altitude/
Decision Height Readout• PFD Setup Menu

ADDITIONALFEATURES– Timer/References

AFCS• Flight Director Command Bars

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

If pitch exceeds +30˚/-20˚ or bank exceeds 65˚, some information displayed on the PFD is removed. The
Altimeter and Airspeed, Attitude, Vertical Speed, and Horizontal Situation indicators remain on the display
and the Bearing Information, Alerts, and Annunciation windows can be displayed during such situations.  Thefollowing information is removed from the PFD and their softkeys are disabled when the aircraft experiences
unusual attitudes:• Traffic Annunciations• Windows displayed in the lower • Vertical Deviation, Glideslope,right corner of the PFD:
and Glidepath Indicators• AFCS Annunciations

APPENDICES
INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

79

INDEXAPPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURESAFCSHAZARDAVOIDANCEFLIGHT
MANAGEMENTAUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

SYSTEMOVERVIEWFLIGHT INSTRUMENTS

Blank Page

80

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

ENGINE INDICATION SYSTEMSYSTEMOVERVIEWSECTION 3 ENGINE INDICATION SYSTEM (EIS)NOTE: Refer to the Pilot’s Operating Handbook (POH) for limitations.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

The Engine Indication System (EIS) displays critical engine, electrical, fuel, and other system parameters on
the left side of the Multi Function Display (MFD) during normal operations (Figure 3-1). In reversionary mode
(Figure 3-2), the displays are re-configured to present Primary Flight Display (PFD) symbology together with the
EIS (refer to the System Overview for information about Reversionary Mode).

EIS

EIS
Display

AUDIO PANEL& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTHAZARDAVOIDANCE

Figure 3-1 Multi Function Display (172S Normal Operations)
Failed NAV/COM
EIS
DisplayAFCS
ADDITIONALFEATURES
APPENDICES

Figure 3-2 Primary Flight Display (182T Reversionary Mode)

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

INDEXGreen bands on the instruments indicate normal ranges of operation; yellow and red bands indicate caution andwarning, respectively. White bands indicate areas outside of normal operation not yet in the caution or warning
ranges. When unsafe operating conditions occur, readouts, pointers and labels change color corresponding to thelevel of the condition; warnings also flash. If sensory data to an instrument becomes invalid or unavailable, a red“X” is shown across the instrument.
81

SYSTEMOVERVIEWENGINE INDICATION SYSTEM
EIS information is presented in three displays, accessed using the ENGINE Softkey on the MFD.
172R, 172S, 182T, 206H, T182T, and T206H display the following:

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS• Engine Display – Default display, shows all critical engine, fuel, and electrical indicators• Lean Display – Provides engine leaning information• System Display – Shows numeric readouts of critical engine, fuel, and electrical indicators

EIS

ENGINELEAN

SYSTEMBACKAUDIO PANEL& CNS

ENGINE

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Press the ENGINE or BACK Softkey toreturn to the default Engine Page level.
ENGINELEAN

SYSTEMCYL SLCTHAZARDAVOIDANCEENGINEASSISTLEAN

BACKSYSTEM

Press the ENGINE Softkey to returnto the default Engine Page level.
LEAN

SYSTEM-10 GAL-1 GALGAL REM

BACK

Press the BACK Softkey to returnto the previous softkey level.
+1 GAL+10 GALAFCS

ENGINERST FUELXX GALXX GALBACK

X = airframe specific values

INDEX

APPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURES

Figure 3-3 Engine Softkey Flowchart

82

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

ENGINE INDICATION SYSTEMSYSTEMOVERVIEW

3.1 ENGINE DISPLAY

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

The Engine Display is the default EIS display and can be displayed after viewing other EIS displays by pressing
the ENGINE softkey. This display shows the dial gauge(s), horizontal bar indicators, and readouts for criticalengine and electrical parameters.
The EIS automatically defaults back to the Engine Display from the Lean or System Display when certain
parameters are exceeded. Fluctuations in engine speed and fuel quantity above certain levels, depending on theairframe, also cause reversion back to the Engine Display.

3

Fuel Flow Indicator(FFLOW GPH)

Displays the current fuel flow in gallons per hour (gph)
Turbocharged aircraft – A green tick mark indicates maximum takeoff fuel
flow
Model T182T – A white tick mark indicates the maximum cruise fuel flow

4

Oil Pressure Indicator(OIL PRES)

Displays pressure of the oil supplied to the engine in pounds per squareinch (psi)5

Oil Temperature Indicator Displays the engine oil temperature in degrees Fahrenheit (°F)
(OIL TEMP)

6

Cylinder Head Temperature Displays the head temperature of the hottest cylinder (number shown intriangular pointer) in °F
Indicator (CHT)
Models 182T, T182T, 206H,
T206H

7

Exhaust Gas Temperature
Indicator (EGT)
Normally-aspirated Aircraft

8

Turbine Inlet Temperature Displays the temperature at the turbine inlet in °F
Indicator (TIT)
Turbocharged Aircraft

Displays the exhaust gas temperature of the hottest cylinder (number shownin triangular pointer) in °F

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

APPENDICES

Displays propeller speeds in revolutions per minute (rpm)Red range indicates propeller overspeed warning
Models 172S, 206H, and T206H – White high-rpm range indicates above
normal operating speeds
Model 172S – When ascending through 5300 ft, the upper end of the greenarc displays 2600 rpm and ascending through 10,300 displays 2700 rpm.
When descending below 9700 ft, the upper end of the green arc returns to2600 rpm and descending below 4700 ft returns to 2500 rpm (Figure 3-6)

ADDITIONALFEATURES

Tachometer
(RPM)

AFCS

2

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Displays engine power in inches of mercury (in Hg)
Turbocharged aircraft – Red range indicates maximum manifold pressure
Model T182T – A white tick mark indicates the cruise manifold pressure

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTEngine Manifold Pressure
Gauge (MAN IN)
Models 182T, T182T, 206H,
T206H

AUDIO PANEL
& CNS

1

EIS

NORMALLY-ASPIRATED AND TURBOCHARGED AIRCRAFT

83

9

Vacuum Pressure Indicator Displays standby vacuum pump pressure(VAC)
Models 172R and 172S

10

Fuel Quantity Indicator(FUEL QTY GAL)

Displays the quantity of fuel in gallons (gal) in each tank (left–L and right–R)from zero to full (F)When full, the indicator displays to 35 gal per side (24 gal for Models 172R
and 172S)

11

Engine Hours (Tach)(ENG HRS)
Models 172R and 172S

Displays a numeric readout for the time in hours (hrs) the engine has been
in service

12

Voltmeter(M, E BUS VOLTS)

Displays the main and essential bus voltages

13

Ammeter(M, S BATT AMPS)

Displays the main and standby battery load in amperes

AUDIO PANEL
& CNS

EIS

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

SYSTEMOVERVIEWENGINE INDICATION SYSTEMINDEXAPPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURESAFCSHAZARDAVOIDANCEFLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Model 172R

Model 182T

Model 172S

Model 206H

2

2

1

1

3

3

2

2

4

4
3

5

5

3

4

4

5

5

6

6

7

7

10

10

7

7

9

9

10

10

11

11

12

12

12

12

13

13

13

13

Figure 3-4 Engine Display (Normally-Aspirated Aircraft)

84

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

ENGINE INDICATION SYSTEMSYSTEMOVERVIEW

1

CruiseManifold
Pressure

Model T206H

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Model T182T

1

4

Maximum
Takeoff
Fuel Flow

3

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

Cruise
Fuel
Flow

3

EIS

2

2

4

6

6

8

8

10

10

12

12

13

13

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

5

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

5

AFCS

Figure 3-5 Engine Display (Turbocharged Aircraft)

ADDITIONALFEATURES

Ascending through 5300 ft
or descending below 9700 ft

APPENDICES

Descending below 4700 ft

Ascending through 10,300 ft

Figure 3-6 172S Tachometer Green Arc Expansion
INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

85

SYSTEMOVERVIEWENGINE INDICATION SYSTEM

3.2 LEAN DISPLAY

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

NOTE: The pilot should follow the engine manufacturer’s recommended leaning procedures in the Pilot’s

Operating Handbook (POH).

EIS

The Lean Display is accessed by pressing the ENGINE Softkey followed by the LEAN Softkey and provides
information for performing engine leaning. The engine gauge(s) and Fuel Quantity Indicator remain on the Lean
Display and fuel flow is listed as a numeric readout. Exhaust gas (EGT) and cylinder head (CHT) temperatures for
all cylinders are displayed graphically with numeric readouts for the selected cylinder. For turbocharged aircraft,
the Turbine Inlet Temperature (TIT) Indicator is shown above the EGT Bar Graph.
Accessing the EIS Lean Display:

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

1) Press the ENGINE Softkey.
2) Press the LEAN Softkey.
3) To return to the default Engine Display, press the ENGINE or BACK Softkey.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

From the Lean Display, the pilot can use the CYL SLCT and ASSIST softkeys to get information about specificcylinders. Pressing the CYL SLCT (Cylinder Select) Softkey cycles through the cylinders (i.e., changes the cylinder
number indicated on the bar graphs in light blue). This softkey is disabled when the ASSIST Softkey is pressedor when a cylinder experiences a caution or warning condition; the softkey remains disabled until the temperature
returns to normal.

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Monitoring the desired cylinder’s EGT and CHT:	

From the Lean Display, press the CYL SLCT Softkey to cycle through each cylinder and view its EGT and CHT.
The selected cylinder number is shown in light blue.

INDEX

APPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURESAFCSThe ASSIST Softkey aids in the leaning process by identifying the peak of the first cylinder whose temperature
falls. This cylinder’s number below the EGT bar graph is highlighted in light blue as the selected cylinder. If thetemperature of the peaked cylinder exceeds the peak value, the peak value is not updated. Monitoring of thecylinder continues until the ASSIST Softkey is pressed again which disables lean assist, and removes the peak
block from the bar graph and the temperature deviation from peak (DPEAK). The system then returns to seeking
the hottest cylinder.

86

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

ENGINE INDICATION SYSTEM

Displays propeller speeds in revolutions per minute (rpm)Red range indicates propeller overspeed warning
Models 172S, 206H, and T206H – White high-rpm range indicates above
normal operating speeds
Model 172S – When ascending through 5300 ft, the upper end of the green arc
displays 2600 rpm and ascending through 10,300 displays 2700 rpm. Whendescending below 9700 ft, the upper end of the green arc returns to 2600
rpm and descending below 4700 ft returns to 2500 rpm (Figure 3-6)

3

Fuel Flow(FFLOW GPH)

Displays the current fuel flow in gallons per hour (gph)4

Turbine Inlet Temperature Displays the temperature at the turbine inlet in degrees Fahrenheit (°F)
Indicator (TIT)
TIT deviation from peak (DPEAK) is displayed below the indicator when the
Turbocharged Aircraft
ASSIST Softkey is pressed.

5

Exhaust Gas Temperature
Bar Graph (EGT °F)

6

Cylinder Head Temperature Displays the head temperatures of all cylinders in °F; a readout for theselected cylinder (by default, the hottest cylinder) is shown below the bar
Bar Graph (CHT)graph
The selected cylinder number is indicated in light blue. Cylinder whose
CHTs are in the normal range appear in white. Cylinders whose CHTs
enter the warning range appear in red.

7

Fuel Quantity Indicator(FUEL QTY GAL)FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Tachometer(RPM)

AUDIO PANEL
& CNS

2

EIS

Displays engine power in inches of mercury (in Hg)
Turbocharged aircraft – Red range indicates maximum manifold pressure
Model T182T – A white tick mark indicates the cruise manifold pressure

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Engine Manifold Pressure
Gauge (MAN IN)
Models 182T, T182T, 206H,
T206H

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

1

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Displays the exhaust gas temperature of all cylinders in °F; a readout for theselected cylinder (by default, the hottest cylinder) is shown below the bar
graph
The selected cylinder is indicated in light blue. Cylinders whose EGTs arein the normal range appear in white.
The EGT deviation from peak (DPEAK) for the selected cylinder is displayed
below the indicator when the ASSIST Softkey is pressed.

AFCS
ADDITIONALFEATURES
APPENDICES

Displays the quantity of fuel in gallons (gal) in each tank (left–L andright–R)
When full, the indicator displays to 35 gal per side (24 gal for Models 172R
and 172S).

INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

87

SYSTEMOVERVIEWENGINE INDICATION SYSTEMNORMALLY-ASPIRATED AIRCRAFTFLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

For normally-aspirated aircraft, when a cylinder peaks, its peak is represented by a light blue block on the
EGT Bar Graph. The EGT readout for the peaked cylinder number, indicated on the bar graph in light blue,
appears directly beneath the bar graph. The system automatically switches to the first peak obtained anddisplays the temperature deviation from peak (DPEAK) in degrees Fahrenheit (°F) below the EGT readout.
Selecting the Engine Leaning Assist function:

EIS

	

From the Lean Display, press the ASSIST Softkey to identify the peak. The peak temperature for the selectedcylinder is indicated with a blue block on the EGT Bar Graph and the temperature deviation from peak is shown
underneath the EGT Bar Graph.

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

Model 172R

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

2

2

5

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

5

Model 206H

1

1

2

2

3

3

5

5

6

6

7

7

Light Blue
Block
Represents
Peak

6

APPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURES

AFCS

6Model 182T

Model 172S

3

3

7

7

INDEX

Figure 3-7 Lean Display (Normally-Aspirated Aircraft)

88

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

ENGINE INDICATION SYSTEMSYSTEMOVERVIEW

TURBOCHARGED AIRCRAFTFLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Leaning for turbocharged aircraft is done with reference to the Turbine Inlet Temperature (TIT). When thetemperature peaks, the numeric readout (DPEAK) appears below the TIT Indicator and displays the difference
between peak and current TITs, in degrees Fahrenheit (°F). If a peak is not displayed, underscores are shown
until one is established.
Selecting the Engine Leaning Assist function:
	

From the Lean Display, press the ASSIST Softkey to identify the peak. The TIT deviation from peak is shown
below the TIT Indicator.

EIS

Model T182T

Model T206H
1

3

4

4

5

5

6

6

7

7

AFCS

3

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

2

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

2

AUDIO PANEL
& CNS

1

CruiseManifold
Pressure

ADDITIONALFEATURES
APPENDICES

Figure 3-8 Lean Display (Turbocharged Aircraft)

INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

89

SYSTEMOVERVIEWENGINE INDICATION SYSTEM

3.3 SYSTEM DISPLAY

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

NORMALLY-ASPIRATED AND TURBOCHARGED AIRCRAFT
NOTE: Fuel calculations do not use the aircraft fuel quantity indicators and are calculated from the last time

the fuel was reset.
NOTE: Refer to the Pilot’s Operating Handbook (POH) for fuel values and limitations. The displayed fuelEIS

remaining can be adjusted up to 53 gal (Models 172R, 172S) or 87 gal (Models 182T, T182T, 206H, T206H).

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

The System Display is accessed by pressing the ENGINE Softkey followed by the SYSTEM Softkey andshows critical engine, fuel, and electrical parameters. The engine gauge(s) and Fuel Quantity Indicator remainon the System Display. Numeric readouts for oil pressure and temperature are displayed, and for Models 182T,
T182T, 206H, and T206H, a readout for engine hours and the Vacuum Pressure Indicator are also shown.
Electrical indicators are at the bottom of the display.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Fuel calculations are also shown on this display. Fuel calculations are based on the fuel flow totalizer and thedisplayed fuel remaining, adjusted by the pilot using the following softkeys:• RST FUEL – Resets totalizer-based fuel remaining (GAL REM) and the fuel used (GAL USED) to zero
• GAL REM – Gives access to softkeys for adjusting the amount of fuel remaining for purposes of fuelcalculations

INDEX

APPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURESAFCSHAZARDAVOIDANCE

Fuel remaining can be adjusted using the appropriate softkeys in one or ten-gallon increments, up to either
the maximum amount allowed for the aircraft or to the tab amount: 35 gallons (Models 172R and 172S) or 64
gallons (Models 182T, T182T, 206H, and T206H).

90

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

ENGINE INDICATION SYSTEM

Displays the engine oil temperature in degrees Fahrenheit (°F)

5Displays a numeric readout for the time in hours (hrs) the engine hasEngine Hours (Tach)been in service(ENG HRS)
Models 182T, T182T, 206H, T206H

6

Displays vacuum pump pressure for the standby instruments
Vacuum Pressure Indicator(VAC)
Models 182T, T182T, 206H, T206H

7

Fuel Flow(FFLOW GPH)

Displays the current fuel flow in gallons per hour (gph)8

Calculated Fuel Used
(GAL USED)

Displays quantity of fuel used in gallons (gal) based on fuel flow sincelast reset9

Set Fuel Remaining(GAL REM)

Displays current fuel remaining in gal as set by the pilot and adjusted
for fuel burn since last set

10

Fuel Quantity Indicator(FUEL QTY GAL)

Displays the quantity of fuel in gal in each tank (left–L and right–R)from zero to full (F)When full, the indicator displays to 35 gal per side (24 gal for Models
172R and 172S).

11

Voltmeter(M, E BUS VOLTS)

Displays the main and essential bus voltages

12

Ammeter(M, S BATT AMPS)

Displays the main and standby battery load in amperes

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

INDEX

Oil Temperature(OIL °F)

APPENDICES

4ADDITIONALFEATURES

Displays pressure of the oil supplied to the engine in pounds per
square inch (psi)AFCS

Oil Pressure(OIL PSI)HAZARDAVOIDANCE

3

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Displays propeller speeds in revolutions per minute (rpm)Red range indicates propeller overspeed warning
Models 172S, 206H, and T206H – White high-rpm range indicates above
normal operating speeds
Model 172S – When ascending through 5300 ft, the upper end of thegreen arc displays 2600 rpm and ascending through 10,300 displays
2700 rpm. When descending below 9700 ft, the upper end of thegreen arc returns to 2600 rpm and descending below 4700 ft returns
to 2500 rpm (Figure 3-6)

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

Tachometer
(RPM)

EIS

2

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Engine Manifold Pressure Gauge Displays engine power in inches of mercury (in Hg)(MAN IN)
Turbocharged aircraft – Red range indicates maximum manifold
Models 182T, T182T, 206H, T206H pressure
Model T182T – A white tick mark indicates the cruise manifoldpressure

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

1

91

FLIGHTINSTRUMENTS

SYSTEMOVERVIEWENGINE INDICATION SYSTEM

Model 172R
2

Model 206H

1

1

2

2

3

3

4

4

5

5

6

6

7

7

8

8

9

9

10

10

AUDIO PANEL
& CNS

7

7

8

8

9

9

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

3

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

EIS

2Model 182T

Model 172S

3

4

4

AFCS

10

10

11

11

11

11

12

12

12

12

INDEX

APPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURES

Figure 3-9 System Display (Normally-Aspirated Aircraft)

92

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

ENGINE INDICATION SYSTEMSYSTEMOVERVIEW

1

CruiseManifold
Pressure

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Model T182T

Model T206H
1

EIS

4

4

5

5

6

6

7

7

8

8

9

9

10

10

11

11

12

12

AFCS

3

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

3

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

2
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS

2

ADDITIONALFEATURES

Figure 3-10 System Display (Turbocharged Aircraft)

APPENDICES
INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

93

INDEXAPPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURESAFCSHAZARDAVOIDANCEFLIGHT
MANAGEMENTAUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

SYSTEMOVERVIEWENGINE INDICATION SYSTEM

Blank Page

94

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
SYSTEMOVERVIEWSECTION 4 AUDIO PANEL AND CNS

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

4.1 OVERVIEWThe Communication/Navigation/Surveillance (CNS) system includes the Audio Panel, communication radios,navigation radios, and Mode S transponder. The System Overview Section provides a block diagram descriptionof the Audio Panel and CNS system interconnection.
CNS operation in Cessna Nav III aircraft is performed by the following Line Replaceable Units (LRUs):• Audio Panel• Multi Function Display (MFD)• Mode S Transponder

EIS• Primary Flight Display (PFD)

AUDIO PANEL& CNS• Integrated Avionics Unit (2)The MFD/PFD controls are used to tune the communication transceivers and navigation radios.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

The Audio Panel provides the traditional audio selector functions of microphone and receiver audio selection.
The Audio Panel includes an intercom system (ICS) between the pilot, copilot, and passengers, a marker beacon
receiver, and a COM clearance recorder. Ambient noise from the aircraft radios is reduced by a feature called
Master Avionics Squelch (MASQ). When no audio is detected, MASQ processing further reduces the amount ofbackground noise from the radios.

HAZARDAVOIDANCEThe Mode S transponder is controlled with softkeys and the FMS Knob located on the Primary Flight Display(PFD).  The Transponder Data Box is located to the left of the System Time Box.  The data box displays the active
four-digit code, mode, and reply status (Figure 4-1).

AFCS
ADDITIONALFEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

95

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

AUDIO PANEL AND CNS

MFD/PFD CONTROLS AND FREQUENCY DISPLAY
2

3

4

5

6

7

8

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTAUDIO PANEL
& CNS

EIS

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

1

9
10

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

11

12

INDEX

APPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURES

AFCS

Figure 4-1 MFD/PFD Controls, COM/NAV Frequency Tuning Boxes, and DME Tuning Window(Cessna 172R PFD Shown)96

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

AUDIO PANEL AND CNSNAV Frequency Box – Displays NAV standby and active frequency fields, volume, and station ID.  Thefrequency of the NAV radio selected for navigation is displayed in green.

5

COM Frequency Box – Displays COM standby and active frequency fields and volume.  The selected COM
transceiver frequency is displayed in green.

6

COM Knob – Tunes the standby frequencies for the COM transceiver (large knob for MHz; small knob for
kHz).  Press to move the tuning box (light blue box) and Frequency Transfer Arrow between COM1 and
COM2.

7

COM Frequency Transfer Key – Transfers the standby and active COM frequencies. Press and hold this key
for two seconds to tune the emergency frequency (121.500 MHz) automatically into the active frequency
field.

8

COM VOL/SQ Knob – Controls COM audio volume level. Press to turn the COM automatic squelch on
and off. Volume level is shown in the COM frequency field as a percentage.

9

DME Tuning Window – Displays DME frequency pairing mode.  Display by pressing the DME Softkey.

10

ENT Key – Validates or confirms DME pairing mode and Auto-tune selection.

11

FMS Knob – Flight Management System Knob, used to enter transponder codes, select DME modes, andAuto-tune entries when DME Tuning Window or NRST Window is present.  Press the FMS Knob to turnthe selection cursor on and off. The large knob moves the cursor in the window. The small knob selects
individual characters for the highlighted cursor location.

12

Transponder Data Box – Indicates the selected transponder code, operating mode, reply, and ident status
for the transponder.

AFCS

4

HAZARDAVOIDANCENAV Knob – Tunes the standby frequencies for the NAV receiver (large knob for MHz; small knob for kHz).
Press to move the tuning box (light blue box) and Frequency Transfer Arrow between NAV1 and NAV2.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

3

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

NAV Frequency Transfer Key – Transfers the standby and active NAV frequencies.

EIS

2

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

NAV VOL/ID Knob – Controls NAV audio volume level. Press to turn the Morse code identifier audio on
and off. Volume level is shown in the NAV frequency field as a percentage.

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

1

ADDITIONALFEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

97

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

AUDIO PANEL AND CNS

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12
14

15

16

AUDIO PANEL
& CNS

2

13

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

1

18

19

20

21

HAZARDAVOIDANCEEISFLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

AUDIO PANEL CONTROLS

22

23

17

24

AFCS

Figure 4-2 Audio Panel Controls

INDEX

APPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURES

NOTE: When a key is selected, a triangular annunciator above the key is illuminated.

98

1

COM1 MIC – Selects the #1 transmitter for transmitting.  COM1 receive is simultaneously selected when
this key is pressed allowing received audio from the #1 COM receiver to be heard.  COM2 receive can be
added by pressing the COM2 Key.

2

COM1 – When selected, audio from the #1 COM receiver can be heard.

3

COM2 MIC – Selects the #2 transmitter for transmitting.  COM2 receive is simultaneously selected when
this key is pressed allowing received audio from the #2 COM receiver to be heard.  COM1 receive can be
added by pressing the COM1 Key.

4

COM2 – When selected, audio from the #2 COM receiver can be heard.

5

COM3 MIC – Not used in Cessna Nav III aircraft.

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

AUDIO PANEL AND CNSSPKR – Selects and deselects the cabin speaker. COM and NAV receiver audio can be heard on the
speaker.

11

MKR/MUTE – Selects marker beacon receiver audio. Mutes the currently received marker beacon receiveraudio. Unmutes automatically when new marker beacon audio is received. Also, stops play of recorded
COM audio.

12

HI SENS – Press to increase marker beacon receiver sensitivity. Press again to return to low sensitivity.

13

DME – Turns optional DME audio on or off.

14

NAV1 – When selected, audio from the #1 NAV receiver can be heard.

15

ADF – Turns optional ADF receiver audio on or off.

16

NAV2 – When selected, audio from the #2 NAV receiver can be heard.

17

AUX – Not used in Cessna Nav III aircraft.

18

MAN SQ – Enables manual squelch for the intercom.  When the intercom is active, press the PILOT Knobto illuminate SQ. Turn the PILOT/PASS Knobs to adjust squelch.

19

PLAY – Press once to play the last recorded COM audio. Press again while audio is playing and theprevious block of recorded audio is played.  Each subsequent press plays each previously recorded block.  
Pressing the MKR/MUTE Key during play of a memory block stops play.

20

PILOT – Selects and deselects the pilot intercom isolation.

21

COPLT – Selects and deselects the copilot intercom isolation.

22

PILOT Knob – Press to switch between volume and squelch control as indicated by illumination of VOL
or SQ. Turn to adjust intercom volume or squelch. The MAN SQ Key must be selected to allow squelch
adjustment.

23

PASS Knob – Turn to adjust Copilot/Passenger intercom volume or squelch. The MAN SQ Key must be
selected to allow squelch adjustment.

24

DISPLAY BACKUP Button – Manually selects Reversionary Mode.

APPENDICES

10ADDITIONALFEATURES

PA – Selects the passenger address system. The selected COM transmitter is deselected when the PA Key
is pressed.  [(T)182T and (T)206H only, not used in Cessna 172R/S or 172TD aircraft.]

AFCS

9

HAZARDAVOIDANCETEL – Not used in Cessna Nav III aircraft.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

8

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

COM 1/2 – Not used in Cessna Nav III aircraft.

EIS

7

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

COM3 – Not used in Cessna Nav III aircraft.

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

6

INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

99

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

AUDIO PANEL AND CNS

4.2 COM OPERATIONFLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

COM TRANSCEIVER SELECTION AND ACTIVATIONNOTE: During PA Mode, the COM MIC Annunciator is extinguished and the COM active frequency color

changes to white, indicating that neither COM transmitter is active.
NOTE: When turning on the G1000 for use, the system remembers the last frequencies used and the active

EIS

COM transceiver state prior to shutdown.

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

The COM Frequency Box is composed of four fields; the two active frequencies are on the left side and thetwo standby frequencies are on the right. The COM transceiver is selected for transmitting by pressing the
COM MIC Keys on the Audio Panel.  During reception of audio from the COM radio selected for transmission,audio from the other COM radio is muted.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

An active COM frequency displayed in green indicates that the COM transceiver is selected on the Audio
Panel (COM1 MIC or COM2 MIC Key).  Both active COM frequencies appearing in white indicate that no COM
radio is selected for transmitting [PA Key is selected on the Audio Panel, (T)182T and (T)206H only].
Frequencies in the standby fields are displayed in white.
ActiveFieldsStandbyFieldsHAZARDAVOIDANCETop Section of
the Audio Panel
Tuning Box

AFCS

COM2 Radio is Selectedon the Audio PanelINDEX

APPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURES

Figure 4-3 Selecting a COM Radio for Transmit

100

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
SYSTEMOVERVIEW

TRANSMIT/RECEIVE INDICATIONSFLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

During COM transmission, a white TX appears by the active COM frequency replacing the Frequency
Transfer Arrow. On the Audio Panel, when the active COM is transmitting, the active transceiver COM MIC
Key Annunciator flashes approximately once per second.
During COM signal reception, a white RX appears by the active COM frequency replacing the Frequency
Transfer Arrow.  Entertainment audio, if selected, is muted during active COM radio reception.  Refer to
Additional Audio Panel Functions later in this section, and details on the Data Link Receiver in the Additional
Features Section.

EIS
AUDIO PANEL& CNSTransmit andReceive Indicators

Annunciator
Flashes During
Transmission

Figure 4-4 COM Radio Transmit and Receive Indications

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTCOM TRANSCEIVER MANUAL TUNING
The COM frequency controls and frequency boxes are on the right side of the MFD and PFD.
Manually tuning a COM frequency:

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

1) Turn the COM Knob to tune the desired frequency in the COM Tuning Box (large knob for MHz; small knob for
kHz).
2) Press the Frequency Transfer Key to transfer the frequency to the active field.
3) Adjust the volume level with the COM VOL/SQ Knob.
4) Press the COM VOL/SQ Knob to turn automatic squelch on and off.

AFCS

Turn the VOL/SQ Knob to adjust
volume. Press the Knob to Turn
Automatic Squelch On or Off

ADDITIONALFEATURES

Press the Frequency Transfer
Key to Transfer COM
Frequencies Between Active
and Standby Frequency Boxes
Turn the COM Knob toTune the Frequency in
the Tuning Box

APPENDICES

Figure 4-5 COM Frequency Tuning

INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

101

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
SELECTING THE RADIO TO BE TUNEDFLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Press the small COM Knob to transfer the frequency tuning box and Frequency Transfer Arrow between theupper and lower radio frequency fields.

EIS

Press the COM Knob to
Switch the Tuning Box FromOne COM Radio to the Other

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

Figure 4-6 Switching COM Tuning Boxes

QUICK-TUNING AND ACTIVATING 121.500 MHZ

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Pressing and holding the COM Frequency Transfer Key for two seconds automatically loads the emergency
COM frequency (121.500 MHz) in the active field of the COM radio selected for tuning (the one with thetransfer arrow).  In the example shown, pressing the Audio Panel COM2 MIC Key activates the transceiver.

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Press for Two Seconds to
Load 121.500 MHz

INDEXAPPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURES

AFCS

Figure 4-7 Quickly Tuning 121.500 MHz

102

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
SYSTEMOVERVIEW

AUTO-TUNING THE COM FREQUENCY
COM frequencies can be automatically tuned from the following:• Nearest Airports Window (PFD)• NRST – Nearest Frequencies Page (ARTCC, FSS, WX)

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS• WPT – Airport Information Page

• NRST – Nearest Airspaces Page

• NRST – Nearest Airports Page

AUTO-TUNING FROM THE PFD

EISCOM frequencies for the nearest airports can be automatically tuned from the Nearest Airports Window on
the PFD.  When the desired frequency is entered, it becomes a standby frequency. Pressing the Frequency
Transfer Key places this frequency into the COM Active Frequency Field.

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

Auto-tuning a COM frequency for a nearby airport from the PFD:
1) Press the NRST Softkey on the PFD to open the Nearest Airports Window. A list of 25 nearest airport identifiers
and COM frequencies is displayed.
2) Turn the FMS Knob to scroll through the list and highlight the desired COM frequency.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

3) Press the ENT Key to load the COM frequency into the COM Standby Tuning Box.
4) Press the Frequency Transfer Key to transfer the frequency to the COM Active Frequency Field.

HAZARDAVOIDANCEAFCSADDITIONALFEATURES
APPENDICES

Figure 4-8 Nearest Airports Window (PFD)

Press the NRST
Softkey to Openthe Nearest
Airports Window

INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

103

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
AUTO-TUNING FROM THE MFD

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Frequencies can be automatically loaded into the COM Frequency Box from pages in the NRST or WPTpage group by highlighting the frequency and pressing the ENT Key (Figures 4-9, 4-10, and 4-11).
Auto-tuning a COM frequency from the WPT and NRST Pages:
1) From any page that the COM frequency can be auto-tuned, activate the cursor by pressing the FMS Knob or theappropriate softkey.
2) Turn the FMS Knob to place the cursor on the desired COM frequency (Figure 4-11).

EIS3) Press the ENT Key to load the COM frequency into the standby field of the selected COM radio.

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

4) Press the Frequency Transfer Key to transfer the frequency to the COM Active Frequency Field.
Press the ENT Key to
Load a Highlighted
Frequency into
the COM Standby
Frequency Box

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Turn the FMS
Knob to Scroll
Through a Listof Frequencies

Figure 4-9 Frequency Auto-Tuning from the MFD

HAZARDAVOIDANCEOr:
1) On the Nearest Airports, Frequencies, or Airspaces page, press the MENU Key to display the page menu.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to scroll through the menu options.
3) Press the ENT Key to place the cursor on the desired selection.

AFCS4) Scroll through the frequency selections with the FMS Knob.
5) Press the ENT Key to load the COM frequency into the standby field of the selected COM radio.

INDEX

APPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURES

6) Press the Frequency Transfer Key to transfer the frequency to the COM Active Frequency Field.

Nearest Airports Menu

Nearest Frequencies Menu

Nearest Airspaces Menu

Figure 4-10 Nearest Pages Menus

104

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
SYSTEMOVERVIEW

On the WPT - Airport Information Page, the cursor can be placed on the frequency field by pressing the
FMS Knob and scrolling through the list.  The frequency is transferred to the COM Standby Field with the
ENT Key.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Press Frequency
Transfer Key to Load
Frequency into COM
Active Frequency Field
Selected Airport
Identifier andInformation

EIS
AUDIO PANEL& CNS

RunwayInformation

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Press ENT Key to Load
Frequency into COM
Standby Field. Cursor
then advances to next
frequency.

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Press INFO Softkey for
AIRPORT, RUNWAYS,
and FREQUENCIES
Windows
Figure 4-11 WPT – Airport Information PageAFCS
ADDITIONALFEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

105

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

AUDIO PANEL AND CNSADDITIONALFEATURESAFCSHAZARDAVOIDANCEFLIGHT
MANAGEMENTAUDIO PANEL
& CNS

EIS

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

COM frequencies can also be auto-tuned from the NRST – Nearest Airspaces, NRST – Nearest Frequencies,
and NRST – Nearest Airports Pages on the MFD in a similar manner using the appropriate softkeys or MENU
Key, the FMS Knob, and the ENT Key.

INDEXAPPENDICES

Figure 4-12 NRST – Nearest Frequencies, NRST – Nearest Airports, and NRST – Nearest Airspaces Pages

106

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
SYSTEMOVERVIEWFREQUENCY SPACING

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

The G1000 COM radios can tune either 25-kHz spacing (118.000 to 136.975 MHz) or 8.33-kHz spacing(118.000 to 136.990 MHz) for 760-channel or 3040-channel configuration.  When 8.33-kHz channel spacing
is selected, all of the 25-kHz channel spacing frequencies are also available in the complete 3040-channel list.
COM channel spacing is set on the System Setup Page of the AUX Page Group.

25-kHz Channel
Spacing

EIS8.33-kHz Channel
Spacing
Figure 4-13 COM Channel Spacing

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

Changing COM frequency channel spacing:1) Select the AUX – System Setup Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the flashing cursor.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the Channel Spacing Field in the COM Configuration Box.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired channel spacing.
5) Press the ENT Key to complete the channel spacing selection.

While the COM CONFIG Window is selected, the G1000 softkeys are blank.
HAZARDAVOIDANCEAFCSADDITIONALFEATURES

Select 8.33-kHz
or 25.0-kHz
COM Frequency
Channel Spacing

APPENDICESINDEXFigure 4-14 AUX – System Setup Page

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

107

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

AUDIO PANEL AND CNS

AUTOMATIC SQUELCH

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Automatic Squelch quiets unwanted static noise when no audio signal is received, while still providing goodsensitivity to weak COM signals. To disable Automatic Squelch, press the VOL/SQ Knob. When Automatic
Squelch is disabled, COM audio reception is always on. Continuous static noise is heard over the headsets andspeaker, if selected. Pressing the VOL/SQ Knob again enables Automatic Squelch.

EIS

When Automatic Squelch is disabled, a white SQ appears next to the COM frequency.

SquelchIndication

Press the COM VOL/SQ Knob to turn off
Automatic Squelch.
Press again to restore
Automatic Squelch.

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

Figure 4-15 Overriding Automatic Squelch

VOLUMEHAZARDAVOIDANCEFLIGHT
MANAGEMENTCOM radio volume level can be adjusted from 0 to 100% using the VOL/SQ Knob. Turning the knob
clockwise increases volume, turning the knob counterclockwise decreases volume. When adjusting volume,the level is displayed in place of the standby frequencies. Volume level indication remains for two seconds after
the change.

COM Volume
Level Remains for
Two Seconds

INDEX

APPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURES

AFCS

Figure 4-16 COM Volume Level

108

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
SYSTEMOVERVIEW

4.3 NAV OPERATIONNAV RADIO SELECTION AND ACTIVATIONFLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

The NAV Frequency Box is composed of four fields; two standby fields and two active fields. The active
frequencies are on the right side and the standby frequencies are on the left.

EIS

A NAV radio is selected for navigation by pressing the CDI Softkey located on the PFD.  The active NAV
frequency selected for navigation is displayed in green. Pressing the CDI Softkey once selects NAV1 as thenavigation radio. Pressing the CDI Softkey a second time selects NAV2 as the navigation radio.  Pressing the
CDI Softkey a third time activates GPS mode. Pressing the CDI Softkey again cycles back to NAV1.
While cycling through the CDI Softkey selections, the NAV Tuning Box and the Frequency Transfer Arrow areplaced in the active NAV Frequency Field and the active NAV frequency color changes to green.

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

The three navigation modes that can be cycled through are:
• VOR1 (or LOC1) – If NAV1 is selected, a green single line arrow (not shown) labeled either VOR1 or LOC1
is displayed on the HSI and the active NAV1 frequency is displayed in green.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT• VOR2 (or LOC2) – If NAV2 is selected, a green double line arrow (shown) labeled either VOR2 or LOC2 isdisplayed on the HSI and the active NAV2 frequency is displayed in green.
• GPS – If GPS Mode is selected, a magenta single line arrow (not shown) appears on the HSI and neither NAV
radio is selected.  Both active NAV frequencies are then displayed in white.
ActiveFieldsHAZARDAVOIDANCE

StandbyFieldsTuning Box
AFCS

The NAV Radio is
Selected by Pressing
the CDI Softkey

ADDITIONALFEATURES

Figure 4-17 Selecting a NAV Radio for Navigation

APPENDICES

See the Flight Instruments Section for selecting the DME and Bearing Information windows and using VORor ADF as the source for the bearing pointer.

INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

109

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

AUDIO PANEL AND CNS

EISFLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

NAV radios are selected for listening by pressing the corresponding keys on the Audio Panel. Pressing theNAV1, NAV2, ADF, or DME Key selects and deselects the navigation radio source. Selected audio can be heard overthe headset and the speaker (if selected). All radios can be selected individually or simultaneously.

Figure 4-18 Selecting a NAV Radio Receiver

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

NAV RECEIVER MANUAL TUNING
The NAV frequency controls and frequency boxes are on the left side of the MFD and PFD.
Manually tuning a NAV frequency:

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

1) Turn the NAV Knob to tune the desired frequency in the NAV Tuning Box.
2) Press the Frequency Transfer Key to transfer the frequency to the NAV Active Frequency Field.
3) Adjust the volume level with the NAV VOL/ID Knob.

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

4) Press the NAV VOL/ID Knob to turn the Morse code identifier audio on and off.

AFCS

Turn VOL/ID Knob to adjust
volume. Press Knob to TurnMorse Code On or Off.
Press the Frequency Transfer Key toTransfer NAV Frequencies Between
Active and Standby Frequency Fields

ADDITIONALFEATURES

Turn the NAV Knob toTune the Frequency in
the Tuning Box

INDEX

APPENDICES

Figure 4-19 NAV Frequency Tuning

110

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
SYSTEMOVERVIEWSELECTING THE RADIO TO BE TUNED
Press the small NAV Knob to transfer the frequency tuning box and Frequency Transfer Arrow between theupper and lower radio frequency fields.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Press the NAV Knob to
Switch the Tuning Box From
One NAV Radio to the Other

EIS

Figure 4-20 Switching NAV Tuning Boxes
AUDIO PANEL& CNS

VOR/LOC ID
When the Morse code Identifier audio is on for a NAV radio, a white ID appears to the left of the active
NAV frequency.

HAZARDAVOIDANCEThe Morse Code Identifier
for the GHM VOR is On

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

In the example shown, in order to listen to either station identifier, press the NAV1 or NAV2 Key on the
Audio Panel. Pressing the VOL/ID Knob turns off the Morse code audio only in the radio with the NAV
Tuning Box.  To turn off both NAV IDs, transfer the NAV Tuning Box between NAV1 and NAV2 by pressing
the small NAV Knob and press the VOL/ID Knob again to turn the Morse code off in the other radio.

Station
Identifier

Figure 4-21 NAV Radio ID Indication
AFCS

VOLUME

ADDITIONALFEATURESNAV Radio volume level can be adjusted from 0 to 100% using the VOL/ID Knob. Turning the knob
clockwise increases volume, counterclockwise decreases volume.
When adjusting, the level is displayed in place of the standby frequencies. Volume level indication remains
for two seconds after the change.

APPENDICESNAV Volume
Level Remains
for Two Seconds
Figure 4-22 NAV Volume Levels

INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

111

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

AUTO-TUNING A NAV FREQUENCY FROM THE MFD

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

AUDIO PANEL AND CNS• WPT – VOR Information• NRST – Nearest Frequencies (FSS, WX)• NRST – Nearest Airports• NRST – Nearest Airspaces

NAV frequencies can be selected and loaded from the following MFD pages:• WPT – Airport Information• NRST – Nearest VOR

EISThe MFD provides auto-tuning of NAV frequencies from waypoint and nearest pages.   During enroutenavigation, the NAV frequency is entered automatically into the NAV standby frequency field.  During approachactivation the NAV frequency is entered automatically into the NAV active frequency field.
Frequencies can be automatically loaded into the NAV Frequency Box from pages in the NRST or WPT pagegroup by highlighting the frequency and pressing the ENT Key (Figures 4-23, 4-24, and 4-25).

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

Auto-tuning a NAV frequency from the WPT and NRST Pages:
1) From any page that the NAV frequency can be auto-tuned, activate the cursor by pressing the FMS Knob or theappropriate softkey.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

2) Turn the FMS Knob to place the cursor on the desired NAV identifier or NAV frequency.
3) On the Nearest VOR, Nearest Airspaces, and Nearest Airports pages, press the FREQ Softkey to place the cursor
on the NAV frequency (Figure 4-25).
4) Press the ENT Key to load the NAV frequency into the standby field of the selected NAV radio.

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

5) Press the Frequency Transfer Key to transfer the frequency to the NAV Active Frequency Field.

AFCS

Turn the FMS
Knob to Scroll
Through a Listof Frequencies

Press the ENT
Key to Loada Highlighted
Frequency into
the NAV Standby
Frequency Box

INDEX

APPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURES

Figure 4-23 NAV Frequency Auto-Tuning from the MFD

112

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
SYSTEMOVERVIEW

Or:1) When on the NRST pages, press the MENU Key to display the page menu.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to scroll through the menu options.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

3) Press the ENT Key to place the cursor in the desired window.
4) Scroll through the frequency selections with the FMS Knob.
5) Press the ENT Key to load the NAV frequency into the standby field of the selected NAV radio.
6) Press the Frequency Transfer Key to transfer the frequency to the NAV Active Frequency Field.

EIS
AUDIO PANEL& CNS

Nearest VOR Menu

Nearest Frequencies Menu

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Nearest Airports Menu

Nearest Airspaces Menu

Figure 4-24 Nearest Pages Menus

HAZARDAVOIDANCEAFCSADDITIONALFEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

113

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

AUDIO PANEL AND CNS

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTAUDIO PANEL
& CNS

EIS

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

In the example shown, the VOR list is selected with the VOR Softkey or from the page menu. The FMS Knobor ENT Key is used to scroll through the list. The cursor is placed on the frequency with the FREQ Softkey andloaded into the NAV Tuning Box with the ENT Key.

Press the ENT
Key to Loadthe Frequency
into the NAVStandby Field.
Press the FREQ
Softkey to Placethe Cursor on the
VOR Frequency

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Press the VOR
Softkey to Placethe Cursor on the
VOR Identifier

INDEX

APPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURES

AFCS

Figure 4-25 Loading the NAV Frequency from the NRST – Nearest VOR Page

114

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
SYSTEMOVERVIEW

While enroute, NAV frequencies can also be auto-tuned from the NRST – Nearest Airports,
WPT – Airport Information, WPT – VOR Information, and NRST – Nearest Frequencies Pages on the MFD ina similar manner using the appropriate softkeys or MENU Key, the FMS Knob, and the ENT Key.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTSEISAUDIO PANEL& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTHAZARDAVOIDANCEAFCSADDITIONALFEATURES
APPENDICES

Figure 4-26 NRST – Nearest Frequencies, WPT – VOR Information, WPT – Airport Information, andNRST – Nearest Airports Pages

INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

115

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
AUTO-TUNING NAV FREQUENCIES ON APPROACH ACTIVATIONFLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

NOTE: The primary NAV frequency is auto-tuned upon loading a VOR or ILS/Localizer approach.
NOTE: When an ILS/LOC approach has been activated while navigating by GPS, the system automaticallyswitches to LOC as the final approach course is intercepted (within 15 nm of the FAF). See the Flight
Management Section for details.
NAV frequencies are automatically loaded into the NAV Frequency Box on approach activation.

EIS

When loading or activating a VOR or ILS/LOC approach, the approach frequency is automatically transferred
to a NAV frequency field as follows:

AUDIO PANEL& CNS• If the current CDI navigation source is GPS, the approach frequency is transferred to the NAV1 active
frequency field.  The frequency that was previously in the NAV1 active frequency field is transferred tostandby.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT• If the current CDI navigation source is GPS, and if the approach frequency is already loaded into the NAV1
standby frequency field, the standby frequency is transferred to active.

INDEX

APPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURESAFCSHAZARDAVOIDANCE• If the current CDI navigation source is NAV1 or NAV2, the approach frequency is transferred to the standby
frequency fields of the selected CDI NAV radio.

116

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
SYSTEMOVERVIEW

MARKER BEACON RECEIVER
NOTE: The marker beacon indicators operate independently of marker beacon audio and cannot be turned

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

off.
The marker beacon receiver is used as part of the ILS. The marker beacon receiver is always on and detects
any marker beacon signals within the reception range of the aircraft.
The receiver detects the three marker tones – outer, middle, and inner – and provides the marker beacon
annunciations located to the left of the Altimeter on the PFD.
Middle Marker
Indication

Inner Marker
Indication

EIS

Outer Marker
Indication

AUDIO PANEL& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Figure 4-27 Marker Beacon Annunciations on the PFD

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Figure 4-28 Marker Beacon KeysAFCS

The Audio Panel provides three different states of marker beacon operation; On, Muted, and Deselected.  
Pressing the MKR/MUTE Key selects and deselects marker beacon audio. The key annunciator indicates whenmarker beacon audio is selected.

ADDITIONALFEATURES

During marker beacon audio reception, pressing the MKR/MUTE Key mutes the audio but does not affect themarker annunciations (Figure 4-27).  The marker tone is silenced, then waits for the next marker tone.  TheMKR/MUTE Key Annunciator is illuminated, indicating audio muting.  The audio returns when the next marker
beacon signal is received. If the MKR/MUTE Key is pressed during signal reception (O, M, I indication) while
marker beacon audio is muted, the audio is deselected and the MKR/MUTE Key Annunciator is extinguished.

APPENDICES

Pressing the HI SENS Key switches between high and low marker beacon receiver sensitivity. The HI SENS
function (annunciator illuminated) is used to provide an earlier indication when nearing a marker during anapproach. The LO SENS function (annunciator extinguished) results in a narrower marker dwell while over a
station.

INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

117

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

AUDIO PANEL AND CNS

DME TUNING

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

NOTE: When another auxiliary window is turned on, the DME Tuning Window is replaced on the PFD.
NOTE: When turning on the G1000 for use, the system remembers the last frequency used for DME tuning

and the NAV1, NAV2, or HOLD state prior to shutdown.
The G1000 System tunes the optional DME transceiver.  The UHF DME frequency is tuned by pairing with a
VHF NAV frequency.  DME frequency pairing is automatic and only the VHF NAV frequency is shown.

AUDIO PANEL
& CNS

EIS

The DME Tuning Window is located to the right of the HSI in the lower right corner of the PFD.  The DMEtransceiver is tuned by selecting NAV1, NAV2, or HOLD in the DME Tuning Window.   Pressing the DME
Softkey switches the DME Tuning Window on and off.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

DME
Modes

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Figure 4-29 DME Tuning Window

The following DME transceiver pairings can be selected:• NAV1 – Pairs the DME frequency from the selected NAV1 frequency.
• NAV2 – Pairs the DME frequency from the selected NAV2 frequency.

AFCS• HOLD – When in the HOLD position, the DME frequency remains paired with the last selected NAV
frequency.
Selecting DME transceiver pairing:

ADDITIONALFEATURES

1) Press the DME Softkey to display the DME Tuning Window.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the DME tuning mode.
3) Press the ENT Key to complete the selection.

APPENDICES

Pressing the CLR Key or FMS Knob while in the process of DME pairing cancels the tuning entry and reverts
back to the previously selected DME tuning state.  Pressing the FMS Knob activates/deactivates the cursor in
the DME Tuning Window.

INDEX

See the Flight Instruments Section for displaying the DME information window.

118

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
SYSTEMOVERVIEW

4.4 GTX 33 MODE S TRANSPONDER

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

The GTX 33 Mode S Transponder provides Mode A, Mode C, and Mode S interrogation and reply capabilities.
Selective addressing or Mode Select (Mode S) capability includes the following features:• Level-2 reply data link capability (used to exchange information between aircraft and ATC facilities)• Surveillance identifier capability• Flight ID (Flight Identification) reporting – The Mode S Transponder reports aircraft identification as either theaircraft registration or a unique Flight ID.

EIS• Altitude reporting• Airborne status determination• Transponder capability reporting

AUDIO PANEL& CNS• Mode S Enhanced Surveillance (EHS) requirements

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT• Acquisition squitter – Acquisition squitter, or short squitter, is the transponder 24-bit identification address.  
The transmission is sent periodically, regardless of the presence of interrogations. The purpose of acquisition
squitter is to enable Mode S ground stations and aircraft equipped with a Traffic Avoidance System (TAS) torecognize the presence of Mode S-equipped aircraft for selective interrogation.
The Hazard Avoidance Section provides more details on traffic avoidance systems.

TRANSPONDER CONTROLSHAZARDAVOIDANCE

Transponder function is displayed on three levels of softkeys on the PFD: Top-level, Mode Selection, andCode Selection. When the top-level XPDR Softkey is pressed, the Mode Selection softkeys appear: STBY, ON,
ALT, VFR, CODE, IDENT, BACK.

AFCSWhen the CODE Softkey is pressed, the number softkeys appear: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, IDENT, BKSP,BACK. The digits 8 and 9 are not used for code entry. Pressing the numbered softkeys in sequence enters thetransponder code. If an error is made, the code selection cursor can be moved back to the left one digit witheach press of the BKSP Softkey.

ADDITIONALFEATURES

Pressing the BACK Softkey during code selection reverts to the Mode Selection Softkeys. Pressing the BACKSoftkey during mode selection reverts to the top-level softkeys.
The code can also be entered with the FMS Knob on the PFD.  Code entry must be completed with either thesoftkeys or the FMS Knob, but not a combination of both.

APPENDICES

Pressing the IDENT Softkey while in Mode or Code Selection initiates the ident function and reverts to the
top-level softkeys.
After 45 seconds of transponder softkey inactivity, the system reverts back to the top-level softkeys.

INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

119

FLIGHTINSTRUMENTS

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

AUDIO PANEL AND CNS

STBY

ON

ALT

GND

VFR

XPDR

IDENT

CODE

IDENT

BACK

ALERTS

EIS

Pressing the BACK Softkey
returns to the top-level softkeys.

1

AUDIO PANEL
& CNS

0

2

3

4

5

6

IDENT

7

BKSP

BACK

ALERTS

Pressing the BACK Softkey returns to the mode selection softkeys.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Figure 4-30 Transponder Softkeys (PFD)

TRANSPONDER MODE SELECTION
Mode selection can be automatic (Ground and Altitude Modes) or manual (Standby, ON, and Altitude Modes).
The STBY, ON, and ALT Softkeys can be accessed by pressing the XPDR Softkey.

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Selecting a transponder mode:
1) Press the XPDR Softkey to display the Transponder Mode Selection Softkeys.
2) Press the desired softkey to activate the transponder mode.

AFCS

GROUND MODE

ADDITIONALFEATURES

Ground Mode is normally selected automatically when the aircraft is on the ground. The transponder
powers up in the last mode it was in when shut down. Ground Mode can be overridden by pressing any oneof the Mode Selection Softkeys.  A green GND indication and transponder code appear in the mode field of
the Transponder Data Box.  In Ground Mode, the transponder does not allow Mode A and Mode C replies,
but it does permit acquisition squitter and replies to discretely addressed Mode S interrogations.
When Standby Mode has been selected on the ground, the transponder can be returned to Ground Modeby pressing the GND Softkey.

APPENDICES

GND
Mode

INDEX

Figure 4-31 Ground Mode

120

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
SYSTEMOVERVIEW

STANDBY MODE (MANUAL)NOTE: In Standby Mode, the IDENT function is inoperative.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Standby Mode can be selected at any time by pressing the STBY Softkey. In Standby, the transponder does
not reply to interrogations, but new codes can be entered. When Standby is selected, a white STBY indicationand transponder code appear in the mode field of the Transponder Data Box.  In all other modes, these fields
appear in green.

EIS

STBY Mode (White
Code Number andMode)

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

Figure 4-32 Standby Mode

MANUAL ON MODE

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTON Mode can be selected at any time by pressing the ON Softkey. ON Mode generates Mode A and Mode S
replies, but Mode C altitude reporting is inhibited. In ON Mode, a green ON indication and transponder
code appear in the mode field of the Transponder Data Box.
ON Mode(No Altitude
Reporting)

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Figure 4-33 ON ModeAFCS
ADDITIONALFEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

121

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

ALTITUDE MODE (AUTOMATIC OR MANUAL)

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

AUDIO PANEL AND CNS

If Altitude Mode is selected, a green ALT indication and transponder code appear in the mode field of theTransponder Data Box, and all transponder replies requesting altitude information are provided with pressure
altitude information.

Altitude Mode is automatically selected when the aircraft becomes airborne. Altitude Mode may also be
selected manually by pressing the ALT Softkey.

EIS

ALT Mode(Mode C Altitude
Reporting)

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

Figure 4-34 Altitude ModeREPLY STATUS

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

When the transponder sends replies to interrogations, a white R indication appears momentarily in the
reply status field of the Transponder Data Box.
Reply toInterrogation

INDEX

APPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURESAFCSHAZARDAVOIDANCE

Figure 4-35 Reply Indication

122

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
SYSTEMOVERVIEWENTERING A TRANSPONDER CODEEntering a transponder code with softkeys:

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

1) Press the XPDR Softkey to display the Transponder Mode Selection Softkeys.
2) Press the CODE Softkey to display the Transponder Code Selection Softkeys, for digit entry.
3) Press the digit softkeys to enter the code in the code field. When entering the code, the next softkey in sequencemust be pressed within 10 seconds, or the entry is cancelled and restored to the previous code. Pressing the
BKSP Softkey moves the code selection cursor to the previous digit. Five seconds after the fourth digit has beenentered, the transponder code becomes active.

EIS

Enteringa CodeAUDIO PANEL& CNS

Figure 4-36 Entering a CodeFLIGHT
MANAGEMENTEntering a transponder code with the PFD FMS Knob:
1) Press the XPDR and the CODE Softkeys as in the previous procedure to enable code entry.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob on the PFD to enter the first two code digits.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to move the cursor to the next code field.

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

4) Enter the last two code digits with the small FMS Knob.
5) Press the ENT Key to complete code digit entry.

Pressing the CLR Key or small FMS Knob before code entry is complete cancels code entry and restores theprevious code.  Waiting for 10 seconds after code entry is finished activates the code automatically.

AFCS

Turn the Large
FMS Knobto Move theCursor to the
Next Code Field

ADDITIONALFEATURES

Turn the SmallFMS Knob toEnter Two CodeDigits at a Time

Press theENT Key toComplete
Code Entry

Figure 4-37 Entering a Code with the FMS Knob
APPENDICES
INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

123

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
VFR CODEFLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

The VFR code can be entered either manually or by pressing the XPDR Softkey, then the VFR Softkey.
When the VFR Softkey is pressed, the pre-programmed VFR code is automatically displayed in the code fieldof the Transponder Data Box.  Pressing the VFR Softkey again restores the previous identification code.
The pre-programmed VFR Code is set at the factory to 1200.  If a VFR code change is required, contact a
Garmin-authorized service center for configuration.

EIS

VFR Code

AUDIO PANEL& CNSIDENT FUNCTION

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Figure 4-38 VFR CodePressing the IDENT Softkey sends a distinct identity indication to Air Traffic Control (ATC). The indication
distinguishes the identing transponder from all the others on the air traffic controller’s screen. The IDENT
Softkey appears on all levels of transponder softkeys. When the IDENT Softkey is pressed, a green IDNT
indication is displayed in the mode field of the Transponder Data Box for a duration of 18 seconds.

NOTE: In Standby Mode, the IDENT Softkey is inoperative.

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

After the IDENT Softkey is pressed while in Mode or Code Selection, the system reverts to the top-levelsoftkeys.
IDNT
Indication

AFCS

Press theIDENT Softkey
to Initiate the
ID Function

INDEX

APPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURES

Figure 4-39 IDENT Softkey and Indication

124

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
SYSTEMOVERVIEW

4.5 ADDITIONAL AUDIO PANEL FUNCTIONSPOWER-UP

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

The Audio Panel performs a self-test during power-up.  During the self-test all Audio Panel annunciator lights
illuminate for approximately two seconds.  Once the self-test is completed, most of the settings are restored tothose in use before the unit was last turned off.

MONO/STEREO HEADSETSEISStereo headsets are recommended for use in this aircraft.

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

Using a monaural headset in a stereo jack shorts the right headset channel output to ground. While this does
not damage the Audio Panel, a person listening on a monaural headset hears only the left channel in both ears.
If a monaural headset is used at one of the passenger positions, any other passenger using a stereo headset hears
audio in the left ear only.

SPEAKER

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

All of the radios can be heard over the cabin speaker. Pressing the SPKR Key selects and deselects the cabinspeaker. Speaker audio is muted when the PTT is pressed. Certain aural alerts and warnings (autopilot, traffic,
altitude) are always heard on the speaker, even when the speaker is not selected.
The speaker volume is adjustable within a nominal range. Contact a Garmin-authorized service center forvolume adjustment.

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Figure 4-40 Passenger Address and Speaker KeysAFCS
ADDITIONALFEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

125

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

AUDIO PANEL AND CNSINTERCOM

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

The Audio Panel includes a four-position intercom system (ICS) in the 172R/S, 172TD, and (T)182T 182,
and a six-position ICS in the (T)206H plus a stereo music input for the pilot, copilot and up to two passengers.  
The intercom provides pilot and copilot isolation from the passengers and aircraft radios.

HAZARDAVOIDANCEFLIGHT
MANAGEMENTAUDIO PANEL
& CNS

EIS

Figure 4-41 Intercom Controls

PILOT KEY
Annunciator

COPLT KEY
Annunciator

Pilot Hears

Copilot Hears

Passenger Hears

OFF

OFF

Selected radios, aural
alerts, pilot, copilot,
passengers, music

Selected radios, aural
alerts, pilot, copilot,
passengers, music

Selected radios, aural alerts,
pilot, copilot, passengers,
music

ON

OFF

Selected radios, aural
alerts, pilot

Copilot, passengers,music

Copilot, passengers, music

OFF

ON

Selected radios,aural alerts, pilot,
passengers, music

Copilot

Selected radios, aural alerts,
pilot, passengers, music

ON

ON

Selected radios, aural
alerts, pilot, copilot

Selected radios, aural
alerts, pilot, copilot

Passengers, music

AFCS

Table 4-1 ICS Isolation Modes

ADDITIONALFEATURES

Pilot isolation is selected when the PILOT Annunciator is illuminated.  During pilot isolation, the pilot canhear the selected radios and aural alerts and warnings. The copilot and passengers can communicate with eachother. The copilot is isolated from aural alerts and warnings.
Copilot isolation is selected when the COPLT Annunciator is illuminated. The copilot is isolated from theselected radios, aural alerts and warnings, and everyone else. The pilot and passengers can hear the selectedradios, aural alerts, and communicate with each other.

APPENDICES

When both the PILOT and COPLT Annunciators are illuminated, the pilot and copilot can hear the selectedradios, aural alerts, and communicate with each other. The passengers are isolated from the pilot and copilot
but can communicate with each other.

INDEX

When both the PILOT and COPLT Annunciators are extinguished, everyone hears the selected radios, aural
alerts, and is able to communicate with everyone else.

126

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
SYSTEMOVERVIEWINTERCOM VOLUME AND SQUELCH

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

The PILOT/PASS Knob controls volume or manual squelch adjustment for the pilot and copilot/passenger.
The small knob controls the pilot volume and squelch. The large knob controls the copilot/passenger volume
and squelch. The VOL and SQ annunciations at the bottom of the unit indicate which function the knob iscontrolling. Pressing the PILOT/PASS Knob switches between volume and squelch control as indicated by
the VOL or SQ annunciation being illuminated.
The MAN SQ Key allows either automatic or manual control of the squelch setting.

EIS• When the MAN SQ Annunciator is extinguished (Automatic Squelch is on), the PILOT/PASS Knob
controls only the volume (pressing the PILOT/PASS Knob has no effect on the VOL/SQ selection).

AUDIO PANEL& CNS• When the MAN SQ Annunciator is illuminated (Manual Squelch), the PILOT/PASS Knob controls
either volume or squelch (selected by pressing the PILOT/PASS Knob and indicated by the VOL or SQ
annunciation).
Manual Squelch Annunciator;
Off for Automatic Squelch, On
for Manual Squelch
Automatic/Manual Squelch

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTHAZARDAVOIDANCE

Pilot Volume or Manual
Squelch. Press to switch
between VOL and SQ. Turnto adjust Squelch when SQ
Annunciation is lit, Volume
when VOL Annunciation is lit.

Copilot/Passenger
Volume or
Manual Squelch

Volume Annunciation

AFCS

Squelch Annunciation
Figure 4-42 Volume/Squelch Control

ADDITIONALFEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

127

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

AUDIO PANEL AND CNS

PASSENGER ADDRESS (PA) SYSTEM

EISFLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

A passenger address system is available for delivering voice messages over the cabin speaker in the (T)182T
and (T)206H only.  When the PA Key is selected on the Audio Panel, the COM MIC Annunciator is extinguished,
and the active COM frequency changes to white, indicating that there is no COM selected. A Push-to-Talk(PTT) must be pressed to deliver PA announcements. The PA Annunciator flashes about once per second while
the PTT is depressed.

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

PA Key is Selected on
the Audio Panel

Figure 4-43 PA Key Selected for Cabin Announcements

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

CLEARANCE RECORDER AND PLAYERHAZARDAVOIDANCEThe Audio Panel contains a digital clearance recorder that records up to 2.5 minutes of the selected COM
radio signal.  Recorded COM audio is stored in separate memory blocks.  Once 2.5 minutes of recording time
have been reached, the recorder begins recording over the stored memory blocks, starting from the oldest
block.
The PLAY Key controls the play function. Pressing the PLAY Key once plays the latest recorded memory
block.  The PLAY Annunciator flashes to indicate when play is in progress.  The PLAY Annunciator turns off
after the present memory block has finished playing.

AFCS

Pressing the MKR/MUTE Key during play of a memory block stops play. If a COM input signal is detectedduring play of a recorded memory block, play is halted.
Pressing the PLAY Key while audio is playing begins playing the previously recorded memory block.  Eachsubsequent press of the PLAY Key selects the previously recorded memory block.

ADDITIONALFEATURESPowering off the unit automatically clears all recorded blocks.

APPENDICESMKR/MUTE
Key Stops
Play

INDEX

PLAY Key
Controls theMemory Function
Figure 4-44 Marker Mute and Play Keys

128

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
SYSTEMOVERVIEWENTERTAINMENT INPUTSNOTE: Auxiliary entertainment inputs cannot be completely turned off. Audio level for the AUX Audio In

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

input can be adjusted by a Garmin-authorized service center.
NOTE: The AUX Audio In stereo entertainment input is not controlled by the AUX Key on the Audio Panel.

The AUX Key is reserved for an auxiliary radio input.

EIS

SiriusXM radio entertainment audio from the Data Link Receiver may be heard by the pilot and passengers
simultaneously (optional: requires subscription to SiriusXM Satellite Radio Service). Refer to the Additional
Features Section for more details on the Data Link Receiver.

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

A 3.5-mm stereo phone jack is installed in a convenient location for audio connection.  This input, labeled
AUX Audio In, is compatible with popular portable entertainment devices such as MP3 and CD players.  Theheadphone output of the entertainment device is plugged into the jack. The current ICS state of isolation affects
the distribution of the entertainment input (see Table 4‑1).
Connecting a stereo input to the AUX Audio In jack removes the SiriusXM Satellite Radio Audio.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTEntertainment audio can be heard by the pilot and copilot when both the PILOT and the COPLT Annunciators
are extinguished.   Entertainment audio can also be heard by the pilot when the COPLT Annunciator isilluminated and by the copilot when the PILOT Annunciator is illuminated. Passenger entertainment audio isnever muted.

HAZARDAVOIDANCEENTERTAINMENT AUDIO MUTINGEntertainment audio muting occurs when aircraft radio or marker beacon activity is heard.  Audio is always
soft muted when an interruption occurs from these sources. Soft muting is the gradual return of audio to its
original volume level. The time required for the volume to return to normal is between one-half and four
seconds.

AFCS

Pressing and holding the MKR/MUTE Key for three seconds switches muting of entertainment audio on
and off. When switching, either one or two beeps are heard; one beep indicates that audio muting is enabled,
two beeps indicate audio muting is disabled.  Entertainment audio muting is reset (enabled) during powerup.

ADDITIONALFEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

129

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

AUDIO PANEL AND CNS

4.6 AUDIO PANEL PREFLIGHT PROCEDURE

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

NOTE: If the pilot and/or copilot are using headsets that have a high/low switch or volume control knob,

verify that the switch is in the high position and the volume control on the headsets are at maximum volume
setting. On single‑pilot flights, verify that all other headsets are not connected to avoid excess noise in theaudio system.
NOTE: When the MAN SQ Key is pressed, the ICS squelch can be set manually by the pilot and copilot. If

EIS

manual squelch is set to full open (SQ annunciated and the knobs turned counterclockwise) backgroundnoise is heard in the ICS system as well as during COM transmissions.

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

After powering up the G1000 System, the following steps aid in maximizing the use of the Audio Panel as wellas prevent pilot and copilot induced issues. These preflight procedures should be performed each time a pilot
boards the aircraft to insure awareness of all audio levels in the Audio Panel and radios.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Automatic/Manual
SquelchAFCS

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Pilot and
Copilot ICS
Isolation Keys

Pilot Volume
or Manual
SquelchCopilot/Passenger
Volume or
Manual Squelch

VolumeAnnunciation

SquelchAnnunciation

ADDITIONALFEATURES

Figure 4-45 Audio Panel Controls

Setting the Audio Panel during preflight:
1) Verify that the PILOT and COPLT Annunciators are extinguished.

APPENDICES

2) Verify that manual squelch is set to full open.
3) Turn the PILOT/PASS Knobs clockwise two full turns. This sets the headset intercom audio level to max volume(least amount of attenuation).
4) Adjust radio volume levels (COM, NAV, etc.) to a suitable level.
5) Adjust the PILOT/PASS Knob volume to the desired intercom level.
INDEX

6) Reset squelch to automatic, or adjust to the appropriate level manually.

Once this procedure has been completed, the pilot and copilot can change settings, keeping in mind the notes
above.

130

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
SYSTEMOVERVIEW

4.7 ABNORMAL OPERATIONFLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Abnormal operation of the G1000 includes equipment failures of the G1000 components and failure of
associated equipment, including switches and external devices.

STUCK MICROPHONE
If the push-to-talk (PTT) Key becomes stuck, the COM transmitter stops transmitting after 35 seconds ofcontinuous operation.  An alert appears on the PFD to advise the pilot of a stuck microphone.

EIS

The COM1 MIC or COM2 MIC Key Annunciator on the Audio Panel flashes as long as the PTT Key remains
stuck.

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

Figure 4-46 Stuck Microphone Alert

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTCOM TUNING FAILURE
In case of a COM system tuning failure, the emergency frequency (121.500 MHz) is automatically tuned in
the radio in which the tuning failure occurred.  Depending on the failure mode, a red X may appear on thefrequency display.

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Emergency Channel
Loaded AutomaticallyFigure 4-47 COM Tuning Failure
AFCS

AUDIO PANEL FAIL-SAFE OPERATION

ADDITIONALFEATURES

If there is a failure of the Audio Panel, a fail-safe circuit connects the pilot’s headset and microphone directly
to the COM1 transceiver.  Audio is not available on the speaker during Fail-safe operation.

REVERSIONARY MODE

APPENDICES

The red DISPLAY BACKUP Button selects the Reversionary Mode. See the System Overview Section for
more information on Reversionary Mode.

INDEX

Figure 4-48 Display Backup Button

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

131

INDEXAPPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURESAFCSHAZARDAVOIDANCEFLIGHT
MANAGEMENTAUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

AUDIO PANEL AND CNS

Blank Page

132

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

FLIGHT MANAGEMENTSYSTEMOVERVIEWSECTION 5 FLIGHT MANAGEMENTFLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

5.1 INTRODUCTION
The G1000 is an integrated flight, engine, communication, navigation and surveillance system. This section of
the Pilot’s Guide explains flight management using the G1000.

EIS

The most prominent part of the G1000 are the two full color displays: one Primary Flight Display (PFD) and
one Multi Function Display (MFD). The information to successfully navigate the aircraft using the GPS sensors is
displayed on the PFD and the MFD. See examples in the Figure 5-1 and Figure 5-2. Detailed descriptions of GPS
navigation functions are discussed later in this section.
A brief description of the GPS navigation data on the PFD and MFD follows.

AUDIO PANEL& CNSNavigation mode indicates which sensor is providing the course data (e.g., GPS, VOR) and the flight plan phase(e.g., Departure (DPRT), Terminal (TERM), Enroute (ENR), Oceanic (OCN), Approach (LNAV, LNAV+V, L/VNAV,or LPV), or Missed Approach (MAPR)). L/VNAV and LPV approaches are only available with SBAS.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTThe Inset Map is a small version of the MFD Navigation Map and can be displayed in the lower left corner of
the PFD. When the system is in reversionary mode, the Inset Map is displayed in the lower right corner. The
Inset Map is displayed by pressing the INSET Softkey. Pressing the INSET Softkey again, then pressing the OFF
Softkey removes the Inset Map.

HAZARDAVOIDANCEThe Navigation Map displays aviation data (e.g., airports, VORs, airways, airspaces), geographic data (e.g.,cities, lakes, highways, borders), topographic data (map shading indicating elevation), and hazard data (e.g.,traffic, terrain, weather). The amount of displayed data can be reduced by pressing the DCLTR Softkey. The
Navigation Map can be oriented four different ways: North Up (NORTH UP), Track Up (TRK UP), Desired Track
Up (DTK UP), or Heading Up (HDG UP).

AFCS

An aircraft icon is placed on the Navigation Map at the location corresponding to the calculated present position.
The aircraft position and the flight plan legs are accurately based on GPS calculations. The basemap upon whichthese are placed are from a source with less resolution, therefore the relative position of the aircraft to map features
is not exact. The leg of the active flight plan currently being flown is shown as a magenta line on the navigation
map. The other legs are shown in white.

ADDITIONALFEATURES

There are 28 different map ranges available, from 500 feet to 2000 nm. The current range is indicated in thelower right corner of the map and represents the top-to-bottom distance covered by the map. To change the map
range on any map, turn the Joystick counter-clockwise to zoom in ( -, decreasing), or clockwise to zoom out (+,increasing).

APPENDICESThe Direct-to Window, the Flight Plan Window, the Procedures Window, and the Nearest Airports Window
can be displayed in the lower right corner of the PFD. Details of these windows are discussed in detail later inthe section.

INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

133

SYSTEMOVERVIEWFLIGHT MANAGEMENTFLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Navigation Status Box

Navigation Mode
Inset Map

AUDIO PANEL
& CNS

EIS

Location of:- Direct To Window- Flight Plan Window- Procedures Window- Nearest Airports Window
Figure 5-1 GPS Navigation Information on the PFD

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Navigation Status Box
Map Orientation

Navigation Page Title

Navigation Map

HAZARDAVOIDANCE- Aviation Data
- Geographic Data
- Topographic Data
- Hazard Data

Aircraft Icon
at Present Position

Active Flight Plan Leg

ADDITIONALFEATURES

AFCS

Flight Plan Leg

Map Range

APPENDICES

Figure 5-2 GPS Navigation Information on the MFD Navigation Page

NAVIGATION STATUS BOX

INDEXThe Navigation Status Box located at the top of the PFD contains two fields displaying the following
information:

PFD Navigation Status Box

134

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

FLIGHT MANAGEMENT• Distance (DIS) and Bearing (BRG) to the next
waypoint or flight plan annunciations (e.g., ‘TOD
within 1 minute’)• Bearing (BRG)

The symbols used in the PFD status bar are:SymbolDescription
Active Leg

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

The Navigation Status Box located at the top of the
MFD contains four data fields, each displaying one of
the following items:

SYSTEMOVERVIEW• Active flight plan leg (e.g., ‘D-> KICT’ or ‘KIXD ->KCOS’) or flight plan annunciations (e.g., ‘Turnright to 021˚ in 8 seconds’)• Distance (DIS)• Desired Track (DTK)• Endurance (END)• Enroute Safe Altitude (ESA)EIS• Estimated Time of Arrival (ETA)

Direct-to• Estimated Time Enroute (ETE)• Fuel on Board (FOB)

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

Right Procedure Turn

• Fuel over Destination (FOD)

Left Procedure Turn
Right Holding Pattern• Ground Speed (GS)• Minimum Safe Altitude (MSA)• True Air Speed (TAS)

Vector to Final• Track Angle Error (TKE)

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Left Holding Pattern• Track (TRK)

Right DME Arc
Left DME Arc

HAZARDAVOIDANCE• Vertical Speed Required (VSR)• Crosstrack Error (XTK)MFD Navigation Status Box
AFCS

The navigation information displayed in the four data fields can be selected on the MFD Data Bar Fields Box
on the AUX - System Setup Page.  The default selections (in order left to right) are GS, DTK, TRK, and ETE.
ADDITIONALFEATURES

Changing a field in the MFD Navigation Status Box:
1) Select the System Setup Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.

APPENDICES

3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the desired field number in the MFD Data Bar Fields Box.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to display and scroll through the data options list.
5) Select the desired data.
6) Press the ENT Key. Pressing the DFLTS Softkey returns all fields to the default setting.

INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

135

SYSTEMOVERVIEWFLIGHT MANAGEMENT

5.2 USING MAP DISPLAYSAUDIO PANEL
& CNS

EIS

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Map displays are used extensively in the G1000 to provide situational awareness in flight. Most G1000 maps
can display the following information:• Airports, NAVAIDs, airspaces, airways, land data • Aircraft icon (representing present position)(highways, cities, lakes, rivers, borders, etc.) with • Nav range ringnames
• Fuel range ring
• Map Pointer information (distance and bearing
to pointer, location of pointer, name, and other • Flight plan legs
pertinent information)• User waypoints• Map range• Track vector• Wind direction and speed• Topography scale• Map orientation• Topography data

HAZARDAVOIDANCEFLIGHT
MANAGEMENT• Icons for enabled map features• Obstacle data
The information in this section applies to the following maps unless otherwise noted:• All Map Group Pages (MAP)• Flight Plan Pages (FPL)• All Waypoint Group Pages (WPT)• Direct-to Window• AUX - Trip Planning• PFD Inset Map• All Nearest Group Pages (NRST)• Procedure Loading Pages

MAP ORIENTATIONAPPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURES

AFCS

Maps are shown in one of four different orientation options, allowing flexibility in determining aircraft
position relative to other items on the map (north up) or for determining where map items are relative to where
the aircraft is going (track up, desired track up, or heading up). The map orientation is shown in the upper
right corner of the map.

Figure 5-3 Map Orientation

INDEX• North up (NORTH UP) aligns the top of the map display to north (default setting).
• Track up (TRK UP) aligns the top of the map display to the current ground track.

136

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

FLIGHT MANAGEMENTSYSTEMOVERVIEW• Desired track up (DTK UP) aligns the top of the map display to the desired course.
• Heading up (HDG UP) aligns the top of the map display to the current aircraft heading.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

NOTE: When panning or reviewing active flight plan legs in a non-North Up orientation, the map does notshow the map orientation nor the wind direction and speed.
NOTE: Map orientation can only be changed on the Navigation Map Page. Any other displays that show

navigation data reflect the orientation selected for the Navigation Map Page:
EIS

Changing the Navigation Map orientation:
1) With the Navigation Map Page displayed, press the MENU Key. The cursor flashes on the ‘Map Setup’ option.

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

Map Setup
Selection

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTHAZARDAVOIDANCE

Figure 5-4 Navigation Map Page Menu Window

2) Press the ENT Key to display the Map Setup Window.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob, or press the ENT Key once, to select the ‘ORIENTATION’ field.

AFCS

Map Group Selection
Orientation Field

ADDITIONALFEATURES
APPENDICESINDEXFigure 5-5 Map Setup Menu Window - Map Group

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

137

SYSTEMOVERVIEWFLIGHT MANAGEMENT
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired orientation.
5) Press the ENT Key to select the new orientation.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

6) Press the FMS Knob to return to the base page.

MAP RANGE

AUDIO PANEL
& CNS

EIS

There are 28 different map ranges available, from 500 feet to 2000 nm. The current range is indicated in
the lower right corner of the map and represents the top-to-bottom distance covered by the map. When the
map range is decreased to a point that exceeds the capability of the G1000 to accurately represent the map,a magnifying glass icon is shown to the left of the map range. To change the map range turn the Joystickcounter-clockwise to decrease the range, or clockwise to increase the range.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Range Overzoom

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Figure 5-6 Map Range

AFCS

Auto zoom allows the G1000 to change the map display range to the smallest range clearly showing theactive waypoint. Auto zoom can be overridden by adjusting the range with the Joystick, and remains until
the active waypoint changes, a terrain or traffic alert occurs, the aircraft takes off, or the manual override timesout (timer set on Map Setup Window).

ADDITIONALFEATURES

AUTO ZOOM

If a terrain caution or warning occurs, any map page displaying TAWS/TERRAIN data automatically adjuststo the smallest map range clearly showing the highest priority alert. If a new traffic advisory alert occurs, any
map page capable of displaying traffic advisory alerts automatically adjusts to the smallest map range clearly
showing the traffic advisory. When terrain or traffic alerts clear, the map returns to the previous auto zoom
range based on the active waypoint.

APPENDICESThe auto zoom function can be turned on or off independently for the PFD and MFD. Control of the ranges
at which the auto zoom occurs is done by setting the minimum and maximum ‘look forward’ times (set on
the Map Setup Window for the Map Group). These settings determine the minimum and maximum distanceto display based upon the aircraft’s ground speed.

INDEX• Waypoints that are long distances apart cause the map range to increase to a point where many details on
the map are decluttered. If this is not acceptable, lower the maximum look ahead time to a value that limits
the auto zoom to an acceptable range.
• Waypoints that are very short distances apart cause the map range to decrease to a point where situationalawareness may not be what is desired. Increase the minimum look ahead time to a value that limits the autozoom to a minimum range that provides acceptable situational awareness.
138

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

FLIGHT MANAGEMENTSYSTEMOVERVIEW• Flight plans that have a combination of long and short legs cause the range to increase and decrease as
waypoints sequence.  To avoid this, auto zoom can be disabled or the maximum/minimum times can be
adjusted.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS• The ‘time out’ time (configurable on the Map Setup Page for the Map Group) determines how long autozoom is overridden by a manual adjustment of the range knob. At the expiration of this time, the autozoom range is restored.  Setting the ‘time out’ value to zero causes the manual override to never time out.
• When the maximum ‘look forward’ time is set to zero, the upper limit becomes the maximum range available(2000 nm).
• When the minimum ‘look forward’ time is set to zero, the lower limit becomes 1.5 nm.

EIS

Manual Range Override
Expiration Time

AUDIO PANEL& CNSAuto Zoom:

Off, MFD Only, PFD Only, All On

Maximum Look Forward Time
Minimum Look Forward Time

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTHAZARDAVOIDANCE

Figure 5-7 Map Setup Menu Window - Map Group, Auto Zoom

Configuring automatic zoom:
AFCS1) Press the MENU Key with the Navigation Map Page displayed. The cursor flashes on the ‘Map Setup’ option.
2) Press the ENT Key. The Map Setup Menu is displayed.
3) Select the ‘Map’ group.

ADDITIONALFEATURES

4) Press the ENT Key.
5) Highlight the ‘AUTO ZOOM’ field.
6) Select ‘Off’, ‘MFD Only’, ‘PFD Only’, or ‘ALL On’.

APPENDICES

7) Press the ENT Key to accept the selected option. The flashing cursor highlights the ‘MAX LOOK FWD’ field.
Times are from zero to 999 minutes.
8) Use the FMS Knobs to set the time. Press the ENT Key.
9) Repeat step 8 for ‘MIN LOOK FWD’ (zero to 99 minutes) and ‘TIME OUT’ (zero to 99 minutes).

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

INDEX

10) Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page.

139

SYSTEMOVERVIEWFLIGHT MANAGEMENT

MAP PANNING
Map panning allows the pilot to:

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS• View parts of the map outside the displayed range without adjusting the map range• Highlight and select locations on the map• Review information for a selected airport, NAVAID or user waypoint• Designate locations for use in flight planning• View airspace and airway information

AUDIO PANEL
& CNS

EIS

When the panning function is selected by pressing the Joystick, the Map Pointer flashes on the map display.
A window also appears at the top of the map display showing the latitude/longitude position of the pointer,the bearing and distance to the pointer from the aircraft’s present position, and the elevation of the land at theposition of the pointer.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Map PointerInformationAFCS

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Map Pointer

ADDITIONALFEATURES

Figure 5-8 Navigation Map - Map Pointer Activated

NOTE: The map is normally centered on the aircraft’s position. If the map has been panned and there has

INDEX

APPENDICES

been no pointer movement for about 60 seconds, the map reverts back to centered on the aircraft position
and the flashing pointer is removed.

140

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

FLIGHT MANAGEMENTSYSTEMOVERVIEW

When the Map Pointer is placed on an object, the name of the object is highlighted (even if the name was
not originally displayed on the map). When any map feature or object is selected on the map display, pertinent
information is displayed.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Information about
Point of Interest

EIS
AUDIO PANEL& CNS

Map Pointeron POIFLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Figure 5-9 Navigation Map - Map Pointer on Point of Interest

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

When the Map Pointer crosses an airspace boundary, the boundary is highlighted and airspace informationis shown at the top of the display. The information includes the name and class of airspace, the ceiling in feetabove Mean Sea Level (MSL), and the floor in feet MSL.

AFCSInformation
about Airspace

ADDITIONALFEATURES

Map Pointeron Airspace

APPENDICESINDEXFigure 5-10 Navigation Map - Map Pointer on Airspace

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

141

SYSTEMOVERVIEWFLIGHT MANAGEMENT
Panning the map:
1) Press the Joystick to display the Map Pointer.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

2) Move the Joystick to move the Map Pointer around the map.
3) Press the Joystick to remove the Map Pointer and recenter the map on the aircraft’s current position.

Reviewing information for an airport, NAVAID, or user waypoint:
1) Place the Map Pointer on a waypoint.
2) Press the ENT Key to display the Waypoint Information Page for the selected waypoint.

AUDIO PANEL
& CNS

EIS

3) Press the GO BACK Softkey, the CLR Key, or the ENT Key to exit the Waypoint Information Page and return to
the Navigation Map showing the selected waypoint.

AFCS

HAZARDAVOIDANCEFLIGHT
MANAGEMENTNAVAID
Information

GO BACK Softkey

INDEX

APPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURES

Figure 5-11 Navigation Map - Information Window - NAVAID

142

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

FLIGHT MANAGEMENTSYSTEMOVERVIEW

Viewing airspace information for a special-use or controlled airspace:
1) Place the Map Pointer on an open area within the boundaries of an airspace.
2) Press the ENT Key to display an options menu.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

3) ‘Review Airspaces’ should already be highlighted, if not select it. Press the ENT Key to display the Airspace
Information Page for the selected airspace.
4) Press the CLR or ENT Key to exit the Airspace Information Page.

EIS
AUDIO PANEL& CNS

Airspace
Information

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTHAZARDAVOIDANCE

Figure 5-12 Navigation Map - Information Window - AirspaceAFCS
ADDITIONALFEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

143

SYSTEMOVERVIEWFLIGHT MANAGEMENTMEASURING BEARING AND DISTANCEFLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Distance and bearing from the aircraft’s present position to any point on the viewable navigation map may be
calculated using the ‘Measure Bearing and Distance’ selection from Navigation Map page menu.  The bearing
and distance tool displays a dashed Measurement Line and a Measure Pointer to aid in graphically identifying
points with which to measure. Lat/Long, distance and elevation data for the Measure Pointer is provided in awindow at the top of the navigation map.
Measuring bearing and distance between any two points:
1) Press the MENU Key (with the Navigation Map Page displayed).

EIS2) Highlight the ‘Measure Bearing/Distance’ field.
3) Press the ENT Key. A Measure Pointer is displayed on the map at the aircraft’s present position.

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

4) Move the Joystick to place the reference pointer at the desired location. The bearing and distance are displayed
at the top of the map. Elevation at the current pointer position is also displayed. Pressing the ENT Key changes
the starting point for measuring.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

5) To exit the Measure Bearing/Distance option, press the Joystick; or select ‘Stop Measuring’ from the Page
Menu and press the ENT Key.

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Measurement
Information

Pointer Lat/Long

ADDITIONALFEATURES

AFCS

Measurement LineINDEX

APPENDICES

Figure 5-13 Navigation Map - Measuring Bearing and Distance

144

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

FLIGHT MANAGEMENTSYSTEMOVERVIEWTOPOGRAPHY

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

All navigation maps can display various shades of topography colors representing land elevation, similar
to aviation sectional charts. Topographic data can be displayed or removed as described in the following
procedures. Topographic data can also be displayed on the selectable profile map at the bottom of the navigationmap.
Navigation Map
Topographic Data

EIS

Navigation Map
Black Background

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

Topographic Dataon Profile Map
TOPO Softkey
Not Enabled

TOPO OffFLIGHT
MANAGEMENTTOPO Softkey
EnabledTOPO On

Figure 5-14 Navigation Map - Topographic Data

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Displaying/removing topographic data on all pages displaying navigation maps:
1) Press the MAP Softkey (the INSET Softkey for the PFD Inset Map).
2) Press the TOPO Softkey.
3) Press the TOPO Softkey again to remove topographic data from the Navigation Map. When topographic data
is removed from the page, all navigation data is presented on a black background.

AFCS

Displaying/removing topographic data (TOPO DATA) using the Navigation Map Page Menu:
1) Press the MENU Key with the Navigation Map Page displayed. The cursor flashes on the ‘Map Setup’ option.

ADDITIONALFEATURES

2) Press the ENT Key. The Map Setup Menu is displayed.
3) Select the ‘Map’ group.
4) Press the ENT Key.
5) Highlight the ‘TOPO DATA’ field.

APPENDICES

6) Select ‘On’ or ‘Off’.
7) Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page.

INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

145

FLIGHTINSTRUMENTS

SYSTEMOVERVIEWFLIGHT MANAGEMENTTOPO DATA
Range

AUDIO PANEL
& CNS

EIS

TOPO DATA
On/Off

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Figure 5-15 Navigation Map Setup Menu - TOPO DATA Setup

The topographic data range is the maximum map range on which topographic data is displayed.
NOTE: Since the PFD Inset Map is much smaller than the MFD navigation maps, items are removed on the

HAZARDAVOIDANCEPFD Inset Map two range levels smaller than the range selected in the Map Setup pages (e.g., a settingof 100 nm removes the item at ranges above 100 nm on MFD navigation maps, while the PFD Inset Map
removes the same item at 50 nm).
Selecting a topographical data range (TOPO DATA):AFCS

1) Press the MENU Key with the Navigation Map Page displayed. The cursor flashes on the ‘Map Setup’ option.
2) Press the ENT Key. The Map Setup Menu is displayed.
3) Select the ‘Map’ group.

ADDITIONALFEATURES

4) Press the ENT Key.
5) Highlight the ‘TOPO DATA’ range field. TOPO ranges are from 500 ft to 2000 nm.
6) To change the TOPO range setting, turn the small FMS Knob to display the range list.

APPENDICES

7) Select the desired range using the small FMS Knob.
8) Press the ENT Key.
9) Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page.

INDEX

In addition, the Navigation Map can display a topographic scale (located in the lower right hand side of themap) showing a scale of the terrain elevation and current elevation values.

146

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

FLIGHT MANAGEMENTSYSTEMOVERVIEW

Maximum Displayed Elevation
Minimum Displayed Elevation

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Aircraft Altitude (MSL)
Range of
Displayed
Elevations

Ground Elevation at Map PointerLocation (only visible when Map
Pointer is displayed)

EIS
AUDIO PANEL& CNS

Figure 5-16 Navigation Map - TOPO SCALE

Displaying/removing the topographic scale (TOPO SCALE):

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

1) Press the MENU Key with the Navigation Map Page displayed. The cursor flashes on the ‘Map Setup’ option.
2) Press the ENT Key. The Map Setup Menu is displayed.
3) Select the ‘Map’ group and press the ENT Key.
4) Highlight the ‘TOPO SCALE’ field.

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

5) Select ‘On’ or ‘Off’.
6) Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page.

AFCS
ADDITIONALFEATURES
APPENDICESTOPO SCALE
On/OffINDEX

Figure 5-17 Navigation Map Setup Menu - TOPO SCALE Setup

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

147

SYSTEMOVERVIEWFLIGHT MANAGEMENT

MAP SYMBOLSFLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

This section discusses the types of land and aviation symbols that can be displayed. Each listed type of symbol
can be turned on or off, and the maximum range to display each symbol can be set. The decluttering of thesymbols from the map using the DCLTR Softkey is also discussed.

LAND SYMBOLSThe following items are configured on the land menu:Land Symbols

EIS(Text label size can be None, Small, Medium (Med), or Large(Lrg))

SymbolLatitude/Longitude (LAT/LON)

Default
Maximum
Range (nm) Range (nm)
Off

2000

Interstate Highway (FREEWAY)

300

800

International Highway (FREEWAY)

300

800

US Highway (NATIONAL HWY)

3080

State Highway (LOCAL HWY)

15

30

8

15

Railroads (RAILROAD)

15

30

LARGE CITY (> 200,000)

800

1500

MEDIUM CITY (> 50,000)

100

200

SMALL CITY (> 5,000)
States and Provinces (STATE/PROV)

20
800

50
1500

Rivers and Lakes (RIVER/LAKE)

200

500

USER WAYPOINT

150

300

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTAUDIO PANEL& CNS

Highways and Roads

ADDITIONALFEATURESAFCSHAZARDAVOIDANCE

Local Road (LOCAL ROAD)

N/A

INDEX

APPENDICES

Table 5-1 Land Symbol Information

148

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

FLIGHT MANAGEMENTSYSTEMOVERVIEWAVIATION SYMBOLSThe following items are configured on the aviation menu:
Aviation Symbols

SymbolDefault
Maximum
Range (nm) Range (nm)

2000
500
300
100
20
100
30

Non-directional Beacon (NDB WAYPOINT)

1530

VOR (VOR WAYPOINT)

150

300

Class B Airspace/TMA (CLASS B/TMA)

200

500

Class C Airspace/TCA (CLASS C/TCA)

200

500

Class D Airspace (CLASS D)

150

300

Restricted Area (RESTRICTED)

200

500

Military Operations Area [MOA(MILITARY)]

200

500

Other/Air Defense Interdiction Zone (OTHER/ADIZ)

200

500

Temporary Flight Restriction (TFR)

500

2000

See Airports, NAVAIDs

See Additional Features
N/A

APPENDICES

2000
250
150
50
3
Off
15

Active Flight Plan Waypoint (ACTIVE FPL WPT)
Large Airports (LARGE APT)
Medium Airports (MEDIUM APT)
Small Airports (SMALL APT)
Taxiways (SAFETAXI)
Runway Extension (RWY EXTENSION)Intersection (INT WAYPOINT)ADDITIONALFEATURES

2000

AFCS

2000

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Non-active Flight Plan Leg (ACTIVE FPL)FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

2000

AUDIO PANEL
& CNS

2000

EIS

Active Flight Plan Leg (ACTIVE FPL)FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS(Text label size can be None, Small, Medium (Med),or Large (Lrg))

Table 5-2 Aviation Symbol Information
INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

149

SYSTEMOVERVIEWFLIGHT MANAGEMENTSYMBOL SETUP

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

All pages with maps can display land symbols (roads, lakes, borders, etc). Land symbols can be removed
totally (turned off).
Displaying/removing all land symbols:
1) Press the MENU Key with the Navigation Map Page displayed. The Page Menu is displayed and the cursor
flashes on the ‘Map Setup’ option.
2) Press the ENT Key. The Map Setup Group Menu is displayed and the cursor flashes on the ‘Map’ option.

EIS3) Highlight the ‘LAND DATA’ field.
4) Select ‘On’ or ‘Off’.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTAUDIO PANEL& CNS

5) Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page.

AFCS

HAZARDAVOIDANCELAND DATA
On/Off

ADDITIONALFEATURES

Figure 5-18 Navigation Map Setup Menu - LAND DATA Setup

The label size (TEXT) sets the size at which labels appear on the display (none, small, medium, and large).
The range (RNG) sets the maximum range at which items appear on the display.

APPENDICES

Selecting a ‘Land’ or ‘Aviation’ group item text size and range:
1) Press the MENU Key with the Navigation Map Page displayed. The cursor flashes on the ‘Map Setup’ option.
2) Press the ENT Key. The Map Setup Menu is displayed.
3) Select the ‘Land’ or ‘Aviation’ group.

INDEX4) Press the ENT Key. The cursor flashes on the first field.
5) Select the desired land option.
6) Select the desired text size.

150

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

FLIGHT MANAGEMENTSYSTEMOVERVIEW

7) Press the ENT Key to accept the selected size.
8) Select the desired range.
9) Press the ENT Key to accept the selected range.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

10) Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page.

EIS

Text Label Size
(None, Small, Med, or Lrg)

Maximum Display Range
AUDIO PANEL& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Figure 5-19 Navigation Map Setup Menu - LAND GROUP Setup

HAZARDAVOIDANCEAFCS

Text Label Size
(None, Small, Med, or Lrg)

Maximum Display Range
ADDITIONALFEATURES
APPENDICES

Figure 5-20 Navigation Map Setup Menu - AVIATION GROUP Setup

NOTE: Since the PFD Inset Map is much smaller than the MFD navigation maps, items are removed on the

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav IIIINDEXPFD Inset Map two range levels smaller than the range selected in the Map Setup pages (e.g., a settingof 100 nm removes the item at ranges above 100 nm on MFD navigation maps, while the PFD Inset Map
removes the same item at 50 nm).

151

SYSTEMOVERVIEWFLIGHT MANAGEMENT
MAP DECLUTTERFLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

The declutter feature allows the pilot to progressively step through four levels of removing map information.
The declutter level is displayed in the DCLTR Softkey and next to the Declutter Menu Option.

Declutter LevelEIS

DCLTR Softkey

AUDIO PANEL& CNSNavigation Map Page Menu
Figure 5-21 Navigation Map - Declutter Level Indications

Decluttering the map:

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

	

Press the DCLTR Softkey with the Navigation Map Page displayed. The current declutter level is shown. With
each softkey selection, another level of map information is removed.
Or:1) Press the MENU Key with the Navigation Map Page displayed.

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

2) Select ‘Declutter’. The current declutter level is shown.
3) Press the ENT Key.

Decluttering the PFD Inset Map:
1) Press the INSET Softkey.

INDEX

APPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURES

AFCS

2) Press the DCLTR Softkey. The current declutter level is shown. With each selection, another level of map
information is removed.

152

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

FLIGHT MANAGEMENTSYSTEMOVERVIEW

Table 5-3 lists the items displayed at each declutter level.  The ‘X’ represents map items displayed for thevarious levels of declutter.
Item

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTSEISAUDIO PANEL& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTHAZARDAVOIDANCEAFCSADDITIONALFEATURES
APPENDICES

Flight Plan Route Lines
Flight Plan Route Waypoints
Rivers/Lakes
Topography Data
International Borders
Track Vector
Navigation Range Ring
Fuel Range Ring
Terrain Data
Traffic
Airways
NEXRADXM Lightning Data
Airports
Runway Labels
Restricted
MOA (Military)
User Waypoints
Latitude/Longitude Grid
NAVAIDsClass B Airspaces/TMA
Class C Airspaces/TCA
Class D Airspaces
Other Airspaces/ADIZ
TFRs
Obstacles
Land/Country Text
Cities
Roads
Railroads
State/Province Boundaries
River/Lake Names

No Declutter Declutter-1 Declutter-2 Declutter-3
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X

Table 5-3 Navigation Map Items Displayed by Declutter Level
INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

153

SYSTEMOVERVIEWFLIGHT MANAGEMENTAIRWAYSFLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

This airways discussion is based upon the North American airway structure. The airway structure in places
other than North America vary by location, etc. and are not discussed in this book. Low Altitude Airways (orVictor Airways) primarily serve smaller piston-engine, propeller-driven airplanes on shorter routes and at lower
altitudes. Airways are eight nautical miles wide and start 1,200 feet above ground level (AGL) and extend up
to 18,000 feet mean sea level (MSL). Low Altitude Airways are designated with a “V” before the airway number(hence the name “Victor Airways”) since they run primarily between VORs.

EISHigh Altitude Airways (or Jet Routes) primarily serve airliners, jets, turboprops, and turbocharged piston
aircraft operating above 18,000 feet MSL. Jet Routes start at 18,000 feet MSL and extend upward to 45,000 feet
MSL (altitudes above 18,000 feet are called “flight levels” and are described as FL450 for 45,000 feet MSL). Jet
Routes are designated with a “J” before the route number.

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

Low Altitude Airways are drawn in gray (the same shade used for roads). High Altitude Airways are drawn
in green. When both types of airways are displayed, High Altitude Airways are drawn on top of Low Altitude
Airways.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

When airways are selected for display on the map, the airway waypoints (VORs, NDBs and Intersections) arealso displayed.

AFCS

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Low Altitude
Airway(Victor Airway)

APPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURESHigh Altitude
Airway(Jet Route)

INDEX

Figure 5-22 Airways on MFD Navigation Page

154

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

FLIGHT MANAGEMENTSYSTEMOVERVIEW

Airways may be displayed on the map at the pilot’s discretion using either a combination of AIRWAYS Softkeypresses, or menu selections using the MENU Key from the Navigation Map Page. The Airway range can also be
programmed to only display Airways on the MFD when the map range is at or below a specific number.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Displaying/removing airways:
1) Press the MAP Softkey.
2) Press the AIRWAYS Softkey. Both High and Low Altitude Airways are displayed (AIRWY ON).
3) Press the softkey again to display Low Altitude Airways only (AIRWY LO).
4) Press the softkey again to display High Altitude Airways only (AIRWY HI).

EIS

5) Press the softkey again to remove High Altitude Airways. No airways are displayed (AIRWAYS).
Or:

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

1) Press the MENU Key with the Navigation Map Page displayed. The cursor flashes on the ‘Map Setup’ option.
2) Press the ENT Key. The Map Setup Menu is displayed.
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Airways’ group, and press the ENT Key.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

4) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘AIRWAYS’ field.
5) Turn the FMS Knob to select ‘Off’, ‘All’, ‘LO Only’, or ‘HI Only’, and press the ENT Key.
6) Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page.

Off, All, LO Only, HI Only

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Airway Display Selection

Low Altitude Airway Range
High Altitude Airway Range

Figure 5-23 Navigation Map Setup Menu - AIRWAYS Setup
AFCS

The airway range is the maximum map range on which airways are displayed.
Selecting an airway range (LOW ALT AIRWAY or HI ALT AIRWAY):

ADDITIONALFEATURES

1) Press the MENU Key with the Navigation Map Page displayed. The cursor flashes on the ‘Map Setup’ option.
2) Press the ENT Key. The Map Setup Menu is displayed.
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Airway’ group, and press the ENT Key.

APPENDICES

4) Highlight the ‘LOW ALT AIRWAY’ or ‘HI ALT AIRWAY’ range field.
5) To change the range setting, turn the small FMS Knob to display the range list.
6) Select the desired range using the small FMS Knob.
7) Press the ENT Key.

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

INDEX

8) Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page.

155

SYSTEMOVERVIEWFLIGHT MANAGEMENT
The following range items are configurable on the airways menu:
Airway Type

SymbolDefault
Maximum
Range (nm) Range (nm)200500

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Low Altitude Airway (LOW ALT AIRWAY)High Altitude Airway (HI ALT AIRWAY)

300

500

EIS

Table 5-4 Airway Range Information

TRACK VECTOR

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

The Navigation Map can display a track vector that is useful in minimizing track angle error. The track vector
is a solid light blue line segment extended to a predicted location. The track vector look-ahead time is selectable(30 sec, 60 sec (default), 2 min, 5 min, 10 min, 20 min) and determines the length of the track vector. The track
vector shows up to 90 degrees of a turn for the 30 and 60 second time settings.

HAZARDAVOIDANCEFLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Track Vector

Figure 5-24 Navigation Map -Track Vector

Displaying/removing the track vector:
1) Press the MENU Key with the Navigation Map Page displayed. The cursor flashes on the ‘Map Setup’ option.

AFCS2) Press the ENT Key. The Map Setup Menu is displayed.
3) Select the ‘Map’ group.

ADDITIONALFEATURES

4) Press the ENT Key.
5) Highlight the ‘TRACK VECTOR’ field.
6) Select ‘On’ or ‘Off’. Press the ENT Key to accept the selected option. The flashing cursor highlights the lookahead time field. Use the FMS Knob to select the desired time. Press the ENT Key.

INDEXAPPENDICES

7) Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page.

156

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

FLIGHT MANAGEMENTSYSTEMOVERVIEWNav Range Ring On/Off

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Wind Vector On/Off

Track Vector- On/Off- Look Ahead Time

EIS

Fuel Range- On/Off- Fuel Reserve Time

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

Figure 5-25 Navigation Map Setup Menu -TRACK VECTOR, WIND VECTOR, NAV RANGE RING, FUEL RANGE RING Setup

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

WIND VECTOR
The map displays a wind vector arrow in the upper right-hand portion of the screen. Wind vector information
is displayed as a white arrow pointing in the direction in which the wind is moving for wind speeds greater thanor equal to 1 kt.

HAZARDAVOIDANCEWind Direction

Wind Speed
Figure 5-26 Navigation Map - Wind Vector

AFCS

NOTE: The wind vector is not displayed until the aircraft is moving. It is not displayed on the Waypoint

Information pages.
ADDITIONALFEATURES

Displaying/removing the wind vector:
1) Press the MENU Key with the Navigation Map Page displayed. The cursor flashes on the ‘Map Setup’ option.
2) Press the ENT Key. The Map Setup Menu is displayed.

APPENDICES

3) Select the ‘Map’ group.
4) Press the ENT Key.
5) Highlight the ‘WIND VECTOR’ field.
6) Select ‘On’ or ‘Off’.

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

INDEX

7) Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page.

157

SYSTEMOVERVIEWFLIGHT MANAGEMENTNAV RANGE RING

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

The Nav Range Ring shows the direction of travel (ground track) on a rotating compass card. The range isdetermined by the map range. The range is 1/4 of the map range (e.g., 37.5 nm on a 150 nm map).

AUDIO PANEL
& CNS

EIS

Range (radius)

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Nav Range Ring

Figure 5-27 Navigation Map - Nav Range Ring

HAZARDAVOIDANCENOTE: The Nav Range Ring is not displayed on the Waypoint Information pages, Nearest pages, or Direct-toWindow map.
Displaying/removing the Nav Range Ring:
1) Press the MENU Key with the Navigation Map Page displayed. The cursor flashes on the ‘Map Setup’ option.

AFCS2) Press the ENT Key. The Map Setup Menu is displayed.
3) Select the ‘Map’ group.

ADDITIONALFEATURES

4) Press the ENT Key.
5) Highlight the ‘NAV RANGE RING’ field.
6) Select ‘On’ or ‘Off’.

APPENDICES

7) Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page.
NOTE: The Nav Range Ring is referenced to either magnetic or true north, based on the selection on the AUX

INDEX- System Setup Page.

158

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

FLIGHT MANAGEMENTSYSTEMOVERVIEW

FUEL RANGE RING

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

The map can display a fuel range ring which shows the remaining flight distance. A dashed green circle
indicates the selected range to reserve fuel. A solid green circle indicates the total endurance range. If only
reserve fuel remains, the range is indicated by a solid yellow circle.

Total Endurance Range

Time to Reserve FuelEIS
AUDIO PANEL& CNS

Range to Reserve Fuel

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Figure 5-28 Navigation Map - Fuel Range Ring

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Displaying/removing the fuel range ring and selecting a fuel range time:1) Press the MENU Key with the Navigation Map Page displayed. The cursor flashes on the ‘Map Setup’ option.
2) Press the ENT Key. The Map Setup Menu is displayed.
3) Select the ‘Map’ group.

AFCS4) Press the ENT Key.
5) Highlight the ‘FUEL RNG (RSV)’ field.
6) Select ‘On’ or ‘Off’.

ADDITIONALFEATURES

7) Highlight the fuel reserve time field. This time should be set to the amount of flight time equal to the amountof fuel reserve desired.
8) To change the reserve fuel time, enter a time (00:00 to 23:59; hours:minutes). The default setting is 00:45
minutes.

APPENDICES

9) Press the ENT Key.
10) Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page.

INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

159

SYSTEMOVERVIEWFLIGHT MANAGEMENTFIELD OF VIEW (SVS)FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

The map can display the boundaries of the PFD Synthetic Vision System (SVS) lateral field of view. The fieldof view is shown as two dashed lines forming a V shape in front of the aircraft symbol on the map. This is only
available if SVS is installed on the aircraft.

AUDIO PANEL
& CNS

EIS

Lateral Field
of View
Boundaries

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Figure 5-29 Navigation Map - Field of View

Displaying/removing the field of view:
1) Press the MENU Key with the Navigation Map Page displayed. The cursor flashes on the ‘Map Setup’ option.

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

2) Press the ENT Key. The Map Setup Menu is displayed.
3) Select the ‘Map’ group.
4) Press the ENT Key.
5) Highlight the ‘FIELD OF VIEW’ field.
AFCS6) Select ‘On’ or ‘Off’.

INDEX

APPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURES

7) Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page.

160

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

FLIGHT MANAGEMENTSYSTEMOVERVIEWSELECTED ALTITUDE INTERCEPT ARC
The map can display the location along the current track where the aircraft will intercept the selected altitude.
The location will be shown as a light blue arc when the aircraft is actuallly climbing or descending.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Range to
Altitude Arc
EIS
AUDIO PANEL& CNS

Figure 5-30 Navigation Map - Range to Altitude Arc

Displaying/removing the selected altitude intercept arc:

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

1) Press the MENU Key with the Navigation Map Page displayed. The cursor flashes on the ‘Map Setup’ option.
2) Press the ENT Key. The Map Setup Menu is displayed.
3) Select the ‘Map’ group.

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

4) Press the ENT Key.
5) Highlight the ‘SEL ALT ARC’ field.
6) Select ‘On’ or ‘Off’.
7) Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page.

AFCS
ADDITIONALFEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

161

SYSTEMOVERVIEWFLIGHT MANAGEMENT

5.3 WAYPOINTSFLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Waypoints are predetermined geographical positions (internal database) or pilot-entered positions, and areused for all phases of flight planning and navigation.
Communication and navigation frequencies can be tuned “automatically” from various Waypoint Information(WPT) pages, Nearest (NRST) pages, and the Nearest Airports Window (on PFD). This auto-tuning featuresimplifies frequency entry over manual tuning.  Refer to the Audio Panel and CNS section for details on autotuning.

AUDIO PANEL
& CNS

EIS

Waypoints can be selected by entering the ICAO identifier, entering the name of the facility, or by entering
the city name. See the System Overview section for detailed instructions on entering data in the G1000. As awaypoint identifier, facility name, or location is entered, the G1000’s Spell’N’Find™ feature scrolls through the
database, displaying those waypoints matching the characters which have been entered to that point. A direct-tonavigation leg to the selected waypoint can be initiated by pressing the Direct-to Key on any of the waypoint
pages.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Identifier Entry Field

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

City Entry Field

Facility
Entry Field- Waypoint Identifier- Type (symbol)- Facility Name
- CityEntered Waypoint on
Map

Map Area Showing
Entered Waypoint

ADDITIONALFEATURES

AFCS

Waypoint Location

Figure 5-31 Waypoint Information Window

INDEX

APPENDICES

If duplicate entries exist for the entered facility name or location, additional entries may be viewed by continuing
to turn the small FMS Knob during the selection process. If duplicate entries exist for an identifier, a Duplicate
Waypoints Window is displayed when the ENT Key is pressed.

162

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

FLIGHT MANAGEMENTSYSTEMOVERVIEW

Identifier with
Duplicates

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Duplicate
Waypoints

EIS
AUDIO PANEL& CNS

Duplicate Message

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Figure 5-32 Waypoint Information Window - Duplicate Identifier

AIRPORTS

HAZARDAVOIDANCENOTE: ‘North Up’ orientation on the Airport Information Page cannot be changed; the pilot needs to beaware of proper orientation if the Navigation Map orientation is different from the Airport Information Page
Map.

AFCS

The Airport Information Page is the first page in WPT group and allows the pilot to view airport information,load frequencies (COM, NAV, and lighting), review runways, and review instrument procedures that may be
involved in the flight plan. See the Audio Panel and CNS Section for more information on loading frequencies(auto-tuning). After engine startup, the Airport Information Page defaults to the airport where the aircraft islocated. After a flight plan has been loaded, it defaults to the destination airport. On a flight plan with multiple
airports, it defaults to the airport which is the current active waypoint.

ADDITIONALFEATURES

In addition to displaying a map of the currently selected airport and surrounding area, the Airport Information
Page displays airport information in three boxes labeled ‘AIRPORT’, ‘RUNWAYS’, and ‘FREQUENCIES’.  Forairports with multiple runways, information for each runway is available. This information is viewed on the
Airport Information Page by pressing the INFO softkey until INFO-1 is displayed.

APPENDICES
INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

163

SYSTEMOVERVIEWFLIGHT MANAGEMENT

Airport Information- ID/Facility/City- Usage Type/Region- Lat/Long/Elev- Fuel Available- Time Zone (UTC Offset)

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Navigation Map
Showing Selected
AirportRunway Information- Designation- Length/Width/Surface- Lighting Available

Airport METAR
EIS

Airport/Runway
Diagram

COM/NAV Freq. Info.

AUDIO PANEL& CNS- Identification- Frequency- Availability- Additional Information

Softkeys

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Figure 5-33 Airport Information Page

The following descriptions and abbreviations are used on the Airport Information Page:• Usage type: Public, Military, Private, or Heliport

HAZARDAVOIDANCE• Runway surface type: Hard, Turf, Sealed, Gravel, Dirt, Soft, Unknown, or Water• Runway lighting type: No Lights, Part Time, Full Time, Unknown, or PCL Freq (for pilot-controlled
lighting)

AFCS• COM Availability: TX (transmit only), RX (receive only), PT (part time), i (additional information available)
Airport Directory
Information

Airport Information

INDEX

APPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURES- ID/Facility/City- Usage Type/Region

Softkeys
Figure 5-34 Airport Directory Page Example

164

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

FLIGHT MANAGEMENTSYSTEMOVERVIEWThe AOPA directory information is viewed on the Airport Directory Page by pressing the INFO softkey until
INFO-2 is displayed. The following are types of AOPA airport directory information shown (if available) on
the Airport Directory Page:• Approach: Approach Facility
Name, Frequency, Frequency
Parameter• Services Available: Category,Specific Service• Charts: Low Altitude Chart
Number• FBO:   Type, Frequencies,
Services, Fees, Fuel, Credit
Cards, Phone/Fax Numbers• Notes: Airport Notes• Pilot Controlled Lighting:High/Med/Low Clicks/Second

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT• Transportation:
GroundTransportation Type Available• Instrument
Approaches:
Published
Approach,Frequency• NAVAIDS: Type, Identifier,Frequency, Radial, Distance• Noise:Noise Abatement
Procedures

AUDIO PANEL& CNS• Frequencies:  Type/Frequency• Runway: Headings, Length,
Width, Obstructions, Surface• Obstructions: General Airport
Obstructions• Special
OperationsatAirportEIS• Hours: Facility Hours, Light
Hours, Tower Hours, Beacon
Hours• Location: Sectional, Magnetic
Variation• Traffic Pattern Altitudes(TPA): Aircraft Class/Altitude• Weather:
Service Type,Frequency, Phone Number• Flight Service Station (FSS):FSS Name, Phone Numbers

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS• Airport:
Identifier, Site
Number, Name, City, State• Phones: Phone/Fax Numbers

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Selecting an airport for review by identifier, facility name, or location:
1) From the Airport Information Page, press the FMS Knob.
2) Use the FMS Knobs and enter an identifier, facility name, or location.

AFCS3) Press the ENT Key.
4) Press the FMS Knob to remove the cursor.

Selecting a runway:
ADDITIONALFEATURES

1) With the Airport Information Page displayed, press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to place the cursor in the ‘RUNWAYS’ Box, on the runway designator.
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to display the desired runway (if more than one) for the selected airport.

APPENDICES

4) To remove the flashing cursor, press the FMS Knob.
View a destination airport:

From the Airport Information Page press the MENU Key. Select ‘View Destination Airport’. The Destination
Airport is displayed.

INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

165

SYSTEMOVERVIEWFLIGHT MANAGEMENT
The Airport Frequencies Box uses the descriptions and abbreviations listed in the following table:

AUDIO PANEL
& CNS

EIS

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Communication Frequencies
Approach * Control
Pre-Taxi
Arrival *
CTA *
Radar
ASOS
Departure * Ramp
ATIS
Gate
Terminal *AWOS
GroundTMA *CenterHelicopter
Tower
Class B *MulticomTRSA *Class C *Other
UnicomClearance

Navigation Frequencies
ILS
LOC* May include Additional Information
Table 5-5 Airport Frequency Abbreviations

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

A departure, arrival, or approach can be loaded using the softkeys on the Airport Information Page. See theProcedures section for details. METARs or TAFs applicable to the selected airport can be selected for display (seethe Hazard Avoidance section for details about weather).

HAZARDAVOIDANCEThe G1000 provides a NRST Softkey on the PFD, which gives the pilot quick access to nearest airport
information (very useful if an immediate landing is required).  The Nearest Airports Window displays a listof the 25 nearest airports (three entries can be displayed at one time). If there are more than three they aredisplayed in a scrollable list. If there are no nearest airports available, “NONE WITHIN 200NM” is displayed.
Bearing/Distance to Airport

AFCS

Airport Identifier/Type

Approach Available
Length of Longest
RunwayCOM Freq. Info.

- Identification- Frequency

APPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURES

Additional Airports(within 200 nm)

NRST Softkey

INDEX

Figure 5-35 Nearest Airports Window on PFD

166

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

FLIGHT MANAGEMENTSYSTEMOVERVIEW

Pressing the ENT Key displays the PFD Airport Information Window for the highlighted airport. Pressing the
ENT Key again returns to the Nearest Airports Window with the cursor on the next airport in the list. Continued
presses of the ENT Key sequences through the information pages for all airports in the Nearest Airports list.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Airport Information- ID/Type/City- Facility

Airport Information
Airport Information

EIS- Usage/Time/Elev- Region- Lat/Long

AUDIO PANEL& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Figure 5-36 Airport Information Window on PFD

HAZARDAVOIDANCEThe Nearest Airports Page on the MFD is first in the group of NRST pages because of its potential use in
the event of an in-flight emergency. In addition to displaying a map of the currently selected airport andsurrounding area, the page displays nearest airport information in five boxes labeled ‘NEAREST AIRPORTS’,‘INFORMATION’,  ‘RUNWAYS’, ‘FREQUENCIES’, and ‘APPROACHES’.  
The selected airport is indicated by a white arrow, and a dashed white line is drawn on the navigation map
from the aircraft position to the nearest airport.  Up to five nearest airports, one runway, up to three frequencies,
and up to three approaches are visible at one time. If there are more than can be shown, each list can be scrolled.
If there are no items for display in a boxed area, text indicating that fact is displayed. The currently selected
airport remains in the list until it is unselected.

AFCS
ADDITIONALFEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

167

SYSTEMOVERVIEWFLIGHT MANAGEMENT

Nearest Airports
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS- ID/Type- Bearing/DistanceAirport Information

EIS- Facility/City/Elevation

Nearest Airport

Runway Information

Navigation Map
Showing Nearest
Airport

COM/NAV Freq. Info.

- Designation/Surface- Length/Width- Identification- Frequency

AUDIO PANEL& CNSApproaches Available
LD APR Softkey (onlyavailable if an approach ishighlighted)

Window Selection
Softkeys

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Figure 5-37 Nearest Airport Page

Viewing information for a nearest airport on the PFD:
1) Press the NRST Softkey to display the Nearest Airports Window. Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

2) Highlight the airport identifier with the FMS Knob and press the ENT Key to display the Airport Information
Window.

AFCS

3) To return to the Nearest Airports Window press the ENT Key (with the cursor on ‘BACK’) or press the CLR
Key. The cursor is now on the next airport in the nearest airports list. (Repeatedly pressing the ENT Key
moves through the airport list, alternating between the Nearest Airports Window and the Airport Information
Window.)
4) Press the CLR Key or the NRST Key to close the PFD Nearest Airports Window.

Viewing information for a nearest airport on the MFD:
ADDITIONALFEATURES

1) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the NRST page group.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Nearest Airports Page (it is the first page of the group, so it may alreadybe selected). If there are no Nearest Airports available, “NONE WITHIN 200 NM” is displayed.

APPENDICES

3) Press the APT Softkey; or press the FMS Knob; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Select Airport Window’ andpress the ENT Key. The cursor is placed in the ‘NEAREST AIRPORTS’ Box. The first airport in the nearest airports
list is highlighted.
4) Turn the FMS Knob to highlight the desired airport. (Pressing the ENT Key also moves to the next airport.)

INDEX5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.

168

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

FLIGHT MANAGEMENTSYSTEMOVERVIEW

Viewing runway information for a specific airport:
1) With the Nearest Airports Page displayed, press the RNWY Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘SelectRunway Window’; and press the ENT Key. The cursor is placed in the ‘RUNWAYS’ Box.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired runway.
3) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.

See the Audio Panel and CNS Section for frequency selection and the Procedures section for approaches.

EIS

The Nearest Airports Box on the System Setup Page defines the minimum runway length and surface typeused when determining the 25 nearest airports to display on the MFD Nearest Airports Page. A minimum
runway length and/or surface type can be entered to prevent airports with small runways or runways that are
not appropriately surfaced from being displayed. Default settings are 0 feet (or meters) for runway length and“HARD/SOFT” for runway surface type.

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

Selecting nearest airport surface matching criteria:1) Use the FMS Knob to select the System Setup Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the runway surface field in the Nearest Airports Box.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired runway option (ANY, HARD ONLY, HARD/SOFT, WATER).
5) Press the ENT Key.
6) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Selecting nearest airport minimum runway length matching criteria:1) Use the FMS Knob to select the System Setup Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the minimum length field in the Nearest Airport Box.

AFCS4) Use the FMS Knob to enter the minimum runway length (zero to 25,000 feet) and press the ENT Key.
6) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.

ADDITIONALFEATURES
APPENDICES

Nearest Airport Criteria

INDEX- Type of Runway Surface- Minimum Runway Length

Figure 5-38 System Setup Page - Nearest Airport Selection Criteria

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

169

SYSTEMOVERVIEWFLIGHT MANAGEMENT

INTERSECTIONSNOTE: The VOR displayed on the Intersection Information Page is the nearest VOR, not necessarily the VOR

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

used to define the intersection.
The Intersection Information Page is used to view information about intersections. In addition to displaying
a map of the currently selected intersection and surrounding area, the Intersection Information Page displays
intersection information in three boxes labeled ‘INTERSECTION’, ‘INFORMATION’, and ‘NEAREST VOR’.

EISIntersection Identifier
Intersection Info

AUDIO PANEL& CNSNavigation Map
Showing SelectedIntersection- Region- Lat/Long

Nearest VOR Info

- Identifier/Type (symbol)- Radial to VOR- Distance to VOR

HAZARDAVOIDANCEFLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Selected
Intersection

Figure 5-39 Intersection Information Page

AFCS

Selecting an intersection:
1) With the Intersection Information Page displayed, enter an identifier in the Intersection Box.
2) Press the ENT Key.
ADDITIONALFEATURES

3) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Or:1) With the Nearest Intersections Page displayed, press the FMS Knob.

APPENDICES

2) Press the ENT Key or turn either FMS Knob to select an identifier in the Nearest Intersection Box.

INDEX3) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.

170

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

FLIGHT MANAGEMENTSYSTEMOVERVIEWThe Nearest Intersections Page can be used to quickly find an intersection close to the flight path. In addition
to displaying a map of the surrounding area, the page displays information for up to 25 nearest intersections inthree boxes labeled ‘NEAREST INT’, ‘INFORMATION’, and ‘REFERENCE VOR’.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

The selected intersection is indicated by a white arrow. Up to eleven Intersections are visible at a time. If
there are more than can be shown, the list can be scrolled. If there are no items for display, text indicating thatfact is displayed.
NOTE: The list only includes waypoints that are within 200 nm.

EIS

Intersection Information
AUDIO PANEL& CNS- Identifier/Symbol- Bearing/Distance tointersection from		aircraft position

Navigation Map
Showing Nearest
Intersection

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTIntersection Lat/Long
Reference VOR Info

HAZARDAVOIDANCE- Identifier/Type (symbol)- VOR Frequency- Bearing/Distance to VORNearest Intersection

Figure 5-40 Nearest Intersections PageAFCS
ADDITIONALFEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

171

SYSTEMOVERVIEWFLIGHT MANAGEMENT

NDBS

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

The NDB Information Page is used to view information about NDBs. In addition to displaying a map of
the currently selected NDB and surrounding area, the page displays NDB information in four boxes labeled‘NDB’, ‘INFORMATION’, ‘FREQUENCY’, and ‘NEAREST AIRPORT’.
NDB Identifier/Type- Facility Name
- Nearest City

EIS

Navigation Map
Showing Selected
NDB

NDB Information- Type- Region- Lat/LongNDB Frequency

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

Selected NDB

Nearest Airport Info

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT- Identifier/Type (symbol)- Bearing/Distance toAirportHAZARDAVOIDANCE

Figure 5-41 NDB Information Page

NOTE: Compass locator (LOM, LMM): a low power, low or medium frequency radio beacon installed inconjunction with the instrument landing system. When LOM is used, the locator is at the Outer Marker;
when LMM is used, the locator is at the Middle Marker.

AFCS

Selecting an NDB:
1) With the NDB Information Page displayed, enter an identifier, the name of the NDB, or the city in which it’slocated in the NDB Box.

ADDITIONALFEATURES

2) Press the ENT Key.
3) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Or:

APPENDICES

1) With the Nearest NDB Page displayed, press the FMS Knob.
2) Press the ENT Key or turn either FMS Knob to select an identifier in the Nearest NDB Box.

INDEX3) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.

172

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

FLIGHT MANAGEMENTSYSTEMOVERVIEWThe Nearest NDB Page can be used to quickly find a NDB close to the flight path.  In addition to displaying
a map of the surrounding area, the page displays information for up to 25 nearest NDBs in three boxes labeled‘NEAREST NDB’, ‘INFORMATION’, and ‘FREQUENCY’.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

A white arrow before the NDB identifier indicates the selected NDB. Up to eleven NDBs are visible at a time.
If there are more than can be shown, each list can be scrolled. The list only includes waypoints that are within
200nm. If there are no NDBs in the list, text indicating that there are no nearest NDBs is displayed. If there are
no nearest NDBs in the list, the information and frequency fields are dashed.

EISNDB Identifier/Symbol

Navigation Map
Showing Selected
NDB

Nearest NDBAUDIO PANEL& CNS- Bearing/Distance to
NDB from aircraft
positionNDB Information

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT- Facility Name/City- Type- Lat/LongNDB Frequency

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Figure 5-42 Nearest NDB PageAFCS
ADDITIONALFEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

173

SYSTEMOVERVIEWFLIGHT MANAGEMENT

VORS

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

The VOR Information Page can be used to view information about VOR and ILS signals (since ILS signals
can be received on a NAV receiver), or to quickly auto-tune a VOR or ILS frequency.  Localizer information
cannot be viewed on the VOR Information Page. If a VOR station is combined with a TACAN station it islisted as a VORTAC on the VOR Information Page and if it includes only DME, it is displayed as VOR-DME.

EIS

In addition to displaying a map of the currently selected VOR and surrounding area, the VOR Information
Page displays VOR information in four boxes labeled ‘VOR’, ‘INFORMATION’, ‘FREQUENCY’, and ‘NEARESTAIRPORT’.
VOR Identifier/Type
Navigation Map
Showing Selected
VOR

VOR Information

Selected VORVOR Frequency- Class/Magnetic Variation- Region- Lat/Long

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTAUDIO PANEL& CNS- Facility Name
- Nearest City

Nearest Airport Info

HAZARDAVOIDANCE- Identifier/Type (symbol)- Bearing/Distance toAirportFigure 5-43 VOR Information PageAFCS

The VOR classes used in the VOR information box are: LOW ALTITUDE, HIGH ALTITUDE, andTERMINAL.
Select a VOR:

ADDITIONALFEATURES

1) With the VOR Information Page displayed, enter an identifier, the name of the VOR, or the city in which it’slocated in the VOR Box.
2) Press the ENT Key.
3) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.

APPENDICES

Or:
1) With the Nearest VOR Page displayed, press the FMS Knob or press the VOR Softkey.
2) Press the ENT Key or turn either FMS Knob to select an identifier in the Nearest VOR Box.
3) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.

INDEX

Or:

174

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

FLIGHT MANAGEMENTSYSTEMOVERVIEW

1) With the Nearest VOR Page displayed, press the MENU Key.
2) Highlight ‘Select VOR Window’, and press the ENT Key.
3) Press the ENT Key or turn either FMS Knob to select an identifier in the Nearest VOR Box.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

4) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.

EIS

The Nearest VOR Page can be used to quickly find a VOR station close to the aircraft.  Also, a NAV frequency
from a selected VOR station can be loaded from the Nearest VOR Page. In addition to displaying a map of
the surrounding area, the Nearest VOR Page displays information for up to 25 nearest VOR stations in threeboxes labeled ‘NEAREST VOR’, ‘INFORMATION’, and ‘FREQUENCY’.  The list only includes waypoints thatare within 200 nm.

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

A white arrow before the VOR identifier indicates the selected VOR. Up to eleven VORs are visible at atime. If there are more than can be shown, each list can be scrolled. If there are no VORs in the list, text
indicating that there are no nearest VORs is displayed. If there are no nearest VORs in the list, the informationis dashed.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTVOR Identifier/Symbol

Navigation Map
Showing Nearest
VOR- Bearing/Distance to VORfrom aircraft position

HAZARDAVOIDANCEVOR Information- Facility Name/City- Class/Magnetic Variation- Lat/LongAFCSVOR Frequency

Nearest VORADDITIONALFEATURES

Figure 5-44 Nearest VOR Page

APPENDICES
INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

175

SYSTEMOVERVIEWFLIGHT MANAGEMENTUSER WAYPOINTSFLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

The G1000 can create and store up to 1,000 user-defined waypoints. User waypoints can be created from any
map page (except PFD Inset Map, AUX-Trip Planning Page, or Procedure Pages) by selecting a position on themap using the Joystick, or from the User Waypoint Information Page by referencing a bearing/distance froman existing waypoint, bearings from two existing waypoints, or latitude and longitude. Once a waypoint has
been created, it can be renamed, deleted, or moved. Temporary user waypoints are erased upon system power
down.
User Waypoint Info

EIS

- Identifier- Temporary/Normal- Waypoint Type

Navigation Map
Showing Selected
User Waypoint

Reference Wpt/Info

Selected User
Waypoint

User Waypoint List

- Identifier/Rad/Dist or- Identifiers/Radials or- Region/Lat/Long- Identifier- Comment

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTAUDIO PANEL& CNS

User Wpt Comment

HAZARDAVOIDANCE# User Wpts Used
GO BACK displayed if
User Wpt was createdon map page

Softkeys
Figure 5-45 User Waypoint Information Page

AFCS

Selecting a User Waypoint:
1) With the User Waypoint Information Page displayed, enter the name of the User Waypoint, or scroll to thedesired waypoint in the User Waypoint List using the large FMS Knob.

ADDITIONALFEATURES

2) Press the ENT Key.
3) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Or:

APPENDICES

1) With the Nearest User Waypoints Page displayed, press the FMS Knob.
2) Press the ENT Key or turn either FMS Knob to select an identifier in the Nearest USR Box.

INDEX3) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.

176

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

FLIGHT MANAGEMENTSYSTEMOVERVIEW

Nearest User Wpt List
Navigation Map
Showing Selected
User Waypoint

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS- Identifier- Bearing/Distance fromaircraft position

EIS

User Waypoint Info
- Comment- Lat/Long

Selected User
Waypoint

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

Reference Wpt Info
- Identifier- Radial/Distance

Figure 5-46 Nearest User Waypoint Page

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTCREATING USER WAYPOINTS
User waypoints can be created from the User Waypoint Information Page in the following ways:
Creating user waypoints from the User Waypoint Information Page:

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

1) Select the NEW Softkey, or press the MENU Key and select ‘Create New User Waypoint’.
2) Enter a user waypoint name (up to six characters).
3) Press the ENT Key. The current aircraft position is the default location of the new waypoint.
4) If desired, define the type and location of the waypoint in one of the following ways:

AFCSa) Select “RAD/RAD” using the small FMS Knob, press the ENT Key, and enter the two reference waypoint
identifiers and radials into the REFERENCE WAYPOINTS window using the FMS Knobs.
Or:

ADDITIONALFEATURESb) Select “RAD/DIS” using the small FMS Knob, press the ENT Key, and enter the reference waypoint identifier,the radial, and the distance into the REFERENCE WAYPOINTS window using the FMS Knobs.
Or:

APPENDICESc) Select “LAT/LON” using the small FMS Knob, press the ENT Key, and enter the latitude and longitude into
the INFORMATION window using the FMS Knobs.
5) Press the ENT Key to accept the new waypoint.
6) If desired, change the storage method of the waypoint to “TEMPORARY” or “NORMAL” by moving the cursor
to “TEMPORARY” and selecting the ENT Key to check or uncheck the box.

INDEX

7) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Or:

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

177

SYSTEMOVERVIEWFLIGHT MANAGEMENT
1) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
2) Enter a user waypoint name (up to six characters).

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

3) Press the ENT Key. The message ‘Are you sure you want to create the new User Waypoint AAAAAA?’ isdisplayed.
4) With ‘YES’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
5) If desired, define the type and location of the waypoint in one of the following ways:a) Select “RAD/RAD” using the small FMS Knob, press the ENT Key, and enter the two reference waypoint
identifiers and radials into the REFERENCE WAYPOINTS window using the FMS Knobs.

EIS

Or:

AUDIO PANEL& CNSb) Select “RAD/DIS” using the small FMS Knob, press the ENT Key, and enter the reference waypoint identifier,the radial, and the distance into the REFERENCE WAYPOINTS window using the FMS Knobs.
Or:c) Select “LAT/LON” using the small FMS Knob, press the ENT Key, and enter the latitude and longitude into
the INFORMATION window using the FMS Knobs.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

6) Press the ENT Key to accept the new waypoint.
7) If desired, change the storage method of the waypoint to “TEMPORARY” or “NORMAL” by moving the cursor
to “TEMPORARY” and selecting the ENT Key to check or uncheck the box.

ADDITIONALFEATURESAFCSHAZARDAVOIDANCE

8) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.

Figure 5-47 User Waypoint Information Page Menu

APPENDICES

Creating user waypoints from map pages:
1) Press the Joystick to activate the panning function and pan to the map location of the desired user waypoint.
2) Press the ENT Key. The User Waypoint Information Page is displayed with the captured position.

INDEX

NOTE: If the pointer has highlighted a map database feature, one of three things happens upon pressing

the ENT Key: 1) information about the selected feature is displayed instead of initiating a new waypoint,2) a menu pops up allowing a choice between ‘Review Airspaces’ or ‘Create User Waypoint’, or 3) a new
waypoint is initiated with the default name being the selected map item.
178

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

FLIGHT MANAGEMENTSYSTEMOVERVIEW

3) Enter a user waypoint name (up to six characters).
4) Press the ENT Key to accept the selected name. The first reference waypoint box is highlighted.
5) If desired, define the type and location of the waypoint in one of the following ways:

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTSa) Select “RAD/RAD” using the small FMS Knob, press the ENT Key, and enter the two reference waypoint
identifiers and radials into the REFERENCE WAYPOINTS window using the FMS Knobs.
Or:b) Select “RAD/DIS” using the small FMS Knob, press the ENT Key, and enter the reference waypoint identifier,the radial, and the distance into the REFERENCE WAYPOINTS window using the FMS Knobs.

EIS

Or:
c) Select “LAT/LON” using the small FMS Knob, press the ENT Key, and enter the latitude and longitude into
the INFORMATION window using the FMS Knobs.

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

6) Press the ENT Key to accept the new waypoint.
7) If desired, change the storage method of the waypoint to “TEMPORARY” or “NORMAL” by moving the cursor
to “TEMPORARY” and selecting the ENT Key to check or uncheck the box.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

8) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
9) Press the GO BACK Softkey to return to the map page.

EDITING USER WAYPOINTSHAZARDAVOIDANCE

Editing a user waypoint comment or location:
1) With the User Waypoint Information Page displayed, press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
2) Select a user waypoint in the User Waypoint List, if required, and press the ENT Key.
3) Move the cursor to the desired field.

AFCS4) Turn the small FMS Knob to make any changes.
5) Press the ENT Key to accept the changes.
6) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.

ADDITIONALFEATURES

Renaming user waypoints:
1) Highlight a user waypoint in the User Waypoint List. Press the RENAME Softkey, or press the MENU Key andselect ‘Rename User Waypoint’.

APPENDICES

2) Enter a new name.
3) Press the ENT Key. The message ‘Do you want to rename the user waypoint AAAAAA to BBBBBB?’ isdisplayed.
4) With ‘YES’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.

INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

179

SYSTEMOVERVIEWFLIGHT MANAGEMENT
Changing the location of an existing waypoint to the aircraft present position:
1) Enter a waypoint name or select the waypoint in the User Waypoint List, then press the ENT Key.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

2) Press the MENU Key.
3) Select ‘Use Present Position’.
4) Press the ENT Key twice. The new waypoint’s location is saved.
5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.

EIS

A system generated comment for a user waypoint incorporates the reference waypoint identifier, bearing,and distance. If a system generated comment has been edited, a new comment can be generated.
Resetting the comment field to the system generated comment:

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

1) Enter a waypoint name or select the waypoint in the User Waypoint List, then press the ENT Key.
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) Select ‘Auto Comment’.
4) Press the ENT Key. The generated comment is based on the reference point used to define the waypoint.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

The default type of user waypoint (normal or temporary) can be changed using the user waypoint information
page menu. Temporary user waypoints are automatically deleted upon the next power cycle.
Changing the user waypoint storage duration default setting:

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

1) With the User Waypoint Information Page displayed, press the MENU Key.
2) Move the cursor to select ‘Waypoint Setup’, and press the ENT Key.
3) Select ‘NORMAL’ or ‘TEMPORARY’ as desired, and press the ENT Key.

INDEXAPPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURES

AFCS

4) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor and return to the User Waypoint Information Page.

180

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

FLIGHT MANAGEMENTSYSTEMOVERVIEW

DELETING USER WAYPOINTS
Deleting a single user waypoint:

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

1) Highlight a User Waypoint in the User Waypoint List, or enter a waypoint in the User Waypoint field.
2) Press the DELETE Softkey or press the CLR Key. ‘Yes’ is highlighted in the confirmation window.
3) Press the ENT Key.
4) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Or:

EIS

1) Highlight a User Waypoint in the User Waypoint List, or enter a waypoint in the User Waypoint field.
2) Press the MENU Key.

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

3) Select ‘Delete User Waypoint’.
4) Press the ENT Key twice to confirm the selection.
5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTNOTE: The option to ‘Delete All User Waypoints’ is not available while the aircraft is in flight.

Deleting all user waypoints:
1) Highlight a User Waypoint in the User Waypoint List.

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

2) Press the MENU Key.
3) Select ‘Delete All User Waypoints’.
4) Press the ENT Key twice to confirm the selection.
5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.

AFCS
ADDITIONALFEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

181

SYSTEMOVERVIEWFLIGHT MANAGEMENT

5.4 AIRSPACESFLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

The G1000 can display the following types of airspaces: Class B/TMA, Class C/TCA, Class D, Restricted, MOA(Military), Other Airspace, Air Defense Interdiction Zone (ADIZ), and Temporary Flight Restriction (TFR).

Class D Airspace

MOA (Military)
EISClass B Airspace

HAZARDAVOIDANCEFLIGHT
MANAGEMENTAUDIO PANEL& CNS

Restricted Area

Alert Area

AFCSClass C Airspace

ADIZ

APPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURES

Warning Area

Figure 5-48 Airspaces

The Nearest Airspaces Page, Airspace Alerts Window, and Airspace Alerts on the PFD provide additional
information about airspaces and the location of the aircraft in relationship to them.

INDEX

The Airspace Alerts Box allows the pilot to turn the controlled/special-use airspace message alerts on or off.
This does not affect the alerts listed on the Nearest Airspaces Page or the airspace boundaries depicted on the
Navigation Map Page. It simply turns on/off the warning provided when the aircraft is approaching or near anairspace.

182

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

FLIGHT MANAGEMENTSYSTEMOVERVIEWAn altitude buffer is also provided which “expands” the vertical range above or below an airspace. For example,
if the buffer is set at 500 feet, and the aircraft is more than 500 feet above/below an airspace, an alert message is
not generated, but if the aircraft is less than 500 feet above/below an airspace and projected to enter it, the pilot
is notified with an alert message. The default setting for the altitude buffer is 200 feet.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Changing the altitude buffer distance setting:1) Use the FMS Knob to select the AUX - System Setup Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the altitude buffer field in the Airspace Alerts Box.

EIS4) Use the FMS Knob to enter an altitude buffer value and press the ENT Key.
5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

Turning an airspace alert on or off:
1) Use the FMS Knob to select the AUX - System Setup Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the desired field in the Airspace Alerts Box.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise to turn the airspace alert ON or counterclockwise to turn the alert OFF.
5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Airspace Alerts Box

AFCS- Airspace Altitude Buffer- Alert On/Off(Default Settings Shown)

ADDITIONALFEATURES
APPENDICESDFLTS Softkey
Figure 5-49 System Setup Page - Airspace Alerts

Map ranges for the airspace boundaries are selected from the Aviation Group in the Map Setup Menu. See Table
5-2 for the default and maximum ranges for each type of airspace and the symbol defining the airspace area.
INDEX

The Nearest Airspaces Page can be used to quickly find airspaces close to the flight path.  In addition, a selected
frequency associated with the airspace can be loaded from the Nearest Airspaces Page.  In addition to displaying
a map of airspace boundaries and surrounding area, the Nearest Airspaces Page displays airspace information infour boxes labeled ‘AIRSPACE ALERTS’, ‘AIRSPACE, AGENCY’, ‘VERTICAL LIMITS’, and ‘FREQUENCIES’.
190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

183

SYSTEMOVERVIEWFLIGHT MANAGEMENT

Airspace Alerts Info

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS- Name- Proximity (Ahead, Inside,
Ahead < 2nm, Within 2nm)
- Time till Intercept (only if
Ahead or Ahead < 2nm)

Airspace/Agency Info

Airspace 1- Airspace Type- Controlling Agency

EIS

Airspace Vertical Limits- Ceiling- Floor

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

Airspace 2

Associated Frequencies- Type- Availability/Info- Frequency

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Softkeys

Figure 5-50 Nearest Airspaces Page

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Selecting and viewing an airspace alert with its associated information:

AFCS

Airspace alerts and associated frequencies are shown in scrollable lists on the Nearest Airspaces Page. The
ALERTS and FREQ softkeys place the cursor in the respective list. The FREQ Softkey is enabled only if one ormore frequencies exist for a selected airspace.

3) Select the desired airspace.

1) Select the Nearest Airspaces Page.
2) Press the ALERTS Softkey; or press the FMS Knob; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Select Alerts Window’,
and press the ENT Key. The cursor is placed in the ‘AIRSPACE ALERTS’ Box.

4) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
ADDITIONALFEATURES

Pressing the PFD ALERTS Softkey displays the message window on the PFD. The following airspace alerts are
displayed in the message window:

INDEX

APPENDICES

Message
INSIDE ARSPC – Inside airspace.
ARSPC AHEAD – Airspace ahead –less than 10 minutes.
ARSPC NEAR – Airspace near andahead.
ARSPC NEAR – Airspace near– less than 2 nm.

Comments
The aircraft is inside the special use airspace.
Special use airspace is ahead of aircraft. The aircraft penetrates the airspace within 10
minutes.
Special use airspace is near and ahead of the aircraft position.
Special use airspace is within 2 nm of the aircraft position.

Table 5-6 PFD Airspace Alert Messages

184

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

FLIGHT MANAGEMENTSYSTEMOVERVIEW

5.5 DIRECT-TO-NAVIGATIONFLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

The Direct-to method of navigation, initiated by pressing the Direct-to Key on either the MFD or PFD, isquicker to use than a flight plan when the desire is to navigate to a single point such as a nearby airport.
Once a direct-to is activated, the G1000 establishes a point-to-point course line from the present position to theselected direct-to destination. Course guidance is provided until the direct-to is replaced with a new direct-to or
flight plan, or cancelled.

EIS

A vertical navigation (VNV) direct-to creates a descent path (and provides guidance to stay on the path) fromthe current altitude to a selected altitude at the direct-to waypoint. Vertical navigation is based on barometric
altitudes, not on GPS altitude, and is used for cruise and descent phases of flight.
The Direct-to Window allows selection and activation of direct-to navigation. The Direct-to Window displays
selected direct-to waypoint data on the PFD and the MFD.

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

Direct-to Point InfoVNV Constraints- Altitude at Arrival- Along Track Offset

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT- Identifier/Symbol/Region- Facility Name
- CityMap of Selected Point

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Location of Destination- Bearing/Distance

AFCS

Desired Course
Figure 5-51 Direct-to Window - MFD

ADDITIONALFEATURES

Direct-to Point InfoVNV Constraints- Altitude at Arrival- Along Track Offset

APPENDICES- Identifier/Symbol/City- Facility Name

Direct-to Point Info
- Bearing/Distance- Desired Course

INDEX

Activation Command
Figure 5-52 Direct-to Window - PFD

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

185

SYSTEMOVERVIEWFLIGHT MANAGEMENT
Any waypoint can be entered as a direct-to destination from the Direct-to Window.
Entering a waypoint identifier, facility name, or city as a direct-to destination:

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

1) Press the Direct-to Key. The Direct-to Window is displayed (with the active flight plan wayoint as the default
selection or a blank waypoint field if no flight plan is active).

EIS2) Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise to begin entering a waypoint identifier (turning it counter-clockwise brings
up the waypoint selection submenu - press the CLR Key to remove it), or turn the large FMS Knob to select thefacility name, or city field and turn the small FMS Knob to begin entering a facility name or city. If duplicate
entries exist for the entered facility or city name, additional entries can be viewed by turning the small FMS
Knob during the selection process.
3) Press the ENT Key. The ‘Activate?’ field is highlighted.

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

4) Press the ENT Key to activate the direct-to.

Any waypoint contained in the active flight plan can be selected as a direct-to waypoint from the Direct-toWindow, the Active Flight Plan Page, or the Active Flight Plan Window.
Waypoint Submenu

HAZARDAVOIDANCEFLIGHT
MANAGEMENT- Flight Plan Waypoints- Nearest Airports- Recent Waypoints- User Waypoints- Airway Waypoints(only available when
active leg is part of an
airway)Figure 5-53 Waypoint Submenu

Selecting an active flight plan waypoint as a direct-to destination:
AFCS

1) While navigating an active flight plan, press the Direct-to Key. The Direct-to Window is displayed with theactive flight plan waypoint as the default selection.

ADDITIONALFEATURES

2) Turn the small FMS Knob counter-clockwise to display a list of flight plan waypoints (the FPL list is populated
only when navigating a flight plan).
3) Select the desired waypoint.
4) Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now displayed on ‘ACTIVATE?’.

APPENDICES

5) Press the ENT Key again to activate the direct-to.
Or:1) Select the Active Flight Plan Page on the MFD, or the Active Flight Plan Window on the PFD.
2) Select the desired waypoint.

INDEX

3) Press the Direct-to Key.
4) Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now displayed on ‘ACTIVATE?’.
5) Press the ENT Key again to activate the direct-to.

186

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

FLIGHT MANAGEMENTSYSTEMOVERVIEW

Any NRST, RECENT, USER, or AIRWAY waypoints can be selected as a direct-to destination in the Direct-toWindow.
Selecting a NRST, RECENT, USER, or AIRWAY waypoint as a direct-to destination:

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

1) Press the Direct-to Key. The Direct-to Window is displayed (with the active flight plan destination as thedefault selection or a blank destination if no flight plan is active).
2) Turn the small FMS Knob counter-clockwise to display a list of FPL waypoints (the FPL list is populated only
when navigating a flight plan, and the AIRWAY list is available only when the active leg is part of an airway).
3) Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise to display the NRST, RECENT, USER, or AIRWAY waypoints.

EIS

4) Turn the large FMS Knob clockwise to select the desired waypoint.
5) Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now displayed on ‘ACTIVATE?’.

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

6) Press the ENT Key again to activate the direct-to.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTThe Direct-to Window can be displayed from any page and allows selection and activation of direct-to navigation.
If the direct-to is initiated from any page except the WPT pages, the default waypoint is the active flight plan
waypoint (if a flight plan is active) or a blank waypoint field. Direct-to requests on any WPT page defaults to thedisplayed waypoint.
Selecting any waypoint as a direct-to destination:
1) Select the page or window containing the desired waypoint type and select the desired waypoint.

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

2) Press the Direct-to Key to display the Direct-to Window with the selected waypoint as the direct-to
destination.
3) Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now displayed on ‘ACTIVATE?’.
4) Press ENT again to activate the direct-to.

Selecting a nearby airport as a direct-to destination:
AFCS

1) Press the NRST Softkey on the PFD; or turn the FMS Knob to display the Nearest Airports Page and press the
FMS Knob.
2) Select the desired airport (the nearest one is already selected).

ADDITIONALFEATURES

3) Press the Direct-to Key.
4) Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now displayed on ‘ACTIVATE?’.
5) Press the ENT Key again to activate the direct-to.

APPENDICES

Direct-to destinations may also be selected by using the pointer on the navigation map pages. If no airport,
NAVAID, or user waypoint exists at the desired location, a temporary waypoint named ‘MAPWPT’ is automaticallycreated at the location of the map arrow.
Selecting a waypoint as a direct-to destination using the pointer:
1) From a navigation map page, press the Joystick to display the pointer.

INDEX2) Move the Joystick to place the pointer at the desired destination location.
3) If the pointer is placed on an existing airport, NAVAID, or user waypoint, the waypoint name is highlighted.
4) Press the Direct-to Key to display the Direct-to Window with the selected point entered as the direct-to
destination.

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

187

SYSTEMOVERVIEWFLIGHT MANAGEMENT
5) Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now displayed on ‘ACTIVATE?’.
6) Press the ENT Key again to activate the direct-to.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Cancelling a Direct-to:1) Press the Direct-to Key to display the Direct-to Window.
2) Press the MENU Key.

EIS

3) With ‘Cancel Direct-To NAV’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. If a flight plan is still active, the G1000 resumes
navigating the flight plan along the closest leg.

Page Menu

HAZARDAVOIDANCEFLIGHT
MANAGEMENTAUDIO PANEL& CNS- Cancel Direct-To
Navigation

Figure 5-54 Direct-to Window - Cancelling Direct-to Navigation

AFCS

When navigating a direct-to, the G1000 sets a direct great circle course to the selected destination. The course
to a destination can also be manually selected using the course field (‘COURSE’) on the Direct-to Window.
Selecting a manual direct-to course:

ADDITIONALFEATURES

1) Press the Direct-to Key. The Direct-to Window is displayed with the destination field highlighted.
2) Highlight the course field.
3) Enter the desired course.

APPENDICES

4) Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now displayed on ‘ACTIVATE?’.
5) Press the ENT Key again to activate the direct-to.

Reselecting the direct course from the current position:
1) Press the Direct-to Key. The Direct-to Window is displayed with the destination field highlighted.

INDEX

2) Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now displayed on ‘ACTIVATE?’.
3) Press the ENT Key again to activate the direct-to.

188

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

FLIGHT MANAGEMENTSYSTEMOVERVIEWFLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

A direct-to with altitude constraints creates a descent path (and provides guidance to stay on the path) fromthe aircraft’s current altitude to the altitude of the direct-to waypoint. The altitude is reached at the waypoint,
or at the specified distance along the flight path if an offset distance has been entered. All VNV altitudes prior
to the direct-to destination are removed from the active flight plan upon successful activation of the direct-to.
All VNV altitudes following the direct-to waypoint are retained. See the section on Vertical Navigation for more
information regarding the use and purpose of VNV altitudes and offset distances.
Entering a VNV altitude and along-track offset for the waypoint:
1) Press the Direct-to Key to display the Direct-to Window.

EIS2) Turn the large FMS Knob to place the cursor over the ‘VNV’ altitude field.
3) Enter the desired altitude.
4) Press the ENT Key. The option to select MSL or AGL is now displayed.

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

5) Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘MSL’ or ‘AGL’.
6) Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now flashing in the VNV offset distance field.
7) Enter the desired along-track distance before the waypoint.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

8) Press the ENT Key. The ‘Activate?’ field is highlighted.
9) Press the ENT Key to activate.

Removing a VNV altitude constraint:
1) Press the Direct-to Key to display the Direct-to Window.

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

2) Press the MENU Key.
3) With ‘Clear Vertical Constraints’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.

AFCS

Page Menu- Clear Vertical Navigation
Constraints

ADDITIONALFEATURES
APPENDICESINDEXFigure 5-55 Direct-to Window - Clearing Vertical Constraints

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

189

SYSTEMOVERVIEWFLIGHT MANAGEMENT

5.6 FLIGHT PLANNING

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Flight planning on the G1000 consists of building a flight plan by entering waypoints one at a time, adding
waypoints along airways, and inserting departures, airways, arrivals, or approaches as needed. The G1000 allows
flight planning information to be entered from either the MFD or PFD. The flight plan is displayed on maps using
different line widths, colors, and types, based on the type of leg and the segment of the flight plan currently being
flown (departure, enroute, arrival, approach, or missed approach).
Flight Plan Leg Type

SymbolEIS

Active non-heading Leg

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

Active heading Leg
Non-heading Leg in the current flight segment

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Heading Leg not in the current flight segment
Non-heading Leg not in the active flight segment

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Turn Anticipation Arc

Table 5-7 Flight Plan Leg Symbols

ADDITIONALFEATURES

AFCS

Up to 99 flight plans with up to 99 waypoints each can be created and stored in memory. One flight plan can be
activated at a time and becomes the active flight plan. The active flight plan is erased when the system is turned
off and overwritten when another flight plan is activated. When storing flight plans with an approach, departure,or arrival, the G1000 uses the waypoint information from the current database to define the waypoints. If thedatabase is changed or updated, the G1000 automatically updates the information if the procedure has not been
modified. If an approach, departure, or arrival procedure is no longer available, the procedure is deleted from theaffected stored flight plan(s), and an alert is displayed (see Miscellaneous Messages in Appendix A) advising that
one or more stored flight plans need to be edited.

APPENDICES

Whenever an approach, departure, or arrival procedure is loaded into the active flight plan, a set of approach,departure, or arrival waypoints is inserted into the flight plan along with a header line describing the instrument
procedure the pilot selected. The original enroute portion of the flight plan remains active (unless an instrument
procedure is activated) when the procedure is loaded.

INDEX

When the database is updated, the airways need to be reloaded also. Each airway segment is reloaded fromthe database given the entry waypoint, the airway identifier and the exit waypoint.  This reloads the sequence of
waypoints between the entry and exit waypoints (the sequence may change when the database is updated).  Theupdate of an airway can fail during this process. If that happens, the airway waypoints are changed to regular(non-airway) flight plan waypoints, and an alert is displayed (see Miscellaneous Messages in Appendix A).

190

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

FLIGHT MANAGEMENTSYSTEMOVERVIEW

The following could cause the airway update to fail:• Airway identifier, entry waypoint or exit waypoint not found in the new database.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS• Airway entry/exit waypoint is not an acceptable waypoint for the airway – either the waypoint is no longer on
the airway, or there is a new directional restriction that prevents it being used.
• Loading the new airway sequence would exceed the capacity of the flight plan.

FLIGHT PLAN CREATION
There are three methods to create or modify a flight plan:

EIS• Active Flight Plan Page on the MFD (create/modify the active flight plan)• Active Flight Plan Window on the PFD (create/modify the active flight plan)• Flight Plan Catalog Page on the MFD (create/modify a stored flight plan)

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

Active FPL Waypoint List

Active Flight
Plan Leg

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT- Comment- Procedure Header- Waypoint Identifier- Airway Identifier- Desired Track to Waypoint- Distance to Waypoint- Waypoint Altitude Constraint

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Vertical Navigation Profile

Non-Active,
Flight Plan Leg

AFCS- Active Vertical WPT Alt/ID- Vertical Speed Target- Flight Path Angle- Vertical Speed Target- Time to Top of Descent- Vertical Deviation

Turn Anticipation Arc

Figure 5-56 Active Flight Plan Page
ADDITIONALFEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

191

SYSTEMOVERVIEWFLIGHT MANAGEMENTFLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Active Flight Plan Comment

Active Flight
Plan Leg
Active Flight Plan Waypoint List

EIS

- Waypoint ID- Desired Track to Waypoint- Distance to Waypoint- Airway Identifier

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

Figure 5-57 Active Flight Plan Window on PFD

Catalog Contents

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT- # Used- # Empty

Flight Plan List
- Comment

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Selected Flight
Plan Map

AFCS

Selected FPL Info

- Departure Waypoint- Destination Waypoint- Total Flight Plan Distance- Enroute Safe Altitude

Softkeys

ADDITIONALFEATURES

Figure 5-58 Flight Plan Catalog Page

APPENDICESThe active flight plan is listed on the active Flight Plan Page on the MFD, and in the Active Flight Plan
Window on the PFD. It is the flight plan to which the G1000 is currently providing guidance, and is shownon the navigation maps. Stored flight plans are listed on the Flight Plan Catalog Page, and are available foractivation (becomes the active flight plan).
Creating an active flight plan:
1) Press the FPL Key.

INDEX

2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor (only on MFD).

192

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

FLIGHT MANAGEMENTSYSTEMOVERVIEW

3) Turn the small FMS Knob to display the Waypoint Information Window. (Turning it clockwise displays a blank
Waypoint Information Window, turning it counter-clockwise displays the Waypoint Information Window
with a waypoint selection submenu allowing selection of active flight plan, nearest, recent, user, or airway
waypoints).

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

4) Enter the identifier, facility, or city name of the departure waypoint or select a waypoint from the submenu of
waypoints and press the ENT Key. The active flight plan is modified as each waypoint is entered.
5) Repeat step numbers 3 and 4 to enter each additional flight plan waypoint.
6) When all waypoints have been entered, press the FMS Knob to remove the cursor.

EIS

Creating a stored flight plan:
1) Press the FPL Key.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise to display the Flight Plan Catalog Page.

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

3) Press the NEW Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Create New Flight Plan’, and press the ENT Key todisplay a blank flight plan for the first empty storage location.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

4) Turn the small FMS Knob to display the Waypoint Information Window. (Turning it clockwise displays a blank
Waypoint Information Window, turning it counter-clockwise displays the Waypoint Information Window
with a waypoint selection submenu allowing selection of active flight plan, nearest, recent, user, or airway
waypoints).
5) Enter the identifier, facility, or city name of the departure waypoint or select a waypoint from the submenu of
waypoints and press the ENT Key.

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

6) Repeat step numbers 4 and 5 to enter each additional flight plan waypoint.
7) When all waypoints have been entered, press the FMS Knob to return to the Flight Plan Catalog Page. The newflight plan is now in the list.

AFCS
ADDITIONALFEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

193

SYSTEMOVERVIEWFLIGHT MANAGEMENT
Flight plans can be imported from an SD Card or exported to an SD Card from the Stored Flight Plan Page.
Importing a Flight Plan from an SD Card

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

1) Insert the SD card containing the flight plan in the top card slot on the MFD.
2) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page on the MFD.
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Flight Plan Catalog Page.
4) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
5) Turn either FMS Knob to highlight an empty or existing flight plan.

EIS

6) Press the IMPORT Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select “Import Flight Plan”, and press the ENT Key.
	 If an empty slot is selected, a list of the available flight plans on the SD card will be displayed.

AUDIO PANEL
& CNS

Or:

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT	 If an existing flight plan is selected, an “Overwrite existing flight plan? OK or CANCEL” prompt is displayed.
Press the ENT Key to choose to overwrite the selected flight plan and see the list of available flight plans on the
SD card. If overwriting the existing flight plan is not desired, select “CANCEL” using the FMS Knob, press the
ENT Key, select another flight plan slot, and press the IMPORT Softkey again.
7) Turn the small FMS Knob to highlight the desired flight plan for importing.
8) Press the ENT Key to initiate the import.

APPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURESAFCSHAZARDAVOIDANCE

9) Press the ENT Key again to confirm the import.

Import/Export Softkeys

List of Flight Plans to Import &Details for the Selected File

Import Successful

INDEX

Figure 5-59 Flight Plan Import

194

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

FLIGHT MANAGEMENTSYSTEMOVERVIEWNOTE: If the imported flight plan contains a waypoint with a name that duplicates the name of a waypoint

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

already stored on the system, the system compares the coordinates of the imported waypoint with those of
the existing waypoint. If the coordinates are different, the imported waypoint is automatically renamed byadding characters to the end of the name.
Exporting a Flight Plan to an SD Card
1) Insert the SD card into the top card slot on the MFD.
2) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page on the MFD.

EIS

3) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Flight Plan Catalog Page.
4) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

5) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the flight plan to be exported.
6) Press the EXPORT Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select “Export Flight Plan”.
7) If desired, change the name for the exported file by turning the large FMS Knob to the left to highlight thename, then use the small and large FMS knobs to enter the new name, and press the ENT Key.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

8) Press the ENT Key to initiate the export.
9) Press the ENT Key to confirm the export.
NOTE: The exported flight plan will not contain any procedures or airways.

HAZARDAVOIDANCEAFCSADDITIONALFEATURES
APPENDICES

Import/Export Softkeys

Stored Flight Plan to be Exported &Exported Flight Plan Name

Export Successful

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

INDEX

Figure 5-60 Flight Plan Export

195

SYSTEMOVERVIEWFLIGHT MANAGEMENTADDING WAYPOINTS TO AN EXISTING FLIGHT PLAN

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Waypoints can be added to the active flight plan or any stored flight plan. Choose the flight plan, select thedesired point of insertion, enter the waypoint, and it is added in front of the selected waypoint. Flight plans
are limited to 99 waypoints (including waypoints within airways and procedures). If the number of waypoints
in the flight plan exceeds 99, the message “Flight plan is full. Remove unnecessary waypoints.” appears and the
new waypoint(s) are not added to the flight plan.

EIS

Stored Flight Plan Selected

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTAUDIO PANEL& CNS- Memory Slot
- Comment- Procedure Identifier- Waypoint Identifier- Airway Identifier- Desired Track to Waypoint- Distance to Waypoint- Waypoint Altitude Constraint

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Softkeys

ADDITIONALFEATURES

AFCS

Figure 5-61 Stored Flight Plan Page

INDEX

APPENDICES

Flight Plan Full Message

Figure 5-62 Active Flight Plan Page - FPL Full196

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

FLIGHT MANAGEMENTSYSTEMOVERVIEW

Adding a waypoint to a stored flight plan:1) On the Flight Plan Catalog Page, press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
2) Highlight the desired flight plan.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

3) Press the EDIT Softkey; or press the ENT Key, turn the large FMS Knob clockwise to select “EDIT” and press the
ENT Key. The Stored Flight Plan Page is displayed.
4) Select the point in the flight plan to add the new waypoint. The new waypoint is placed directly in front of thehighlighted waypoint.

EIS5) Turn the small FMS Knob to display the Waypoint Information Window. (Turning it clockwise displays a blank
Waypoint Information Window, turning it counter-clockwise displays the Waypoint Information Window
with a waypoint selection submenu allowing selection of active flight plan, nearest, recent, user, or airway
waypoints).

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

6) Enter the identifier, facility, or city name of the waypoint or select a waypoint from the submenu of waypoints
and press the ENT Key. The new waypoint now exists in the flight plan.
NOTE: If the identifier entered in the Waypoint Information Window has duplicates, a Duplicate Waypoint

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Window is displayed. Use the FMS Knob to select the correct waypoint.

HAZARDAVOIDANCEAFCSADDITIONALFEATURES

Figure 5-63 Duplicate Waypoints Window

Adding a waypoint to the active flight plan:

APPENDICES

1) Press the FPL Key.
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor (not required on the PFD).
3) Select the point in the flight plan before which to add the new waypoint. The new waypoint is placed directlyin front of the highlighted waypoint.

INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

197

SYSTEMOVERVIEWFLIGHT MANAGEMENTFLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

4) Turn the small FMS Knob to display the Waypoint Information Window. (Turning it clockwise displays a blank
Waypoint Information Window, turning it counter-clockwise displays the Waypoint Information Window
with a waypoint selection submenu allowing selection of active flight plan, nearest, recent, user, or airway
waypoints).
5) Enter the identifier, facility, or city name of the waypoint or select a waypoint from the submenu of waypoints
and press the ENT Key. The active flight plan is modified as each waypoint is entered.

Creating and adding user waypoints to the active flight plan:

EIS

1) Press the Joystick to activate the panning function on the Active Flight Plan Page and pan to the map locationof the desired user waypoint.

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

2) Press the LD WPT Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select ‘Load Waypoint’, and press the ENT Key. The user
waypoint is created with a name of USRxxx (using the next available in sequence) and is added to the end of
the active flight plan.

ADDING AIRWAYS TO A FLIGHT PLAN

HAZARDAVOIDANCEFLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Airways can be added to the active flight plan or any stored flight plan. Choose a flight plan (add the desired
airway entry point if not already in the flight plan), select the waypoint after the desired airway entry point,
select the airway, and it is added in front of the selected waypoint. An airway can only be loaded if there is a
waypoint in the flight plan that is part of the desired airway and is not part of an arrival or approach procedure.
The G1000 also anticipates the desired airway and exit point based on loaded flight plan waypoints.

Airway Entry Waypoint
Selected Airway

AFCS

Airways Available at TOP
Airway Waypoint
Sequence

APPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURES

Preview of
Selected Airway

INDEX

Figure 5-64 Select Airway Page - Selecting Airway

198

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

FLIGHT MANAGEMENTSYSTEMOVERVIEW

Adding an airway to a flight plan:
1) Press the FPL Key.
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor (not required on the PFD).

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the waypoint after the desired airway entry point. If this waypoint is nota valid airway entry point, a valid entry point should be entered at this time.

EIS4) Turn the small FMS Knob one click clockwise and press the LD AIRWY Softkey, or press the MENU Key andselect “Load Airway”. The Select Airway Page is displayed. The LD AIRWY Softkey or the “Load Airway” menu
item is available only when a valid airway entry waypoint has been chosen (the waypoint ahead of the cursor
position).
5) Turn the FMS Knob to select the desired airway from the list, and press the ENT Key. Low altitude airways areshown first in the list, followed by “all” altitude airways, and then high altitude airways.

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

6) Turn the FMS Knob to select the desired airway exit point from the list, and press the ENT Key. ‘LOAD?’ ishighlighted.
7) Press the ENT Key. The system returns to editing the flight plan with the new airway inserted.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Airway Entry Waypoint
Selected Airway
Selected Exit Point

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Preview of
Selected Airway
Selected Airway
Exit Point

AFCS

Airway Exit Points
Available

ADDITIONALFEATURES

Figure 5-65 Select Airway Page - Selecting Exit Point

APPENDICES
INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

199

FLIGHTINSTRUMENTS

SYSTEMOVERVIEWFLIGHT MANAGEMENT

Inserted Airway Header

AUDIO PANEL
& CNS

EIS

- Airway Identifier: [airway
identifier].[exit waypoint identifier](e.g., V4.SLN)

Figure 5-66 Active Flight Plan Page - Airway Inserted

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTRESTRICTIONS ON ADDING AIRWAYS
Some airways have directional restrictions on all or part of the route. Airway “A2” in Europe has a directional
restriction over the whole route such that it can be flown only in the direction MTD-ABB-BNE-DEVAL.

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Airway “UR975” in North Africa has more complicated directional restrictions within the list of airway
waypoints AMANO, VAKOR, LIBRO, NELDA, DIRKA, GZO, KOSET, and SARKI:• Starting from AMANO, the airway can be flown only to LIBRO.
• Starting from SARKI, the airway can be flown only to LIBRO.
• Between NELDA and GZO, the airway can be flown in either direction.

AFCS

In the US, airways that are “one-way” for specified hours of operation are not uncommon. These airways
are always bidirectional in the G1000 database.

INDEX

APPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURES

The system only allows correct airway sequences to be inserted.  If the pilot subsequently inverts the flightplan, the system inverts the airway waypoint sequence and removes the airway header.  

200

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

FLIGHT MANAGEMENTSYSTEMOVERVIEWADDING PROCEDURES TO A STORED FLIGHT PLAN

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

The G1000 allows the pilot to insert pre-defined instrument procedures from the navigation database into aflight plan. The procedures are designed to facilitate routing of traffic leaving an airport (departure), arriving at
an airport (arrival), and landing at an airport (approach). See the procedures section for more details.

Flight Plan Name

EIS

Flight Plan
Waypoint List
AUDIO PANEL& CNS

Softkeys

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Load Departure Load Arrival Load Approach Activate Flight Plan

Figure 5-67 Stored Flight Plan Page

HAZARDAVOIDANCEAFCSADDITIONALFEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

201

SYSTEMOVERVIEWFLIGHT MANAGEMENTDEPARTURE (DP)FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

A Departure Procedure (DP) is loaded at the departure airport in the flight plan. Only one departure canbe loaded at a time in a flight plan. The route is defined by selection of a departure, the transition waypoints,
and a runway.

Departure Airport

EIS

Selected
Departure
Departures Available at
KMKC

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTAUDIO PANEL& CNSPreview of
Selected
Departure

Departure Waypoint
Sequence

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Figure 5-68 Departure Loading Page - Selecting the Departure

Loading a departure procedure into a stored flight plan:
1) Select a stored flight plan from the Flight Plan Catalog Page.

AFCS2) Press the EDIT Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select ‘Edit Flight Plan’, and press the ENT Key. The Stored
Flight Plan Page is displayed.
3) Press the LD DP Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select “Load Departure”, and press the ENT Key. The
Departure Loading Page is displayed.

ADDITIONALFEATURES

4) Select a departure. Press the ENT Key.
5) Select a runway served by the selected departure, if required. Press the ENT Key.
6) Select a transition for the selected departure. Press the ENT Key.

INDEXAPPENDICES

7) Press the ENT Key to load the selected departure procedure.

202

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

FLIGHT MANAGEMENTSYSTEMOVERVIEW

Departure Airport

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Selected
Departure

Selected Runway

Selected
Departure End
Point

Selected Transition
Departure Transition
Points Available

EIS

Preview of
Selected
Departure

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

Figure 5-69 Departure Loading Page - Selecting Transition

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Inserted Departure Header

HAZARDAVOIDANCE- Departure Identifier: [departure
airport]-[departure runway].
[departure transition].
[departure end point](e.g., KMKC-ALL.TIFTO2.TIFTO)AFCSADDITIONALFEATURES

Figure 5-70 Stored Flight Plan Page - Departure Inserted
APPENDICES
INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

203

SYSTEMOVERVIEWFLIGHT MANAGEMENTARRIVAL (STAR)

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

A Standard Terminal Arrival (STAR) is loaded at the destination airport in the flight plan. Only one arrival
can be loaded at a time in a flight plan. The route is defined by selection of an arrival, the transition waypoints,
and a runway.

Destination Airport
Selected Arrival

EIS

Arrivals Available at
KCOS

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

Selected Runway
Arrival Waypoint
Sequence

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Preview of
Selected Arrival

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Figure 5-71 Arrival Loading Page - Selecting the Arrival

Loading an arrival procedure into a stored flight plan:
1) Select a stored flight plan from the Flight Plan Catalog Page.

AFCS2) Press the EDIT Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select ‘Edit Flight Plan’, and press the ENT Key. The Stored
Flight Plan Page is displayed.
3) Press the LD STAR Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select “Load Arrival”, and press the ENT Key. The Arrival
Loading Page is displayed.

ADDITIONALFEATURES

4) Select an arrival. Press the ENT Key.
5) Select a transition for the selected arrival. Press the ENT Key.
6) Select a runway served by the selected arrival, if required. Press the ENT Key.

INDEXAPPENDICES

7) Press the ENT Key to load the selected arrival procedure.

204

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

FLIGHT MANAGEMENTSYSTEMOVERVIEW

Destination Airport

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Selected Arrival
Selected Transition
Transitions Available
with DBRY1

EIS

Arrival Waypoint
Sequence

Preview of
Selected Arrival

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

Figure 5-72 Arrival Loading Page - Selecting the Transition

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTHAZARDAVOIDANCE

Inserted Arrival Header- Arrival Identifier:[arrival airport]-[arrival transition].
[arrival].[arrival runway](e.g., KCOS-ALS.DBRY1.ALL)AFCS
ADDITIONALFEATURES

Figure 5-73 Stored Flight Plan Page - Arrival Inserted
APPENDICES
INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

205

SYSTEMOVERVIEWFLIGHT MANAGEMENTAPPROACH (APPR)FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

An Approach Procedure (APPR) can be loaded at any airport that has an approach available. Only one
approach can be loaded at a time in a flight plan. The route for a selected approach is defined by designatingtransition waypoints.

EIS

Destination Airport

Selected Approach

Approaches Available
at KCOS

AUDIO PANEL& CNSPreview of
Selected
Approach

Barometric Minimum

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Approach Waypoint
Sequence

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Figure 5-74 Approach Loading Page - Selecting the Approach

Loading an approach procedure into a stored flight plan:
1) Select a stored flight plan from the Flight Plan Catalog Page.

AFCS2) Press the EDIT Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select ‘Edit Flight Plan’, and press the ENT Key. The Stored
Flight Plan Page is displayed.
3) Press the LD APR Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select “Load Approach”, and press the ENT Key. The
Approach Loading Page is displayed.

ADDITIONALFEATURES

4) Select an approach. Press the ENT Key.
5) Select a transition for the selected approach. Press the ENT Key.

INDEXAPPENDICES

6) Press the ENT Key to load the selected approach procedure.

206

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

FLIGHT MANAGEMENTSYSTEMOVERVIEW

Destination Airport

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Selected Approach
Selected Transition
Preview of
Selected
Approach

Barometric Minimum
EIS

Transitions Available
with Selected Approach
Approach Waypoint
Sequence

AUDIO PANEL& CNSLoad Approach?

Figure 5-75 Approach Loading Page - Selecting the Transition

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTHAZARDAVOIDANCE

Inserted Approach Header- Approach Identifier: [approach
airport].[runway and approach type]AFCS
ADDITIONALFEATURES

Figure 5-76 Stored Flight Plan Page - Approach Inserted

FLIGHT PLAN STORAGE

APPENDICESThe G1000 can store up to 99 flight plans, numbered 1 through 99. The active flight plan is erased when
the G1000 is powered off or when another flight plan is activated. Details about each stored flight plan can beviewed on the Flight Plan Catalog Page and on the Stored Flight Plan Page.
Viewing information about a stored flight plan:

INDEX

1) Press the FPL Key on the MFD to display the Active Flight Plan Page.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise one click to display the Flight Plan Catalog Page.

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

207

SYSTEMOVERVIEWFLIGHT MANAGEMENT
3) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor and turn the FMS Knob to highlight the desired flight plan.
4) The Flight Plan Information is displayed showing departure, destination, total distance, and enroute safe altitude
information for the selected Flight Plan.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

5) Press the EDIT Softkey to open the Stored Flight Plan Page and view the waypoints in the flight plan.
6) Press the FMS Knob to exit the Stored Flight Plan Page.

EIS

Flight Plan Name(Comment)
Selected Flight Plan

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTAUDIO PANEL& CNSPreview of Selected
Flight Plan

Stored Flight Plan Info

- Departure Airport- Destination Airport- Total Flight Plan Distance- Enroute Safe Altitude

HAZARDAVOIDANCEStored FPL Editing Softkeys
Figure 5-77 Stored Flight Plan Information

Storing an active flight plan from the Active Flight Plan Page or the Active Flight Plan Window:

AFCS

1) Press the MENU Key.
2) Highlight ‘Store Flight Plan’.
3) Press the ENT Key.
ADDITIONALFEATURES

4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. The flight plan is stored in the next available position in the flightplan list on the Flight Plan Catalog Page.

ACTIVATE A FLIGHT PLAN

APPENDICES

Activating a stored flight plan erases the active flight plan and replaces it with the flight plan being activated.
Inverting a stored flight plan reverses the waypoint order, erases the active flight plan, and replaces it with theflight plan being activated (the stored flight plan is not changed).
Activating a stored flight plan on the MFD:
1) Press the FPL Key and turn the small FMS Knob to display the Flight Plan Catalog Page.

INDEX

2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor, and turn the FMS Knob to highlight the desired flight plan.

208

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

FLIGHT MANAGEMENTSYSTEMOVERVIEW

3) Press the ACTIVE Softkey; or press the ENT Key twice; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Activate Flight Plan’,and press the ENT Key. The ‘Activate Stored Flight Plan?’ window is displayed.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the request, press the CLR Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ andpress the ENT Key.

Inverting and activating a stored flight plan on the MFD:
1) Press the FPL Key and turn the small FMS Knob to display the Flight Plan Catalog Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor, and turn the FMS Knob to highlight the desired flight plan.

EIS3) Press the INVERT Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Invert & Activate FPL?’, and press the ENT Key.
The ‘Invert and activate stored flight plan?’ window is displayed.
4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the request, press the CLR Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ andpress the ENT Key.

AUDIO PANEL& CNSCOPY A FLIGHT PLAN

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTThe G1000 allows copying a flight plan into a new flight plan memory slot, allowing editing, etc., without
affecting the original flight plan. This can be used to duplicate an existing stored flight plan for use in creating
a modified version of the original stored flight plan.
Copying a stored flight plan on the MFD:
1) Press the FPL Key and turn the small FMS Knob to display the Flight Plan Catalog Page.

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor, and turn the FMS Knob to highlight the desired flight plan.
3) Press the COPY Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Copy Flight Plan’, and press the ENT Key. The ‘Copy
to Flight Plan XX?’ window is displayed.
4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key to copy the flight plan. To cancel the request, press the CLR Key, or
highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.

AFCS

DELETE A STORED FLIGHT PLAN
Individual or all stored flight plans can be deleted from the G1000 memory.

ADDITIONALFEATURES

Deleting a stored flight plan:
1) Press the FPL Key and turn the small FMS Knob to display the Flight Plan Catalog Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor, and turn the FMS Knob to highlight the desired flight plan.

APPENDICES

3) Press the DELETE Softkey; press the CLR Key; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Delete Flight Plan’, and press
the ENT Key. The ‘Delete Flight Plan XX?’ window is displayed.
4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key to delete the flight plan. To cancel the request, press the CLR Key, or
highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
NOTE: The option to delete all stored flight plans is not available while the aircraft is in flight.

INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

209

SYSTEMOVERVIEWFLIGHT MANAGEMENT
Deleting all stored flight plans:
1) Press the FPL Key and turn the small FMS Knob to display the Flight Plan Catalog Page.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

2) Press the MENU Key.
3) Highlight ‘Delete All’ and press the ENT Key. A ‘Delete all flight plans?’ confirmation window is displayed.
4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key to delete all flight plans. To cancel the request, press the CLR Key, or
highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.

FLIGHT PLAN EDITINGEISThe active flight plan or any stored flight plan can be edited. The edits made to the active flight plan affectnavigation as soon as they are entered.

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

DELETING THE ACTIVE FLIGHT PLAN
The G1000 allows deleting an active flight plan. Deleting the active flight plan suspends navigation by the
G1000.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Deleting the active flight plan:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page (MFD) or the Active Flight Plan Window (PFD).
2) Press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Delete Flight Plan’, and press the ENT Key. The ‘Delete all waypoints in flightplan?’ window is displayed.

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

3) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key to delete the active flight plan. To cancel the request, press the CLR
Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.

DELETING FLIGHT PLAN ITEMS

AFCS

Individual waypoints, entire airways, and entire procedures can be deleted from a flight plan. Some waypoints
in the final approach segment (such as the FAF or MAP) can not be deleted individually. Attempting to delete
a waypoint that is not allowed results in a window displaying ‘Invalid flight plan modification.’
Deleting an individual waypoint from the active flight plan:

ADDITIONALFEATURES

1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page (MFD) or the Active Flight Plan Window (PFD).
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor (not required on the PFD) and turn the large FMS Knob to highlightthe waypoint to be deleted.
3) Press the CLR Key. The ‘Remove XXXXX?’ window is displayed.

APPENDICES

4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the request, press the CLR Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ andpress the ENT Key.

INDEX

5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.

210

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

FLIGHT MANAGEMENTSYSTEMOVERVIEW

Deleting an entire airway from the active flight plan:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page (MFD) or the Active Flight Plan Window (PFD).

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor (not required on the PFD) and turn the large FMS Knob to highlightthe white header of the airway to be deleted.
3) Press the CLR Key. The ‘Remove <airway name>?’ window is displayed.
4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the request, press the CLR Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ andpress the ENT Key.
5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.

EIS

Deleting an entire procedure from the active flight plan:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page (MFD) or the Active Flight Plan Window (PFD).

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor (not required on the PFD) and turn the large FMS Knob to highlightthe white header of the procedure to be deleted.
3) Press the CLR Key. The ‘Remove <procedure name> from flight plan?’ window is displayed.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the request, press the CLR Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ andpress the ENT Key.
5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Or:

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page (MFD) or the Active Flight Plan Window (PFD).
2) Press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu and turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Remove <procedure>’.
3) Press the ENT Key. The ‘Remove <procedure name> from flight plan?’ window is displayed.
4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the request, press the CLR Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ andpress the ENT Key.

AFCS

Deleting an individual waypoint from a stored flight plan:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page.

ADDITIONALFEATURES

2) Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise one click to display the Flight Plan Catalog Page.
3) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor and turn the FMS Knob to highlight the flight plan to be edited.
4) Press the EDIT Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select ‘Edit Flight Plan’ and press the ENT Key. The Stored
Flight Plan Page is displayed.

APPENDICES

5) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the waypoint to be deleted.
6) Press the CLR Key. The ‘Remove XXXXX?’ window is displayed.
7) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the request, press the CLR Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ andpress the ENT Key.

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

INDEX

8) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.

211

SYSTEMOVERVIEWFLIGHT MANAGEMENT
Deleting an entire airway from a stored flight plan:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

2) Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise one click to display the Flight Plan Catalog Page.
3) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor and turn the FMS Knob to highlight the flight plan to be edited.
4) Press the EDIT Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select ‘Edit Flight Plan’ and press the ENT Key. The Stored
Flight Plan Page is displayed.
5) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the white header of the airway to be deleted.
EIS6) Press the CLR Key. The ‘Remove <airway name>?’ window is displayed.
7) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the request, press the CLR Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ andpress the ENT Key.

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

8) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.

Deleting an entire procedure from a stored flight plan:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

2) Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise one click to display the Flight Plan Catalog Page.
3) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor and turn the FMS Knob to highlight the flight plan to be edited.
4) Press the EDIT Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select ‘Edit Flight Plan’ and press the ENT Key. The Stored
Flight Plan Page is displayed.

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

5) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the white header of the procedure to be deleted.
6) Press the CLR Key. The ‘Remove <procedure name> from flight plan?’ window is displayed.
7) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the request, press the CLR Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ andpress the ENT Key.

AFCS

8) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
	Or:1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page.
ADDITIONALFEATURES

2) Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise one click to display the Flight Plan Catalog Page.
3) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor and turn the FMS Knob to highlight the flight plan to be edited.
4) Press the EDIT Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select ‘Edit Flight Plan’ and press the ENT Key. The Stored
Flight Plan Page is displayed.

APPENDICES

5) Press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu and turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Remove <procedure>’.
6) Press the ENT Key. The ‘Remove <procedure name> from flight plan?’ window is displayed.
7) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the request, press the CLR Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ andpress the ENT Key.

INDEX

8) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.

212

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

FLIGHT MANAGEMENTSYSTEMOVERVIEW

CHANGING FLIGHT PLAN COMMENTS (NAMES)
The comment field (or name) of each flight plan can be changed to something that is useful for identificationand sorting.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Changing the active flight plan comment:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor and turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the comment field.
3) Use the FMS Knobs to edit the comment.

EIS4) Press the ENT Key to accept the changes.

Changing a stored flight plan comment:
AUDIO PANEL& CNS

1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise one click to display the Flight Plan Catalog Page.
3) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor and turn the FMS Knob to highlight the flight plan to be edited.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

4) Press the EDIT Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select ‘Edit Flight Plan’ and press the ENT Key. The Stored
Flight Plan Page is displayed.
5) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the comment field.
6) Use the FMS Knobs to edit the comment.
7) Press the ENT Key to accept the changes.

HAZARDAVOIDANCEAFCSADDITIONALFEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

213

SYSTEMOVERVIEWFLIGHT MANAGEMENTALONG TRACK OFFSETSFLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

A waypoint having an “along track offset” distance from an existing waypoint can be entered into a flight plan.
Along track offset waypoints lie along the path of the existing flight plan, and can be used to make the systemreach a specified altitude before or after reaching the specified flight plan waypoint. Offset distances can beentered from 1 to 99 nm in increments of 1 nm. Entering a negative offset distance results in an along track
offset waypoint inserted before the selected waypoint, whereas entering a positive offset distance results in analong track offset waypoint inserted after the selected waypoint. Multiple offset waypoints are allowed.

EIS

A waypoint must be adjacent to its parent waypoint in the flight plan, so the system limits the along-track
distance to less than the length of the leg before or after the selected waypoint. If the selected waypoint is theactive waypoint, the distance is limited to less than the distance to go to the active waypoint. Assigning an along
track offset to a leg with indeterminate length is not permitted. An along track offset is not allowed at or after
the final approach fix of an approach.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTAUDIO PANEL& CNS

An along track offset distance cannot be modified once entered. If the along track offset distance must bechanged, the existing along track offset waypoint must be deleted and a new one created with the new offset
distance.

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Along Track Offset
Waypoint andDistance from Flight
Plan Waypoint

ADDITIONALFEATURES

AFCS

Along Track
Offset Waypoint
and Distance

Figure 5-78 Along Track Offset

Entering an along track offset distance:

APPENDICES

1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page (MFD) or the Active Flight Plan Window (PFD).
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor (not required on the PFD) and turn the large FMS Knob to highlightthe waypoint for the along track offset.

INDEX

3) Press the ATK OFST Softkey (MFD only); or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Create ATK Offset Waypoint’, andpress the ENT Key.
4) Enter a positive or negative offset distance in the range of +/- 1 to 99 nm (limited by leg distances).
5) Press the ENT Key to create the offset waypoint.
6) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.

214

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

FLIGHT MANAGEMENTSYSTEMOVERVIEWPARALLEL TRACK

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

The Parallel Track (PTK) feature allows creation of a parallel course offset of 1 to 50 nm left or right of thecurrent flight plan. When Parallel Track is activated, the course line drawn on the map pages shows the parallelcourse, and waypoint names have a lower case “p” placed after the identifier.
Using direct-to, loading an approach, a holding pattern, or editing and activating the flight plan automaticallycancels Parallel Track. Parallel Track is also cancelled if a course change occurs greater than 120° or the parallel
tracks overlap as a result of the course change.
NOTE: Vertical navigation is unavailable while the Parallel Track feature is active.

EIS
AUDIO PANEL& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Active Flight Plan prior to
Parallel Track
Selecting Parallel
Track

HAZARDAVOIDANCEAFCS

Figure 5-79 Active Flight Plan Window - Selecting Parallel Track

Activating parallel track:
ADDITIONALFEATURES

1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page (MFD) or the Active Flight Plan Window (PFD)
2) Press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Parallel Track’, and press the ENT Key. The Parallel Track Window is displayedwith the direction field highlighted.

APPENDICES

3) Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘Left’ or ‘Right’ and press the ENT Key. The ‘DISTANCE’ field is highlighted.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to enter a distance from 1-99 nm and press the ENT Key. ‘ACTIVATE PARALLEL
TRACK’ is highlighted.
5) Press the ENT Key to activate parallel track. Press the FMS Knob or the CLR Key to cancel the parallel track
activation.

INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

215

SYSTEMOVERVIEWFLIGHT MANAGEMENT

Offset Direction
Offset Distance

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTAUDIO PANEL
& CNS

EIS

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Activation Prompt

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Figure 5-80 Parallel Track Window

Parallel Track Waypoints- TIFTO-p- TOP-p- ...
- LAA-p
Activating Parallel Trackaffects the active flightplan from the current
position on (will not affectan approach)

AFCS

Parallel Track

APPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURES

Original Track

Figure 5-81 Parallel Track Active

INDEX

If the parallel track proposed by the offset direction and distance is not allowed by the system, the activation
prompt is displayed, but disabled. Parallel Track cannot be activated if a course is set using direct-to or if theactive leg is the first leg of the departure procedure. Attempting to activate parallel track with these conditions

216

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

FLIGHT MANAGEMENTSYSTEMOVERVIEW

results in the message ‘Parallel Track Unavailable Invalid Route Geometry’.  If an approach leg is active the statusindicates that the system is unable to activate the parallel track with the message ‘Parallel Track Unavailable
Approach Leg Active’. If the offset direction and distance results in an unreasonable route geometry the statusindicates that the system is unable to activate the parallel track because of invalid geometry.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Subdued Prompt
EIS(Unavailable)

Unavailable Status

Invalid
Geometry

Approach
ActiveAUDIO PANEL& CNS

Figure 5-82 Parallel Track Unavailable

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

If the active leg is not a track between two fixes (TF) or a course to a fix (DF) leg, the statusindicates that the system is unable to activate the parallel track because parallel track is not available for theactive leg type.

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Offset Direction&
Offset Distance
Subdued (Unavailable)

Cancel Prompt

AFCS

Active Status

ADDITIONALFEATURES

Figure 5-83 Cancelling Parallel Track

APPENDICES

Cancelling parallel track:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page (MFD) or the Active Flight Plan Window (PFD)
2) Press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Parallel Track’, and press the ENT Key. The Parallel Track Window is displayedwith ‘CANCEL PARALLEL TRACK?’ highlighted.

190-00498-07 Rev. A

INDEX

3) Press the ENT Key.

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

217

SYSTEMOVERVIEWACTIVATING A FLIGHT PLAN LEG

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

FLIGHT MANAGEMENT

Activating a flight plan leg:

The G1000 allows selection of a highlighted leg as the “active leg” (the flight plan leg which is currently
used for navigation guidance).

1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page (MFD) or the Active Flight Plan Window (PFD)
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor (not required on the PFD) and turn the large FMS Knob to highlightthe destination waypoint for the desired leg.

EIS

3) Press the ACT LEG Softkey (MFD only); or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Activate Leg’, and press the ENT Key.
A confirmation window is displayed with ‘ACTIVATE’ highlighted.

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

4) Press the ENT Key to activate the flight plan leg. To cancel, press the CLR Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press
the ENT Key.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.

Selected Destination
WaypointAFCS

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Current Active Leg

Activate Leg Softkey

INDEX

APPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURES

Figure 5-84 Active Flight Plan Page - Selecting the Leg Destination Waypoint

218

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

FLIGHT MANAGEMENTSYSTEMOVERVIEWFLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

New Active
Flight Plan Leg

EIS

Confirmation Window

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

Figure 5-85 Active Flight Plan Page - New Active Leg

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

INVERTING A FLIGHT PLAN
Any flight plan may be inverted (reversed) for navigation back to the original departure point.
Inverting the active flight plan:

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page (MFD) or the Active Flight Plan Window (PFD)
2) Press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Invert Flight Plan’, and press the ENT Key. An ‘Invert Active Flight Plan?’confirmation window is displayed.
3) Select ‘OK’.

AFCS

4) Press the ENT Key to invert and activate the active flight plan. To cancel, press the CLR Key, or highlight‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.

Inverting and activating a stored flight plan:
ADDITIONALFEATURES

1) Press the FPL Key and turn the small FMS Knob to display the Flight Plan Catalog Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor, and turn the FMS Knob to highlight the desired flight plan.

APPENDICES

3) Press the INVERT Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Invert & Activate FPL?’, and press the ENT Key.
The ‘Invert and activate stored flight plan?’ window is displayed.
4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the request, press the CLR Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ andpress the ENT Key.

INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

219

SYSTEMOVERVIEWFLIGHT MANAGEMENTFLIGHT PLAN VIEWSFLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Information about flight plans can be viewed in more than one way. The active flight plan can be configured
to show cumulative distance over the length of the flight plan or the distance for each leg of the flight plan;and the active flight plan can be viewed in a narrow or wide view. In the wide view, additional information isdisplayed: Fuel Remaining (FUEL REM), Estimated Time Enroute (ETE), Estimated Time of Arrival (ETA), andBearing to the waypoint (BRG).
Switching between leg-to-leg waypoint distance and cumulative waypoint distance:
1) Press the FPL Key on the MFD to display the Active Flight Plan Page.

EIS2) Press the VIEW Softkey to display the CUM and LEG-LEG Softkeys.

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

3) Press the CUM Softkey to view cumulative waypoint distance, or press the LEG-LEG Softkey to view leg-to-leg
waypoint distance.
4) Press the BACK Softkey to return to the top level active flight plan softkeys.
Active Flight Plan Cumulative DistanceAFCS

HAZARDAVOIDANCEFLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Active Flight Plan Leg to Leg Distance

ADDITIONALFEATURESWIDE Softkey, NARROW Softkey, LEG-LEG Softkey, CUM Softkey
Figure 5-86 Active Flight Plan - Leg to Leg vs. Cumulative Distance

Switching between wide and narrow view:

APPENDICES

1) Press the FPL Key on the MFD to display the Active Flight Plan Page.
2) Press the VIEW Softkey to display the WIDE and NARROW Softkeys.
3) Press the WIDE Softkey to display the wide view, or press the NARROW Softkey to display the narrow view.

INDEX

4) Press the BACK Softkey to return to the top level active flight plan softkeys.

220

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

FLIGHT MANAGEMENTSYSTEMOVERVIEW

Active Flight Plan Leg to Leg Distance

Active Flight Plan Cumulative Distance

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTSEISAUDIO PANEL& CNS

WIDE Softkey, NARROW Softkey, LEG-LEG Softkey, CUM Softkey

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Figure 5-87 Active Flight Plan - Wide vs. Narrow View

COLLAPSING AIRWAYSHAZARDAVOIDANCEThe G1000 allows airways on the active flight plan to be collapsed or expanded from the Active Flight Plan
Page/Window. When airways have been collapsed, it is indicated on the airway heading.
When airways are collapsed, leg-to-leg computed values such as DIS or ETE shown for the exit waypointreflect the total of all the legs on the airway that have been hidden in the collapsed display. The DTK value isinhibited because it is not usable in this context.

AFCS

The Active Flight Plan Page always keeps the following three waypoints visible: “From” waypoint, “To”
waypoint, and “Next” waypoint. To prevent one or more of these waypoints from being hidden in a collapsed
airway segment, the airway segment that contains either the “To” or the “Next” waypoint is automatically
expanded. When an airway is loaded, airways are automatically expanded to facilitate flight plan review.

ADDITIONALFEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

221

SYSTEMOVERVIEWFLIGHT MANAGEMENT

Q3.FEPOT Airway

EIS

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Collapsed View
Expanded View

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

Figure 5-88 Expanded/Collapsed Airways

Collapsing/expanding the airways in the active flight plan:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page (MFD) or the Active Flight Plan Window (PFD).

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

2) Press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Collapse Airways’ or ‘Expand Airways’, and press the ENT Key. The airways arecollapsed/expanded.

CLOSEST POINT OF FPLHAZARDAVOIDANCE‘Closest Point of FPL’ calculates the bearing and closest distance at which a flight plan passes a reference
waypoint, and creates a new user waypoint along the flight plan at the location closest to a chosen reference
waypoint.
Determining the closest point along the active flight plan to a selected waypoint:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page (MFD) or the Active Flight Plan Window (PFD).

AFCS

2) Press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Closest Point Of FPL’’, and press the ENT Key. A window appears with thereference waypoint field highlighted.

INDEX

APPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURES

3) Enter the identifier of the reference waypoint and press the ENT Key. The G1000 displays the bearing (BRG) anddistance (DIS) to the closest point along the flight plan to the selected reference waypoint and creates a user
waypoint at this location. The name for the new user waypoint is derived from the identifier of the reference
waypoint.

222

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

FLIGHT MANAGEMENTSYSTEMOVERVIEW

5.7 VERTICAL NAVIGATIONFLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

NOTE: The G1000 supports vertical navigation for all lateral leg types except for CA, CI, FA, FM, HA, HM, PI,

VA, VD, VI, VR, and VM. Vertical constraints are not retained in stored flight plans.

Current Vertical Navigation Profile

EIS

The G1000 system Vertical Navigation (VNV) feature provides vertical profile guidance during the enrouteand teminal phases of flight. Guidance based on specified altitudes at waypoints in the active flight plan or to a
direct-to waypoint is provided. It includes vertical path guidance to a descending path, which is provided as alinear deviation from the desired path. The desired path is defined by a line joining two waypoints with specified
altitudes or as a vertical angle from a specified waypoint/altitude. The vertical waypoints are integrated into theactive flight plan. Both manual and autopilot-coupled guidance are supported.
Current Vertical Navigation Profile
Enabled (valid data)

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

Disabled (fields dashed)

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTHAZARDAVOIDANCEAFCS

ENBL VNV Softkey

CNCL VNV Softkey
Figure 5-89 Enabling/Disabling Vertical Navigation

ADDITIONALFEATURES

Enabling VNV guidance:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page on the MFD.

APPENDICES

2) Press the ENBL VNV Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Enable VNV’, and press the ENT Key. Verticalnavigation is enabled, and vertical guidance begins with the waypoint shown in the CURRENT VNV PROFILE box(defaults first waypoint in the active flight plan with an altitude enabled for vertical navigation (e.g., HABUK)).

Disabling VNV guidance:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page on the MFD.

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

INDEX

2) Press the CNCL VNV Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Cancel VNV’, and press the ENT Key. Verticalnavigation is disabled.

223

SYSTEMOVERVIEWFLIGHT MANAGEMENTFLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Canceling vertical navigation results in vertical deviation (V DEV), vertical speed required (VS REQ), and time
to top of descent/bottom of descent (TIME TO TOD/BOD) going invalid. The Vertical Deviation Indicator (VDI)
and Required Vertical Speed Indication (RVSI) on the PFD are removed, and the V DEV, VS REQ, and TIME TO
TOD items displayed in the CURRENT VNV PROFILE box are dashed. VNV remains disabled until manuallyenabled. Vertical guidance in reversionary mode can only be enabled for a direct-to waypoint.

AUDIO PANEL
& CNS

EIS

The G1000 allows a vertical navigation direct-to to any waypoint in the active flight plan with an altitude
constraint “designated” for vertical guidance. Pressing the VNV Direct-to Softkey on the Active Flight Plan Page
allows the flight plan to be flown, while vertical guidance based on the altitude constraint at the VNV direct-to
waypoint is provided. The altitude change begins immediately and is spread along the flight plan from current
position to the vertical direct-to waypoint, not just along the leg for the direct-to waypoint. A direct-to withaltitude constraint activated by pressing the Direct-to Key also provides vertical guidance, but would bypass
flight plan waypoints between the current position in the flight plan and the direct-to waypoint. A top of descent(TOD) point is computed based on the default flight path angle; descent begins once the TOD is reached.
Current Vertical Navigation Profile

Current Vertical Navigation Profile
After VNV Direct-to

AFCS

HAZARDAVOIDANCEFLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Prior to VNV Direct-to

VNV Direct-To Softkey

VNV PROF Softkey

ADDITIONALFEATURES

Figure 5-90 Vertical Navigation Direct-To

Activating a vertical navigation direct-to:1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page on the MFD.

APPENDICES

2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor and turn the FMS Knob to highlight the desired waypoint.
NOTE: The selected waypoint must have a designated altitude constraint (light blue number) to be used. If

not, the first waypoint in the flight plan with a designated altitude constraint is selected.

INDEX

3) Select the VNV Direct-To Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘VNV Direct-To’, and press the ENT Key.
An ‘Activate vertical Direct-to to: NNNNNFT at XXXXXX?’ confirmation window is displayed.

224

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

FLIGHT MANAGEMENTSYSTEMOVERVIEW

4) Press the ENT Key. Vertical guidance begins to the altitude constraint for the selected waypoint.
5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

The vertical navigation profile can be modified by directly entering a vertical speed target (VS TGT) and/or flightpath angle (FPA) in the CURRENT VNV PROFILE box.
Modifying the VS TGT and FPA:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page on the MFD.

EIS

2) Press the VNV PROF Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Select VNV Profile Window’, and press the ENT
Key. The cursor is now located in the CURRENT VNV PROFILE box without having to scroll all the way throughpast the end of the active flight plan.
3) Turn the FMS Knobs as needed to edit the values.

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

4) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.

ALTITUDE CONSTRAINTSFLIGHT
MANAGEMENTThe G1000 system can use altitude constraints associated with lateral waypoints to give guidance for verticalnavigation. These altitudes are, depending on the specific instance, manually entered or retrieved from thepublished altitudes in the navigation database. The navigation database only contains altitudes for proceduresthat call for “Cross at” altitudes. If the procedure states “Expect to cross at,” then the altitude is not in the
database. In this case the altitude may be entered manually.

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Displayed Text
ExamplesCross ATor ABOVE
5,000 ft

Large White Text
Large Light Blue Text

AFCS

Cross AT
2,300 ft

Small Light Blue Text
Cross ATor BELOW
3,000 ft
Altitude Constraint
Examples

ADDITIONALFEATURES

Small Light Blue
Subdued Text
Small White Text withAltitude Restriction Bar

APPENDICES

Figure 5-91 Waypoint Altitude Constraints

INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

225

SYSTEMOVERVIEWFLIGHT MANAGEMENTAUDIO PANEL
& CNS

EIS

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

White Text

Light Blue Text

Light Blue Subdued Text

Large Altitude calculated by the system
Text estimating the altitude of the aircraft as
it passes over the navigation point. This
altitude is provided as a reference and is
not designated to be used in determining
vertical speed and deviation guidance.

Altitude has been entered manually.
Altitude is designated for use in giving
vertical speed and deviation guidance.
Altitude does not match the publishedaltitude in navigation database or no
published altitude exists.

The system cannot use thisaltitude in determining vertical
speed and deviation guidance
because of an invalid constraint
condition.

Small
Text

Altitude is designated for use in giving
vertical speed and deviation guidance.
Altitude has been retrieved from thenavigation database or has been enteredmanually and matches a publishedaltitude in the navigation database.

The system cannot use thisaltitude in determining vertical
speed and deviation guidance
because of an invalid constraint
condition.

Altitude is not designated to be used indetermining vertical speed and deviation
guidance. Altitude has been retrieved
from the navigation database and isprovided as a reference.

Table 5-8 Altitude Constraint Size and Color Coding

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Altitudes associated with approach procedures are “auto-designated”. This means the system automaticallyuses the altitudes loaded with the approach for giving vertical speed and deviation guidance. Note that these
altitudes are displayed as blue text up to, but not including, the FAF. The FAF is always a “reference only”
altitude and cannot be designated, unless the selected approach does not provide vertical guidance. In this case,
the FAF altitude can be designated.

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Altitudes that have been designated for use in vertical guidance can be “un-designated” using the CLR Key.
The altitude is now displayed only as a reference. It is not used to give vertical guidance. Other displayed
altitudes may change due to re-calculations or be rendered invalid as a result of manually changing an altitude
to a non-designated altitude.
Designating a waypoint altitude to be used for vertical guidance:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page on the MFD.

AFCS

2) Press the FMS Knob, and turn to highlight the desired waypoint altitude.
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to enter editing mode.
4) Press the ENT Key. The altitude is now shown in blue, indicating it is usable for vertical guidance.

ADDITIONALFEATURES

Designating a procedure waypoint altitude to be used for vertical guidance:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page on the MFD.
2) Press the FMS Knob, and turn to highlight the desired waypoint altitude.

APPENDICES

3) Press the ENT Key. The altitude is now shown in blue, indicating it is usable for vertical guidance.

INDEX

Altitude constraints are displayed and entered in feet mean sea level (MSL) values to the nearest hundred. An
altitude constraint in feet above ground level (AGL) format is supported for airports. When a database altituderestriction is displayed, the G1000 allows entry of a different altitude when creating a waypoint, effectively
overriding the database restriction (only before the FAF). When a database altitude restriction of type “AT or
ABOVE” or “AT or BELOW” is activated, the system uses the “AT” portion of the restriction to define the verticalprofile.

226

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

FLIGHT MANAGEMENTSYSTEMOVERVIEWAn altitude constraint is invalid if:• Meeting the constraint requires the aircraft to climb

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS• Meeting the constraint requires the maximum flight path angle (6° down) or maximum vertical speed (-6000  fpm) to be exceeded• The altitude constraint results in a TOD behind the aircraft present position• The constraint is within a leg type for which altitude constraints are not supported• The altitude constraint is added to the FAF of an approach that provides vertical guidance (i.e., ILS or GPS
SBAS approach)

EIS• The altitude constraint is added to a waypoint past the FAF.
Entering/modifiying an altitude constraint:

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page on the MFD.
2) Press the FMS Knob, and turn to highlight the desired waypoint altitude constraint.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

3) Enter an altitude constraint value using the FMS Knobs. To enter altitudes as a flight level, turn the small
FMS Knob counter-clockwise past zero or clockwise past 9 on the first character, and the system automaticallychanges to show units of Flight Level. Turn the large FMS Knob clockwise to highlight the first zero and enter
the three digit flight level.
4) Press the ENT Key to accept the altitude constraint; if the selected waypoint is an airport, an additional choice
is displayed. Turn the small FMS Knob to choose ‘MSL’ or ‘AGL’, and press the ENT Key to accept the altitude.

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Altitude constraints can be modified or deleted after having been added to the flight plan. In the eventan altitude constraint is deleted and the navigation database contains an altitude restriction for the lateral
waypoint, the G1000 displays the altitude restriction from the database provided no predicted altitude
can be provided. The G1000 also provides a way to reinstate a published altitude constraint that has beenedited.

AFCS

Deleting an altitude constraint provided by the navigation database:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page on the MFD.
2) Press the FMS Knob, and turn to highlight the desired waypoint altitude constraint.

ADDITIONALFEATURES

3) Press the CLR Key. A ‘Remove VNV altitude constraint?’ confirmation window is displayed.
4) Select ‘OK’ and press the ENT Key.

Deleting an altitude constraint that has been manually entered:

APPENDICES

1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page on the MFD.
2) Press the FMS Knob, and turn to highlight the desired waypoint altitude constraint.
3) Press the CLR Key. A ‘Remove or Revert to published VNV altitude of nnnnnFT?’ confirmation window isdisplayed.

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

INDEX

4) Select ‘REMOVE’ and press the ENT Key. The manually entered altitude is deleted (it is replaced by a system
calculated altitude, if available).

227

SYSTEMOVERVIEWFLIGHT MANAGEMENT
Reverting a manually entered altitude constraint back to the navigation database value:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page on the MFD.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

2) Press the FMS Knob, and turn to highlight the desired waypoint altitude constraint.
3) Press the CLR Key. A ‘Remove or Revert to published VNV altitude of nnnnnFT?’ confirmation window isdisplayed.
4) Select ‘REVERT’ and press the ENT Key. The altitude is changed to the navigation database value.
5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
EIS

Modifying a system calculated altitude constraint:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page on the MFD.

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

2) Press the FMS Knob, and turn to highlight the desired waypoint altitude constraint.
3) Press the CLR Key. An ‘Edit or Revert to published VNV altitude of nnnnnFT?’ confirmation window isdisplayed.
4) Select ‘EDIT’ and press the ENT Key.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

5) Edit the value using the FMS Knobs, and press the ENT Key.

INDEXAPPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURESAFCSHAZARDAVOIDANCE

6) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.

228

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

FLIGHT MANAGEMENTSYSTEMOVERVIEW

5.8 PROCEDURES

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

The G1000 can access the whole range of instrument procedures available. Departures (DPs), arrivals (STARs),and non-precision and precision approaches (APPRs) are stored within the database and can be loaded using theProcedures (PROC) Key.

EIS

The selected procedure for the departure or arrival airport is added to the active flight plan. No waypoints are
required to be in the active flight plan to load procedures; however, if the departure and arrival airport are alreadyloaded, the procedure loading window defaults to the appropriate airport, saving some time selecting the correct
airport on the Procedure Loading Page. Whenever an approach is selected, the choice to either “load” or “activate”
is given. “Loading” adds the approach to the end of the flight plan without immediately using it for navigation
guidance. This allows continued navigation via the intermediate waypoints in the original flight plan, but keeps
the procedure available on the Active Flight Plan Page for quick activation when needed. “Activating” also adds
the procedure to the end of the flight plan but immediately begins to provide guidance to the first waypoint in
the approach.

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

DEPARTURES

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTA Departure Procedure (DP) is loaded at the departure airport in the flight plan. Only one departure can beloaded at a time in a flight plan. If a departure is loaded when another departure is already in the active flightplan, the new departure replaces the previous departure. The route is defined by selection of a departure, thetransition waypoints, and a runway.

LOADING A DEPARTURE INTO THE ACTIVE FLIGHT PLAN

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Loading a departure into the active flight plan using the PROC Key:
1) Press the PROC Key. The Procedures Window is displayed.
2) Highlight ‘SELECT DEPARTURE’.
3) Press the ENT Key. The Departure Loading Page is displayed.

AFCS4) Use the FMS Knob to select an airport and press the ENT Key.
5) Select a departure from the list and press the ENT Key.

ADDITIONALFEATURES

6) Select a runway (if required) and press the ENT Key.
7) Select a transition (if required) and press the ENT Key. ‘LOAD?’ is highlighted.
8) Press the ENT Key to load the departure procedure.

APPENDICES
INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

229

SYSTEMOVERVIEWFLIGHT MANAGEMENT
Departure Airport

AUDIO PANEL
& CNS

EIS

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Available Procedure Actions

Loaded Procedures

Departure Preview

Departure Choices

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Figure 5-92 Departure Selection
Loaded Departure

ADDITIONALFEATURESAFCSHAZARDAVOIDANCE

Selected Departure

Procedure Loading Page Selection Softkeys

INDEX

APPENDICES

Figure 5-93 Departure Loading

230

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

FLIGHT MANAGEMENTSYSTEMOVERVIEW

Viewing available departures at an airport:
1) From the Airport Information Page (first page in the WPT group), press the DP Softkey. The Departure Information
Page is displayed, defaulting to the airport displayed on the Airport information Page.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

2) To select another airport, press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor, enter an identifier/facility name/city, andpress the ENT Key.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the Departure. The departure is previewed on the map.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to view the available departures. Press the ENT Key to select the departure. The cursor
moves to the Runway box. The departure is previewed on the map.

EIS5) Turn the small FMS Knob to view the available runways. Press the ENT Key to select the runway. The cursor
moves to the Transition box (only if there are available transitions). The departure is previewed on the map.

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

6) Turn the small FMS Knob to view the available transitions. Press the ENT Key to select the transition. The cursor
moves to the Sequence box. The departure is previewed on the map.
7) Press the INFO-x Softkey to return to the Airport Information Page.

REMOVING A DEPARTURE FROM THE ACTIVE FLIGHT PLAN

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

When plans change while flying IFR, departures can be easily removed from the Active Flight Plan.
Removing a departure procedure from the active flight plan:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page (MFD) or the Active Flight Plan Window (PFD)HAZARDAVOIDANCE

2) Press the MENU Key, and highlight ‘Remove Departure’.
3) Press the ENT Key. A confirmation window is displayed listing the departure procedure.
4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the removal request, highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT
Key.
Or:

AFCS

1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page (MFD) or the Active Flight Plan Window (PFD)
2) Press the FMS Knob, and turn to highlight the departure header in the active flight plan.

ADDITIONALFEATURES

3) Press the CLR Key. A confirmation window is displayed listing the departure procedure.
4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the removal request, highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENTKey.
5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.

APPENDICES
INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

231

SYSTEMOVERVIEWFLIGHT MANAGEMENTARRIVALSFLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

A Standard Terminal Arrival (STAR) can be loaded at any airport that has one available. Only one arrival
can be loaded at a time in a flight plan. If an arrival is loaded when another arrival is already in the active
flight plan, the new arrival replaces the previous arrival. The route is defined by selection of an arrival, thetransition waypoints, and a runway.

LOADING AN ARRIVAL INTO THE ACTIVE FLIGHT PLAN
Loading an arrival into the active flight plan using the PROC Key:EIS

1) Press the PROC Key. The Procedures Window is displayed.
2) Highlight ‘SELECT ARRIVAL’.

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

4) Use the FMS Knob to select an airport and press the ENT Key.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

3) Press the ENT Key. The Arrival Loading Page is displayed.

7) Select a runway (if required) and press the ENT Key. ‘LOAD?’ is highlighted.

5) Select an arrival from the list and press the ENT Key.
6) Select a transition (if required) and press the ENT Key.
8) Press the ENT Key to load the arrival procedure.
Destination Airport

ADDITIONALFEATURESAFCSHAZARDAVOIDANCE

Available Procedure Actions

APPENDICES

Loaded Procedures

Arrival Preview

Arrival Choices

INDEX

Figure 5-94 Arrival Selection

232

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

FLIGHT MANAGEMENTSYSTEMOVERVIEW

Selected Arrival

Loaded Arrival

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTSEISAUDIO PANEL& CNS

Procedure Loading Page Selection Softkeys
Figure 5-95 Arrival Loading

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Viewing available arrivals at an airport:
1) From the Airport Information Page (first page in the WPT group), press the STAR Softkey. The Arrival Information
Page is displayed, defaulting to the airport displayed on the Airport Information Page.

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

2) To select another airport, press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor, enter an identifier/facility name/city, andpress the ENT Key.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the Arrival. The arrival is previewed on the map.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to view the available arrivals. Press the ENT Key to select the arrival. The cursor moves
to the Transition box. The arrival is previewed on the map.

AFCS5) Turn the small FMS Knob to view the available transitions. Press the ENT Key to select the transition. The cursor
moves to the Runway box. The arrival is previewed on the map.

ADDITIONALFEATURES

6) Turn the small FMS Knob to view the available runways. Press the ENT Key to select the runway. The cursor
moves to the Sequence box. The arrival is previewed on the map.
7) Press the INFO-x Softkey to return to the Airport Information Page.

REMOVING AN ARRIVAL FROM THE ACTIVE FLIGHT PLAN

APPENDICES

When plans change while flying IFR, arrivals can be easily removed from the Active Flight Plan.
Removing an arrival from the active flight plan:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page (MFD) or the Active Flight Plan Window (PFD)
2) Press the MENU Key, and highlight ‘Remove Arrival’.

INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

233

SYSTEMOVERVIEWFLIGHT MANAGEMENT
3) Press the ENT Key. A confirmation window is displayed listing the arrival procedure.
4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the removal request, highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENTKey.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Or:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page (MFD) or the Active Flight Plan Window (PFD)
2) Press the FMS Knob, and turn to highlight the arrival header in the active flight plan.
3) Press the CLR Key. A confirmation window is displayed listing the arrival procedure.

EIS4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the removal request, highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENTKey.
5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.

AUDIO PANEL& CNSAPPROACHESNOTE: If certain GPS parameters (SBAS, RAIM, etc.) are not available, some published approach procedures

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

for the desired airport may not be displayed in the list of available approaches.

HAZARDAVOIDANCEAn Approach Procedure (APPR) can be loaded at any airport that has one available, and provides guidance
for non-precision and precision approaches to airports with published instrument approach procedures.
Only one approach can be loaded at a time in a flight plan. If an approach is loaded when another approachis already in the active flight plan, the new approach replaces the previous approach. The route is defined by
selection of an approach and the transition waypoints.

AFCS

Whenever an approach is selected, the choice to either “load” or “activate” is given. “Loading” adds theapproach to the end of the flight plan without immediately using it for navigation guidance. This allows
continued navigation via the intermediate waypoints in the original flight plan, but keeps the procedure
available on the Active Flight Plan Page for quick activation when needed. “Activating” also adds theprocedure to the end of the flight plan but immediately begins to provide guidance to the first waypoint in
the approach.

INDEX

APPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURES

When selecting an approach, a “GPS” designation to the right of the procedure name indicates the procedurecan be flown using the GPS receiver. Some procedures do not have this designation, meaning the GPS
receiver can be used for supplemental navigation guidance only. If the GPS receiver cannot be used forprimary guidance, the appropriate navigation receiver must be used for the selected approach (e.g., VOR or
ILS). The final course segment of ILS approaches, for example, must be flown by tuning the NAV receiver tothe proper frequency and selecting that NAV receiver on the CDI.

234

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

FLIGHT MANAGEMENTSYSTEMOVERVIEW

Example on HSI

EISApproach Type
- LNAV- LNAV+V- L/VNAV- LPV

AUDIO PANEL& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTHSI Annunciation
Description
LNAV
GPS approach using published LNAV
minimaLNAV+VGPS approach using published LNAV
minima. Advisory vertical guidance isprovided
L/VNAVGPS approach using published LNAV/(available only if VNAV minima
SBAS equipped)
LPV
GPS approach using published LPV(available only if minima
SBAS equipped

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

The G1000 SBAS GPS allows for flying LNAV, LNAV/VNAV, and LPV approaches according to the publishedchart. LNAV+V is a standard LNAV approach with advisory vertical guidance provided for assistance inmaintaining a constant vertical glidepath similar to an ILS glideslope on approach. This guidance is displayedon the G1000 PFD in the same location as the ILS glideslope using a magenta diamond. In all cases where
LNAV+V is indicated by the system during an approach, LNAV minima are used. The active approach typeis annunciated on the HSI as shown in the following table:

Table 5-9 Approach Types

LOADING AN APPROACH INTO THE ACTIVE FLIGHT PLAN

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Loading an approach into the active flight plan using the PROC Key:
1) Press the PROC Key. The Procedures Window is displayed.
2) Highlight ‘SELECT APPROACH’, and press the ENT Key. The Approach Loading Page is displayed.
3) Use the FMS Knob to select an airport and press the ENT Key.

AFCS

4) Select an approach from the list and press the ENT Key.
5) Select a transition (if required) and press the ENT Key.

ADDITIONALFEATURES

6) Barometric Minimumsa) To set ‘MINIMUMS’, turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘BARO’, and press the ENT Key. Turn the small FMS
Knob to select the altitude, and press the ENT Key.
Or:

APPENDICESb) To skip setting minimums, press the ENT Key.
7) Press the ENT Key with ‘LOAD?’ highlighted to load the approach procedure; or turn the large FMS Knob tohighlight ‘ACTIVATE’ and press the ENT Key to load and activate the approach procedure.
NOTE: When GPS is not approved for the selected final approach course, the message ‘NOT APPROVED

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

INDEX

FOR GPS’ is displayed. GPS provides guidance to the approach, but the HSI must to be switched to a NAV
receiver to fly the final course of the approach.

235

SYSTEMOVERVIEWFLIGHT MANAGEMENT
Destination Airport

AUDIO PANEL
& CNS

EIS

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Available Procedure Actions

Loaded Procedures

Approach Preview

Approach Choices

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Figure 5-96 Approach Selection
Loaded Approach

ADDITIONALFEATURESAFCSHAZARDAVOIDANCE

Selected Approach

Procedure Loading Page Selection Softkeys

APPENDICES

Viewing available approaches at an airport:

INDEX

Figure 5-97 Approach Loading

2) To select another airport, press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor, enter an identifier/facility name/city, andpress the ENT Key.

1) From the Airport Information Page (first page in the WPT group), press the APR Softkey. The Approach
Information Page is displayed, defaulting to the airport displayed on the Airport information Page.

236

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

FLIGHT MANAGEMENTSYSTEMOVERVIEW

3) Press the FMS Knob, then turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the Approach. The approach is previewed on
the map.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

4) Turn the small FMS Knob to view the available approaches. Press the ENT Key to select the approach. The
cursor moves to the Transition box. The approach is previewed on the map.
5) Turn the small FMS Knob to view the available transitions. Press the ENT Key to select the transition. The cursor
moves to the Minimums box. The approach is previewed on the map.
6) Turn the small FMS Knob to select BARO (or optional RAD ALT) minimums on or off. Press the ENT Key.

EISa) When minimums are selected on, the cursor moves to the minimum altitude field . Use the small FMS Knob toselect the altitude. Press the ENT Key. The cursor moves to the Sequence box. The approach is previewed on
the map.
Or:

AUDIO PANEL& CNSb) When minimums are selected off, the cursor moves to the Sequence box. The approach is previewed on themap.
7) Press the INFO-x Softkey to return to the Airport Information Page.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Loading an approach into the active flight plan from the Nearest Airport Page:
1) Select the Nearest Airports Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob, then turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the desired nearest airport. The airport ispreviewed on the map.

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

3) Press the APR Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Select Approach Window’, and press the ENT Key.
4) Turn the FMS Knob to highlight the desired approach.
5) Press the LD APR Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Load Approach’, and press the ENT Key. The
Approach Loading Page is displayed with the transitions field highlighted.
6) Turn the FMS Knob to highlight the desired transition, and press the ENT Key.

AFCS

7) Barometric Minimumsa) To set ‘MINIMUMS’, turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘BARO’, and press the ENT Key. Turn the small FMS
Knob to select the altitude, and press the ENT Key. The ‘LOAD?’ field is highlighted.

ADDITIONALFEATURES

Or:b) To skip setting minimums, press the ENT Key. The ‘LOAD?’ field is highlighted.

APPENDICES

8) Press the ENT Key with ‘LOAD?’ highlighted to load the approach procedure; or turn the large FMS Knob tohighlight ‘ACTIVATE’ and press the ENT Key to load and activate the approach procedure. The G1000 continues
navigating the current flight plan until the approach is activated. When GPS is not approved for the selected
final approach course, the message ‘NOT APPROVED FOR GPS’ is displayed. GPS provides guidance to theapproach, but the HSI must to be switched to a NAV receiver to fly the final course of the approach.

INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

237

SYSTEMOVERVIEWFLIGHT MANAGEMENTACTIVATING AN APPROACH
A previously loaded approach can be activated from the Procedures Window.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Activating a previously loaded approach:1) Press the PROC Key. The Procedures Window is displayed with ‘Activate Approach’ highlighted.
2) Press the ENT Key to activate the approach.

EIS

In many cases, it may be easiest to “load” the full approach while still some distance away, enroute to thedestination airport. Later, if vectored to final, use the steps above to select ‘Activate Vector-To-Final’ — whichmakes the inbound course to the FAF waypoint active.
Activating a previously loaded approach with vectors to final:

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

1) Press the PROC Key to display the Procedures Window.
2) Highlight ‘ACTIVATE VECTOR-TO-FINAL’ and press the ENT Key.

Loading and activating an approach using the MENU Key:

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

1) From the Approach Loading Page, press the MENU Key. The page menu is displayed with ‘Load & Activate
Approach’ highlighted.
2) Press the ENT Key. When GPS is not approved for the selected final approach course, the message ‘NOTAPPROVED FOR GPS’ is displayed. GPS provides guidance to the approach, but the HSI must to be switched toa NAV receiver to fly the final course of the approach.

HAZARDAVOIDANCEREMOVING AN APPROACH FROM THE ACTIVE FLIGHT PLAN
When plans change while flying IFR, approaches can be easily removed from the Active Flight Plan.
Removing an approach from the active flight plan:

AFCS

1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page (MFD) or the Active Flight Plan Window (PFD)
2) Press the MENU Key, and highlight ‘Remove Approach’.
3) Press the ENT Key. A confirmation window is displayed listing the approach procedure.
ADDITIONALFEATURES

4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the removal, highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
Or:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page (MFD) or the Active Flight Plan Window (PFD)

APPENDICES

2) Press the FMS Knob, and turn to highlight the approach header in the active flight plan.
3) Press the CLR Key. A confirmation window is displayed listing the approach procedure.
4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the removal, highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.

INDEX

5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.

238

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

FLIGHT MANAGEMENTSYSTEMOVERVIEWMISSED APPROACH
Activating a missed approach in the active flight plan:

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

1) Press the PROC Key.
2) Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘ACTIVATE MISSED APPROACH’.
3) Press the ENT Key. The aircraft automatically sequences to the MAHP.
Or:
	

Press the Go-Around Button.
EIS

COURSE TO ALTITUDE

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

In this missed approach procedure, the altitude immediately following the MAP (in this case ‘6368ft’) is
not part of the published procedure. It is simply a Course to Altitude (CA) leg which guides the aircraft along
the runway centerline until the altitude required to safely make the first turn toward the MAHP is exceeded.
This altitude is provided by Jeppesen, and may be below, equal to, or above the published minimums forthis approach. In this case, if the aircraft altitude is below the specified altitude (6,368 feet) after crossing
the MAP, a direct-to is established to provide a course on runway heading until an altitude of 6,368 feet isreached. After reaching 6,368 feet, a direct-to is established to the published MAHP (in this case MOGAL).
If the aircraft altitude is above the specified altitude after crossing the MAP, a direct-to is established to the
published fix (MOGAL) to begin the missed approach procedure.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTHAZARDAVOIDANCE

In some missed approach procedures this Course to Altitude leg may be part of the published procedure.
For example, a procedure may dictate a climb to 5,500 feet, then turn left and proceed to the Missed Approach
Hold Point (MAHP). In this case, the altitude would appear in the list of waypoints as ‘5500ft’. Again, if theaircraft altitude is lower than the prescribed altitude, a direct-to is established on a Course to Altitude leg
when the missed approach procedure is activated.

AFCS
ADDITIONALFEATURES

Course to Altitude Leg

APPENDICES

Figure 5-98 Course to Altitude

INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

239

SYSTEMOVERVIEWFLIGHT MANAGEMENT

5.9 TRIP PLANNING

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

The G1000 allows the pilot to view trip planning information, fuel information, and other information fora specified flight plan or flight plan leg based on automatic data, or based on manually entered data. Weightplanning is also available, based on fuel sensor data and the active flight plan (to estimate remaining fuel).

TRIP PLANNING

EISAll of the input of data needed for calculation and viewing of the statistics is done on the Trip Planning Page
located in the AUX Page Group.
Selected Flight Plan Segment

AUDIO PANEL& CNS- FPL Number/Cumulative Legs (CUM or REM) or Leg Number (NN)- Waypoints Defining Selected Flight Plan/Flight Plan Leg

Trip Planning Page Mode

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Preview of Selected
Flight Plan/
Flight Plan Leg- Automatic/Manual

Trip Input Data (sensor/pilot)- Departure Time (local)- Ground Speed- Fuel Flow
- Fuel On Board Aircraft- Calibrated Airspeed- Indicated Altitude- Barometric Pressure- Total Air Temperature

Trip Statistics

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Desired Track Distance Est. Time Enroute Est. Time of Arrival Enroute Safe Altitude Sunrise Time (local) Sunset Time (local) -Other Statistics- Density Altitude- True Airspeed (TAS)

Fuel Statistics

AFCS

Efficiency Total Endurance Remaining Fuel Remaining Endurance Fuel Required Total Range -Softkeys- Automatic/Manual Page Mode
- Flight Plan/Waypoint Mode

ADDITIONALFEATURES

Figure 5-99 Trip Planning Page

The trip planning inputs are based on sensor inputs (automatic page mode) or on pilot inputs (manual pagemode). Some additional explanation of the sources for some of the inputs is as follows:

APPENDICES• Departure time (DEP TIME) - This defaults to the current time in automatic page mode. The computations
are from the aircraft present position, so the aircraft is always just departing.
• Calibrated airspeed (CALIBRATED AS) - The primary source is from the air data system, and the secondary
source of information is GPS ground speed.

INDEX• Indicated altitude (IND ALTITUDE) - The primary source is the barometric altitude, and the secondary sourceof information is GPS altitude.

240

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

FLIGHT MANAGEMENTSYSTEMOVERVIEW

TRIP STATISTICS
The trip statistics are calculated based on the selected starting and ending waypoints and the trip planning
inputs.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

In flight plan mode (FPL) with a stored flight plan selected (NN), and the entire flight plan (CUM) selected,
the waypoints are the starting and ending waypoints of the selected flight plan.
In flight plan mode (FPL) with a stored flight plan selected (NN), and a specific leg (NN) selected, thewaypoints are the endpoints of the selected leg.

EIS

In flight plan mode (FPL) with the active flight plan selected (00), and the remaining flight plan (REM)
selected, the ‘from’ waypoint is the present position of the aircraft and the ‘to’ waypoint is the endpoint of theactive flight plan.

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

In flight plan mode (FPL) with the active flight plan selected (00), and a specific leg (NN) selected, the‘from’ waypoint is the current aircraft position and the ‘to’ waypoint is the endpoint of the selected leg.
In waypoint (WPTS) mode these are manually selected waypoints (if there is an active flight plan, thesedefault to the endpoints of the active leg).

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Some of the calculated trip statistics are dashed when the selected leg of the active flight plan has alreadybeen flown.
• Desired Track (DTK) -  DTK is shown as nnn° and is the desired track between the selected waypoints.  
It is dashed unless only a single leg is selected.
• Distance (DIS) -  The distance is shown in tenths of units up to 99.9, and in whole units up to 9999.  

HAZARDAVOIDANCE• Estimated time enroute (ETE) -  ETE is shown as hours:minutes until less than an hour, then it is shownas minutes:seconds.
• Estimated time of arrival (ETA) -   ETA is shown as hours:minutes and is the local time at thedestination.
- If in waypoint mode then the ETA is the ETE added to the departure time.

AFCS- If a flight plan other than the active flight plan is selected it shows the ETA by adding to the departuretime all of the ETEs of the legs up to the selected leg. If the entire flight plan is selected, then the ETA
is calculated as if the last leg of the flight plan was selected.

ADDITIONALFEATURES- If the active flight plan is selected the ETA reflects the current position of the aircraft and the current
leg being flown. The ETA is calculated by adding to the current time the ETEs of the current leg up to
and including the selected leg. If the entire flight plan is selected, then the ETA is calculated as if thelast leg of the flight plan was selected.

APPENDICES• Enroute safe altitude (ESA) -  The ESA is shown as nnnnnFT• Destination sunrise and sunset times (SUNRISE, SUNSET) - These times are shown as hours:minutes
and are the local time at the destination.

INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

241

SYSTEMOVERVIEWFLIGHT MANAGEMENTFUEL STATISTICS

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

The fuel statistics are calculated based on the selected starting and ending waypoints and the trip planning
inputs. Some of the calculated trip statistics are dashed when the selected leg of the active flight plan has
already been flown.
• Fuel efficiency (EFFICIENCY) -   This value is calculated by dividing the current ground speed by thecurrent fuel flow.
• Time of fuel endurance (TOTAL ENDUR) - This time is shown as hours:minutes. This value is obtainedby dividing the amount of fuel on board by the current fuel flow.

EIS• Fuel on board upon reaching end of selected leg (REM FUEL) - This value is calculated by taking theamount of fuel onboard and subtracting the fuel required to reach the end of the selected leg.  

AUDIO PANEL& CNS• Fuel endurance remaining at end of selected leg (REM ENDUR) -  This value is calculated by taking the timeof fuel endurance and subtracting the estimated time enroute to the end of the selected leg.
• Fuel required for trip (FUEL REQ) -  This value is calculated by multiplying the time to go by the fuelflow.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT• Total range at entered fuel flow (TOTAL RANGE) -  This value is calculated by multiplying the time of fuelendurance by the ground speed.

OTHER STATISTICS
These statistics are calculated based on the system sensor inputs or the manual trip planning inputs.

HAZARDAVOIDANCE• Density altitude (DENSITY ALT)
• True airspeed (TRUE AIRSPEED)The pilot may select automatic (AUTO) or manual (MANUAL) page mode, and flight plan (FPL) or waypoint(WPTS) mode. In automatic page mode, only the FPL, LEG, or waypoint IDs are editable (based on FPL/WPTS
selection).

AFCS

Selected Flight Plan NN -Selected Leg(s)00 is Active FPL
01-99 are Stored FPLs

ADDITIONALFEATURES

Starting and Ending Waypointof Selected Flight Plan Segment

Stored Flight Plan
- CUM: Beginning to End of FPL- NN: Beginning to End of Selected Leg
Active Flight Plan
- REM: Pres. Pos. to End of FPL- NN: Pres. Pos. to End of Selected Leg

Figure 5-100 Trip Planning Page - Flight Plan Mode

APPENDICES

Selected Flight Plan
Not Available

Selected Leg(s)Not Available

Selected Starting and Ending Waypoints

INDEX

Figure 5-101 Trip Planning Page - Waypoint Mode

242

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

FLIGHT MANAGEMENTSYSTEMOVERVIEW

Selecting automatic or manual page mode:	Press the AUTO Softkey or the MANUAL Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Auto Mode’ or ‘Manual
Mode’, and press the ENT Key.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Selecting flight plan or waypoint mode:	Press the FPL Softkey or the WPTS Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Flight Plan Mode’ or ‘Waypoints
Mode’, and press the ENT Key.

Selecting a flight plan and leg for trip statistics:
EIS

1) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor in the flight plan number field.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired flight plan number.

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘CUM’ or ‘REM’. The statistics for each leg can be viewed by turning thesmall FMS Knob to select the desired leg. The Inset Map also displays the selected data.

Selecting waypoints for waypoint mode:

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

1) Press the WPTS Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Waypoints Mode’, and press the ENT Key. The
cursor is positioned in the waypoint field directly below the FPL field.
2) Turn the FMS knobs to select the desired waypoint (or select from the Page Menu ‘Set WPT to Present Position’if that is what is desired), and press the ENT Key. The cursor moves to the second waypoint field.

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

3) Turn the FMS knobs to select the desired waypoint, and press the ENT Key. The statistics for the selected leg
are displayed.

In manual page mode, the other eight trip input data fields must be entered by the pilot, in addition to flightplan and leg selection.
Entering manual data for trip statistics calculations:

AFCS1) Press the MANUAL Softkey or select ‘Manual Mode’ from the Page Menu, and press the ENT Key. The cursor
may now be positioned in any field in the top right two boxes.

ADDITIONALFEATURES

2) Turn the FMS Knobs to move the cursor onto the DEP TIME field and enter the desired value. Press the ENT Key.
The statistics are calculated using the new value and the cursor moves to the next entry field. Repeat until all
desired values have been entered.

APPENDICES
INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

243

SYSTEMOVERVIEWFLIGHT MANAGEMENT

5.10 RAIM PREDICTION

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTAUDIO PANEL
& CNS

EIS

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

RAIM (Receiver Autonomous Integrity Monitoring) is a GPS receiver function that performs a consistency
check on all tracked satellites. RAIM ensures that the available satellite geometry allows the receiver to calculate
a position within a specified RAIM protection limit (2.0 nm for oceanic, 2.0 nm for enroute, 1.0 nm for terminal,
and 0.3 nm for non-precision approaches). During oceanic, enroute, and terminal phases of flight, RAIM isavailable nearly 100% of the time. The RAIM prediction function also indicates whether RAIM is available at a
specified date and time. RAIM computations predict satellite coverage within ±15 min of the specified arrival
date and time. Because of the tighter protection limit on approaches, there may be times when RAIM is notavailable. RAIM prediction must be initiated manually if there is concern over SBAS coverage at the destination
or some other reason that compromises navigation precision. If RAIM is not predicted to be available for the
final approach course, the approach does not become active. If RAIM is not available when crossing the FAF, themissed approach procedure must be flown.

RAIM PREDICTION BoxAFCSHAZARDAVOIDANCE- Prediction Waypoint- Arrival Time- Arrival Date
- RAIM Status

RAIM Softkey

SBAS Softkey(displays SBAS Selection)(displays RAIM PREDICTION)

ADDITIONALFEATURES

Figure 5-102 RAIM Prediction

Predicting RAIM availability at a selected waypoint:
1) Select the AUX-GPS Status Page.

APPENDICES

2) Press the FMS Knob. The RAIM Prediction ‘WAYPOINT’ field is highlighted.
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to display the Waypoint Information Window. (Turning it clockwise displays a blank
Waypoint Information Window, turning it counter-clockwise displays the Waypoint Information Window
with a waypoint selection submenu allowing selection of active flight plan, nearest, recent, user, or airway
waypoints).

INDEX

4) Enter the identifier, facility, or city name of the departure waypoint; or select a waypoint from the submenu of
waypoints and press the ENT Key to accept the waypoint entry.

244

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

FLIGHT MANAGEMENTSYSTEMOVERVIEW

5) Turn the FMS Knobs to enter an arrival time and press the ENT Key.
6) Turn the FMS Knobs to enter an arrival date and press the ENT Key.
7) Press the ENT Key with ‘COMPUTE RAIM?’ highlighted to begin the computation.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Predicting RAIM availability at the aircraft present position:
1) Select the AUX-GPS Status Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob. The RAIM Prediction ‘WAYPOINT’ field is highlighted.
3) Press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Set WPT to Present Position’, and press the ENT Key.

EIS

4) Press the ENT Key to accept the waypoint entry.
5) Turn the FMS Knobs to enter an arrival time and press the ENT Key.

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

6) Turn the FMS Knobs to enter an arrival date and press the ENT Key.
7) Press the ENT Key with ‘COMPUTE RAIM?’ highlighted to begin the computation.

Status of the RAIM computation for the selected waypoint, time, and date is displayed at the bottom of the
RAIM PREDICTION Box as follows:

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT• ‘COMPUTE RAIM?’ - RAIM has not been computed.
• ‘COMPUTING AVAILABILITY’ -  RAIM calculation is in progress.
• ‘RAIM AVAILABLE’ - RAIM is predicted to be available.
• ‘RAIM NOT AVAILABLE’ - RAIM is predicted to be unavailable.

HAZARDAVOIDANCEThe Satellite Based Augmentation System (SBAS) provides increased navigation accuracy when available. SBAS
can be enabled or disabled manually on the GPS Status Page.

AFCS

SBAS Status

ADDITIONALFEATURESSBAS SELECTION Box- EGNOS Enable/Disable- MSAS Enable/Disable- WAAS Enable/Disable

APPENDICESRAIM Softkey

INDEX

SBAS Softkey(displays SBAS Selection)(displays RAIM PREDICTION)

Figure 5-103 SBAS Display - Active

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

245

SYSTEMOVERVIEWFLIGHT MANAGEMENT
Enabling/Disabling SBAS:
1) Select the AUX-GPS Status Page.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

2) Press the SBAS softkey.
3) Press the FMS Knob, and turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘EGNOS’, ‘MSAS’ or ‘WAAS’.

EIS4) Press the ENT Key to disable SBAS. Press the ENT Key again to enable SBAS.

SBAS Status

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

SBAS SELECTION Box

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT- EGNOS Enable/Disable- MSAS Enable/Disable- WAAS Enable/Disable

SBAS Softkey(displays SBAS Selection)

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

RAIM Softkey(displays RAIM PREDICTION)INDEX

APPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURES

AFCS

Figure 5-104 SBAS Display - Disabled246

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

FLIGHT MANAGEMENTSYSTEMOVERVIEW

5.11 NAVIGATING A FLIGHT PLAN

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

The following discussion is an example of navigating a flight plan with an LPV approach using the SBAS capable
GPS system while the G1000 provides vertical guidance through descents. A flight plan with an LNAV approach
would be navigated in much the same way, but would not include vertical guidance when the final approachcourse is active.
NOTE: The following example flight plan is for instructional purposes only. All database information depictedshould be considered not current.
EIS
AUDIO PANEL& CNS

The example is a flight plan from KMKC to KCOS filed using the TIFTO2 departure, various Victor Airways,
and the DBRY1 arrival with the transition at TBE.  The flight plan includes an enroute altitude of 12,000 feet, an
LPV (WAAS) approach selected for runway 35R, and a missed approach executed at the Missed Approach Point(MAP). A few enroute changes are demonstrated.
1) Prior to departure, the TIFTO2 departure, the airways, and the DBRY1 arrival at KCOS are loaded. See theProcedures section for loading departures and arrivals. Note the magenta arrow in Figure 5-105 indicating theactive departure leg.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

After takeoff, ATC assigns a heading of 240º.
2) Figure 5-105 shows the aircraft on the assigned heading of 240º. ‘TERM’ (Terminal) is the current CDI flightphase displayed on the HSI indicating 1.0 nm CDI scaling.

HAZARDAVOIDANCEAFCSADDITIONALFEATURES
APPENDICES

Figure 5-105 Assigned Heading of 240º

INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

247

SYSTEMOVERVIEWFLIGHT MANAGEMENTFLIGHT
MANAGEMENTAUDIO PANEL
& CNS

EIS

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

3) ATC now assigns routing to join V4. A heading of 290º is assigned to intercept V4. The aircraft turns to heading
290° as seen in Figure 5-106.

Figure 5-106 Assigned Heading of 290º

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

4) Enter V4 into the flight plan.

INDEX

APPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURESAFCSa) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.

248

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

FLIGHT MANAGEMENTSYSTEMOVERVIEWb) The desired entry point for V4 (TOP) must be entered. Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the desired flightplan insertion point (SLN) as shown in Figure 5-107. When the V4 entry point (TOP) is inserted, it is placed
immediately above the highlighted waypoint (SLN).

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTSEISAUDIO PANEL& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Figure 5-107 Begin Adding V4 to the Flight Planc) Turn the small FMS Knob to display the Waypoint Information Window. Enter the desired entry point for V4,
Topeka VOR (TOP), as shown in Figure 5-108.

HAZARDAVOIDANCEAFCSADDITIONALFEATURES
APPENDICES

Figure 5-108 Entering V4 Entry Point

INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

249

SYSTEMOVERVIEWFLIGHT MANAGEMENTAUDIO PANEL
& CNS

EIS

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTSd) Press the ENT Key. TOP is inserted into the flight plan as in Figure 5-109.

Figure 5-109 TOP Inserted into the Flight Plan

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTe) With SLN still highlighted as in Figure 5-109, turn the small FMS Knob clockwise. The Waypoint Information
Page is displayed and the LD AIRWY Softkey is now available.

ADDITIONALFEATURESAFCSHAZARDAVOIDANCEf) Press the LD AIRWY Softkey to display the list of available airways for TOP as seen in Figure 5-110.

APPENDICES

Figure 5-110 List of Available Airways for TOPINDEXg) Turn either FMS Knob to highlight V4 in the list as seen in Figure 5-110.

250

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

FLIGHT MANAGEMENTSYSTEMOVERVIEWh) Press the ENT Key. The list of available exits for V4 is now displayed as in Figure 5-111.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTSEISAUDIO PANEL& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Figure 5-111 List of Available Exits for V4i) If necessary, turn either FMS Knob to select the desired exit. In this case Salina VOR (SLN) is selected as in
Figure 5-111.

HAZARDAVOIDANCEj) Press the ENT Key. The selected airway and exit are displayed, and the prompt “LOAD?” highlighted as in
Figure 5-112.

AFCS
ADDITIONALFEATURES
APPENDICES

Figure 5-112 Ready to Load V4k) Press the ENT Key.
INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

251

SYSTEMOVERVIEWFLIGHT MANAGEMENTAUDIO PANEL
& CNS

EIS

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTSl) V4 is now loaded into the flight plan as shown in Figure 5-113.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Figure 5-113 V4 is Loaded in the Flight Plan

5) Making V4 the active leg of the flight plan.
a) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
b) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ULNAZ. The TO waypoint of the leg is selected in order to activate the leg.

AFCS

HAZARDAVOIDANCEc) Press the ACT LEG Softkey. The confirmation window is now displayed as in Figure 5-114. Note the TOP to
ULNAZ leg is actually part of V4.

INDEX

APPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURES

Figure 5-114 Comfirm Active Leg

252

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

FLIGHT MANAGEMENTSYSTEMOVERVIEWFLIGHT
INSTRUMENTSd) Verify the displayed leg is the desired leg and press the ENT Key. Note in Figure 5-115, the magenta arrow in
the flight plan window and magenta line on the map indicating V4 is now the active flight plan leg. Note thephase of flight remained in Terminal (TERM) mode up to this point because a departure leg was active. Since a
leg after the departure is now active, the current CDI flight phase is ENR (Enroute) and CDI scaling has changed
to 2.0 nm.

EIS
AUDIO PANEL& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Figure 5-115 V4 Now Active Leg
HAZARDAVOIDANCE

6) The aircraft continues on heading 290º. When crosstrack distance is less than 2.0 nm, the XTK disappears fromthe HSI and the CDI is positioned on the last dot indicating a 2.0 nm distance from the centerline of the next
course.

AFCS
ADDITIONALFEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

253

SYSTEMOVERVIEWFLIGHT MANAGEMENTFLIGHT
MANAGEMENTAUDIO PANEL
& CNS

EIS

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

7) As the CDI approaches center, the aircraft turns onto the active leg as seen in Figure 5-116.

Figure 5-116 Turn on to Active Leg

ADDITIONALFEATURESAFCSHAZARDAVOIDANCE

8) At SLN, Victor Airway 244 (V244) is intercepted. Turn prompts are displayed in the PFD Navigation Status Box
as seen in Figure 5-117.

INDEX

APPENDICES

Figure 5-117 Turn to Intercept V244

254

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

FLIGHT MANAGEMENTSYSTEMOVERVIEW

9) As seen in Figure 5-118, V244 is now the active flight plan leg.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTSEISAUDIO PANEL& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Figure 5-118 V244 Now Active Leg

HAZARDAVOIDANCEAFCSADDITIONALFEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

255

SYSTEMOVERVIEWFLIGHT MANAGEMENTFLIGHT
MANAGEMENTAUDIO PANEL
& CNS

EIS

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

10) At Lamar VOR (LAA) V263 is intercepted. See Figure 5-119.

Figure 5-119 HYS to LAA Leg Active

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

11) ATC grants clearance to proceed direct to the OPSHN intersection to begin the arrival procedure. ATC advises
to expect an altitude of 10,000 feet at OPSHN.
a) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
b) Turn the large FMS Knob to select OPSHN in the flight plan list.
) Key. The Direct-to Window is now displayed as shown in Figure 5-120.

INDEX

APPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURES

AFCSc) Press the Direct-to (Figure 5-120 Direct To OPSHN

256

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

FLIGHT MANAGEMENTSYSTEMOVERVIEWd) Turn the large FMS Knob to place the cursor in the VNV altitude field as shown in Figure 5-121.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTSEISAUDIO PANEL& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Figure 5-121 Enter VNV Altitudee) An altitude of 10,000 feet is entered as requested by ATC.
f) Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now displayed in the VNV offset field as shown in Figure 5-122.

HAZARDAVOIDANCEAFCSADDITIONALFEATURES
APPENDICES

Figure 5-122 Enter VNV Offset Distanceg) Enter the offset, or distance from the waypoint at which to reach the selected altitude. In this case, three miles
prior to OPSHN is entered. In other words, the G1000 gives vertical guidance so the aircraft arrives at analtitude of 10,000 feet three miles prior to OPSHN.

INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

257

SYSTEMOVERVIEWFLIGHT MANAGEMENTFLIGHT
INSTRUMENTSh) Press the ENT Key twice to activate the direct-to. Note, in Figure 5-123, the magenta arrow indicating thedirect-to OPSHN after the offset waypoint for OPSHN. The preceding offset waypoint indicates the offset
distance and altitude that were previously entered. The remaining waypoints in the loaded arrival procedure
have no database specified altitudes, therefore, dashes are displayed. Keep the CDI centered and maintain a
track along the magenta line to OPSHN.
	 Note the Direct-to waypoint is within the loaded arrival procedure, therefore, phase of flight scaling for the CDI
changes to Terminal Mode and is annunciated by displaying ‘TERM’ on the HSI.
NOTE: If the loaded arrival procedure has waypoints with altitude constraints retrieved from the databaseAFCS

HAZARDAVOIDANCEFLIGHT
MANAGEMENTAUDIO PANEL
& CNS

EIS

to be used as is, the altitude must be manually accepted by placing the cursor over the desired altitude,
then pressing the ENT Key. The altitude is now displayed as light blue meaning it is used by the system todetermine vertical speed and deviation guidance.

Figure 5-123 Direct-to Active
ADDITIONALFEATURES

12) The aircraft is proceeding to OPSHN. The expected approach is the RNAV LPV approach to runway 35R, so it isselected.

INDEX

APPENDICESa) Press the PROC Key to display the Procedures Window.

258

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

FLIGHT MANAGEMENTSYSTEMOVERVIEWb) ‘SELECT APPROACH’ should be highlighted as shown in Figure 5-124.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTSEISAUDIO PANEL& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Figure 5-124 Procedures Windowc) Press the ENT Key. A list of available approaches for the destination airport is displayed as in Figure 5-125.

HAZARDAVOIDANCEAFCSADDITIONALFEATURES
APPENDICES

Figure 5-125 List of Available Approachesd) Turn either FMS Knob to select the LPV approach for 35R as shown in Figure 5-125.

INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

259

SYSTEMOVERVIEWFLIGHT MANAGEMENTAUDIO PANEL
& CNS

EIS

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTSe) Press the ENT Key. A list of available transitions for the selected approach is displayed as in Figure 5-126.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Figure 5-126 List of Available Transitionsf) Turn either FMS Knob to select the desired transition. In this case, the Initial Approach Fix (IAF) at HABUK isused.
g) Press the ENT Key.

HAZARDAVOIDANCEh) Barometric Minimums
	 To set ‘MINIMUMS’, turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘BARO’, and press the ENT Key. Turn the small 		FMS Knob to select the altitude, and press the ENT Key.
Or:

INDEX

APPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURESAFCS	 To skip setting minimums, press the ENT Key.

260

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

FLIGHT MANAGEMENTSYSTEMOVERVIEWFLIGHT
INSTRUMENTSEISAUDIO PANEL& CNS

Figure 5-127 Barometric Minimums Set

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTi) With ‘LOAD?’ highlighted, again press the ENT Key. The selected approach is added to the flight plan as seenin Figure 5-128.

HAZARDAVOIDANCEAFCSADDITIONALFEATURES
APPENDICES

Figure 5-128 Loaded Approach

INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

261

SYSTEMOVERVIEWFLIGHT MANAGEMENT
13) Note the altitude constraints associated with each of the approach waypoints as seen in Figure 5-129. These
altitudes are loaded from the database and are displayed as light blue text, indicating these values are“designated” for use in computing vertical deviation guidance.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

	 Note: To no longer use the displayed altitude for calculating vertical deviation guidance, perform thefollowing:		 a) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
		 b) Turn the small FMS Knob to highlight the desired altitude.
		 c) Press the CLR Key.

EIS		 d) Press the FMS Knob to deactivate the cursor.

After making the altitude “non-designated”, it is displayed as white text.

AFCS

HAZARDAVOIDANCEFLIGHT
MANAGEMENTAUDIO PANEL& CNS

Altitude constraint values associated with the Final Approach Fix (FAF) and waypoints beyond the FAF cannot bedesignated for vertical guidance. These altitude values are always displayed as white text, as in Figure 5-129.
Vertical guidance from the FAF and on to the Missed Approach Point (MAP) is given using the SBAS GPS altitude
source, therefore, the displayed altitude values are for reference only.

INDEX

APPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURES

Figure 5-129 Vertical Guidance is Active to the FAF

262

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

FLIGHT MANAGEMENTSYSTEMOVERVIEW

14) As the aircraft approaches OPSHN, it may be desirable to adjust the speed, or steepness of the upcoming
descent. The default Flight Path Angle (FPA) is -3.0 degrees and a required vertical speed is computed tomaintain the -3.0 FPA. To change the vertical flight path, perform the following steps.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTSa) Press the VNV PROF Softkey to place the cursor in the target vertical speed field (VS TGT) as shown in Figure5-130.
b) At this point, the descent vertical speed can be selected, or the FPA can be selected. Turn the large FMS Knobto select the desired selection field, then turn the small FMS Knob to enter the desired value.

EIS

Note the information now displayed in the ‘CURRENT VNV PROFILE’ box. Also, note the offset waypoint (orangebox) and gray circle are now displayed on the map. The gray circle marks the Top of Descent (TOD). In thisexample, vertical guidance is provided at the TOD that results in a -3.0 degree FPA descent to an altitude of
10,000 feet upon reaching the offset waypoint.

AUDIO PANEL& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTHAZARDAVOIDANCEAFCS

Figure 5-130 Adjusting the Descentc) Press the ENT Key.
ADDITIONALFEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

263

SYSTEMOVERVIEWFLIGHT MANAGEMENTFLIGHT
MANAGEMENTAUDIO PANEL
& CNS

EIS

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

15) As seen in Figure 5-130, the aircraft is approaching TOD. Note the target vertical speed required to reach theselected altitude. The Vertical Deviation Indicator (VDI) and the Required Vertical Speed Indicator (RVSI) are
now displayed on the PFD as shown in Figure 5-131. When the aircraft is within one minute of the TOD, it isannunciated as shown in Figure 5-132, and an aural alert ‘Vertical track’ will be heard.

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Figure 5-131 Approaching Top of Descent (TOD)

AFCS

Target Altitude

ADDITIONALFEATURES

Vertical Deviation
Indicator (VDI)

APPENDICES

Required Vertical
Speed Indicator(RVSI)INDEX

Figure 5-132 VDI & RVSI Upon Reaching Top of Descent (TOD)

264

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

FLIGHT MANAGEMENTSYSTEMOVERVIEW16) Upon reaching TOD, a descent vertical speed is established by placing the VSI pointer in line with the RVSI as
shown in Figure 5-133.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS

Keep Vertical Deviation
Indicator Centered

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

Align Actual Vertical SpeedwithRequired Vertical Speed

Figure 5-133 VDI & RVSI Showing Correctly Established Descent
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

17) When the aircraft is one minute from the bottom of descent (BOD) it is annunciated as shown in Figure 5-134.
Upon reaching the offset waypoint for OPSHN, the aircraft is at 10,000 feet.

HAZARDAVOIDANCEAFCSADDITIONALFEATURES
APPENDICES

Figure 5-134 Approaching Bottom of Descent (BOD) at OPSHN Offset Waypoint

INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

265

SYSTEMOVERVIEWFLIGHT MANAGEMENTAFCSHAZARDAVOIDANCEFLIGHT
MANAGEMENTAUDIO PANEL
& CNS

EIS

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

18) The aircraft is approaching OPSHN. The upcoming turn and next heading are annunciated at the top left of the
PFD as seen in Figure 5-135. Initiate the turn and maneuver the aircraft on a track through the turn radius tointercept the magenta line for the OPSHN to FSHER leg and center the CDI.

INDEX

APPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURES

Figure 5-135 Turn to intercept OPSHN to FSHER Leg

266

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

FLIGHT MANAGEMENTSYSTEMOVERVIEW

19) After passing OPSHN, the next leg of the arrival turns magenta as shown in Figure 5-136. The magenta arrowin the flight plan list now indicates the OPSHN to FSHER leg of the arrival procedure is now active.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTSEISAUDIO PANEL& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Figure 5-136 Tracking the OPSHN to FSHER Leg

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

20) The flight continues through the arrival procedure to PYNON (see Figure 5-137). At a point 31 nm from thedestination airport, the phase of flight scaling for the CDI changes to Terminal Mode and is annunciated bydisplaying ‘TERM’ on the HSI.

A descent to HABUK is in the next leg. Note the TOD point on the map. Annunciations for the upcoming turnand descent, as well as the VDI and RVSI, appear on the PFD as the flight progresses.

AFCS
ADDITIONALFEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

267

INDEXAPPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURESAFCSHAZARDAVOIDANCEFLIGHT
MANAGEMENTAUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

SYSTEMOVERVIEWFLIGHT MANAGEMENT

Figure 5-137 Approaching PYNON

268

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

FLIGHT MANAGEMENTSYSTEMOVERVIEW21) Upon passing PYNON the approach procedure automatically becomes active. The approach may be activatedat any point to proceed directly to the IAF. In this example, the aircraft has progressed through the final
waypoint of the arrival and the flight plan has automatically sequenced to the IAF as the active leg, activating
the approach procedure (see Figure 5-138).

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTSEISAUDIO PANEL& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Figure 5-138 Approach is Now Active

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Note: To manually activate the approach procedure, perform the following steps:a) Press the PROC Key.
b) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘ACTIVATE APPROACH’ as shown in Figure 5-139.

AFCSc) Press the ENT Key to activate the approach.

ADDITIONALFEATURES
APPENDICES

Figure 5-139 Manually Activate Approach

INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

269

SYSTEMOVERVIEWFLIGHT MANAGEMENTFLIGHT
MANAGEMENTAUDIO PANEL
& CNS

EIS

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

22) The IAF is the next waypoint. At the TOD, establish a descent vertical speed as previously discussed in Step 16.
The aircraft altitude is 9,000 feet upon reaching HABUK.

INDEXAPPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURESAFCSHAZARDAVOIDANCE

Figure 5-140 Descending Turn to the Initial Approach Fix (IAF)270

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

FLIGHT MANAGEMENTSYSTEMOVERVIEW

23) After crossing FALUR the next waypoint is the FAF. The flight phase changes to LPV on the HSI indicating thecurrent phase of flight is in Approach Mode and the approach type is LPV. CDI scaling changes accordingly and isused much like a localizer when flying an ILS approach. The RVSI is no longer displayed and the VDI changes to
the Glidepath Indicator (as shown in Figure 5-141) when the final approach course becomes active.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTSEISAUDIO PANEL& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT	

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Figure 5-141 Descending to the FAF

The descent continues through the FAF (CEGIX) using the Glidepath Indicator, as one would use a glideslope
indicator, to obtain an altitude “AT” 7,800 feet at the FAF. Note the altitude restriction lines over and under (At)the altitude in the ‘ALT’ field in Figure 5-141.

AFCS
ADDITIONALFEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

271

SYSTEMOVERVIEWFLIGHT MANAGEMENTFLIGHT
MANAGEMENTAUDIO PANEL
& CNS

EIS

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

24) After crossing CEGIX, the aircraft continues following the glidepath to maintain the descent to “AT or ABOVE”
6,370 feet at the Missed Approach Point (MAP) (RW35R) as seen in Figure 5-142.

Figure 5-142 Descending to the Missed Approach PointAFCS

HAZARDAVOIDANCE  In this missed approach procedure, the altitude immediately following the MAP (in this case ‘6368ft’) is not partof the published procedure. It is simply a Course to Altitude (CA) leg which guides the aircraft along the runway
centerline until the altitude required to safely make the first turn toward the MAHP is exceeded. This altitude
is provided by Jeppesen, and may be below, equal to, or above the published minimums for this approach. In
this case, if the aircraft altitude is below the specified altitude (6,368 feet) after crossing the MAP, a direct-to
is established to provide a course on runway heading until an altitude of 6,368 feet is reached. After reaching
6,368 feet, a direct-to is established to the published MAHP (in this case MOGAL). If the aircraft altitude isabove the specified altitude after crossing the MAP, a direct-to is established to the published fix (MOGAL) to
begin the missed approach procedure.

INDEX

APPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURES	 In some missed approach procedures this Course to Altitude leg may be part of the published procedure. For
example, a procedure may dictate a climb to 5,500 feet, then turn left and proceed to the Missed Approach Hold
Point (MAHP). In this case, the altitude would appear in the list of waypoints as ‘5500ft’. Again, if the aircraft
altitude is lower than the prescribed altitude, a direct-to is established on a Course to Altitude leg when the
missed approach procedure is activated.

272

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

FLIGHT MANAGEMENTSYSTEMOVERVIEW25) Upon reaching the MAP, it is decided to execute a missed approach. Automatic waypoint sequencing issuspended past the MAP. Press the SUSP Softkey on the PFD to resume automatic waypoint sequencing
through the missed approach procedure.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

A direct-to is initiated to MOGAL, which is the Missed Approach Hold Point (MAHP) as seen in Figure 5-143.
The aircraft is climbing to 10,000 feet. The CDI flight phase now changes from LPV to MAPR as seen on the HSI.

EISAUDIO PANEL& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTHAZARDAVOIDANCEAFCSADDITIONALFEATURES
APPENDICES

Figure 5-143 Missed Approach Active

INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

273

SYSTEMOVERVIEWFLIGHT MANAGEMENTFLIGHT
MANAGEMENTAUDIO PANEL
& CNS

EIS

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

26) The aircraft continues climbing to “AT or ABOVE” 10,000 feet at MOGAL. A holding pattern is established at
the MAHP (MOGAL) as shown in Figure 5-144.

Figure 5-144 Establishing the Holding Pattern

INDEX

APPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURESAFCSHAZARDAVOIDANCE27) The aircraft maintains 10,000 feet while following the magenta line through the hold as in Figure 5-145.

Figure 5-145 Hold Established274

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

FLIGHT MANAGEMENTSYSTEMOVERVIEW

5.12 ABNORMAL OPERATIONThis section discusses the Dead Reckoning mode of operation and the subsequent indications.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

NOTE: Dead Reckoning Mode only functions in Enroute (ENR) or Oceanic (OCN) phase of flight. In all otherphases, an invalid GPS solution produces a “NO GPS POSITION” annunciation on the map and the G1000
stops using GPS.

EIS

While in Enroute or Oceanic phase of flight, if the G1000 detects an invalid GPS solution or is unable tocalculate a GPS position, the system automatically reverts to Dead Reckoning (DR) Mode. In DR Mode, the G1000
uses its last-known position combined with continuously updated airspeed and heading data (when available) to
calculate and display the aircraft’s current estimated position.

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

It is important to note that estimated navigation data supplied by the G1000 in DR Mode may become increasingly
unreliable and must not be used as a sole means of navigation. If while in DR Mode airspeed and/or heading datais also lost or not available, the DR function may not be capable of accurately tracking estimated position and,
consequently, the system may display a path that is different than the actual movement of the aircraft. Estimatedposition information displayed by the G1000 through DR while there is no heading and/or airspeed data available
should not be used for navigation.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

DR Mode is inherently less accurate than the standard GPS/SBAS Mode due to the lack of satellite measurements
needed to determine a position. Changes in wind speed and/or wind direction compound the relative inaccuracyof DR Mode. Because of this degraded accuracy, other navigation equipment must be relied upon for position
awareness until GPS-derived position data is restored.

HAZARDAVOIDANCEAFCSDR Mode is indicated on the G1000 by the appearance of the letters ‘DR’ superimposed in yellow over the‘own aircraft’ symbol as shown in Figure 5-146.  In addition, ‘DR’ is prominently displayed in yellow on the HSI
slightly above and to the right of the aircraft symbol on the CDI as shown in Figure 5-146. The CDI deviation
bar remains, but is removed from the display after 20 minutes in DR Mode. The autopilot will remain coupled
in DR mode as long as the deviation   is available (20 min.)  Lastly, but at the same time, a ‘GPS NAV LOST’ alert
message appears on the PFD. Normal navigation using GPS/SBAS source data resumes automatically once a valid
GPS solution is restored.

ADDITIONALFEATURES

As a result of operating in DR Mode, all GPS-derived data is computed based upon an estimated position andis displayed as yellow text on the display to denote degraded navigation source information as shown in Figure5-146.

APPENDICES

Also, while the G1000 is in DR Mode, the autopilot will remain coupled to GPS for up to 20 minutes. TAWS,
Terrain-SVS, and Terrain Proximity are disabled. Additionally, the accuracy of all nearest information (airports,
airspaces, and waypoints) is questionable. Finally, airspace alerts continue to function, but with degradedaccuracy.

INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

275

SYSTEMOVERVIEWFLIGHT MANAGEMENTFLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Distance &Bearing

Current Track
Indicator

Dead Reckoning
Annunciaion

Wind Data
EIS

GPS Navigation
Lost Message

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

Course Deviation
Indicator
Bearing Pointer/
Distance
Navigation Data Bar

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

All data except Active Leg,
TAS, and DTK are in yellow

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Dead Reckoning
Annunciation

AFCS

Subdued Aircraft
Symbol

ADDITIONALFEATURES

Figure 5-146 Dead Reckoning Mode - GPS Derived Data Shown in Yellow

NOTE: The Inset Map is removed from the PFD any time aircraft pitch is greater than +30° or less than –20°,

INDEX

APPENDICES

or when a 65° bank angle is reached.

276

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

HAZARD AVOIDANCESYSTEMOVERVIEWSECTION 6 HAZARD AVOIDANCEFLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Hazard avoidance features available for the G1000 are designed to aid situational awareness and provide advisory
information with regard to potential hazards to flight safety associated with weather, terrain, and air traffic.
Weather• GDL 69A XM WX Satellite Weather (Optional)• GSR 56 Garmin Flight Data Services (GFDS) Worldwide Weather (Optional)EIS• GDL 90 Flight Information Service - Broadcast Weather (Optional)• L-3 STORMSCOPE® WX-500 Series II Weather Mapping Sensor (Optional)
Terrain Avoidance

AUDIO PANEL& CNS• Terrain Proximity• Terrain-SVS (Standard with SVS Option)• Terrain Awareness and Warning System-Class B (TAWS-B) (Optional)
Traffic

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT• Traffic Information Service (TIS)• Garmin GTS 800 Traffic Advisory System (TAS) (Optional)• Honeywell® KTA 870 Traffic Advisory System (TAS) (Optional)

HAZARDAVOIDANCE• Automatic Dependent Surveillance - Broadcast (ADS-B) Traffic (Optional)AFCS
ADDITIONALFEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

277

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

HAZARD AVOIDANCE

6.1 XM WX SATELLITE WEATHERFLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

NOTE: XM WX Satellite Weather data provides information for avoiding hazardous weather. Do not use XM

WX information to penetrate hazardous weather.

EIS

XM WX Satellite Weather is provided through the GDL 69A, a remote-mounted data-link satellite receiver.  
Received graphical weather information and associated text is displayed on the Multi Function Display (MFD) and
the Primary Flight Display (PFD) Inset Map.  The GDL 69A can also receive SiriusXM Satellite Radio entertainment
services.  Both weather data and entertainment programming operate in the S-band frequency range to provide
continuous reception capabilities at any altitude throughout North America.

AUDIO PANEL& CNSServices from SiriusXM are subscription-based.  For more information on specific service packages, visit  www.
siriusxm.com.

ACTIVATING SERVICESFLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Before XM WX Satellite Weather can be used, the service must be activated.  Service is activated by providing
SiriusXM with coded IDs unique to the installed GDL 69A.   SiriusXM Satellite Radio (audio) and XM WXSatellite Weather (data) services each have coded IDs.  The Data and Audio Radio IDs must be provided to
XM Satellite Radio to activate the weather service and entertainment subscriptions, respectively.  These IDs arelocated on:• The label on the back of the Data Link Receiver

HAZARDAVOIDANCE• The XM Information Page on the MFD (Figure 6-1)
• The XM Satellite Radio Activation Instructions included with the unit (available at www.garmin.com, P/N
190-00355-04)
Contact the installer if the Audio and Data Radio IDs cannot be located.

AFCS

SiriusXM uses the coded IDs to send an activation signal that allows the system to display weather data and/or entertainment programming provided through the GDL 69A.
Activating XM WX Satellite Weather and SiriusXM Satellite Radio services:

ADDITIONALFEATURES

1) Contact SiriusXM Satellite Radio customer service using the phone number listed on the website. Follow the
instructions provided by SiriusXM customer service.
2) Select the XM page in the Auxiliary Page Group.
3) Press the INFO Softkey to display the XM Information Page.

APPENDICES

4) Verify that the desired services are activated.
5) Press the LOCK Softkey.
6) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘YES’.

INDEX

7) To complete activation, press the ENT Key.

278

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

HAZARD AVOIDANCESYSTEMOVERVIEWFLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Audio Radio
ID(for SirisuXM
Satellite Radio)

Data Radio ID(for XM WX Satellite
Weather)

Figure 6-1 XM Information Page

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

Select to Display
XM Information
page

EIS

Weather
Products(Available
Products forService Class
Indicated inGreen)

Select to Lock
Subscription
Information

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTUSING XM WX SATELLITE WEATHER PRODUCTS

HAZARDAVOIDANCEThe principal map for viewing XM WX Satellite Weather data is the Weather Data Link (XM) Page in the
Map Page Group.  This is the only G1000 map display capable of showing information for all available XM WX
products.
Viewing the Weather Data Link (XM) Page:
1) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Map Page Group.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Weather Data Link (XM, FIS-B, or GFDS) Page.

AFCS3) If the page title displays a weather datalink source other than ‘XM’, such as ‘FIS-B’ or ‘GFDS’, proceed to thefollowing steps to change the weather datalink source.
4) Press the MENU Key.

ADDITIONALFEATURES

5) Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘Display XM Weather’ and press the ENT Key. The page title will display‘MAP - WEATHER DATA LINK (XM)’ to indicate XM is now the selected weather datalink source.

APPENDICES
INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

279

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

HAZARD AVOIDANCENEXRAD Weather
Product Symbol

AUDIO PANEL
& CNS

EIS

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTSNEXRAD Weather
Product Ages (US& Canada)

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTNEXRAD Weather
Product Selected
for Display

Figure 6-2 Weather Data Link (XM) Page

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

When an XM WX product is active on a MFD map, the age of the data is displayed on the screen to the right ofthe product symbol (Figure 6-2).  The age of the product is based on the time difference between when the data
was assembled on the ground and the current GPS time.  Weather products are refreshed at specific intervals(defined in the Refresh Rate column in Table 6-1).

AFCS

If for any reason, a weather product is not refreshed within the Expiration Time intervals (see Table 6-1),
the data is considered expired and is removed from the display.  This ensures the displayed data is consistent
with the data XM WX services is currently transmitting.  If more than half of the expiration time has elapsed,the color of the product age displayed changes to yellow.  If no data is available for a weather product, ‘N/A’ isdisplayed next to the weather product symbol.  If a weather product age is invalid, the system displays dashes
next to the product symbol instead of a product age.

INDEX

APPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURES

Table 6-1 shows the weather product symbols, the expiration times and the refresh rates.  The refresh rate
represents the interval at which XM WX services provides new signals that may or may not contain new weather
data.  It does not represent the rate at which weather data is updated or new content is received by the Data
Link Receiver.  Weather data is updated at intervals that are defined and controlled by SiriusXM and its data
providers, and are subject to change.

280

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

HAZARD AVOIDANCE

Symbol

30

60

12

90

12

60

12

60

12

60

12

60

12

60

5

60

12

90

22

90

12

90

12

180

12

no product image

30

5

no product image

60

12

no product image

60

12

INDEX

12

APPENDICES

30

ADDITIONALFEATURES

5

AFCS

30

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

7.5

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

30

AUDIO PANEL
& CNS

15

EIS

60

Echo Top(ECHO TOP)XM Lightning(LTNG)
Cell Movement(CELL MOV)
SIGMETs/AIRMETs(SIG/AIR)
Meteorological Aerodrome Report(METARs)
City Forecast(CITY)
Surface Analysis(SFC)
Freezing Levels(FRZ LVL)
Winds Aloft(WIND)County Warnings(COUNTY)
Cyclone Warnings(CYCLONE)
Icing Potential (CIP and SLD)(ICNG)
Pilot Weather Report(PIREPs)
Air Report(AIREPs)
Turbulence(TURB)
Radar Coverage(RADAR CVRG)
Temporary Flight Restrictions(TFRs)
Terminal Aerodrome Reports(TAFs)

Refresh Rate
(Minutes)
5 (U.S.)
10 (Canada)

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Next-generation Radar(NEXRAD)
Cloud Top
(CLD TOP)

Expiration Time
(Minutes)

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

XM WX Satellite Weather Product

Table 6-1 XM WX Satellite Weather Product Symbols and Data Timing

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

281

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

HAZARD AVOIDANCE+

Cloud Top (CLD TOP)+

Echo Top (ECHO TOP)

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

Cell Movement (CELL MOV)

+

+

+

+

+
+

+

+

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT+City Forecast (CITY)

HAZARDAVOIDANCEMETARsCounty Warnings (COUNTY)+

Cyclone Warnings (CYCLONE)+

Icing Potential (ICNG)+PIREPs++AIREPs++Turbulence (TURB)++

Surface Analysis (SFC)+

Freezing Levels (FRZ LVL)+

Winds Aloft (WIND)

AFCS

+

XM Lightning (LTNG)
SIGMETs/AIRMETs (SIG/AIR)+*

Radar Coverage
TFRs

ADDITIONALFEATURES

Flight Plan Pages

Weather Data Link
(XM) Page+

Nearest Page Group

Navigation Map Page+

AUX - Video PagePFD Inset Map

NEXRAD

Weather InformationPage

XM WX Satellite Weather
Product

AUX - Trip Planning
Page

AUDIO PANEL
& CNS

EIS

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Table 6-2 shows which XM WX products can be displayed (indicated with a ‘+’ symbol) on specific maps.

TAFs

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

INDEX

APPENDICES* Winds Aloft Data displayed inside Profile View on the Navigation Map Page.
Table 6-2 Weather Product Display Maps

282

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

HAZARD AVOIDANCESYSTEMOVERVIEW

Softkeys control the display of weather information on most MFD pages and the PFD Inset Map.  Figure
6-3 shows the weather product softkeys for the Weather Data Link (XM) Page.  When a weather product isselected for display, the corresponding softkey label changes to gray to indicate the product is enabled.

CYCLONE SFC OFF

FRZ LVL

SIG/AIRMETAR

LEGEND MORE WX CHKLISTWIND OFF ICNG OFF TURB OFF AIREPSPIREPS

COUNTYLTNG

CELL MOVFLIGHT
INSTRUMENTSNEXRAD ECHO TOP CLD TOP

ENGINEBACK

SFC Softkey label changes
to reflect current selection.
WIND/ICNG/TURB Softkey labelschange to reflect current selection.
CURRENT

12 HR

24 HR

36 HR

48 HR

LEGEND

BACK

EIS

OFF

Select the BACK Softkey
to move up one level.

3000

6000

9000

12000

15000

NEXT

LEGEND

BACK

PREV

OFF

18000

21000

24000

27000

30000

33000

NEXT

LEGEND

BACK

PREV

OFF

36000

39000

42000

NEXT

LEGEND

BACK

PREV

OFF

1000

3000

6000

9000

12000

NEXT

LEGEND

BACK

PREV

OFF

18000

21000

24000

27000

30000

NEXT

LEGEND

BACK

PREV

OFF

21000

24000

27000

30000

33000

NEXT

LEGEND

BACK

PREV

OFF

39000

42000

45000

NEXT

LEGEND

BACK

15000

36000

AFCS

SFC

HAZARDAVOIDANCEOFF

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTPREVAUDIO PANEL& CNS

PREV and NEXT Softkeys cycle through Winds Aloft,
Icing, and Turbulence altitude selection softkeys.

ADDITIONALFEATURES

Figure 6-3 Weather Data Link (XM) Weather Product Softkeys

APPENDICESThe setup menus for the Navigation Map Page and the Weather Data Link (XM) Page control the map range
settings above which weather products data are decluttered from the display.  If a map range larger than theweather product map range setting is selected, the weather product data is removed from the map.  The menus
also provide a means in addition to the softkeys for enabling/disabling display of weather products.

INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

283

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

HAZARD AVOIDANCE
Setting up and customizing the Weather Data Link (XM) Page:
1) Select the Weather Data Link (XM) Page.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

2) Press the MENU Key.
3) With ‘Weather Setup’ highlighted, press the ENT Key (Figure 6-4).
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘PRODUCT GROUP 1’ or ‘PRODUCT GROUP 2’, and press the ENT Key (Figure
6-5).
5) Turn the large FMS Knob or press the ENT Key to scroll through product selections.
EIS6) Turn the small FMS Knob to scroll through options for each product (ON/OFF, range settings, etc.).
7) Press the ENT Key to select an option.

HAZARDAVOIDANCEFLIGHT
MANAGEMENTAUDIO PANEL& CNS

8) Press the FMS Knob or CLR Key to return to the Weather Data Link (XM) Page with the changed settings.

ADDITIONALFEATURES

AFCS

Figure 6-4 Weather Data Link (XM) Page Menu

Figure 6-5 Weather Data Link Page Setup Menu

INDEX

APPENDICES

If optional GSR 56 Garmin Flight Data Services (GFDS) Worldwide Weather or GDL 90 Flight Information
Service - Broadcast weather data has also been enabled,  customizing the display settings for the corresponding
weather products shown in Table 6-3 will result in identical settings for all services.

284

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

HAZARD AVOIDANCEFIS-B Weather Product
Precipitation(PRECIP)

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Not Available
Not Available
Not Available

EIS

Meteorological Aerodrome Report(METARs)
Not Available

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

GFDS Worldwide Weather
Product
Precipitation(PRECIP)
Infrared Satellite(IR SAT)GFDS Lightning(DL LTNG)
SIGMETs/AIRMETs(SIG/AIR)
Meteorological Aerodrome Report(METARs)
Winds Aloft(WIND)
Pilot Weather Report(PIREPs)

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

XM WX Satellite Weather
Product
Next-generation Radar(NEXRAD)
Cloud Top
(CLD TOP)XM Lightning(XM LTNG)
SIGMETs/AIRMETs(SIG/AIR)
Meteorological Aerodrome Report(METARs)
Winds Aloft(WIND)
Pilot Weather Report(PIREPs)

Not Available

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Table 6-3 Weather Datalink Settings Shared for Multiple Datalink Sources

Restoring default Weather Data Link (XM) Page settings:
1) Select the Weather Data Link (XM) Page.

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

2) Press the MENU Key.
3) With ‘Weather Setup’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
4) Press the MENU Key.
5) Highlight the desired option to restore defaults (for all or for selection), and press the ENT Key.

AFCS

Weather displayed on Pages other than the Weather Data Link Page use settings based on those selected for
the Navigation Map Page.
Setting up and customizing weather data for the Navigation Map Page:

ADDITIONALFEATURES

1) Select the Navigation Map Page.
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) With ‘Map Setup’ highlighted, press the ENT Key (Figure 6-6).

APPENDICES

4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Weather’ Group and press the ENT Key (Figure 6-7).
5) Turn the large FMS Knob or press the ENT Key to scroll through product selections (Figure 6-8).
6) Turn the small FMS Knob to scroll through options for each product (ON/OFF, range settings).
7) Press the ENT Key to select an option.

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

INDEX

8) Press the FMS Knob or CLR Key to return to the Navigation Map Page with the changed settings.

285

FLIGHTINSTRUMENTS

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

HAZARD AVOIDANCEFLIGHT
MANAGEMENTAUDIO PANEL
& CNS

EIS

Figure 6-6 Navigation Map Page Menu

Figure 6-7 Navigation Map Page Setup Menu

Figure 6-8 Navigation Map Page Setup Menu, Weather GroupHAZARDAVOIDANCE

When an XM WX product is enabled for display on the PFD Inset Map, the weather product information box(with the product icon and age) can be displayed inside the PFD Inset Map.
Viewing the weather product information box on the PFD Inset Map:
1) On the PFD, press the INSET Softkey.
2) Press the WX LGND Softkey.

AFCS3) To remove the weather product information box, press the WX LGND Softkey again.

Each active weather product has an associated legend which can be displayed on the Weather Data Link (XM)
Page.

ADDITIONALFEATURES

Viewing legends for displayed weather products (on the Weather Data Link (XM) Page):
1) Select the Weather Data Link (XM) Page.
2) Press the LEGEND Softkey to display the legends for the displayed weather products.

APPENDICES

Or:a) Press the MENU Key.
b) Select ‘Weather Legend’ and press the ENT Key.
3) Turn the FMS Knob to scroll through the legends.

INDEX

4) To remove the Legend Window, press the LEGEND Softkey, the ENT or the CLR Key, or press the FMS Knob.

286

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

HAZARD AVOIDANCESYSTEMOVERVIEW

Viewing legends for displayed weather products (on the Navigation Map Page):
1) Select the Navigation Map Page.
2) Press the MAP Softkey.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

3) Press the LEGEND Softkey (available if one or more XM WX products are enabled for display).
4) To remove the Legend Window, press the LEGEND Softkey, the ENT or the CLR Key, or press the FMS Knob.

Additional information about the following can be displayed by panning over the display on the map:
• County Warnings• Cell Movement• TFRs• SIGMETs• PIREPs• AIRMETs• AIREPs

EIS• Echo Tops

AUDIO PANEL& CNS• METARs

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

The map panning feature is enabled by pressing the RANGE Knob.  The map range is adjusted by turning
the RANGE Knob.  If the map range is adjusted while panning is enabled, the map is re-centered on the Map
Pointer.
Additional
Information on
Weather Feature
Selected withMap Pointer

HAZARDAVOIDANCEAFCS

Echo Top Data
Selected withMap Pointer

ADDITIONALFEATURES
APPENDICES

Figure 6-9 Panning on the Weather Data Link Page

INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

287

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

HAZARD AVOIDANCENEXRAD
NOTE: NEXRAD data cannot be displayed at the same time as terrain, echo tops, turbulence, or icing data,

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

is displayed.

EIS

WSR-88D, or NEXRAD (NEXt-generation RADar), is a network of 158 high-resolution Doppler radarsystems that are operated by the National Weather Service (NWS).   NEXRAD data provides centralized
meteorological information for the continental United States and selected overseas locations.  The maximum
range of a single NEXRAD radar site is 250 nm.  In addition to a wide array of services, the NEXRAD network
provides important information about severe weather and air traffic safety.

HAZARDAVOIDANCEFLIGHT
MANAGEMENTAUDIO PANEL& CNSNEXRAD data is not real-time.   The lapsed time between collection, processing, and dissemination of
NEXRAD images can be significant and may not reflect the current radar synopsis.  Due to the inherent delays
and the relative age of the data, it should be used for long-range planning purposes only.  Never use NEXRAD
data or any radar data to penetrate hazardous weather.  Rather, use it in an early-warning capacity of predeparture and enroute evaluation.

ADDITIONALFEATURESAFCSNo Radar Coverage

Figure 6-10 NEXRAD Data on the Weather Data Link Page

APPENDICESNEXRAD data can be displayed on the following maps:• PFD Inset Map• Trip Planning Page

• Navigation Map Page

• Nearest Pages• Weather Data Link Page

• Flight Plan Pages

INDEX• Airport Information Page

288

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

HAZARD AVOIDANCESYSTEMOVERVIEW

Displaying NEXRAD weather information:
1) Press the MAP Softkey (for the PFD Inset Map, press the INSET Softkey). This step is not necessary on the
Weather Data Link (XM) Page.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

2) Press the NEXRAD Softkey.

Composite data from all the NEXRAD radar sites in the United States is shown.  This data is composed ofthe maximum reflectivity from the individual radar sweeps.  The display of the information is color-coded
to indicate the weather severity level.  All weather product legends can be viewed on the Weather Data Link
(XM) Page.  For the NEXRAD legend (Figure 6-11), press the LEGEND Softkey when NEXRAD is selected
for display.

EIS
AUDIO PANEL& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTNo Radar Coverage
Figure 6-11 NEXRAD Data with Legend

HAZARDAVOIDANCEThe display of no radar coverage is always active when either NEXRAD or Echo Coverage is selected.  Areas
where NEXRAD radar coverage and Echo Tops information is not currently available or is not being collected
are indicated in a gray shade of purple (Figure 6-11).

Reflectivity
AFCS

Reflectivity is the amount of transmitted power returned to the radar receiver.  Colors on the NEXRAD
display are directly correlative to the level of detected reflectivity.  Reflectivity as it relates to hazardous
weather can be very complex.

ADDITIONALFEATURES

The role of radar is essentially to detect moisture in the atmosphere. Simply put, certain types of weather  reflect radar better than others.  The intensity of a radar reflection is not necessarily an indication of theweather hazard level.  For instance, wet hail returns a strong radar reflection, while dry hail does not. Bothwet and dry hail can be extremely hazardous.

APPENDICES

The different NEXRAD echo intensities are measured in decibels (dB) relative to reflectivity (Z).  NEXRAD
measures the radar reflectivity ratio, or the energy reflected back to the radar receiver (designated by theletter Z).  The value of Z increases as the returned signal strength increases.

INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

289

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

HAZARD AVOIDANCENEXRAD Limitations
NEXRAD radar images may have certain limitations:

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS• NEXRAD base reflectivity does not provide sufficient information to determine cloud layers or precipitation
characteristics (wet hail vs. rain).  For example, it is not possible to distinguish between wet snow, wethail, and rain.
• NEXRAD base reflectivity is sampled at the minimum antenna elevation angle.  An individual NEXRAD
site cannot depict high altitude storms at close ranges.  It has no information about storms directly overthe site.

EIS• When zoomed in to a range of 30 nm, each square block on the display represents an area of four square
kilometers.  The intensity level reflected by each square represents the highest level of NEXRAD data
sampled within the area (Figure 6-12).

HAZARDAVOIDANCEFLIGHT
MANAGEMENTAUDIO PANEL& CNS• Unknown precipitation occurring below 52ºN is displayed as rain.

AFCS

Block Area is 4 km2

ADDITIONALFEATURES

Figure 6-12 NEXRAD Data - Zoomed

The following may cause abnormalities in displayed NEXRAD radar images:• Ground clutter

APPENDICES• Strobes and spurious radar data
• Sun strobes (when the radar antenna points directly at the sun)• Interference from buildings or mountains, which may cause shadows

INDEX• Metallic dust from military aircraft, which can cause alterations in radar scans

290

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

HAZARD AVOIDANCESYSTEMOVERVIEWNEXRAD Limitations (Canada)• Radar coverage extends to 55ºN.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS• Any precipitation displayed between 52ºN and 55ºN is shown as mixed precipitation, regardless of
precipitation type.
No Coverage Above 55ºN

EIS
AUDIO PANEL& CNS

Precipitation
Above 52ºN
Displays As Mixed

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTHAZARDAVOIDANCE

Figure 6-13 NEXRAD Data - Canada

AFCS
ADDITIONALFEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

291

SYSTEMOVERVIEWECHO TOPSFLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

HAZARD AVOIDANCE

Echo Tops data (Figure 6-14) shows the location, elevation, and direction of the highest radar echo.  Thehighest radar echo does not indicate the top of a storm or clouds; rather it indicates the highest altitude atwhich precipitation is detected.  Information is derived from NEXRAD data.

EIS

NOTE: Echo Tops cannot be displayed with Cloud Tops or NEXRAD data.

HAZARDAVOIDANCEFLIGHT
MANAGEMENTAUDIO PANEL& CNS

No Radar Coverage

Figure 6-14 Echo Tops Data

AFCS

Displaying Echo Tops information:
1) Select the Weather Data Link (XM) Page.
2) Press the ECHO TOP Softkey.

APPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURES

To display the Echo Tops legend (Figure 6-15), press the LEGEND Softkey when Echo Tops is selected for
display.  Since Echo Tops and Cloud Tops use the same color scaling to represent altitude, display of theseweather products is mutually exclusive.  When Echo Tops is activated, NEXRAD and Cloud Tops data areremoved.

INDEXNo Radar Coverage
Figure 6-15 Echo Tops Legend292

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

HAZARD AVOIDANCESYSTEMOVERVIEW

The display of radar coverage is always active when either NEXRAD or Echo Tops is selected.  Areas where
NEXRAD radar coverage and Echo Tops information is not currently available or is not being collected are
indicated in gray shade of purple (Figure 6-15).

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

CLOUD TOPS
NOTE: Cloud Tops and Echo Tops cannot be displayed at the same time.

Cloud Tops data (Figure 6-16) depicts cloud top altitudes as determined from satellite imagery.
EIS
AUDIO PANEL& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTHAZARDAVOIDANCE

Figure 6-16 Cloud Tops Data
AFCS

Displaying Cloud Tops information:
1) Select the Weather Data Link (XM) Page.

ADDITIONALFEATURES

2) Press the CLD TOP Softkey.

To display the Cloud Tops legend (Figure 6-17), press the LEGEND Softkey when Cloud Tops is selected
for display.   Since Cloud Tops and Echo Tops use the same color scaling to represent altitude, display of theseweather products is mutually exclusive.  When Cloud Tops is activated, Echo Tops data is removed.

APPENDICESINDEXFigure 6-17 Cloud Tops Legend

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

293

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

XM LIGHTNING

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

HAZARD AVOIDANCELightning data (Figure 6-18) shows the approximate location of cloud-to-ground lightning strikes.  A strikeicon represents a strike that has occurred within a two-kilometer region.  The exact location of the lightning
strike is not displayed.

AUDIO PANEL
& CNS

EIS

NOTE: XM Lightning cannot be displayed at the same time as optional Stormscope® lightning data.

HAZARDAVOIDANCEFLIGHT
MANAGEMENTLightning
StrikesFigure 6-18 Lightning Data

ADDITIONALFEATURESAFCS

XM Lightning data displays on the following maps:• PFD Inset Map• Trip Planning Page

• Navigation Map Page

• Nearest Pages• Weather Data Link Page

• Flight Plan Pages

Displaying XM Lightning information:
1) Press the MAP Softkey (for the PFD Inset Map, press the INSET Softkey). This step is not necessary on the
Weather Data Link (XM) Page.

APPENDICES

2) Press the XM LTNG Softkey (LTNG Softkey on the Weather Data Link (XM) Page).

INDEX

To display the XM Lightning legend on the Weather Data Link (XM) Page (Figure 6-19), press the LEGEND
Softkey when XM Lightning is selected for display.

Figure 6-19 Lightning Legend294

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

HAZARD AVOIDANCESYSTEMOVERVIEWCELL MOVEMENTFLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Cell Movement data (Figure 6-20) shows the location and movement of storm cells as identified by theground-based system.  Cells are represented by yellow squares, with direction of movement indicated with  
short, orange arrows.

EIS
AUDIO PANEL& CNS

Storm Cells

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTHAZARDAVOIDANCE

Figure 6-20 Cell Movement Data

On most applicable maps, Cell Movement data is selected for display along with NEXRAD.  On the Weather
Data Link (XM) Page, Cell Movement data can be selected independently.   Cell Movement data can bedisplayed on the following maps:• AUX - Trip Planning Page

•Navigation Map• Nearest Pages

AFCS• PFD Inset Map

Displaying Cell Movement information:
ADDITIONALFEATURES

1) Press the MAP Softkey (for the PFD Inset Map, press the INSET Softkey). This step is not necessary on the
Weather Data Link (XM) Page.

APPENDICES

2) Press the NEXRAD Softkey (CEL MOV Softkey on the Weather Data Link (XM) Page). For Cell Movement tobe displayed on maps other than the Weather Data Link (XM) Page, Cell Movement must be turned on in the
Navigation Map Setup Menu (see “Setting Up XM Satellite Weather”).

To display the Cell Movement legend on the Weather Data Link (XM) Page, (Figure 6-21), press the
LEGEND Softkey when Cell Movement is selected for display.

INDEX

Figure 6-21 Cell Movement Legend

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

295

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

HAZARD AVOIDANCESIGMETS AND AIRMETS

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTAUDIO PANEL
& CNS

EIS

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

SIGMETs  (SIGnificant METeorological Information) and AIRMETs (AIRmen’s METeorological Information)
are broadcast for potentially hazardous weather.  A Convective SIGMET is issued for hazardous convective
weather.  A localized SIGMET is a significant weather condition occurring at a localized geographical position.

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Figure 6-22 SIGMET/AIRMET Data

Displaying SIGMETs and AIRMETs:
1) Select the Weather Data Link (XM) Page.

AFCS2) Press the SIG/AIR Softkey.
3) To view the text of the SIGMET or AIRMET, press the RANGE Knob and move the Map Pointer over theicon.

ADDITIONALFEATURES

4) Press the ENT key. Figure 6-23 shows sample SIGMET text.

INDEX

APPENDICESTo display the SIGMET and AIRMET legend (Figure 6-24), press the LEGEND Softkey when SIGMETs and
AIRMETs are selected for display.

Figure 6-23 Sample SIGMET Text

296

Figure 6-24 SIGMET/AIRMET Legend

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

HAZARD AVOIDANCESYSTEMOVERVIEWMETARS AND TAFS
NOTE: Atmospheric pressure as reported for METARs is given in hectopascals (hPa), except for in the United

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

States, where it is reported in inches of mercury (in Hg). Temperatures are reported in Celsius.
NOTE: METAR information is only displayed within the installed navigation database service area.

EIS

METARs (METeorological Aerodrome Reports) typically contain information about the temperature,
dewpoint, wind, precipitation, cloud cover, cloud heights, visibility, and barometric pressure at an airport orobservation station. They can also contain information on precipitation amounts, lightning, and other critical
data.   METARs reflect hourly observations; non-routine updates include the code “SPECI” in the report.   
METARs are shown as colored flags at airports that provide them.

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

Instructions for
Viewing METAR
and TAF Text
Selected Airport

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTHAZARDAVOIDANCEAFCS

Figure 6-25 METAR Flags on the Weather Data Link Page
ADDITIONALFEATURES

TAFs (Terminal Aerodrome Forecasts) are weather predictions for specific airports within a 24- hour period,and may span up to 36 hours.  TAFs typically include forecast wind, visibility, weather phenomena, and sky
conditions using METAR codes.

APPENDICESMETAR and TAF text are displayed on the Weather Information Page.  METAR data is displayed first ina decoded fashion, then as raw text.  TAF information is displayed only in its raw form when it is available
Displaying METAR and TAF text:1) On the Weather Data Link (XM) Page, press the METAR Softkey.
2) Press the RANGE Knob and pan to the desired airport.

INDEX3) Press the ENT Key. The Weather Information Page is shown with METAR and TAF text.
4) Use the FMS Knob or the ENT Key to scroll through the METAR and TAF text. METAR text must be completely
scrolled through before scrolling through the TAF text.

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

297

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

HAZARD AVOIDANCE
5) Press the FMS Knob or the CLR Key to return to the Weather Data Link (XM) Page.
Or:

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

1) Select the Weather Information Page.
a) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Waypoint Page Group.
b) Press the WX Softkey to select the Weather Information Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob to display the cursor.
3) Use the FMS Knob to enter the desired airport and press the ENT Key.

AUDIO PANEL
& CNS

EIS

4) Use the FMS Knob or the ENT Key to scroll through the METAR and TAF text. Note that the METAR text must
be completely scrolled through before scrolling through the TAF text.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTMETAR Text for the
Selected Airport

METAR Symbol

AFCS

HAZARDAVOIDANCETAF Text for the
Selected Airport

Figure 6-26 METAR and TAF Text on the Weather Information Page

ADDITIONALFEATURES

To display the METAR legend on the Weather Data Link (XM) Page (Figure 6-27), press the LEGEND
Softkey when METARs are selected for display.

APPENDICESThe METAR flag color is determined by the information in the METAR text.  A gray METAR flag is displayedwhen the METAR text does not contain adequate information.

INDEX

Figure 6-27 METAR Legend

298

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

HAZARD AVOIDANCESYSTEMOVERVIEWSURFACE ANALYSIS AND CITY FORECAST
NOTE: Surface Analysis and City Forecast data are displayed only within the installed Aviation Database

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

service area.
Surface Analysis and City Forecast information is available for current and forecast weather conditions.  
Forecasts are available for intervals of 12, 24, 36, and 48 hours.

EIS
AUDIO PANEL& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTHAZARDAVOIDANCE

Figure 6-28 Current Surface Analysis Data

Displaying Surface Analysis and City Forecast information:
AFCS

1) Select the Weather Data Link (XM) Page.
2) Press the MORE WX Softkey.

ADDITIONALFEATURES

3) Press the SFC Softkey.
4) Select the desired forecast time: CURRENT, 12 HR, 24 HR, 36 HR, or 48 HR. The SFC Softkey label changes
to reflect the forecast time selected.

APPENDICESTo display the Surface Analysis and City Forecast legend (Figure 6-29), press the LEGEND Softkey when
Surface Analysis and City Forecast are selected to be displayed.

INDEX

Figure 6-29 Surface Analysis Legend

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

299

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

HAZARD AVOIDANCEFREEZING LEVELSHAZARDAVOIDANCEFLIGHT
MANAGEMENTAUDIO PANEL
& CNS

EIS

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Freezing Level data shows the color-coded contour lines for the altitude and location at which the first
isotherm is found (Figure 6-30).  When no data is displayed for a given altitude, the data for that altitude has
not been received, or is out of date and has been removed from the display.  New data appears at the next
update.

Figure 6-30 Freezing Level Data

Displaying Freezing Level information:

AFCS

1) Select the Weather Data Link (XM) Page.
2) Press the MORE WX Softkey.
3) Press the FRZ LVL Softkey.

APPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURES

To display the Freezing Level legend (Figure 6-31), press the LEGEND Softkey when Freezing Level data
is selected to be displayed.

INDEX

Figure 6-31 Freezing Level Legend

300

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

HAZARD AVOIDANCESYSTEMOVERVIEW

WINDS ALOFT
Winds Aloft data (Figure 6-32) shows the forecasted wind speed and direction at the surface and at selected
altitudes. Altitude can be displayed in 3,000-foot increments from the surface up to 42,000 feet MSL.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Displaying Winds Aloft data:
1) Select the Weather Data Link (XM) Page.
2) Press the MORE WX Softkey.
3) Press the WIND Softkey.

EIS4) Select the desired altitude level: SFC (surface) up to 42,000 feet. Press the NEXT or PREV Softkey to cycle
through the altitude softkeys. The WIND Softkey label changes to reflect the altitude selected.

AUDIO PANEL& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTHAZARDAVOIDANCEAFCS

Figure 6-32 Winds Aloft Data at 9,000 Feet

ADDITIONALFEATURES

To display the Winds Aloft legend (Figure 6-33), press the LEGEND Softkey when Winds Aloft isselected for display.

APPENDICES

Figure 6-33 Winds Aloft Data with Legend
INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

301

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

HAZARD AVOIDANCEAUDIO PANEL
& CNS

EIS

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Headwind and tailwind components aloft are available inside the Profile View on the Navigation Map Page  
(Figure 6-34).  The displayed components are relative to current aircraft altitude and track, but not to aircraft
speed.

Winds Aloft Data Age

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Altitude ScaleWind Component
Velocity and Direction
Arrow

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Figure 6-34 Navigation Map Page with Winds Aloft Data on
Profile View

AFCS

Arrows pointing to the left indicate headwind components; tailwind component arrows point to the right,
as shown in Table 6-4.
HeadwindSymbolTailwindSymbolHeadwind/Tailwind
Component

None

None

Less than 5 knots

ADDITIONALFEATURES

5 knots
10 knots

APPENDICES

50 knots

INDEX

Table 6-4 Profile View Headwind/Tailwind Component Symbols

302

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

HAZARD AVOIDANCESYSTEMOVERVIEWShowing/Hiding Profile View (containing winds aloft data)
1) Select the Navigation Map Page.
2) Press the MAP Softkey.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

3) Press the PROFILE Softkey.
Or:1) Press the MENU Key.

EIS

2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘Show Profile View’ or ‘Hide Profile View’ (choice dependent on current
state) and press the ENT Key.

Winds Aloft data inside the Profile View is enabled by default when the Profile View is displayed on the
Navigation Map Page.  This behavior can be changed on the Navigation Map Page.

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

Enabling/disabling winds aloft data display in Profile View:
1) Select the Navigation Map Page.
2) Press the MENU Key.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

3) With Map Setup highlighted, press the ENT Key (Figure 6-35).
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Profile Group and press the ENT Key (Figure 6-36).
5) Turn the large FMS Knob to select ‘Profile Winds’ (Figure 6-37).
6) Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘On’ or ‘Off’.

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

7) Press the FMS Knob or CLR Key to return to the Navigation Map Page with the changed settings.

AFCS
ADDITIONALFEATURES

Figure 6-35 Navigation Map Page Menu

APPENDICES

190-00498-07 Rev. A

INDEX

Figure 6-36 Navigation Map Page Setup Menu

Figure 6-37 Navigation Map Page Setup Menu, Weather Group

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

303

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

HAZARD AVOIDANCECOUNTY WARNINGSFLIGHT
INSTRUMENTSCounty data (Figure 6-38) provides specific public awareness and protection weather warnings from the
National Weather Service (NWS).  This can include information on tornadoes, severe thunderstorms, andflood conditions.

AUDIO PANEL
& CNS

EIS

Additional
Information on
Thunderstorm
Warning Selectedwith Map Pointer

HAZARDAVOIDANCEFLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

SevereThunderstorm
Warning Selected

Figure 6-38 County Severe Thunderstorm Warning

AFCS

Displaying County Warning information:
1) Select the Weather Data Link (XM) Page.

ADDITIONALFEATURES

2) Press the MORE WX Softkey.
3) Press the COUNTY Softkey.

APPENDICESTo display the County Warnings legend (Figure 6-39), press the LEGEND Softkey when County Warnings
are selected to be displayed.

INDEX

Figure 6-39 County Warnings Legend

304

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

HAZARD AVOIDANCESYSTEMOVERVIEWCYCLONEThe Cyclone weather product shows the current location of cyclones (hurricanes), tropical storms, andtheir projected tracks.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTSEISAUDIO PANEL& CNS

Cyclone

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Figure 6-40 Cyclone Data Selected for Display

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Displaying cyclone (hurricane) track information:
1) Select the Weather Data Link (XM) Page.
2) Press the MORE WX Softkey.
3) Press the CYCLONE Softkey.

AFCS

To display the Cyclone legend (Figure 6-41), press the LEGEND Softkey when Cyclones are selected to be
displayed.

ADDITIONALFEATURES

Figure 6-41 Cyclone Legend

APPENDICES
INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

305

SYSTEMOVERVIEWICING (CIP & SLD)FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

HAZARD AVOIDANCE

Current Icing Product (CIP) data (Figure 6-42) shows a graphical view of the current icing environment.  
Icing severity is displayed in four categories: light, moderate, severe, and extreme (not specific to aircrafttype).   The CIP product is not a forecast, but a presentation of the current conditions at the time of theanalysis.

NOTE: Icing data cannot be displayed at the same time as NEXRAD

EISSupercooled Large Droplet (SLD) icing conditions are characterized by the presence of relatively large,
super cooled water droplets indicative of freezing drizzle and freezing rain aloft.  SLD threat areas are depicted
as magenta dots over the CIP colors.
Displaying Icing data:

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

1) Select the Weather Data Link (XM) Page.
2) Press the MORE WX Softkey.
3) Press the ICNG Softkey.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

4) Select the desired altitude level: 1,000 feet up to 30,000 feet. Press the NEXT or PREV Softkey to cycle throughthe altitude softkeys. The ICNG Softkey label changes to reflect the altitude selected.

AFCS

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Icing
Potential

ADDITIONALFEATURESSLD Threat
Area

APPENDICES

Figure 6-42 Icing Data at 6,000 Feet

INDEX

To display the Icing Potential legend (Figure 6-43), press the LEGEND Softkey when Icing is selected for
display.

Figure 6-43 Icing Potential Legend

306

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

HAZARD AVOIDANCESYSTEMOVERVIEWTURBULENCE
NOTE: Turbulence data cannot be displayed with NEXRAD data.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Turbulence data (Figure 6-44) identifies the potential for erratic movement of high-altitude air mass
associated winds.  Turbulence is classified as light, moderate, severe or extreme, at altitudes between 21,000
and 45,000 feet.  Turbulence data is intended to supplement AIRMETs and SIGMETs.
Displaying Turbulence data:
1) Select the Weather Data Link (XM) Page.

EIS2) Press the MORE WX Softkey.
3) Press the TURB Softkey.

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

4) Select the desired altitude level: 21,000 feet up to 45,000 feet. Press the NEXT or PREV Softkey to cycle
through the altitude softkeys. The TURB Softkey label changes to reflect the altitude selected.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTHAZARDAVOIDANCEAFCS

Figure 6-44 Turbulence Data at 21,000 Feet
ADDITIONALFEATURES

To display the Turbulence legend (Figure 6-45), press the LEGEND Softkey when Turbulence is selected for
display.

APPENDICES

Figure 6-45 Turbulence Legend
INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

307

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

HAZARD AVOIDANCEPIREPS AND AIREPSFLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Pilot Weather Reports (PIREPs) (Figure 6-46) provide timely weather information for a particular route offlight.  When significant weather conditions are reported or forecast, Air Traffic Control (ATC) facilities are
required to solicit PIREPs.  A PIREP may contain adverse weather conditions, such as low in-flight visibility,
icing conditions, wind shear, and turbulence.  PIREPs are issued as either Routine (UA) or Urgent (UUA).
Another type of PIREP is an Air Report (AIREP).  AIREPs are used almost exclusively by commercial airlines.

AUDIO PANEL
& CNS

EIS

Instructions for
Viewing PIREP
and AIREP Text

PIREP
Selected

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTAIREP

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Urgent
PIREP

Figure 6-46 AIREPs and PIREPs on the Weather Data Link Page

Displaying PIREP and AIREP text:1) Select the Weather Data Link (XM) Page.

AFCS2) Press the MORE WX Softkey.
3) Press the AIREPS or PIREPS Softkey.

ADDITIONALFEATURES

4) Press the RANGE Knob and pan to the desired weather report. A gray circle will appear around the weather
report when it is selected.
5) Press the ENT Key. The Weather Information Page is shown with PIREP or AIREP text. The data is first displayed
in a decoded fashion, then as raw text.

APPENDICES

6) Use the FMS Knob or the ENT Key to scroll through the PIREP or AIREP text.

INDEX

7) Press the FMS Knob or the CLR Key to return to the Weather Data Link (XM) Page.

308

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

HAZARD AVOIDANCESYSTEMOVERVIEWFLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Decoded PIREP Text

EIS

Original PIREP Text
AUDIO PANEL& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTHAZARDAVOIDANCE

Figure 6-47 PIREP Text on the Weather Data Link (XM) Page

AFCS

To display the PIREP or AIREP legend (Figure 6-48), press the LEGEND Softkey when PIREPs or AIREPs  areselected for display.
The PIREP color is determined by the type (routine or urgent).

ADDITIONALFEATURES
APPENDICES

Figure 6-48 AIREPs & PIREPs Legend

INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

309

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

HAZARD AVOIDANCETFRSFLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

The Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) issues Temporary Flight Restrictions (TFRs) to designate areas
where flight is restricted.  TFRs are issued to restrict flight for a variety of reasons including national security,
law enforcement, firefighting, natural disasters., airshows, and large sporting events.  TFRs may be issued
at any time, and TFR data displayed on the G1000 is only intended to supplement official TFR information
obtained from official sources including Flight Service Stations (FSS), and air traffic control.
The age of TFR data is not shown; however, if TFR data is not available or has expired, the system displays‘TFR N/A’ in the upper-left corner of maps on which TFRs can be displayed.

AUDIO PANEL
& CNS

EIS

TFR Summary
Information

HAZARDAVOIDANCEFLIGHT
MANAGEMENTTFR Selectedwith Map
Pointer

AFCS

Figure 6-49 TFR Data on the Weather Data Link (XM) Page

Displaying TFR Data:
1) Select the Weather Data Link (XM) Page or Navigation Map Page.

ADDITIONALFEATURES

2) Press the RANGE Knob and pan the map pointer over a TFR to highlight it. The system displays TFR summary
information above the map.
3) Press the ENT Key. The system displays a pop-up menu.

APPENDICES

4) If necessary, turn the FMS Knob to select ‘Review Airspaces’ and press the ENT Key. The system displays the
TFR Information window.

INDEX

5) Press the FMS Knob or the CLR Key to remove the TFR Information window.

Figure 6-50 Full Text for Selected TFR

310

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

HAZARD AVOIDANCESYSTEMOVERVIEW

The setup menus for the Navigation Map Page control the map range settings above which TFR data isdecluttered from the display.  If a map range larger than the TFR product map range setting is selected, the TFR
product data is removed from the map.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Maps other than the Navigation Map Page use settings based on those selected for the Navigation Map Page.
Setting up and customizing TFR data for maps on which TFR data can be displayed:
1) Select the Navigation Map Page.
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) With Map Setup highlighted, press the ENT Key (Figure 6-51).

EIS4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Aviation Group and press the ENT Key (Figure 6-52).
5) Turn the large FMS Knob to scroll to the TFR product range setting (Figure 6-53).

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

6) Turn the small FMS Knob to scroll through options (Off, range settings).
7) Press the ENT Key to select an option.
8) Press the FMS Knob or CLR Key to return to the Navigation Map Page with the changed settings.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTHAZARDAVOIDANCE

Figure 6-51 Navigation Map Page Menu
AFCS
ADDITIONALFEATURES
APPENDICES

Figure 6-52 Navigation Map Page Setup Menu

Figure 6-53 Navigation Map Page Setup Menu, Aviation Group

INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

311

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

HAZARD AVOIDANCE

6.2 GFDS WORLDWIDE WEATHERFLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

NOTE: Garmin Flight Data Services (GFDS) Worldwide Weather provides information for avoiding hazardous

weather. Do not use Worldwide Weather information to penetrate hazardous weather.
NOTE: The availability of specific GFDS weather products varies by region. For GFDS product coverage

information, refer to fly.garmin.com/fly-garmin/gfds-weather.

EIS

Garmin Flight Data Services (GFDS) provides Worldwide Weather reception capabilities to the G1000 throughthe optional GSR 56 Iridium satellite transceiver.  Graphical weather information and associated text are displayedon the Multi Function Display (MFD) and the Primary Flight Display (PFD) Inset Map.

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

Weather data are provided after the pilot initiates either a manual or automatic GFDS data request on the
Weather Data Link (GFDS) Page on the MFD.
Worldwide Weather requires an active Iridium satellite network account and a GFDS weather service subscription.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTREGISTERING THE IRIDIUM SATELLITE SYSTEMAPPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURESAFCSHAZARDAVOIDANCE

Before setting up an Iridium account, obtain the serial number of the Iridium Transceiver (GSR1) and the System
ID by selecting the AUX- SYSTEM STATUS Page as shown in Figure 6-54.  Contact Garmin Flight Data Services at
1-866-739-5687 in the United States or 913-397-8200, ext. 1135.

Iridium Transceiver Serial Number

System ID Number

INDEX

Figure 6-54 Identification Needed for Iridium Registration

312

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

HAZARD AVOIDANCESYSTEMOVERVIEWREGISTERING THE SYSTEM FOR GARMIN FLIGHT DATA SERVICES
When an account is established, Garmin Flight Data services provides an Access Code which must be enteredon the G1000 in order to complete the registration process.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Registering the system to receive GFDS Weather:
1) With the aircraft outside and having a clear view of the sky, turn the large FMS Knob on the MFD to select the
MAP page group.

EIS2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the MAP-WEATHER DATA LINK (GFDS or XM or FIS-B) Page. If ‘XM’ or ‘FIS-B’is displayed in the page title, it will be necessary to change the datalink source to GFDS before continuing. Refer
to ‘Viewing the Weather Data Link Page’ procedure to change the datalink source to GFDS prior to registration.
3) If the system displays the ‘Garmin Flight Data Service Registration’ window, proceed to step 7. Otherwise, press
the MENU Key. The Page Menu window is now displayed as seen in Figure 6-55.

AUDIO PANEL& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTHAZARDAVOIDANCE

Figure 6-55 Select Register With GFDSAFCS

5) Turn the large FMS Knob to select ‘Register With GFDS’ in the menu list.
6) Press the ENT Key. The Garmin Flight Data Service Registration window is displayed as shown in Figure 6-56.

ADDITIONALFEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

313

HAZARDAVOIDANCEFLIGHT
MANAGEMENTAUDIO PANEL
& CNS

EIS

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

HAZARD AVOIDANCE

Figure 6-56 Enter Access Code

7) Enter the access code provided by Garmin Flight Data Services in the ACCESS CODE field.
AFCS8) Press the ENT Key. ‘REGISTER’ will now be highlighted as in Figure 6-56.
9) Press the ENT Key. The system will contact Garmin Flight Data Services. System registration is complete when
‘REGISTERED’ is displayed in the STATUS field.

ADDITIONALFEATURESACCESSING GFDS WORLDWIDE WEATHER PRODUCTS

APPENDICESThe principal map for viewing GFDS Weather data is the Weather Data Link (GFDS) Page in the Map Page
Group (Figure 6-57).   This is the only map display capable of showing information for all available GFDSWorldwide Weather products.  No weather data is displayed until an initial GFDS Weather Data Request has
been completed.
Viewing the Weather Data Link (GFDS) Page:
1) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Map Page Group.

INDEX2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Weather Data Link (GFDS) Page.

314

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

HAZARD AVOIDANCESYSTEMOVERVIEW

Weather
product age
information

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Precip Weather
Product Display
Enabled icon

EIS
AUDIO PANEL& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Precip Weather
Product Selected
for Display

Figure 6-57 Weather Data Link (GFDS) Page
(After GFDS Weather Request)

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

When a weather product is selected for display on the Weather Data Link (GFDS) Page, a box containing asymbol for the product and its age (in minutes) are shown in the upper right (Figure 6-57).   If weather data has
not been requested yet or is not available, ‘N/A’ is shown next to the product symbol instead of age.  The age of
the weather product is based on the time difference between when the data was assembled on the ground andthe current GPS time.  Weather products are updated continuously or refreshed at specific intervals (defined in
the Refresh Rate column in Table 6-5).

AFCS

If for any reason, a weather product is not refreshed within the defined Expiration Time intervals (see Table
6-5), the data is considered expired and is removed from the display.   The age of the expired product is replacedby dashes.  If more than half of the expiration time has elapsed, the color of the product age changes to yellow.

ADDITIONALFEATURES

Table 6-5 shows the GFDS weather product symbols, the expiration time and the refresh rates.  The refresh
rate represents the interval at which the GFDS servers make available the most current known weather data.  
It does not necessarily represent the rate at which new content is received from weather sources.

APPENDICES
INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

315

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

HAZARD AVOIDANCENOTE: The availability of specific GFDS weather products varies by region. For GFDS product coverage

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

information, refer to fly.garmin.com/fly-garmin/gfds-weather.
Weather ProductSymbolEIS

Radar Precipitation(PRECIP)30

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTAUDIO PANEL& CNSInfrared Satellite(IR SAT)
Datalink Lightning(DL LTNG)
SIGMETs/AIRMETs(SIG/AIR)
Meteorological Aerodrome Report(METARs)
Winds Aloft(WIND)
Pilot Weather Report(PIREPs)
Temporary Flight Restrictions
no product image(TFRs)
Terminal Aerodrome Reports
no product image(TAFs)HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Expiration Time
(Minutes)

Refresh Rate
(Minutes)
U.S.: 3*
Canada: 3*†
Europe: 15
Australia: 15ˆ

60

30

30

Continuous

60

Continuous

90

Continuous

60

Continuous

90

Continuous

60

Continuous

60

Continuous

INDEX

APPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURES

AFCS* The composite precipitation image is updated every 3 minutes, but individual radar sites may takebetween 3 and 10 minutes to provide new data.
†
Canadian radar precipitation data provided by Environment Canada.
ˆ Australian radar precipitation data provided by the Australia Bureau of Meteorology
Table 6-5 GFDS Weather Product Symbols and Data Timing

316

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

HAZARD AVOIDANCESYSTEMOVERVIEW

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

AUDIO PANEL
& CNS

+

SIGMETs/AIRMETs (SIG/AIR)

+
+

+

+
+

PIREPs+++Radar Coverage

+

+

+

TFRs

+

+

+

+

+

+

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Winds Aloft (WIND)

TAFs

+

+

Datalink Lightning (LTNG)METARsFlight Plan Pages

Infrared Satellite (IR SAT)

Nearest Page Group+AUX - Trip Planning
Page

Weather Data Link
(GFDS) Page+

Weather Information
Page

Navigation Map Page+

EIS

Precipitation (PRECIP)

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

GFDS Weather Product

PFD Inset Map

Table 6-6 shows which GFDS Weather products can be displayed (indicated with a ‘+’ symbol) on specific
G1000 maps.

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Table 6-6 GFDS Weather Product Display Maps

AFCS

Softkeys control the display of weather information on most MFD pages and the PFD Inset Map (Figure6-58 shows the weather product softkeys for the Weather Data Link (GFDS) Page).  When a weather productis selected for display, the corresponding softkey label changes to gray to indicate the product display isenabled.

ADDITIONALFEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

317

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

HAZARD AVOIDANCEPRECIPENGINEIR SATDL LTNG

SIG/AIR

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

WIND OFFMETARLEGEND MORE WX CHKLISTPIREPSBACK

WIND Softkey label changes
to reflect current selection.

Press the BACK Softkey
to move up one level.

PREV and NEXT Softkeys cycle through Winds Aloft
altitude selection softkeys.
OFF

SFC

3000

6000

9000

12000

15000

NEXT

LEGEND

BACK

PREV

OFF

18000

21000

24000

27000

30000

33000

NEXT

LEGEND

BACK

PREV

OFF

36000

39000

42000

NEXT

LEGENDBACK

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTAUDIO PANEL
& CNS

EIS

PREV

Figure 6-58 GFDS Weather Product Softkeys (MFD)

HAZARDAVOIDANCEThe setup menus for the Navigation Map Page and the Weather Data Link (GFDS) Page control the map range
settings above which weather products data are decluttered from the display.  If a map range larger than theweather product map range setting is selected, the weather product data is removed from the map.  The menus
also provide a means in addition to the softkeys for enabling/disabling display of weather products.
Setting up and customizing the Weather Data Link (GFDS) Page:
1) Select the Weather Data Link (GFDS) Page.

AFCS2) Press the MENU Key.
3) With ‘Weather Setup’ highlighted, press the ENT Key (Figure 6-59).
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘Product Group 1’ or ‘Product Group 2’, and press the ENT Key (Figure 6-60).

ADDITIONALFEATURES

5) Turn the large FMS Knob or press the ENT Key to scroll through product selections.
6) Turn the small FMS Knob to scroll through options for each product (ON/OFF, range settings, etc.).
7) Press the ENT Key to select an option.

INDEX

APPENDICES

8) Press the FMS Knob or CLR Key to return to the Weather Data Link (GFDS) Page with the changed settings.

318

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

HAZARD AVOIDANCESYSTEMOVERVIEWFLIGHT
INSTRUMENTSEISAUDIO PANEL& CNS

Figure 6-59 Weather Data Link (GFDS) Page Menu

Figure 6-60 Weather Data Link (GFDS) Page Setup Menu

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Restoring default Weather Data Link (GFDS) Page settings:
1) Select the Weather Data Link (GFDS) Page.
2) Press the MENU Key.

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

3) With ‘Weather Setup’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
4) Press the MENU Key.
5) Highlight the desired default(s) to restore (all or for selection) and press ENT Key.

The system supports three datalink weather installation options.  Only one set of datalink weather products(GFDS, XM WX, or FIS-B) can be displayed at a time.
AFCS

Selecting a datalink weather source (GFDS, XM WX, or FIS-B)
1) Turn the large FMS Knob on the MFD to select the MAP page group.

ADDITIONALFEATURES

2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Weather Data Link Page. The currently selected weather datalinkprovider appears in the page title (GFDS, XM, or FIS-B). To select a difference weather source, proceed to thenext step.
3) Press the MENU Key.

APPENDICES

4) Turn the large FMS Knob to select ‘Display GFDS Weather’ or ‘Display XM’ Weather’ or ‘Display FIS-B Weather’(choice dependent on current weather source) and press the ENT Key.

INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

319

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

HAZARD AVOIDANCE
If multiple datalink weather services are installed, customizing the display settings for the corresponding
weather products shown in Table 6-7 will result in identical settings for a comparable weather product fromanother service provider.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

GFDS Worldwide Weather
Product
Precipitation
Next-generation Radar(NEXRAD)(PRECIP)
Cloud Top
Infrared Satellite(CLD TOP)(IR SAT)XM Lightning
GFDS Lightning(DL LTNG)(XM LTNG)
SIGMETs/AIRMETs
SIGMETs/AIRMETs(SIG/AIR)(SIG/AIR)
Meteorological Aerodrome Report Meteorological Aerodrome Report(METARs)(METARs)
Winds AloftWinds Aloft(WIND)(WIND)
Pilot Weather Report
Pilot Weather Report(PIREPs)(PIREPs)

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTAUDIO PANEL
& CNS

EIS

XM WX Product

FIS-B Weather ProductRegional Radar Precipitation(PRECIP)Not applicableNot applicableNot applicable
Meteorological Aerodrome Report(METARs)
Not applicableNot applicable

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Table 6-7 Corresponding Weather Datalink Product Settings

Maps besides the Weather Data Link (GFDS) Page use settings based on those selected for the Navigation
Map Page.
Setting up and customizing weather data for the Navigation Map Page:

AFCS

1) Select the Navigation Map Page.
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) With ‘Map Setup’ highlighted, press the ENT Key (Figure 6-61).
ADDITIONALFEATURES

4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Weather’ Group and press the ENT Key (Figure 6-62).
5) Turn the large FMS Knob or press the ENT Key to scroll through product selections (Figure 6-63).
6) Turn the small FMS Knob to scroll through options for each product (ON/OFF, range settings).

APPENDICES

7) Press the ENT Key to select an option.

INDEX8) Press the FMS Knob or CLR Key to return to the Navigation Map Page with the changed settings.

320

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

HAZARD AVOIDANCESYSTEMOVERVIEWFLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Figure 6-61 Navigation Map Page Menu
EIS
AUDIO PANEL& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Figure 6-62 Navigation Map Page Setup Menu

Figure 6-63 Navigation Map Page Setup Menu, Weather GroupHAZARDAVOIDANCE

Each active weather product has an associated legend which can be displayed on the Weather Data Link
(GFDS) Page.  If no weather product softkeys are selected, the LEGEND Softkey will be unavailable.  
Viewing legends for displayed weather products
1) Select the Weather Data Link (GFDS) Page.
2) Press the LEGEND Softkey to display the legends for the displayed weather products.

AFCS

Or:
a) Press the MENU Key.
b) Select ‘Weather Legend’ and press the ENT Key.

ADDITIONALFEATURES

3) Turn the FMS Knob to scroll through the legends if more are available than fit in the window.
4) To remove the Legend Window, select the LEGEND Softkey, the ENT or the CLR Key, or press the FMS Knob.

Additional information about the following can be displayed by panning over the display on the map:
• METARs• SIGMETs• TFRs• AIRMETs• PIREPs

APPENDICES• Infrared Satellite (IR SAT)

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

INDEX

The map panning feature is enabled by pressing the RANGE Knob.  The map range is adjusted by turning
the RANGE Knob.  If the map range is adjusted while panning is enabled, the map is re-centered on the Map
Pointer.

321

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

HAZARD AVOIDANCEFLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Instructions
for Viewing
METAR andTAF Text

AUDIO PANEL
& CNS

EIS

Selected
Airport

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Figure 6-64 Panning on the Weather Data Link (GFDS) Page

GFDS WEATHER DATA REQUESTSHAZARDAVOIDANCEThe GFDS Data Request window provides the flight crew with the options to enable or disable the requested
weather coverage area(s), choose automatic weather update intervals (if desired), and the ability to send or cancel
weather data requests.  The status of the GFDS data request process is also displayed.

AFCS

Before a GFDS data request can occur, a valid request coverage area must be defined from which all currently
available GFDS weather products will be retrieved.   At a minimum, either the aircraft’s present position or a
waypoint (as part of a flight plan or entered directly in the ‘WAYPOINT’ coverage field) must be part of the request
coverage area, otherwise the request status window will indicate ‘INVALID COVERAGE AREA’ and the system will
not allow a request to occur.

ADDITIONALFEATURES

It is not necessary for a destination (based on an active flight plan), a flight plan, or waypoint to be specified
prior to enabling these coverage areas; however no weather data will be retrieved for these option(s) until a flightplan or waypoint is provided, respectively.
Requesting GFDS weather data manually:
1) Select the Weather Data Link (GFDS) Page.

APPENDICES

2) Press the MENU Key.
3) With ‘GFDS Data Request’ highlighted, press the ENT Key (Figure 6-65).
4) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the desired coverage option(s) and press the ENT Key to check or uncheckone of more of the following coverage selections (Figures 6-66, 6-67):

INDEX• PRESENT POSITION – Requests data based on current location.
• DESTINATION – Requests data based on the active flight plan destination (Direct-To destinations excluded).
See the Flight Management section for more information about entering and activating flight plans.

322

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

HAZARD AVOIDANCESYSTEMOVERVIEW• FPL – Requests data along an active flight plan, if one exists. Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired
flight plan look-ahead distance option (or choose ‘REMAINING FPL’ to request the remainder of the flightplan), then press the ENT Key.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS• WAYPOINT – Requests data based on a waypoint (which may be off-route). Turn the large and small FMS
Knobs to enter a waypoint, then press the ENT Key.
5) Turn the large FMS Knob highlight to the ‘DIAMETER / RTE WIDTH’ (diameter/route width) distance field andturn the small FMS Knob to select the desired diameter and route width of the request, then press the ENT Key.

EIS

6) Turn the large FMS Knob until the ‘SEND REQ’ button is highlighted. Press the ENT Key to initiate the request
immediately or press the FMS Knob to return to the Weather Data Link (GFDS) Page without requesting weather
data.

AUDIO PANEL& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTHAZARDAVOIDANCE

Figure 6-65 Weather Data Link (GFDS) Page Menu

AFCS

Figure 6-66 GFDS Data Request Window
ADDITIONALFEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

323

Present Position Selected,
200 nm Diameter
Requested

Destination Selected,
200 nm Diameter
Requested

Next 80 nm of Flight Plan
Selected, 200 nm Route
Width Requested

Off-Route Waypoint
Selected, 200 nm Diameter
RequestedAFCS

HAZARDAVOIDANCEFLIGHT
MANAGEMENTAUDIO PANEL
& CNS

EIS

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

HAZARD AVOIDANCEADDITIONALFEATURES

Figure 6-67 GFDS Weather Data Request Results with Precipitation and Infrared Satellite Displayed

APPENDICES

During a GFDS Data Request, the Request Status box initially displays “Contacting GFDS...”.   Once a
connection is established, the Request Status Box displays “Receiving Wx Data...  Time Remaining:” with anestimated data transfer time (either minutes or seconds).  If desired, the GFDS Data Request window may beclosed while the data request is processing by pressing the FMS Knob; the data request will continue to process
in the background.  GFDS Data Requests typically take between 1 to 4 minutes to complete depending on thesize of the selected weather coverage area and Iridium signal strength.

INDEXThe system retrieves all available Worldwide Weather products within the selected coverage area during
an initial GFDS Data Request, regardless of which products (if any) are currently enabled for display.   Onsubsequent requests, previously retrieved textual data (such as METARs and TAFS) is retained if it has not
expired, while new textual weather data matching the current coverage area and all graphical weather data is
downloaded during every data request.

324

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

HAZARD AVOIDANCESYSTEMOVERVIEWAt the completion of a successful weather data request, the request status window (if still open) will indicate‘OK’.
Cancelling a GFDS Weather Data Request in Progress:

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

1) Select the Weather Data Link (GFDS) Page.
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) With ‘GFDS Data Request’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
4) Turn the large FMS Knob to select ‘CANCEL REQ’ and press the ENT Key. The request status box indicates‘Request Cancelled’.

EIS

5) Press the FMS Knob to return to the Weather Data Link (GFDS) Page.

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

The pilot can schedule GFDS data requests to recur automatically.  Auto requests remain enabled until thepilot disables them, or the system power is cycled.  The Request Status window will indicate a countdown timer
until the next automatic data request occurs.
NOTE: If automatic GFDS data requests were enabled prior to the system entering Reversionary Mode, the

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

automatic weather data requests will continue in Reversionary Mode, however the GFDS Data Request
window and its associated options will not be available.
Enabling/disabling automatic GFDS Data Requests:
1) Select the Weather Data Link (GFDS) Page.

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

2) Press the MENU Key.
3) With ‘GFDS Weather Request’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
4) Choose the desired weather coverage options.

AFCS5) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the ‘UPDATE RATE’ setting. Then turn the small FMS Knob to highlight thedesired automatic update frequency (OFF, 5 Min, 10 Min, 15 Min, 20 Min, 25 Min, 30 Min, 45 Min, or 60 Min),
then press the ENT Key.
6) The ‘SEND REQ” button is highlighted and a countdown timer is displayed in the ‘REQUEST STATUS’ based on
the currently selected update rate. Press the ENT Key to immediately send an immediate GFDS Data Request.

ADDITIONALFEATURES

Or:

Press the FMS Knob to return to the Weather Data Link (GFDS) Page.

APPENDICES
INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

325

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

HAZARD AVOIDANCEWORLDWIDE WEATHER PRODUCTSPRECIPITATIONEISFLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Precipitation (PRECIP) data is not real-time.   The lapsed time between collection, processing, anddissemination of radar images can be significant and may not reflect the current radar synopsis.  Due to theinherent delays and the relative age of the data, it should be used for long-range planning purposes only.

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

Boundary ofPrecipitation data
requestHAZARDAVOIDANCEFLIGHT
MANAGEMENTNo Radar Coverage

Figure 6-68 Precipitation Data on the Weather Data Link (GFDS) Page

ADDITIONALFEATURES

AFCS

Precipitation data can be displayed on the following maps:• PFD Inset Map• Trip Planning Page

• Navigation Map Page

• Nearest Pages• Weather Data Link (GFDS) Page

• Flight Plan Pages• Airport Information Page

• AUX - Video Page

Displaying Precipitation weather information:

APPENDICES

1) Select the MAP Softkey (for the PFD Inset Map, select the INSET Softkey). This step is not necessary on the
Weather Data Link (GFDS) Page.
2) Press the PRECIP Softkey.

INDEX

Radar data shown represents lowest level, base reflectivity, of radar returns.   The display of the informationis color-coded to indicate the weather severity level.   All weather product legends can be viewed on the
Weather Data Link (GFDS) Page.  For the Precipitation legend (Figure 6-69), press the LEGEND Softkey when
Precipitation is selected for display.

326

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

HAZARD AVOIDANCESYSTEMOVERVIEWFLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

No Radar Coverage
EIS

Boundary of GFDS
weather data request
Figure 6-69 Precipitation Data Legend

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

The display of radar coverage is enabled when Precipitation is selected for display.  Areas where precipitation
radar coverage is not currently available or is not being collected are indicated in gray shade of purple.  A
white boundary line with white tick marks depicts the selected coverage area of the GFDS weather data
request.  This boundary encloses the precipitation data when this weather product is displayed.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Reflectivity
Reflectivity is the amount of transmitted power returned to the radar receiver.  Colors on the Precipitation
display directly correlate to the level of detected reflectivity.  Reflectivity as it relates to hazardous weather
can be very complex.

HAZARDAVOIDANCEThe role of radar is essentially to detect moisture in the atmosphere. Simply put, certain types of weather  reflect radar better than others.  The intensity of a radar reflection is not necessarily an indication of theweather hazard level.  For instance, wet hail returns a strong radar reflection, while dry hail does not. Bothwet and dry hail can be extremely hazardous.

AFCS

The different radar echo intensities are measured in decibels (dB) relative to reflectivity (Z).  Weather
radars measure the reflectivity ratio, or the energy reflected back to the radar receiver (designated by theletter Z).  The value of Z increases as the returned signal strength increases.

ADDITIONALFEATURES

Precipitation Limitations
Radar images may have certain limitations:

APPENDICES• Radar base reflectivity does not provide sufficient information to determine cloud layers or precipitation
characteristics (wet hail vs. rain).  For example, it is not possible to distinguish between wet snow, wethail, and rain.
• Radar base reflectivity is sampled at the minimum antenna elevation angle.   An individual radar sitecannot depict high altitude storms at close ranges.  It has no information about storms directly over thesite.

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

INDEX• When zoomed in to a range of 30 nm, each square block on the display represents an area of four square
kilometers.

327

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

HAZARD AVOIDANCEAUDIO PANEL
& CNS

EIS

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Block represents
4 km2

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Figure 6-70 Precipitation Data - Zoomed

The following may cause abnormalities in displayed radar images:• Ground clutter

HAZARDAVOIDANCE• Strobes and spurious radar data
• Sun strobes (when the radar antenna points directly at the sun)• Interference from buildings or mountains, which may cause shadows

INDEX

APPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURES

AFCS• Metallic dust from military aircraft, which can cause alterations in radar scans

328

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

HAZARD AVOIDANCESYSTEMOVERVIEWINFRARED SATELLITE
Infrared Satellite (IR SAT) data (Figure 6-71) depicts cloud top temperatures from satellite imagery.  Brighter
cloud top colors indicate cooler temperatures occurring at higher altitudes.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTSEISAUDIO PANEL& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Figure 6-71 Infrared Satellite Data on the Weather Data Link (GFDS) Page

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Displaying Cloud Tops information:
1) Select the Weather Data Link (GFDS) Page.
2) Press the IR SAT Softkey.

AFCS

To display the Infrared Satellite legend (Figure 6-72), select the LEGEND Softkey when Infrared Satellite data
is selected for display.

ADDITIONALFEATURES

Figure 6-72 Infrared Satellite Legend

APPENDICES
INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

329

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

HAZARD AVOIDANCEDATALINK LIGHTNING

AUDIO PANEL
& CNS

EIS

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Datalink Lightning (DL LTNG) data (Figure 6-73) shows the approximate location of cloud-to-groundlightning strikes.  A strike icon represents a strike that has occurred within a two-kilometer region.  Neither
cloud-to-cloud nor the exact location of the lightning strike is displayed.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTLightning Strikes

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Figure 6-73 Datalink Lightning

AFCS

Datalink Lightning data displayed on the following maps:• PFD Inset Map• Trip Planning Page

• Navigation Map Page

• Nearest Pages• Weather Data Link Page

• Flight Plan Pages• AUX - Video Page
ADDITIONALFEATURES

Displaying Datalink Lightning information:
1) Press the MAP Softkey (for the PFD Inset Map, select the INSET Softkey). This step is not necessary on the
Weather Data Link (GFDS) Page.

APPENDICES

2) Press the DL LTNG Softkey.

To display the Datalink Lightning legend on the Weather Data Link (GFDS) Page (Figure 6-74), select the
LEGEND Softkey when Datalink Lightning is selected for display.

INDEX

Figure 6-74 Datalink Lightning Legend

330

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

HAZARD AVOIDANCESYSTEMOVERVIEW

SIGMETS AND AIRMETS

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

SIGMETs  (SIGnificant METeorological Information) and AIRMETs (AIRmen’s METeorological Information)
are issued for potentially hazardous weather.   A Convective SIGMET is issued for hazardous convective
weather such as severe or widespread thunderstorms.  A localized SIGMET can be displayed when significant
weather conditions are not widespread.
The entire SIGMET or AIRMET is displayed as long as any portion of it is issued within the coverage areaof the GFDS data request.

EIS

Instructions for Viewing
SIGMET/AIRMET Text

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

SIGMET

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTHAZARDAVOIDANCE

Figure 6-75 SIGMET/AIRMET Data

AFCS

Displaying SIGMETs and AIRMETs:
1) Select the Weather Data Link (GFDS) Page.
2) Press the SIG/AIR Softkey.

ADDITIONALFEATURES

3) To view the text of the SIGMET or AIRMET, press the RANGE Knob and move the Map Pointer over the icon.
4) Press the ENT key. Figure 6-76 shows sample SIGMET text.

To display the SIGMET and AIRMET legend (Figure 6-77), select the LEGEND Softkey when SIGMETs and
AIRMETs are selected for display.

APPENDICES

190-00498-07 Rev. A

INDEX

Figure 6-76 Sample SIGMET Text

Figure 6-77 SIGMET/AIRMET Legend

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

331

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

HAZARD AVOIDANCEMETARS AND TAFS
NOTE: Atmospheric pressure as reported for METARs is given in hectopascals (hPa), except for in the United

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

States, where it is reported in inches of mercury (in Hg). Temperatures are reported in Celsius.
NOTE: METAR information is only displayed within the installed navigation database service area.

AUDIO PANEL
& CNS

EIS

METARs (METeorological Aerodrome Reports) typically contain information about the temperature,
dewpoint, wind, precipitation, cloud cover, cloud heights, visibility, and barometric pressure at an airport orobservation station. They can also contain information on precipitation amounts, lightning, and other critical
data.   METARs reflect hourly observations; non-routine updates include the code “SPECI” in the report.   
METARs are shown as colored flags at airports that provide them.
Instructions for
Viewing METAR
and TAF TextAFCS

HAZARDAVOIDANCEFLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Selected Airport

ADDITIONALFEATURES

Figure 6-78 METAR Flags on the Weather Data Link Page

TAFs (Terminal Aerodrome Forecasts) are weather predictions for specific airports within a 24- hour period,and may span up to 36 hours.  TAFs typically include forecast wind, visibility, weather phenomena, and sky
conditions using METAR codes.

APPENDICESMETAR and TAF text are displayed on the Weather Information Page.  METAR data is displayed first ina decoded fashion, then as raw text.  TAF information is displayed only in its raw form when it is available
Displaying METAR and TAF text:1) On the Weather Data Link (XM) Page, press the METAR Softkey.

INDEX

2) Press the RANGE Knob and pan to the desired airport.
3) Press the ENT Key. The Weather Information Page is shown with METAR and TAF text.
4) Use the FMS Knob or the ENT Key to scroll through the METAR and TAF text. METAR text must be completely
scrolled through before scrolling through the TAF text.

332

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

HAZARD AVOIDANCESYSTEMOVERVIEW

5) Press the FMS Knob or the CLR Key to return to the Weather Data Link (XM) Page.
Or:1) Select the Weather Information Page.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTSa) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Waypoint Page Group.
b) Press the WX Softkey to select the Weather Information Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob to display the cursor.
3) Use the FMS Knob to enter the desired airport and press the ENT Key.

EIS

4) Use the FMS Knob or the ENT Key to scroll through the METAR and TAF text. Note that the METAR text must
be completely scrolled through before scrolling through the TAF text.

AUDIO PANEL& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTMETAR Text for the
Selected Airport

METAR Symbol

HAZARDAVOIDANCETAF Text for the
Selected Airport

AFCS

Figure 6-79 METAR and TAF Text on the Weather Information Page

ADDITIONALFEATURES

Raw METAR text is also accessible while panning the map cursor over a METAR flag on any map page on
which a METAR is displayed.  The METAR text is shown in a box near the METAR flag.

APPENDICES

In addition, METAR flags and their associated text are displayed on the Active Flight Plan Page on the
MFD.  METAR flags appears next to waypoints in the flight plan with an associated METAR.  A solid light
blue METAR flag indicates the METAR observations are available for a specific waypoint; a hollow light blue
METAR flag indicates an off-route METAR near the waypoint is available.  When off-route METAR text is
displayed, the system provides additional information as to the origin, distance, and direction of the report in
relation to the selected flight plan waypoint.

INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

333

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

HAZARD AVOIDANCE
Displaying raw METAR text on the Active Flight Plan Page:
1) Select the Active Flight Plan Page on the MFD.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the desired waypoint. The METAR text will appear in the ‘SELECTEDWAYPOINT WEATHER’ window below.
4) When finished, press the FMS Knob to remove the cursor or press the FPL Key to exit the Active Flight Plan
Page.

EIS

To display the METAR legend on the Weather Data Link (XM) Page (Figure 6-80), press the LEGEND Softkey
when METARs are selected for display.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTAUDIO PANEL& CNS

The METAR flag color is determined by the information in the METAR text.  A gray METAR flag is displayedwhen the METAR text does not contain adequate information.

Figure 6-80 METAR Legend

WINDS ALOFTHAZARDAVOIDANCE

Winds Aloft data (Figure 6-81) shows the forecasted wind speed and direction at the surface and at selected
altitudes. Altitude can be displayed in 3,000-foot increments up to 42,000 feet MSL.
Displaying Winds Aloft data:
1) Select the Weather Data Link (GFDS) Page.

AFCS2) Press the MORE WX Softkey.
3) Press the WIND Softkey.

INDEX

APPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURES

4) Select the desired altitude level: SFC (surface) up to 42,000 feet. Select the NEXT or PREV Softkey to cycle
through the altitude softkeys. The WIND Softkey label changes to reflect the altitude selected.

334

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

HAZARD AVOIDANCESYSTEMOVERVIEWFLIGHT
INSTRUMENTSEISAUDIO PANEL& CNS

Figure 6-81 Winds Aloft at 3,000 Feet

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

To display the Winds Aloft legend (Figure 6-82), press the LEGEND Softkey when Winds Aloft isselected for display.

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Figure 6-82 Winds Aloft Data with Legend

AFCS

Headwind and tailwind components aloft are available inside the Profile View on the Navigation Map Page  
(Figure 6-83).  The displayed components are relative to current aircraft altitude and track, but not to aircraft
speed.

ADDITIONALFEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

335

EIS

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

HAZARD AVOIDANCE

Winds Aloft Data Age
AUDIO PANEL& CNS

Altitude ScaleWind Component
Velocity and Direction
Arrow

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Figure 6-83 Navigation Map Page with Winds Aloft Data on
Profile View

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Arrows pointing to the left indicate headwind components; tailwind component arrows point to the right,
as shown in Table 6-8.
HeadwindSymbolTailwindSymbolHeadwind/Tailwind
Component

None

None

Less than 5 knots

AFCS

5 knots
10 knots

ADDITIONALFEATURES

50 knots
Table 6-8 Profile View Headwind/Tailwind Component Symbols

APPENDICES

Showing/Hiding Profile View (containing winds aloft data)
1) Select the Navigation Map Page.
2) Press the MAP Softkey.
2) Press the PROFILE Softkey.

INDEX

Or:
1) Press the MENU Key.

336

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

HAZARD AVOIDANCESYSTEMOVERVIEW

2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘Show Profile View’ or ‘Hide Profile View’ (choice dependent on current
state) and press the ENT Key.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Winds Aloft data inside the Profile View is enabled by default when the Profile View is displayed on the
Navigation Map Page.  This behavior can be changed on the Navigation Map Page.
Enabling/disabling winds aloft data display in Profile View:
1) Select the Navigation Map Page.
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) With Map Setup highlighted, press the ENT Key (Figure 6-84).

EIS4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Profile Group and press the ENT Key (Figure 6-85).
5) Turn the large FMS Knob to select ‘Profile Winds’ (Figure 6-86).

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

6) Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘On’ or ‘Off’.
7) Press the FMS Knob or CLR Key to return to the Navigation Map Page with the changed settings.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTHAZARDAVOIDANCE

Figure 6-84 Navigation Map Page Menu

AFCS
ADDITIONALFEATURES

Figure 6-85 Navigation Map Page Setup Menu

Figure 6-86 Navigation Map Page Setup Menu, Weather Group
APPENDICES
INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

337

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

HAZARD AVOIDANCEPIREPS

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Pilot Weather Reports (PIREPs) describe in-flight weather encountered by pilots.  A PIREP may contain
unforecast adverse weather conditions, such as low in-flight visibility, icing conditions, wind shear, turbulence,and type of aircraft flown.  PIREPs are issued as either Routine (UA) or Urgent (UUA).
Instructions for
Viewing PIREP
Text

PIREP
Selected

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTAUDIO PANEL
& CNS

EIS

UrgentPIREP

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Figure 6-87 PIREPs on the Weather Data Link (GFDS) Page

Displaying PIREP text:1) Select the Weather Data Link (GFDS) Page.
2) Press the MORE WX Softkey.

AFCS3) Press the PIREPS Softkey.
4) Press the RANGE Knob and pan to the desired weather report. A gray circle will appear around the weather
report when it is selected.

ADDITIONALFEATURES

5) Press the ENT Key. The PIREP tex is first displayed in a decoded fashion, then as raw text.
6) Use the FMS Knob or the ENT Key to scroll through the PIREP text.

INDEX

APPENDICES

7) Press the FMS Knob or the CLR Key to close the PIREP text window and return to the Weather Data Link (GFDS)
Page.

338

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

HAZARD AVOIDANCESYSTEMOVERVIEWFLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Decoded PIREP Text
EIS

Raw PIREP Text
AUDIO PANEL& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Figure 6-88 PIREP Text on the Weather Data Link (GFDS) Page

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

To display the PIREP legend (Figure 6-89), press the LEGEND Softkey when PIREPs  are selected for display.
The PIREP color is determined by the type (routine or urgent).

Figure 6-89 AIREPs & PIREPs Legend
AFCS
ADDITIONALFEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

339

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

HAZARD AVOIDANCETFRSNOTE: Temporary Flight Restriction (TFR) data from GFDS is only available in the United States (notFLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

including any U.S. territories.) Refer to fly.garmin.com/fly-garmin/gfds-weather for GFDS product coverage
information.

EIS

In the United States, the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) issues Temporary Flight Restrictions (TFRs)
to designate areas where flight is restricted.  TFRs are issued to restrict flight for a variety of reasons including
national security, law enforcement, firefighting, natural disasters., airshows, and large sporting events.  TFRs
may be issued at any time, and TFR data displayed on the G1000 is only intended to supplement official TFR
information obtained from Flight Service Stations (FSS), and air traffic control.

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

The age of TFR data is not shown; however, if TFR data is not available or has expired, the system displays‘TFR N/A’ in the upper-left corner of maps on which TFRs can be displayed.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTTFR Summary
InformationAFCS

HAZARDAVOIDANCETFR Selectedwith Map
Pointer

ADDITIONALFEATURES

Figure 6-90 TFR Data on the Weather Data Link (XM) Page

Displaying TFR Data:
1) Select the Weather Data Link (GFDS) Page or Navigation Map Page.

APPENDICES

2) Press the RANGE Knob and pan the map pointer over a TFR to highlight it. The system displays TFR summary
information above the map.
3) Press the ENT Key. The system displays a pop-up menu.
4) If necessary, turn the FMS Knob to select ‘Review Airspaces’ and press the ENT Key. The system displays the
TFR Information window (Figure 6-91).

INDEX

5) Press the FMS Knob or the CLR Key to remove the TFR Information window.

340

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

HAZARD AVOIDANCESYSTEMOVERVIEWFLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Figure 6-91 Full Text for Selected TFR

EISThe setup menus for the Navigation Map Page control the map range settings above which TFR data isdecluttered from the display.  If a map range larger than the TFR product map range setting is selected, the TFR
product data is removed from the map.
Maps other than the Navigation Map Page use settings based on those selected for the Navigation Map Page.

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

Setting up and customizing TFR data for maps on which TFR data can be displayed:
1) Select the Navigation Map Page.
2) Press the MENU Key.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

3) With Map Setup highlighted, press the ENT Key (Figure 6-92).
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Aviation Group and press the ENT Key (Figure 6-93).
5) Turn the large FMS Knob to scroll to the TFR product range setting (Figure 6-94).
6) Turn the small FMS Knob to scroll through options (Off, range settings).

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

7) Press the ENT Key to select an option.
8) Press the FMS Knob or CLR Key to return to the Navigation Map Page with the changed settings.

AFCS
ADDITIONALFEATURES

Figure 6-92 Navigation Map Page Menu
APPENDICESINDEXFigure 6-93 Navigation Map Page Setup Menu

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Figure 6-94 Navigation Map Page Setup Menu, Weather Group

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

341

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

HAZARD AVOIDANCEABNORMAL OPERATIONSAUDIO PANEL
& CNS

EIS

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

If the system cannot complete a GFDS weather data request, one or more messages will appear in the request
status window.
Weather Request
Status Message

Desciption

Auto requests inhibited
Send manual request
to reset.
Auto update retry: ##Seconds
GFDS Comm Error [2]
GFDS Comm Error [4]GFDS Comm Error [5]The system has disabled automatic weather data requests due to excessive errors. Automaticweather data requests have stopped. Send a manual weather data request to resume automatic
updates.

GFDS Comm Error [6]The system will attempt another automatic weather data request after an error occurred during theprevious request. Timer counts down until the next automatic request occurs.
A communications error has occurred with the GIA. The G1000 should be serviced.
This occurs if multiple automatic weather data requests have recently failed, or a GIA is off-line.
The Iridium or GFDS networks are not accessible. Check Iridium signal strength. If this error persists,
the G1000 should be serviced.
A communications error has occurred. It this error persists, the G1000 should be serviced.

A weather data transfer has timed out. Check Iridium signal strength and re-send the data request.
A server error has occurred or invalid data received.
There is a problem with the GFDS registration. Contact Garmin Flight Data Services at 1-866-7395687 in the United States or 913-397-8200, ext. 1135 for assistance.
GFDS Server
The GFDS weather data server is temporarily out of service, but is expected to return to service in
Temporarily Inop
less than 30 minutes.
GFDS Server Inop
The GFDS weather data server will be out of service for at least 30 minutes.
Invalid Coverage Area The weather data request coverage area does not contain at least one of the following: a waypoint,a flight plan, or a flight plan destination. Verify at least one of the coverage options is enabled(checked) and contains required criteria, then re-send the data request.
NO GFDS Subscription The system is not be currently subscribed to GFDS, or the access code is incorrect. Verify the accesscode. Contact Garmin Flight Data Services at 1-866-739-5687 in the United States or 913-3978200, ext. 1135 for assistance.
Reduce Request Area
The GFDS weather data request area exceeds size limits. Reduce weather coverage area and re-senddata request.
Request Cancelled
The user has cancelled a GFDS weather data request.
Requested area too
The size of the GFDS weather data request has exceeded limits. Reduce the size of the coverage arealarge. Reduce coverage and try the weather data request again.
area.
Request Failed - Try
The weather data request timed-out. Re-send data request.
Again

APPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURESAFCSHAZARDAVOIDANCEFLIGHT
MANAGEMENTGFDS Comm Error [7]
GFDS Comm Error [8]GFDS Login Invalid

INDEX

Table 6-9 Abnormal GFDS Request Status Messages

342

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

HAZARD AVOIDANCESYSTEMOVERVIEWWORLDWIDE WEATHER IN REVERSIONARY MODE

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

When the system is operating in Reversionary Mode, only those weather products which can be displayedon the PFD Inset map will be available for display (see Table 6-6 for a list of weather products and theirassociated map availability).  
If manual weather data requests were enabled prior to entering Reversionary Mode, no new GFDS weather
data can be retrieved while operating in Reversionary Mode.  If automatic weather data requests were enabledprior to Reversionary Mode operation, the system will continue the automatic data requests in Reversionary
Mode (provided automatic requests have not been inhibited due to a system error).

EIS
AUDIO PANEL& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTHAZARDAVOIDANCEAFCSADDITIONALFEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

343

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

HAZARD AVOIDANCE

6.3 FIS-B WEATHERFLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

NOTE: The Flight Information Service - Broadcast (FIS-B) weather data provides information for avoiding

hazardous weather. Do not use FIS-B information to penetrate hazardous weather.

EIS

FIS-B weather data reception requires the aircraft being within range and line-of-sight of an operating groundbased transceivers (GBT) broadcasting FIS-B weather data.  Reception may be affected by factors including altitude
or terrain.

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

The optional GDL 90 receives Flight Information Services - Broadcast (FIS-B) weather data from a network of
UAT (Universal Access Transceiver) ground-based transmitters.   The system displays FIS-B graphical weather
information and associated text on the Multi Function Display (MFD) and the Primary Flight Display (PFD) Inset
Map.

Reception of FIS-B weather data occurs automatically without any pilot action.   FIS-B broadcasts provide
weather data in a repeating cycle which may take approximately ten minutes to transmit all available weather
data.  Therefore, not all available weather data may be available immediately upon initial FIS-B signal acquisition.  

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTUSING FIS-B WEATHER PRODUCTS
The primary map for viewing FIS-B Weather data is the Weather Data Link (FIS-B) Page in the Map Page
Group.
Viewing the Weather Data Link (FIS-B) Page:

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

1) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Map Page Group.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Weather Data Link (FIS-B, XM, or GFDS) Page.
3) If the page title displays a weather datalink source other than ‘FIS-B’, such as ‘XM’ or ‘GFDS’, proceed to thefollowing steps to change the weather datalink source.

AFCS4) Press the MENU Key.

INDEXAPPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURES

5) Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘Display FIS-B Weather’ and press the ENT Key. The page title will display‘MAP - WEATHER DATA LINK (FIS-B)’ to indicate FIS-B is now the selected weather datalink source.

344

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

HAZARD AVOIDANCESYSTEMOVERVIEW

Weather Product Symbol

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Weather
Product
Data Age in
MinutesEIS
AUDIO PANEL& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Figure 6-95 Weather Data Link (FIS-B) Page

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

When a FIS-B weather product is active on a map, the age of the data is displayed on the screen to the rightof the product symbol (Figure 6-95).  The age of the product is based on the time difference between when
the data was assembled on the ground and the current GPS time.  Weather products are refreshed at specificintervals (defined in the Refresh Rate column in Table 6-10).

AFCS

If for any reason, a weather product is not refreshed within the Expiration Time intervals (see Table 6-10),
the data is considered expired and is removed from the display.  This ensures that the displayed data is consistent
with FIS-B broadcast data.  If more than half of the expiration time has elapsed, the color of the product age
displayed changes to yellow.  The system displays dashes instead of a product age when a product has expired.  
If a weather product is not available or has not been received, the system displays ‘N/A’ instead of a product age.

ADDITIONALFEATURES

Table 6-10 shows the FIS-B weather product symbols, the expiration time and the refresh rate.  The refresh
rate represents the interval at which FIS-B GBTs broadcast new signals that may or may not contain new
weather data.  It does not represent the rate at which weather data is updated or new content is received by
the GDL 90.

APPENDICES
INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

345

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

HAZARD AVOIDANCEFLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

FIS-B Weather ProductSymbolExpiration Time
(Minutes)

Refresh Rate
(Minutes)

30

2.5

90

5

30

2.5

60

10

EIS

Regional Radar Precipitation(PRECIP)
Meteorological Aerodrome Report(METARs)
Radar Coverageno product image(RADAR CVRG)
Terminal Aerodrome Reports
no product image(TAFs)

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

Table 6-10 Weather Product Symbols and Data Timing

METARs

+

+

+

+

+

+

HAZARDAVOIDANCE
AFCS

TAFs

Flight Plan Pages+

Nearest Page Group+AUX - Video Page

Weather Data Link
(XM) Page+

AUX - Trip Planning
Page

Navigation Map Page

PRECIPFIS-B Weather ProductWeather InformationPage

PFD Inset Map

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Table 6-11 shows which FIS-B weather products can be displayed (indicated with a ‘+’ symbol) on specific
maps.

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

INDEX

APPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURES

Table 6-11 FIS-B Weather Product Display Maps

346

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

HAZARD AVOIDANCESYSTEMOVERVIEW

Softkeys control the display of weather information on most MFD pages and the PFD Inset Map (Figure6-96) shows the weather product softkeys for the Weather Data Link (FIS-B) Page).  When a weather productis selected for display, the corresponding softkey label changes to gray.
PRECIPMETARLEGEND MORE WX CHKLISTFLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

ENGINE

FigureFRZ
6-96
Weather Data Link Weather Product Softkeys(FIS-B)BACKLVL WIND OFF
COUNTYCYCLONE SFC OFF

ICNG OFF TURB OFF AIREPSPIREPSSFC Softkey label changes

CURRENT
12 HR
36 HR
OFF
Selecting a weather
datalink
sourcefor24 HR
display:

LEGEND

48 HR

EIS

The
systemdisplay weather data from multiple providers, however data for only one provider may be
to reflectcurrentcan
selection.
WIND/ICNG/TURB Softkey labels
Select the BACK Softkey
enabled for display at a time.
change to reflect current selection.
to move up one level.
BACK

1) Turn the large FMS Knob on the MFD to select the MAP page group.

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

PREV and NEXT Softkeys cycle through Winds Aloft,
Icing, and Turbulence altitude selection softkeys.

BACK
LEGEND
SFC
6000
9000
12000
15000
PREV
OFF
2) Turn
the small
FMS
Knob3000to selectthe Weather
Data Link
Page.NEXTThe system
displays
the name of the currently
selected weather source after the page title (FIS-B, GFDS, or XM). To change the weather data source, proceed
to the next step.
OFF

18000

21000

24000

27000

30000

33000

NEXT

LEGENDBACK

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

PREV

3) Press the MENU Key.

4) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the selected weather service (FIS-B, GFDS, or XM) and press the ENT Key.
36000

39000

42000

PREV

OFF

1000

3000

6000

9000

12000

PREV

OFF

18000

21000

24000

27000

30000

PREV

OFF

21000

24000

27000

30000

33000

PREV

OFF

39000

42000

45000

15000

36000

NEXT

LEGENDBACKNEXTLEGENDBACKNEXTLEGENDBACKNEXTLEGENDBACKNEXTLEGEND

BACK

AFCS

OFF

HAZARDAVOIDANCEPREV

ADDITIONALFEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

347

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

HAZARD AVOIDANCE
Maps besides the Weather Data Link (FIS-B) Page use settings based on those selected for the Navigation Map
Page.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Setting up and customizing FIS-B weather data for the Navigation Map Page:
1) Select the Navigation Map Page.
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) With ‘Map Setup’ highlighted, press the ENT Key (Figure 6-97).
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Weather’ Group and press the ENT Key (Figure 6-98).
EIS5) Turn the large FMS Knob or press the ENT Key to scroll through product selections (Figure 6-99).
6) Turn the small FMS Knob to scroll through options for each product (ON/OFF, range settings).

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

7) Press the ENT Key to select an option.

HAZARDAVOIDANCEFLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

8) Press the FMS Knob or CLR Key to return to the Navigation Map Page with the changed settings.

ADDITIONALFEATURES

AFCS

Figure 6-97 Navigation Map Page Menu

Figure 6-98 Navigation Map Page Setup Menu

Figure 6-99 Navigation Map Page Setup Menu, Weather GroupINDEX

APPENDICESThe setup menus for the Navigation Map Page and the Weather Data Link (FIS-B) Page control the map range
settings above which weather products data are decluttered from the display.  If a map range larger than theweather product map range setting is selected, the weather product data is removed from the map.  The menus
also provide a means in addition to the softkeys for enabling/disabling display of weather products.

348

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

HAZARD AVOIDANCESYSTEMOVERVIEW

Setting up and customizing the Weather Data Link (FIS-B) Page:
1) Select the Weather Data Link (FIS-B) Page.
2) Press the MENU Key.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

3) With ‘Weather Setup’ highlighted, press the ENT Key (Figure 6-100).
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘Product Group 1’, and press the ENT Key (Figure 6-101).
5) Turn the large FMS Knob or press the ENT Key to scroll through product selections.
6) Turn the small FMS Knob to scroll through options for each product (ON/OFF, range settings, etc.).

EIS7) Press the ENT Key to select an option.
8) Press the FMS Knob or CLR Key to return to the Weather Data Link (FIS-B) Page with the changed settings.

AUDIO PANEL& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTHAZARDAVOIDANCEAFCS

Figure 6-100 Weather Data Link
Page (FIS-B) Menu

ADDITIONALFEATURES

Figure 6-101 Weather Data Link Page
Setup Menu

Restoring default Weather Data Link (FIS-B) Page settings:
1) Select the Weather Data Link (FIS-B) Page.

APPENDICES

2) Press the MENU Key.
3) With ‘Weather Setup’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
4) Press the MENU Key.
5) Highlight the desired default(s) to restore (all or for selection) and press ENT Key.

INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

349

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

HAZARD AVOIDANCE
When a FIS-B weather product is enabled for display on the PFD Inset Map, the weather product informationbox (with the product icon and age) can be displayed inside the PFD Inset Map.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Displaying/removing the weather product information box on the PFD Inset Map:
1) On the PFD, press the INSET Softkey.
2) Press the WX LGND Softkey.
3) To remove the weather product information box, press the WX LGND Softkey again.

EIS

Each active weather product has an associated legend which can be displayed on the Weather Data Link
(FIS-B) Page.  A weather product legend can also be displayed on the Navigation Map Page for active FIS-B
weather products displayed on that page.
Viewing legends for displayed weather products on the Weather Data Link (FIS-B) Page:

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

1) Select the Weather Data Link (FIS-B) Page.
2) Press the LEGEND Softkey to display the legends for the displayed weather products.
Or:

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTa) Press the MENU Key.
b) Select ‘Weather Legend’ and press the ENT Key.
3) To remove the Legend Window, press the LEGEND Softkey, the ENT or the CLR Key, or press the FMS Knob.

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Viewing legends for displayed weather products (on the Navigation Map Page):
1) Select the Navigation Map Page.
2) Press the MAP Softkey.
3) Press the LEGEND Softkey (available if one or more FIS-B weather products are enabled for display).

AFCS4) To remove the Legend Window, press the LEGEND Softkey, the ENT or the CLR Key, or press the FMS Knob.

Additional information about METARs can be displayed by panning over a METAR flag on the map:

INDEX

APPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURES

The map panning feature is enabled by pressing the RANGE Knob.  The map range is adjusted by turning theRANGE Knob.  If the map range is adjusted while panning is enabled, the map is re-centered on the Map Pointer.

350

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

HAZARD AVOIDANCESYSTEMOVERVIEW

Instructions for
Viewing METAR
and TAF Text

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Airport Selectedwith Map
PointerEIS
AUDIO PANEL& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Figure 6-102 Panning on the Weather Data Link (FIS-B) Page)

REGIONAL RADAR PRECIPITATIONHAZARDAVOIDANCENOTE: Regional Radar Precipitation data cannot be displayed at the same time as terrain.

FIS-B regional radar precipitation is based on WSR-88D, or NEXRAD (NEXt-generation RADar), a networkof high-resolution Doppler radar systems that are operated by the National Weather Service (NWS).  Themaximum range of a single NEXRAD radar site is 250 nm.   In addition to a wide array of services, the
NEXRAD network provides important information about severe weather and air traffic safety.

AFCS

Radar precipitation data is not real-time.  The lapsed time between collection, processing, and disseminationof composite radar images can be significant and may not reflect the current radar synopsis.  Due to theinherent delays and the relative age of the data, it should be used for long-range planning purposes only.  
Never use NEXRAD data or any radar data to penetrate hazardous weather.  Rather, use it in an early-warning
capacity of pre-departure and enroute evaluation.

ADDITIONALFEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

351

AUDIO PANEL
& CNS

EIS

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

HAZARD AVOIDANCEFLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Figure 6-103 Regional Radar Precipitation Data on the Weather
Data Link (FIS-B) Page)

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Regional Radar Precipitation data can be displayed on the following maps:• PFD Inset Map• Trip Planning Page

• Navigation Map Page

• Nearest Pages• Weather Data Link (FIS-B) Page

• Flight Plan Pages• Airport Information Page

• AUX - Video Page

AFCS

Displaying Regional Radar Precipitation information:
1) Press the MAP Softkey (for the PFD Inset Map, press the INSET Softkey). This step is not necessary on the
Weather Data Link (FIS-B) Page.

ADDITIONALFEATURES

2) Press the PRECIP Softkey.

INDEX

APPENDICESThe Regional Radar Precipitation product coverage area varies, as it is determined by the data received fromground-based sources.  When the Regional Radar Precipitation product is enabled, a white hashed boundary
rectangle encloses this area to indicate the geographic limits of the regional radar coverage being displayed.
The system shows composite radar data from all available NEXRAD sites inside of this boundary area.

352

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

HAZARD AVOIDANCESYSTEMOVERVIEWFLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

No RadarCoverage

EIS

Boundaryof FIS-B
Regional Radar
Precipitation
Product

AUDIO PANEL& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Figure 6-104 Regional Radar Precipitation Data on the Weather
Data Link (FIS-B) Page)

HAZARDAVOIDANCE  This data is composed of the maximum reflectivity from the individual radar sweeps.  The display of theinformation is color-coded to indicate the weather severity level.  All weather product legends can be viewed
on the Weather Data Link (FIS-B) Page.   For the Precipitation legend (Figure 6-105), press the LEGEND
Softkey when Regional Radar Precipitation data is selected for display.

AFCS
ADDITIONALFEATURES

No Radar Coverage(Inside Coverage
Boundary)
Boundary of Regional
Radar Coverage Area

APPENDICES

Figure 6-105 Regional Radar Precipitation Data Legend

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

INDEX

The display of radar coverage is enabled when PRECIP is selected for display.  Areas within the coverageboundary where radar precipitation data is not currently available, has not yet been received, or is not being
collected are indicated in gray shade of purple.

353

SYSTEMOVERVIEWNOTE: If the system has not received all available Regional Radar Precipitation data (such as during

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

HAZARD AVOIDANCE

Reflectivity

initial FIS-B signal aquisitiation), the sytem may temporarily display areas of no radar coverage which aresubsquently removed as radar data is received. It may take up approximately ten minutes to receive all
FIS-B data.

EIS

Reflectivity is the amount of transmitted power returned to the radar receiver.  Colors on the NEXRAD
display are directly correlative to the level of detected reflectivity.  Reflectivity as it relates to hazardous
weather can be very complex.

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

The role of radar is essentially to detect moisture in the atmosphere. Simply put, certain types of weather  reflect radar better than others.  The intensity of a radar reflection is not necessarily an indication of theweather hazard level.  For instance, wet hail returns a strong radar reflection, while dry hail does not. Bothwet and dry hail can be extremely hazardous.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

The different NEXRAD echo intensities are measured in decibels (dB) relative to reflectivity (Z).  NEXRAD
measures the radar reflectivity ratio, or the energy reflected back to the radar receiver (designated by theletter Z).  The value of Z increases as the returned signal strength increases.

NEXRAD Limitations
NEXRAD radar images may have certain limitations:

HAZARDAVOIDANCE• NEXRAD base reflectivity does not provide sufficient information to determine cloud layers or precipitation
characteristics (wet hail vs. rain).  For example, it is not possible to distinguish between wet snow, wethail, and rain.
• NEXRAD base reflectivity is sampled at the minimum antenna elevation angle.  An individual NEXRAD
site cannot depict high altitude storms at close ranges.  It has no information about storms directly over
the radar site.

INDEX

APPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURES

AFCS• When zoomed in to a range of 30 nm, each square block on the display represents an area of four square
kilometers.  The intensity level reflected by each square represents the highest level of NEXRAD data
sampled within the area (Figure 6-106).

354

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

HAZARD AVOIDANCESYSTEMOVERVIEWFLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Block Area is 4 km2

EIS
AUDIO PANEL& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Figure 6-106 Regional Radar Data - Zoomed

The following may cause abnormalities in displayed NEXRAD radar images:• Ground clutter

HAZARDAVOIDANCE• Strobes and spurious radar data
• Sun strobes (when the radar antenna points directly at the sun)• Interference from buildings or mountains, which may cause shadows• Metallic dust from military aircraft, which can cause alterations in radar scans

AFCS
ADDITIONALFEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

355

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

HAZARD AVOIDANCEMETARS AND TAFS

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

NOTE: Atmospheric pressure is reported in inches of mercury (in Hg). Temperatures are reported in Celsius.
NOTE: The system will begin to display METAR flags as it receives reports; however it may take approximately

ten minutes for all available METAR and TAF data to be received over a FIS-B broadcast.

AUDIO PANEL
& CNS

EIS

Aviation Routine Weather Reports or METARs typically contain current information about the temperature,
dewpoint, wind, precipitation, cloud cover, cloud heights, visibility, and barometric pressure at an airport orobservation station. They can also contain information on precipitation amounts, lightning, and other critical
data.  METARs reflect routine hourly observations.   An Aviation Selected Special Report or SPECI includes
the code “SPECI” in the report, and may be issued if critical information has changed after the issuance of a  
METAR.   The system displays colored flags at airports with report(s) available.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Instructions for
Viewing METAR
and TAF TextAFCS

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Selected Airport

ADDITIONALFEATURES

Figure 6-107 METAR Flags on the Weather Data Link Page

APPENDICESTAFs (Terminal Aerodrome Forecasts) are predications of expected weather conditions for an area within
five statute miles of the center of an airport’s runway complex.  The National Weather Service issues scheduled
TAFs four times each day, and additional amended TAFs if conditions warrant.  TAFs typically span a forecast
period of 24 hours, but may be scheduled for a longer period. TAFs may include forecast wind, visibility,
significant weather phenomena, and sky conditions using METAR codes.

INDEX

METAR and TAF text are available on the Weather Information Page.  METAR data is displayed first in a
decoded fashion, then as raw text.  TAF information, when available, appears only as raw text.

356

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

HAZARD AVOIDANCESYSTEMOVERVIEW

Displaying METAR and TAF text:1) On the Weather Data Link (FIS-B) Page, press the METAR Softkey.
2) Press the RANGE Knob and pan to the desired airport.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

3) Press the ENT Key. The Weather Information Page is shown with METAR and TAF text.
4) Use the FMS Knob or the ENT Key to scroll through the METAR and TAF text. METAR text must be completely
scrolled through before scrolling through the TAF text.
5) Press the FMS Knob or the CLR Key to return to the Weather Data Link (FIS-B) Page.

EIS

Or:
1) Select the Weather Information Page.
a) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Waypoint Page Group.

AUDIO PANEL& CNSb) Press the WX Softkey to select the Weather Information Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob to display the cursor.
3) Use the FMS Knob to enter the desired airport and press the ENT Key.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

4) Use the FMS Knob or the ENT Key to scroll through the METAR and TAF text. Note that the METAR text must
be completely scrolled through before scrolling through the TAF text.

HAZARDAVOIDANCEMETAR Text for the
Selected Airport

AFCS

METAR Symbol
TAF Text for the
Selected Airport

ADDITIONALFEATURES
APPENDICES

Figure 6-108 METAR and TAF Text on the Weather Information Page

Raw METAR text is also accessible while panning the map cursor over a METAR flag on any map page on
which a METAR is displayed.  The METAR text is shown in a box near the METAR flag.
INDEX

In addition, METAR flags and their associated text are displayed on the Active Flight Plan Page on the
MFD.  METAR flags appears next to waypoints in the flight plan with an associated METAR.  A solid light blue

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

357

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

HAZARD AVOIDANCEMETAR flag indicates the METAR observations are avable for specific waypoint; a hollow light blue METAR
flag indicates an off-route METAR is available near the waypoint.
Displaying raw METAR text on the Active Flight Plan Page:

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

1) Select the Active Flight Plan Page on the MFD.
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the desired waypoint. The METAR text will appear in the ‘SELECTEDWAYPOINT WEATHER’ window below.

EIS4) When finished, press the FMS Knob to remove the cursor or press the FPL Key to exit the Active Flight PlanPage.

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

To display the METAR legend on the Weather Data Link (FIS-B) Page (Figure 6-109), press the LEGEND
Softkey when METARs are selected for display.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTThe METAR flag color is determined by the information in the METAR text.  The system displays a gray
METAR flag when the METAR text does not contain adequate classification information.

INDEX

APPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURESAFCSHAZARDAVOIDANCE

Figure 6-109 METAR Legend

358

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

HAZARD AVOIDANCESYSTEMOVERVIEW

6.4 WX-500 STORMSCOPE

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

NOTE: The L-3 WX-500 Stormscope® system is not intended for hazardous thunderstorm penetration.

Weather information on the G1000 MFD is approved for weather avoidance only. Refer to the WX-500
Pilot’s Guide for a detailed description of Stormscope operation.
NOTE: Stormscope lightning data cannot be displayed at the same time as lightning data from XM WX or

GFDS datalink weather sources.
EIS

The following pages can display Stormscope data:• AUX - Trip Planning Page
• Nearest Pages

AUDIO PANEL& CNS• Stormscope Page
• Navigation Map

To display Stormscope data on the Navigation Map, AUX - Trip Planning Page, or any of the Nearest Pages,
press the MAP Softkey, then press the STRMSCP Softkey.  These pages can also display cell or strike data using theyellow lightning strike symbology shown in Table 6-12.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTHAZARDAVOIDANCE

Table 6-12 Lightning Age and Symbols

AFCS

SETTING UP STORMSCOPE ON THE NAVIGATION MAP
Setting up Stormscope options on the Navigation Map:

ADDITIONALFEATURES

1) On the Navigation Map Page, press the MENU Key.
2) With ‘Map Setup’ selected (Figure 6-110), press the ENT Key.
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to display the group selection window. Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘Weather’,and press the ENT Key.

APPENDICES

4) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight and move between the product selections (Figure 6-111).
5) When an item is highlighted, turn the small FMS Knob to select the option.
6) Press the ENT Key.
7) Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page (Figure 6-112).

INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

359

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

HAZARD AVOIDANCE
The following options are available (Figure 6-111):• STRMSCP LTNG – Turns the display of Stormscope data on or off.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS• STRMSCP MODE – Selects the CELL or STRIKE mode of lightning activity.  Cell mode identifies clusters orcells of electrical activity.  Strike mode indicates the approximate location of lightning strikes.

AUDIO PANEL
& CNS

EIS

• STRMSCP SMBL – Selects the range at which Stormscope data displays.  Stormscope data is removed whena map range greater than the STRMSCP SMBL value is selected.

APPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURESAFCSHAZARDAVOIDANCEFLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Figure 6-110 Page Menu

INDEX

Figure 6-111 Map Setup Menu

360

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

HAZARD AVOIDANCESYSTEMOVERVIEWCELL AND STRIKE MODE ON THE NAVIGATION MAP

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

On the Navigation Map, cell mode identifies cells of lightning activity (Figure 6-112).  Stormscope identifies
clusters of electrical activity that indicate cells.  Strike mode indicates the approximate location of lightning
strikes.
Selecting the ‘cell’ or ‘strike’ mode on the Navigation Map:
1) Press the MENU Key.
2) With ‘Map Setup’ selected, press the ENT Key.

EIS

3) Select the ‘Weather’ group.
4) Press the ENT Key. The cursor flashes on ‘STRMSCP LTNG’.
5) Turn the large FMS Knob to select ‘STRMSCP MODE’.

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

6) Turn the small FMS Knob to change between ‘CELL’ and ‘STRIKE’ options. When an item is selected, press the
ENT Key.
7) Press the FMS knob to return to the Navigation Map Page.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTHAZARDAVOIDANCELightning
StrikesAFCS
ADDITIONALFEATURES

Stormscope
EnabledAPPENDICES

Figure 6-112 Navigation Map Page with
Stormscope Lightning Data

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

INDEX

If heading input is lost, strikes and/or cells must be cleared manually after the execution of each turn(Figure 6-113).  This is to ensure that the strike and/or cell positions are depicted accurately in relation to thenose of the aircraft.

361

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

HAZARD AVOIDANCEManually clearing Stormscope data on the Navigation Map:
1) Press the MENU Key.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

2) Select ‘Clear Stormscope® Lightning’.

AUDIO PANEL
& CNS

EIS

3) Press the ENT Key.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Figure 6-113 Navigation Map Page Options Menu

ZOOM RANGE ON THE NAVIGATION MAP

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Stormscope lightning data can be displayed up to 800 nm zoom range (in North up mode) on the Navigation
Map Page.  However, in the track up mode at the 500 nm range, a portion of Stormscope lightning data
can be behind the aircraft and therefore not visible on the Navigation Map.  Since the range for Stormscope
data is 400 nm diameter total (200 nm in front and 200 nm behind), the 500 nm range in North up modeshows all the data.
At a map range of less than 25 nm, Stormscope lightning data is not displayed, but can still be present.

AFCS

The maximum zoom range can also be set on the Navigation Map.  Note that Stormscope data above theselected maximum zoom range is decluttered.
Selecting a Stormscope range on the Navigation Map:

ADDITIONALFEATURES

1) Press the MENU Key.
2) Select ‘MAP SETUP’.
3) Select the ‘Weather’ group.
4) Press the ENT Key.

APPENDICES

5) Turn the large FMS Knob to select ‘STRMSCP SMBL’.
6) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the maximum display range.
7) Press the ENT Key.
8) Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page.

INDEX

To change the display range on the Navigation Map Page, turn the RANGE Knob clockwise to zoom out or
counter-clockwise to zoom in.  

362

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

HAZARD AVOIDANCESYSTEMOVERVIEWSELECTING THE STORMSCOPE PAGE
Stormscope lightning data can be displayed at the ranges of 25 nm, 50 nm, 100 nm, and 200 nm.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Adjusting the Stormscope Map Range:
1) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Map Page Group.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Stormscope Page.
3) To change the map range, turn the RANGE Knob clockwise to zoom out or counter-clockwise to zoom in.

EIS
AUDIO PANEL& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTHAZARDAVOIDANCE

Figure 6-114 Stormscope Page
AFCS

Changing between ‘cell’ and ‘strike’ mode on the Stormscope Page:
1) Select the Stormscope Page.

ADDITIONALFEATURES

2) Press the MODE Softkey. The CELL and STRIKE softkeys are displayed.
3) Press the CELL Softkey to display ‘CELL’ data or press the STRIKE Softkey to display ‘STRIKE’ data. ‘CELL’ or‘STRIKE’ is displayed in the mode box in the upper left corner of the Stormscope Page.
4) Press the BACK Softkey to return to the main Stormscope page.

APPENDICES

Changing the viewing mode between 360˚ and 120˚ on the Stormscope Page:
1) Select the Stormscope Page.
2) Press the VIEW Softkey. The 360 and ARC softkeys are displayed. Press the 360 Softkey to display a 360˚
viewing area or press the ARC Softkey to display a 120˚ viewing area.

INDEX

3) Press the BACK Softkey to return to the main Stormscope page.

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

363

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

HAZARD AVOIDANCE

6.5 TERRAIN PROXIMITY

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTSWARNING: Do not use Terrain Proximity information for primary terrain avoidance. Terrain Proximity isintended only to enhance situational awareness.
NOTE: Terrain data is not displayed if the aircraft is outside of the installed terrain database coverage area.

AUDIO PANEL
& CNS

EIS

G1000 Terrain Proximity is a terrain awareness system that does not comply with TSO-C151b certification
standards. It increases situational awareness and aids in reducing controlled flight into terrain (CFIT).  Do notconfuse Terrain Proximity with the optional Terrain Awareness and Warning System - Class B (TAWS-B).  TAWS-B
is more sophisticated and robust, and it is TSO-C151b certified.  Terrain Proximity does not provide warning  
annunciations or voice alerts.  It only provides color indications on map displays when terrain and obstacles arewithin a certain altitude threshold from the aircraft.  Although the terrain and obstacle color map displays are thesame, TAWS-B uses more sophisticated algorithms to assess aircraft distance from terrain and obstacles.
Terrain Proximity requires the following components to operate properly:

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT• Valid 3-D GPS position• Valid terrain/obstacle database

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Terrain Proximity displays altitudes of terrain and obstructions relative to the aircraft position and altitude withreference to a database that may contain inaccuracies.  Terrain and obstructions are shown only if they are in the
database.  Terrain and obstacle information should be used as an aid to situational awareness.  They should never
be used to navigate or maneuver around terrain.
Note that all obstructions may not be available in the terrain and obstacle database. No terrain and obstacle
information is shown without a valid 3-D GPS position.

ADDITIONALFEATURESAFCSThe G1000 GPS receiver provides the horizontal position and altitude.  GPS altitude is derived from satellite
position.  GPS altitude is then converted to the height above geodetic sea level (GSL), which is the height above
mean sea level calculated geometrically.  GSL altitude is used to determine terrain and obstacle proximity.  GSLaltitude accuracy is affected by satellite geometry, but is not subject to variations in pressure and temperature that
normally affect pressure altitude sensors.  GSL altitude does not require local altimeter settings to determine MSL
altitude.  It is a widely-used MSL altitude source.

APPENDICES

Terrain and obstacle databases are referenced to MSL.  Using the GPS position and altitude, the Terrain Proximity
feature portrays a 2-D picture of the surrounding terrain and obstacles relative to the position and altitude of theaircraft.  GPS position and GSL altitude are used to calculate and predict the aircraft’s flight path in relation to
the surrounding terrain and obstacles.  In this way, the pilot can view predicted dangerous terrain and obstacle
conditions.

DISPLAYING TERRAIN PROXIMITY DATA

INDEX

The symbols and colors in Figure 6-115 and Table 6-13 are used to represent obstacles and aircraft altitude  when the Terrain Proximity Page is selected for display.   Terrain Proximity uses black, yellow, and red torepresent terrain information relative to aircraft altitude.   The color of each obstacle is associated with thealtitude of the aircraft.

364

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

HAZARD AVOIDANCESYSTEMOVERVIEW

Terrain Above Aircraft Altitude
Red terrain is above
or within 100 ft below
the aircraft altitude

Aircraft Altitude

100 ft Threshold

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

1000 ft
Yellow terrain is between 100 ft and 1000 ft below the aircraft altitude

Black terrain is more than 1000 ft below the aircraft altitude

EIS

Figure 6-115 Terrain Altitude/Color Correlation for Terrain Proximity
AUDIO PANEL& CNS

Unlighted Obstacle
Lighted Obstacle< 1000’ AGL > 1000’ AGL < 1000’ AGL > 1000’ AGL

Obstacle Location
Red obstacle is above or within 100 ft
below the aircraft altitude

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Yellow obstacle is between 100 ft and1000 ft below the aircraft altitude
Table 6-13 Terrain Proximity Terrain/Obstacle Colors and Symbology

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Terrain and obstacle information can be displayed on the following pages:• PFD Inset Map• Trip Planning Page

• Navigation Map Page

• Active Flight Plan Page

• Terrain Proximity Page

• Video Page
AFCS

Displaying terrain and obstacle information (maps other than the Terrain Proximity Page):
1) Press the MAP Softkey (for the PFD Inset Map, press the INSET Softkey).

ADDITIONALFEATURES

2) Press the TERRAIN Softkey to display terrain and obstacle data.

When Terrain Proximity is selected on maps other than the Terrain Proximity Page, an icon to indicate thefeature is enabled for display and a legend for Terrain Proximity colors are shown (Figure 6-119).

APPENDICESThe Navigation Map Page Setup Menu provides a means in addition to the softkey for enabling/disabling
display of terrain and obstacles.  The setup menu also controls the map range settings above which terrain andobstacle data are decluttered from the display.  If a map range larger than the map range setting is selected, thedata is removed from the map.

INDEX

Terrain data can be selected for display independently of obstacle data; however, obstacles recognized by
Terrain Proximity as yellow or red are shown when terrain is selected for display and the map range is within
the setting limit.
Maps besides the Terrain Proximity Page use settings based on those selected for the Navigation Map Page.  
The maximum display ranges for obstacles on each map are dependent on the range setting made for the

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

365

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

HAZARD AVOIDANCE
Navigation Map.  If the maximum range for obstacle display on the Navigation Map is adjusted to below 20
nm, the highest obstacle display range settings on the other applicable maps are also adjusted proportionally.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

CAUTION: Terrain and obstacle data will not be displayed when the Navigation Map range is larger thanthe MAP SETUP range setting for TERRAIN DATA and OBSTACLE DATA.

Customizing terrain and obstacle display on the Navigation Map Page:
1) Select the Navigation Map Page.

EIS2) Press the MENU Key.
3) With ‘Map Setup’ highlighted, press the ENT Key (Figure 6-116).
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Map’ Group and press the ENT Key (Figure 6-117).
AUDIO PANEL& CNS

5) Turn the large FMS Knob or press the ENT Key to scroll through product selections (Figure 6-118).
•  TERRAIN DATA – Turns the display of terrain data on or off and sets maximum range at which terrain is shown•  OBSTACLE DATA – Turns the display of obstacle data on or off and sets maximum range at which obstacles are shown

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

6) Turn the small FMS Knob to scroll through options for each product (ON/OFF, range settings).
7) Press the ENT Key to select an option.

AFCS

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

8) Press the FMS Knob or CLR Key to return to the Navigation Map Page with the changed settings.

APPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURES

Figure 6-116 Navigation Map Page Menu

Figure 6-118 Navigation Map Page Setup Menu, Map GroupINDEX

Figure 6-117 Navigation Map Page Setup Menu

366

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

HAZARD AVOIDANCESYSTEMOVERVIEW

Additional information about obstacles can be displayed by panning over the display on the map.  The mappanning feature is enabled by pressing the RANGE Knob.  The map range is adjusted by turning the RANGE
Knob.  If the map range is adjusted while panning is enabled, the map is re-centered on the Map Pointer.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Additional
Information on
Obstacle Selectedwith Map PointerRed Terrain Area
(Above or Within100’ Below Aircraft
Altitude)

EIS

Yellow Terrain Area
(Between 100’ and1000’ Below Aircraft
Altitude)

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

Lighted Obstacle
Selected with Map
Pointer

Red Lighted
Obstacles(Above or Within100’ Below Aircraft
Altitude)

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Terrain Display
Enabled Icon
Terrain Legend

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Figure 6-119 Terrain Information on the Navigation Map Page

TERRAIN PROXIMITY PAGEAFCSThe Terrain Proximity Page is specialized to show terrain and obstacle data in relation to the aircraft’s
current altitude, without clutter from the basemap.  Aviation data (airports, VORs, and other NAVAIDs) canbe displayed for reference.

ADDITIONALFEATURES

Aircraft orientation on this map is always heading up unless there is no valid heading.   Two views areavailable relative to the position of the aircraft: the 360° default display and the radar-like ARC (120°) display.  
Map range is adjustable with the RANGE Knob from 1 to 200 nm, as indicated by the map range rings (orarcs).
Displaying the Terrain Proximity Page:

APPENDICES

1) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Map Page Group.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Terrain Proximity Page.
3) To change the view,a) Press the VIEW Softkey.

INDEXb) Press the 360 or ARC Softkey to select the desired view.
Or:a) Press the MENU Key.
b) Select ‘View Arc’ or ‘View 360º’ (choice dependent on current state) and press the ENT Key to change the view.

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

367

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

HAZARD AVOIDANCE
Showing/hiding aviation information on the Terrain Proximity Page:
1) Press the MENU Key.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

2) Select ‘Show Aviation Data’ or ‘Hide Aviation Data’ (choice dependent on current state) and press the ENT Key.
Map Orientation
Current Aircraft
GPS-derived GSL
Altitude

Red Terrain(Above or Within100’ Below the
Aircraft Altitude)EIS

Map Range Rings
Black Terrain(More than 1000’
Below the Aircraft
Altitude)

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

Red Lighted Obstacle(Above or Within100’ Below Aircraft
Altitude)

Yellow Terrain(Between 100’
and 1000’ Below
the Aircraft
Altitude)

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Yellow Lighted
Obstacles (Between
100’ and 1000’ Below
Aircraft Altitude)

Terrain Legend

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Figure 6-120 Terrain Proximity Page

Map Orientation
Current Aircraft
GPS-derived GSL
Altitude

AFCS

Red Terrain(Above or Within100’ Below the
Aircraft Altitude)

APPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURES

Map Range Arc
Yellow Terrain(Between 100’ and1000’ Below the
Aircraft Altitude)
Black Terrain(Terrain Morethan 1000’ Below
the Aircraft
Altitude)

Red Lighted Obstacle(Above or Within100’ Below Aircraft
Altitude)Terrain Legend

INDEX

Figure 6-121 Terrain Proximity Page (ARC View)

368

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

HAZARD AVOIDANCESYSTEMOVERVIEW

6.6 PROFILE VIEW TERRAIN

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTSWARNING: Do not use Profile View Terrain data for primary terrain avoidance. Profile View Terrain is intended

only to enhance situational awareness.
NOTE: Terrain data is not displayed when the aircraft is outside of the installed terrain database coverage

area.

EIS

The G1000 offers a Profile View of terrain and obstacles relative to the aircraft’s current flight path and altitude
on the Navigation Map Page of the MFD.  Profile View does not provide terrain or obstacle caution or warning
annunciations or voice alerts, nor does it display potential impact points inside the Profile View.   The colors
and symbols used to represent terrain and obstacles are the same as those used in Terrain Proximity discussed
previously.

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

Accessing Profile View:
1) Select the Navigation Map Page.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

2) Press the MAP Softkey.
3) Press the PROFILE Softkey to enable or disable Profile View.
Or:1) Press the MENU Key.

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

2) Select ‘Show Profile View’ or ‘Hide Profile View’ (choice dependent on current state) and press the ENT Key.

Enabling/Disabling Profile View Terrain on the Navigation Map (when Profile View is enabled):
1) Select the Navigation Map Page.
2) Press the MAP Softkey.

AFCS3) Press the TERRAIN Softkey.

PROFILE VIEW DISPLAY
ADDITIONALFEATURES

When the Profile View is enabled, it is displayed in a window below the Navigation Map.  Altitude is shown
along a vertical scale, with an aircraft icon positioned at the current altitude.  Distance is represented horizontally
along the bottom of the Profile View, and increases from left (present position) to right.

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

APPENDICES

When the Navigation Map range is adjusted with the RANGE Knob, the horizontal distance of the Profile
View is adjusted proportionately to be 1/2 of the Navigation Map range distance down to 1 nm, at which point
Profile View is no longer available (‘PROFILE NOT AVAILABLE’ is displayed).  When Navigation Map range
is adjusted to remove altitude-correlated colored terrain data (as shown in the Terrain Legend) or obstaclesfrom the Navigation Map, these items are also removed from the Profile View; only an outline of the terrain
will be displayed in black in the Profile View window.  Refer to the Terrain Proximity, Terrain-SVS, or TAWS-B
discussions for more information about displaying terrain or obstacles on the Navigation Map Page.

369

FLIGHTINSTRUMENTS

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

HAZARD AVOIDANCE

Profile View
Path Enabled
Navigation Map Range

EIS

Terrain Legend

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

Altitude Scale
Profile View Lengthis One Half of theNavigation Map
Range

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Distance Scale
Figure 6-122 Profile View on Navigation Map with Terrain Display Enabled

ADDITIONALFEATURESAFCSHAZARDAVOIDANCEThe Profile View is based on the current aircraft track (or heading if track is unavailable) and shows the highest
known terrain or obstacles within a predetermined width from the present aircraft position to the end of the
profile range.  The width of the Profile View (Table 6-14) is determined by the phase of flight, as annunciatedon the HSI.  Refer to the Flight Instruments section for more information about flight phases.
Flight Phase

Total Profile View Width

Approach

0.6 nm

Departure

0.6 nmTerminal

2.0 nmEnroute

4.0 nmOceanic

4.0 nmAPPENDICES

Table 6-14 Profile View Width Scale

PROFILE PATH

INDEX

The Profile Path displays the horizontal and lateral boundaries of the Profile View.   The path is shown
as a white rectangle on the Navigation Map Page (Figure 6-122) and is only available when Profile View isenabled.  White range markers both edges of the Profile Path rectangle match the range markers along the
distance scale inside the Profile View display window whenever the profile range is at least 4 nm (or 7.5 km
if configured for metric units).

370

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

HAZARD AVOIDANCESYSTEMOVERVIEWThe Profile Path rectangle may be configured on or off, and the Navigation Map range at which the Profile
Path is removed from map display can be changed.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

CAUTION: Terrain and obstacle data will not be displayed when the Navigation Map range is larger thanthe MAP SETUP range setting for TERRAIN DATA and OBSTACLE DATA.

Customizing the Profile Path display on the Navigation Map Page:
1) Select the Navigation Map Page.
2) Press the MENU Key.

EIS

3) With ‘Map Setup’ highlighted, press the ENT Key (Figure 6-123).
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Profile’ Group and press the ENT Key (Figure 6-124).

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

5) Turn the large FMS Knob or press the ENT Key to scroll through product selections (Figure 6-125).
•  PROFILE PATH – Turns the display of the Profile Path on or off and sets maximum map range at which the Profile
Path is shown6) Turn the small FMS Knob to scroll through options (ON/OFF, range settings).

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

7) Press the ENT Key to select an option.
8) Press the FMS Knob or CLR Key to return to the Navigation Map Page with the changed settings.

HAZARDAVOIDANCEAFCS

Figure 6-123 Navigation Map Page Menu

ADDITIONALFEATURES
APPENDICES

Figure 6-124 Navigation Map Page Setup Menu

Figure 6-125 Navigation Map Page Setup Menu,
Profile Group
INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

371

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

HAZARD AVOIDANCE

6.7 TERRAIN-SVS

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

NOTE: Terrain data is not displayed when the aircraft is outside of the installed terrain database coverage

EIS

WARNING: Do not use TERRAIN-SVS information for primary terrain avoidance. TERRAIN-SVS is intended

NOTE: Terrain-SVS is standard when the Synthetic Vision System (SVS) option is installed. The TAWS-B

only to enhance situational awareness.

area.

AUDIO PANEL& CNSTerrain-SVS is a terrain awareness system available with the Synthetic Vision System (SVS).  SVS functionality
is offered as an optional enhancement.  The optional Terrain Awareness and Warning System - Class B (TAWS-B)
or standard Terrain-SVS is integrated within SVS to provide visual and auditory alerts to indicate the presenceof threatening terrain relevant to the projected flight path.  For detailed information regarding SVS, refer to the
Additional Features section of this Pilot’s Guide.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

option will take precedence over Terrain-SVS when TAWS-B is installed.

Terrain-SVS does not comply with TSO-C151b certification standards.  It increases situational awareness andaids in reducing controlled flight into terrain (CFIT).  Do not confuse Terrain-SVS with TAWS-B.  TAWS-B is moresophisticated and robust, and it is TSO-C151b certified.  Although the terrain and obstacle color map displays
are the same, TAWS-B uses more sophisticated algorithms to assess aircraft distance from terrain and obstacles.

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Terrain-SVS does not provide the following:• Premature Descent Alerting (PDA)• Excessive Descent Rate (EDR)• Negative Climb Rate (NCR)

AFCS• Descent to 500 Feet Callout (DFC)
Terrain-SVS requires the following components to operate properly:• Valid 3-D GPS position

ADDITIONALFEATURES• Valid terrain/airport terrain/obstacle database

APPENDICES

Terrain-SVS displays altitudes of terrain and obstructions relative to the aircraft position and altitude withreference to a database that may contain inaccuracies.  Terrain and obstructions are shown only if they are in the
database.  Terrain and obstacle information should be used as an aid to situational awareness.  They should never
be used to navigate or maneuver around terrain.
Note that all obstructions may not be available in the terrain and obstacle database. No terrain and obstacle
information is shown without a valid 3-D GPS position.

INDEX

The G1000 GPS receiver provides the horizontal position and altitude.  GPS altitude is derived from satellite
position.  GPS altitude is then converted to the height above geodetic sea level (GSL), which is the height above
mean sea level calculated geometrically.  GSL altitude is used to determine terrain and obstacle proximity.  GSLaltitude accuracy is affected by satellite geometry, but is not subject to variations in pressure and temperature that372

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

HAZARD AVOIDANCESYSTEMOVERVIEW

normally affect pressure altitude sensors.  GSL altitude does not require local altimeter settings to determine MSL
altitude.  It is a widely-used MSL altitude source.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Terrain and obstacle databases are referenced to GSL.  Using the GPS position and altitude, the Terrain-SVS
feature portrays a 3-D picture of the surrounding terrain and obstacles relative to the position and altitude of theaircraft.  GPS position and GSL altitude are used to calculate and predict the aircraft’s flight path in relation to
the surrounding terrain and obstacles.  In this way, the pilot can view predicted dangerous terrain and obstacle
conditions.

DISPLAYING TERRAIN-SVS DATAEISTerrain-SVS uses yellow (caution) and red (warning) to depict terrain and obstacles (with heights greaterthan 200 feet above ground level, AGL) alerts relative to aircraft altitude.  Colors are adjusted automatically as
the aircraft altitude changes.  The colors and symbols in Figure 6-126 and Tables 6-15 and 6-16 are used torepresent terrain, obstacles, and potential impact points.

AUDIO PANEL& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTHAZARDAVOIDANCE

Figure 6-126 Terrain Altitude/Color Correlation for Terrain-SVS

Obstacle Location
AFCS

Unlighted Obstacle
Lighted Obstacle< 1000’ AGL > 1000’ AGL < 1000’ AGL > 1000’ AGL

Red obstacle is above or within 100 ft
below the aircraft altitude

ADDITIONALFEATURES

Yellow obstacle is between 100 ft and1000 ft below the aircraft altitude
Table 6-15 Terrain-SVS Obstacle Colors and Symbology

Alert TypeAPPENDICES

Potential Impact
Point Symbol

Example Annunciation

Warning
INDEX

CautionTable 6-16 Terrain-SVS Potential Impact Point Symbols with Alert Types

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

373

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

HAZARD AVOIDANCEFLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Terrain-SVS information can be displayed on the following maps:• PFD Inset Map• Trip Planning Page

• Navigation Map Page

• Flight Plan Pages• Terrain-SVS Page

• Video Page

Displaying terrain and obstacle information (maps other than the TERRAIN-SVS Page):
1) Press the MAP Softkey (for the PFD Inset Map, select the INSET Softkey).
2) Press the TERRAIN Softkey to display terrain and obstacle data.

EIS

When Terrain-SVS is selected on maps other than the Terrain-SVS Page, a terrain icon is shown to indicate  
the feature is enabled for display.

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

The Navigation Map Page Setup Menu provides a means in addition to the softkeys for enabling/disabling thedisplay of terrain and obstacles.  The setup menu also controls the map range settings above which terrain andobstacle data are decluttered from the display.  If a map range larger than the map range setting is selected, thedata is removed from the map.  For terrain data, the enable/disable function applies only to the MFD, while therange setting also affects the PFD Inset Map.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Terrain data can be selected for display independently of obstacle data; however, obstacles for which warnings
and cautions are issued are shown when terrain is selected for display and the map range is within the setting
limit.

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Maps besides the Terrain-SVS Page use settings based on those selected for the Navigation Map Page.  Themaximum display ranges for obstacles on each map are dependent on the range setting made for the Navigation
Map.  If the maximum range for obstacle display on the Navigation Map is adjusted to below 20 nm, the highest
obstacle display range settings on the other applicable maps are also adjusted proportionally.
CAUTION: Terrain and obstacle data will not be displayed when the Navigation Map range is larger than

AFCS

the MAP SETUP range setting for TERRAIN DATA and OBSTACLE DATA.
Customizing terrain and obstacle display on the Navigation Map Page:
1) Select the Navigation Map Page.
ADDITIONALFEATURES

2) Press the MENU Key.
3) With ‘Map Setup’ highlighted, press the ENT Key (Figure 6-127).
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Map’ Group and press the ENT Key (Figure 6-128).

APPENDICES

5) Turn the large FMS Knob or press the ENT Key to scroll through product selections (Figure 6-129).
•  TERRAIN DATA – Turns the display of terrain data on or off and sets maximum range at which terrain is shown•  OBSTACLE DATA – Turns the display of obstacle data on or off and sets maximum range at which obstacles are shown6) Turn the small FMS Knob to scroll through options for each product (ON/OFF, range settings).

INDEX

7) Press the ENT Key to select an option.
8) Press the FMS Knob or CLR Key to return to the Navigation Map Page with the changed settings.

374

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

HAZARD AVOIDANCESYSTEMOVERVIEWFLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Figure 6-127 Navigation Map Page Menu
EIS
AUDIO PANEL& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Figure 6-128 Navigation Map Page Setup Menu

Figure 6-129 Navigation Map Page Setup Menu, Map GroupHAZARDAVOIDANCETERRAIN-SVS PAGE
The Terrain-SVS Page is specialized to show terrain, obstacle, and potential impact point data in relation
to the aircraft’s current altitude, without clutter from the basemap.  Aviation data (airports, VORs, and other
NAVAIDs) can be displayed for reference.  If an obstacle and the projected flight path of the aircraft intersect,the display automatically zooms in to the closest potential point of impact on the Terrain-SVS Page.

AFCS

Aircraft orientation on this map is always heading up unless there is no valid heading.  Two views are available
relative to the position of the aircraft: the 360° default display and the radar-like ARC (120°) display.  Map range
is adjustable with the RANGE Knob from 1 to 200 nm, as indicated by the map range rings (or arcs).

ADDITIONALFEATURES

Displaying the Terrain-SVS Page:
1) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Map Page Group.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the TERRAIN-SVS Page.

APPENDICES

Changing the Terrain-SVS Page view:
1) Press the VIEW Softkey.
2) Press the 360 or ARC Softkey to select the desired view.
Or:

INDEX

1) Press the MENU Key.
2) Select ‘View Arc’ or ‘View 360º’ (choice dependent on current state) and press the ENT Key to change the view190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

375

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

HAZARD AVOIDANCE
Showing/hiding aviation information on the Terrain-SVS Page:
1) Press the MENU Key.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

2) Select ‘Show Aviation Data’ or ‘Hide Aviation Data’ (choice dependent on current state) and press the ENT Key.
Map Orientation
Current Aircraft
GPS-derived GSL
Altitude

Red Terrain(Above or Within100’ Below the
Aircraft Altitude)EIS

Map Range Rings
Black Terrain(More than 1000’
Below the Aircraft
Altitude)

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

Red Lighted Obstacle(Above or Within100’ Below Aircraft
Altitude)

Yellow Terrain(Between 100’
and 1000’ Below
the Aircraft
Altitude)

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Yellow Lighted Obstacles(Between 100’ and 1000’
Below Aircraft Altitude)

Terrain Legend
Annunciation
Window

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Figure 6-130 Terrain-SVS Page

Map Orientation
Current Aircraft
GPS-derived GSL
Altitude

AFCS

Red Terrain(Above or Within100’ Below the
Aircraft Altitude)

Map Range Arc

ADDITIONALFEATURES

Yellow Terrain(Between 100’ and1000’ Below the
Aircraft Altitude)

APPENDICES

Black Terrain(Terrain Morethan 1000’ Below
the Aircraft
Altitude)Terrain Legend

Red Lighted Obstacle(Above or Within100’ Below Aircraft
Altitude)Annunciation
Window

INDEX

Figure 6-131 Terrain-SVS Page (ARC View)

376

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

HAZARD AVOIDANCESYSTEMOVERVIEWTERRAIN-SVS ALERTS

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Alerts are issued when flight conditions meet parameters that are set within Terrain-SVS software algorithms.  
Terrain-SVS alerts typically employ a CAUTION or a WARNING alert severity level, or both.  When an alert isissued, visual annunciations are displayed and aural alerts are simultaneously issued.  Table 6-17 shows TerrainSVS alert types with corresponding annunciations and aural messages.
When an alert is issued, annunciations appear on the PFD and MFD.  The Terrain-SVS Alert Annunciation isshown to the upper left of the Altimeter on the PFD and below the Terrain Legend on the MFD.  If the TerrainSVS Page is not displayed at the time, a pop-up alert appears on the MFD.  To acknowledge the pop-up alert:

EIS• Press the CLR Key (returns to the currently viewed page), or• Press the ENT Key (accesses the Terrain-SVS Page)
Alert Annunciation

AUDIO PANEL& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTHAZARDAVOIDANCE

Pop-up
Alert

Figure 6-132 Terrain-SVS Alert AnnunciationsAFCS
ADDITIONALFEATURES
APPENDICES

Terrain Display Enabled
Terrain Legend
Alert Annunciation

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

INDEX

Figure 6-133 Navigation Map Page
(After Terrain-SVS Pop-up Alert Acknowledgment)

377

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

HAZARD AVOIDANCEPFD/MFD*
Alert
Annunciation

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTAUDIO PANEL
& CNS

EIS

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Alert Type

MFD
Pop-Up Alert (except
Terrain-SVS Page)

Aural Message

Reduced Required Terrain Clearance
Warning (RTC)“Warning; Terrain, Terrain”

Imminent Terrain Impact Warning (ITI)“Warning; Terrain, Terrain”

Reduced Required Obstacle Clearance
Warning (ROC)“Warning; Obstacle, Obstacle”

Imminent Obstacle Impact Warning (IOI)“Warning; Obstacle, Obstacle”

Reduced Required Terrain Clearance
Caution (RTC)“Caution; Terrain, Terrain”

Imminent Terrain Impact Caution (ITI)“Caution; Terrain, Terrain”

Reduced Required Obstacle Clearance
Caution (ROC)“Caution; Obstacle, Obstacle”

Imminent Obstacle Impact Caution (IOI)“Caution; Obstacle, Obstacle”* Annunciation is displayed on the MFD when terrain display is enabled.
Table 6-17 Terrain-SVS Alerts Summary

FORWARD LOOKING TERRAIN AVOIDANCEHAZARDAVOIDANCEThe Forward Looking Terrain Avoidance (FLTA) feature of Terrain-SVS compares the aircraft’s projected
flight path with known terrain and obstacles in their respective databases and issues four types of alerts aseither a caution or a warning:

AFCS

Reduced Required Terrain Clearance (RTC) and Reduced Required Obstacle Clearance (ROC)
alerts are issued when the aircraft flight path is above terrain, yet is projected to come within the minimum
clearance values in Figure 6-134.  When an RTC alert is issued, a potential impact point is displayed on the
Terrain-SVS Page.

INDEX

APPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURES

Imminent Terrain Impact (ITI) and Imminent Obstacle Impact (IOI) alerts are issued when theaircraft is below the elevation of a terrain or obstacle cell in the aircraft’s projected path.  ITI and IOI alerts areaccompanied by a potential impact point displayed on the Terrain-SVS Page.  The alert is annunciated when
the projected vertical flight path is calculated to come within minimum clearance altitudes in Figure 6-134.

378

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

HAZARD AVOIDANCESYSTEMOVERVIEW

Required Terrain Clearance
RTC Level (FT)RTC Descending (FT)800

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

600

500

400

300

EIS

RequiredTerrain Clearance(FT)
RequiredTerrain
Clearance
(FT)

700

200

100

AUDIO PANEL
& CNS

0
0

5

10

15

20

25

30

Distance From Runway (NM)Distance From Runway (NM)Figure 6-134 FLTA Alert Minimum Terrain and Obstacle Clearance Values

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTFLTA alerts are automatically inhibited when the aircraft is less than 200 feet above the destination runway
elevation while within 0.5 nm of the approach runway or the aircraft is between runway ends.  When TerrainSVS alerts are inhibited, the annunciation ‘TER INH’ is shown on the PFD and in the MFD terrain annunciation
window.

HAZARDAVOIDANCEFLTA alerts may also be manually inhibited.  Use discretion when inhibiting FLTA alerts, as they should beenabled where appropriate.

AFCS

Figure 6-135 Terrain-SVS Alerting Disabled(Terrain-SVS Inhibited) Annunciation

Inhibiting/enabling Terrain-SVS alerting:
ADDITIONALFEATURES

1) Select the Terrain-SVS Page.
2) Press the INHIBIT Softkey to inhibit or enable Terrain-SVS (choice dependent on current state).
Or:

APPENDICES

1) Select the Terrain-SVS Page.
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) Select ‘Inhibit Terrain-SVS’ or ‘Enable Terrain-SVS’ (choice dependent on current state) and press the ENT Key.

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

INDEX

If Terrain-SVS alerts are inhibited when the Final Approach Fix is the active waypoint in a GPS SBAS
approach, a ‘LOW ALT’ annunciation may appear on the PFD next to the Altimeter if the current aircraft
altitude is at least 164 feet below the prescribed altitude at the Final Approach Fix.  See the Flight Instruments
Section for details.

379

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

HAZARD AVOIDANCESYSTEM STATUS

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

During power-up, Terrain-SVS conducts a self-test of its aural and visual annunciations.  An aural alert isissued at test completion.
Terrain-SVS continually monitors several system-critical items such as database validity, hardware status, andGPS status.  If the terrain/obstacle database is not available, the aural message “Terrain System Failure” isgenerated along with the ‘TER FAIL’ alert annunciation.

AUDIO PANEL
& CNS

EIS

Terrain-SVS requires a 3-D GPS navigation solution along with specific vertical accuracy minimums.  Should
the navigation solution become degraded or if the aircraft is out of the database coverage area, the annunciation‘TER N/A’ is generated in the annunciation window and on the Terrain-SVS Page.  The aural message “Terrain
System Not Available” is generated.   When sufficient GPS signal is returns and the aircraft is within the
database coverage area, the aural message “Terrain System Available” is generated.
Alert TypePFD/MFD† Alert
Annunciation

System Test in Progress
System Test Pass

None

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Terrain Alerting Inhibited
No GPS position

ADDITIONALFEATURESAFCSHAZARDAVOIDANCE

Excessively degraded GPS signal;or Out of database coverage area
Terrain System Test Fail; Terrain
or Obstacle database unavailable
or invalid; Invalid software
configuration; or System audio
fault
MFD Terrain or Obstacle database
unavailable or invalid, andTerrain-SVS operating with PFD
Terrain or Obstacle databases

None

Terrain-SVS Page Center
Banner Annunciation
TERRAIN TEST

Aural Message
None

None

“Terrain System Test OK”

None

None

NO GPS POSITION“Terrain System Not Available”*

None“Terrain System Not Available”*

TERRAIN FAIL

“Terrain System Failure”

TERRAIN DATABASE FAILURE

None

INDEX

APPENDICES† Annunciation is shown on Terrain-SVS Page and the Navigation Map Page when Terrain is enabled.
* “Terrain System Available” will be heard when sufficient GPS signal is received, or Terrain database coverage area reentered.
Table 6-18 Terrain-SVS System Status Annunciations

380

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

HAZARD AVOIDANCESYSTEMOVERVIEW

6.8 TAWS-B

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTSWARNING: Do not use TAWS information for primary terrain avoidance. TAWS is intended only to enhancesituational awareness.
NOTE: Terrain data is not displayed when the aircraft is outside of the installed terrain database coverage

area.

EIS

NOTE: The data contained in the TAWS databases comes from government agencies. Garmin accurately

processes and cross-validates the data but cannot guarantee the accuracy and completeness of the data.
AUDIO PANEL& CNS

TAWS-B (Terrain Awareness and Warning System - Class B) is used to increase situational awareness and aid in
reducing controlled flight into terrain (CFIT).  TAWS provides visual and aural annunciations when terrain andobstacles are within the given altitude threshold from the aircraft.  The displayed alerts and warnings are advisory
in nature only.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

TAWS-B satisfies TSO-C151b Class B requirements for certification.
TAWS-B requires the following to operate properly:• A valid terrain/obstacle/airport terrain database• A valid 3-D GPS position solution

HAZARDAVOIDANCETAWS-B uses terrain and obstacle information supplied by government sources.  Terrain information is basedon terrain elevation information in a database that may contain inaccuracies.  Individual obstructions may beshown if available in the database.  The data undergoes verification by Garmin to confirm accuracy of the content,
per TSO-C151b.  However, the displayed information should never be understood as being all-inclusive and data
may be inaccurate.

AFCS

TAWS-B uses information provided from the GPS receiver to provide a horizontal position and altitude.  GPSaltitude is derived from satellite measurements.  GPS altitude is then converted to the height above geodetic sea
level (GSL), which is the height above mean sea level (MSL) calculated geometrically.  GSL altitude is used todetermine TAWS-B alerts.  GSL altitude accuracy is affected by satellite geometry, but is not subject to variationsin pressure and temperature that normally affect pressure altitude sensors.  GSL altitude does not require local
altimeter settings to determine MSL altitude.  It is a widely-used MSL altitude source.  Therefore, GSL altitude
provides a highly accurate and reliable MSL altitude source to calculate terrain and obstacle alerts.

ADDITIONALFEATURES
APPENDICES

The terrain and obstacle databases used by TAWS-B are referenced to MSL.  Using the GPS position and GSL
altitude, TAWS-B displays a 2-D picture of the surrounding terrain and obstacles relative to the position andaltitude of the aircraft.  Furthermore, the GPS position and GSL altitude are used to calculate and “predict” theaircraft’s flight path in relation to the surrounding terrain and obstacles.  In this manner, TAWS-B can provide
advanced alerts of predicted dangerous terrain conditions.

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

INDEXBaro-corrected altitude (or indicated altitude) is derived by adjusting the altimeter setting for local atmosphericconditions.   The most accurate baro-corrected altitude can be achieved by frequently updating the altimetersetting to the nearest reporting station along the flight path. However, because actual atmospheric conditions
seldom match the standard conditions defined by the International Standard Atmosphere (ISA) model (where

381

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

HAZARD AVOIDANCE
pressure, temperature, and lapse rates have fixed values), it is common for the baro-corrected altitude (as readfrom the altimeter) to differ from the GSL altitude.  This variation results in the aircraft’s GSL altitude differingfrom the baro-corrected altitude.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTSDISPLAYING TAWS-B DATAFLIGHT
MANAGEMENTAUDIO PANEL
& CNS

EIS

TAWS-B uses yellow (caution) and red (warning) to depict terrain and obstacles (with heights greater than
200 feet above ground level, AGL) alerts relative to aircraft altitude.  Colors are adjusted automatically as theaircraft altitude changes.  The colors and symbols in the figure and tables below are used to represent terrain,
obstacles, and potential impact points.

Figure 6-136 Terrain Altitude/Color Correlation for TAWSHAZARDAVOIDANCE

Unlighted Obstacle
Lighted Obstacle< 1000’ AGL > 1000’ AGL < 1000’ AGL > 1000’ AGL

Obstacle Location
Red obstacle is above or within 100 ft
below the aircraft altitude

AFCS

Yellow obstacle is between 100 ft and1000 ft below the aircraft altitude

ADDITIONALFEATURES

Table 6-19 TAWS-B Obstacle Colors and Symbology

Potential Impact
Point Symbol

Alert Type

Example Annunciation

APPENDICES

Warning
CautionINDEX

Table 6-20 TAWS-B Potential Impact Point Symbols with Alert Types

382

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

HAZARD AVOIDANCESYSTEMOVERVIEWTAWS-B information can be displayed on the following maps:• Trip Planning Page

• Navigation Map Page

• Flight Plan Pages• TAWS-B Page

• Video Pages

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS• PFD Inset Map

Displaying terrain and obstacle information (maps other than the TAWS-B Page):
1) Press the MAP Softkey (for the PFD Inset Map, press the INSET Softkey).
2) Press the TERRAIN Softkey to display terrain and obstacle data.

EIS

When TAWS-B is selected on maps other than the TAWS-B Page, an icon is shown to indicate that the featureis enabled for display.  A legend for TAWS-B terrain colors will accompany the icon on the Navigation Map Page
(Figure 6-137) and the Flight Plan Pages.   The icon is always shown on the TAWS-B Page.

AUDIO PANEL& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Figure 6-137 TAWS-B Icon and Legend

HAZARDAVOIDANCEThe Navigation Map Page Setup Menu provides a means in addition to the softkeys for enabling/disabling thedisplay of terrain and obstacles.  The setup menu also controls the map range settings above which terrain andobstacle data are decluttered from the display.  If a map range larger than the map range setting is selected, thedata is removed from the map.  For terrain data, the enable/disable function applies only to the MFD, while therange setting also affects the PFD Inset Map.

AFCS

Terrain data can be selected for display independently of obstacle data; however, obstacles for which warnings
and cautions are issued are shown when terrain is selected for display and the map range is within the setting
limit.

ADDITIONALFEATURES

Maps besides the TAWS-B Page use settings based on those selected for the Navigation Map Page.   Themaximum display ranges for obstacles on each map are dependent on the range setting made for the Navigation
Map.  If the maximum range for obstacle display on the Navigation Map is adjusted to below 20 nm, the highest
obstacle display range settings on the other applicable maps are also adjusted proportionally.

APPENDICES
INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

383

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

HAZARD AVOIDANCECAUTION: Terrain and obstacle data will not be displayed when the Navigation Map range is larger thanthe MAP SETUP range setting for TERRAIN DATA and OBSTACLE DATA.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Customizing terrain and obstacle display on the Navigation Map Page:
1) Select the Navigation Map Page.
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) With ‘Map Setup’ highlighted, press the ENT Key (Figure 6-138).

EIS4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Map’ Group and press the ENT Key (Figure 6-139).
5) Turn the large FMS Knob or press the ENT Key to scroll through product selections (Figure 6-140).

AUDIO PANEL& CNS•  TERRAIN DATA – Turns the display of terrain data on or off and sets maximum range at which terrain is shown•  OBSTACLE DATA – Turns the display of obstacle data on or off and sets maximum range at which obstacles are shown6) Turn the small FMS Knob to scroll through options for each product (ON/OFF, range settings).
7) Press the ENT Key to select an option.

HAZARDAVOIDANCEFLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

8) Press the FMS Knob or CLR Key to return to the Navigation Map Page with the changed settings.

APPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURES

AFCS

Figure 6-138 Navigation Map Page Menu

Figure 6-140 Navigation Map Page Setup Menu, Map GroupINDEX

Figure 6-139 Navigation Map Page Setup Menu

384

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

HAZARD AVOIDANCESYSTEMOVERVIEWTAWS-B PAGE

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

The TAWS-B Page is specialized to show terrain, obstacle, and potential impact point data in relation to theaircraft’s current altitude, without clutter from the basemap.  It is the principal map page for viewing TAWS-B
information.  Aviation data (airports, VORs, and other NAVAIDs) can be displayed for reference.  If an obstacle
and the projected flight path of the aircraft intersect, the display automatically zooms in to the closest potential
point of impact on the TAWS-B Page.
Aircraft orientation on this map is always heading up unless there is no valid heading.  Two views are available
relative to the position of the aircraft: the 360° default display and the radar-like ARC (120°) display.  Map range
is adjustable with the RANGE Knob from 1 to 200 nm, as indicated by the map range rings (or arcs).

EIS

Displaying the TAWS-B Page:
1) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Map Page Group.

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select TAWS-B Page.

Changing the TAWS-B Page view:
1) Press the VIEW Softkey.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

2) Press the 360 or ARC Softkey to select the desired view.
Or:1) Press the MENU Key.
2) Select ‘View Arc’ or ‘View 360°’ (choice dependent on current state) and press the ENT Key to change the view

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Showing/hiding aviation information on the TAWS-B Page:
1) Press the MENU Key.
2) Select ‘Show Aviation Data’ or ‘Hide Aviation Data’ (choice dependent on current state) and press the ENT Key.

AFCS
ADDITIONALFEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

385

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

HAZARD AVOIDANCE
Map Orientation
Current Aircraft
GPS-derived GSL
Altitude

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Red Terrain(Above or Within100’ Below the
Aircraft Altitude)

Map Range Rings
Black Terrain(More than 1000’
Below the Aircraft
Altitude)

EIS

Red Lighted Obstacle(Above or Within100’ Below Aircraft
Altitude)

Yellow Terrain(Between 100’
and 1000’ Below
the Aircraft
Altitude)

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

Yellow Lighted
Obstacles (Between
100’ and 1000’
Below Aircraft
Altitude)Terrain Legend
Annunciation
Window

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Figure 6-141 TAWS-B Page

Map Orientation
Current Aircraft
GPS-derived GSL
Altitude

HAZARDAVOIDANCERed Terrain(Above or Within100’ Below the
Aircraft Altitude)

Map Range Arc

AFCS

Yellow Terrain(Between 100’ and1000’ Below the
Aircraft Altitude)

ADDITIONALFEATURES

Black Terrain(Terrain Morethan 1000’ Below
the Aircraft
Altitude)Terrain Legend

APPENDICESRed Lighted Obstacle(Above or Within100’ Below Aircraft
Altitude)Annunciation
Window

INDEX

Figure 6-142 TAWS-B Page (ARC View)

386

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

HAZARD AVOIDANCESYSTEMOVERVIEWTAWS-B ALERTS

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Alerts are issued when flight conditions meet parameters that are set within TAWS-B software algorithms.  
TAWS-B alerts typically employ a CAUTION or a WARNING alert severity level, or both.   When an alert
is issued, visual annunciations are displayed and aural alerts are simultaneously issued.   Table 6-21 shows
TAWS-B alert types with corresponding annunciations and aural messages.
When an alert is issued, annunciations appear on the PFD and MFD.  The TAWS-B Alert Annunciation isshown to the upper left of the Altimeter on the PFD and below the Terrain Legend on the MFD.  If the TAWS-B
Page is not displayed at the time, a pop-up alert appears on the MFD.  To acknowledge the pop-up alert:

EIS• Press the CLR Key (returns to the currently viewed page), or• Press the ENT Key (accesses the TAWS-B Page)
Alert Annunciation

AUDIO PANEL& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTHAZARDAVOIDANCE

Figure 6-143 TAWS-B PFD Alert Annunciation

Figure 6-144 Navigation Map Page
TAWS-B Pop-up AlertAFCS
ADDITIONALFEATURES

Potential Impact Points

APPENDICES

Terrain Display Enabled
Icon
Terrain Legend
Alert Annunciation

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

INDEX

Figure 6-145 Navigation Map Page
(After TAWS-B Pop-up Alert Acknowledgment)

387

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

HAZARD AVOIDANCE

Alert TypePFD/MFD**
Alert
Annunciation

MFD Pop-Up Alert(except TAWS-B Page)

Aural Message

EIS

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Excessive Descent Rate
Warning (EDR)“Pull Up”
or

Imminent Terrain Impact
Warning (ITI)or

AUDIO PANEL& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Imminent Obstacle Impact
Warning (IOI)

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Imminent Terrain Impact
Caution (ITI)AFCS

Reduced Required Obstacle
Clearance Caution (ROC)

ADDITIONALFEATURESor“Caution, Terrain; Caution, Terrain”*
or“Terrain Ahead; Terrain Ahead”

or*“Caution, Terrain; Caution, Terrain”
or“Terrain Ahead; Terrain Ahead”**“Caution, Obstacle; Caution, Obstacle”
or“Obstacle Ahead; Obstacle Ahead”*

orImminent Obstacle Impact
Caution (IOI)

APPENDICES

or“Obstacle, Obstacle; Pull Up, Pull Up”
or* “Obstacle Ahead, Pull Up; Obstacle Ahead, Pull Up”**

Reduced Required Terrain
Clearance Caution (RTC)

Negative Climb Rate
Caution (NCR)

or“Obstacle, Obstacle; Pull Up, Pull Up”*
or
“Obstacle Ahead, Pull Up; Obstacle Ahead, Pull Up”*

Reduced Required Obstacle
Clearance Warning (ROC)

Premature Descent Alert
Caution (PDA)
Altitude Callout “500”Excessive Descent Rate
Caution (EDR)“Terrain, Terrain; Pull Up, Pull Up”*
or
“Terrain Ahead, Pull Up; Terrain Ahead, Pull Up”“Terrain, Terrain; Pull Up, Pull Up”
or* “Terrain Ahead, Pull Up; Terrain Ahead, Pull Up”**

Reduced Required Terrain
Clearance Warning (RTC)“Caution, Obstacle; Caution, Obstacle”*
or“Obstacle Ahead; Obstacle Ahead”

or“Too Low, Terrain”
None

None

“Five-Hundred”“Sink Rate”*

or“Don’t Sink”*
or“Too Low, Terrain”

INDEX* Alerts with multiple messages are configurable at installation and are installation-dependent. Alerts for the default
configuration when more than one option is available are indicated with asterisks.
** Annunciation is displayed on the MFD when terrain display is enabled.
Table 6-21 TAWS-B Alerts Summary

388

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

HAZARD AVOIDANCESYSTEMOVERVIEWEXCESSIVE DESCENT RATE ALERTFLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

The purpose of the Excessive Descent Rate (EDR) alert is to provide suitable notification when theaircraft is determined to be closing (descending) upon terrain at an excessive speed.  Figure 6-146 shows theparameters for the alert as defined by TSO-C151b.
6000
5500
5000

4000

NK
: “SI

ion

Caut

3500

”

RATE

EIS

Height Above Terrain (Feet)

4500

3000

AUDIO PANEL
& CNS

2500
2000

Warning: “PULL UP”

1500
1000

12000

11000

10000

9000

8000

7000

6000

5000

4000

3000

2000

1000

Descent Rate (FPM)

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

0

0

500

Figure 6-146 Excessive Descent Rate Alert Criteria

HAZARDAVOIDANCEFORWARD LOOKING TERRAIN AVOIDANCEAFCSThe Forward Looking Terrain Avoidance (FLTA) feature of TAWS-B compares the aircraft’s projected flightpath with known terrain and obstacles in their respective databases and issues four types of alerts as either acaution or a warning:

ADDITIONALFEATURES

Reduced Required Terrain Clearance (RTC) and Reduced Required Obstacle Clearance (ROC)
alerts are issued when the aircraft flight path is above terrain, yet is projected to come within the minimum
clearance values in Figure 6-147.  When an RTC alert is issued, a potential impact point is displayed on the
TAWS-B Page.

APPENDICES

Imminent Terrain Impact (ITI) and Imminent Obstacle Impact (IOI) alerts are issued when theaircraft is below the elevation of a terrain or obstacle cell in the aircraft’s projected path.  ITI and IOI alerts
are accompanied by a potential impact point displayed on the TAWS-B Page.  The alert is annunciated when
the projected vertical flight path is calculated to come within minimum clearance altitudes in Figure 6-147.

INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

389

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

HAZARD AVOIDANCE
Required Terrain Clearance
RTC Level (FT)RTC Descending (FT)

800

EIS

RequiredTerrain Clearance(FT)
RequiredTerrain
Clearance(FT)

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

700

600

500

400

300

200

AUDIO PANEL
& CNS

100

0
0

5

10

15

20

25

30

Distance From Runway (NM)Distance From Runway (NM)FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Figure 6-147 FLTA Alert Minimum Terrain and Obstacle Clearance Values

FLTA alerts are automatically inhibited when the aircraft is less than 200 feet above the destination runway
elevation while within 0.5 nm of the approach runway or the aircraft is between runway ends.

PREMATURE DESCENT ALERTING

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

A Premature Descent Alert (PDA) is issued when the system detects that the aircraft is significantly
below the normal approach path to a runway (Figure 6-148).
PDA alerting begins when the aircraft is below 700 feet AGL within 15 nm of the destination airport andends when the aircraft is 0.5 nm from the runway threshold.

AFCS

800

APPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURES

Height Above Destination (Feet)

700

600

500

400

300

PDA ALERTING AREA

200

100

15

14

13

12

11

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

0

Distance to Destination (NM)INDEX

Figure 6-148 PDA Alerting Threshold390

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

HAZARD AVOIDANCESYSTEMOVERVIEWPDA and FLTA aural and visual alerts can be manually inhibited. Discretion should be used when inhibiting
TAWS-B and the system should be enabled when appropriate.   When TAWS-B is inhibited, the alert
annunciation ‘TAWS INH’ is shown on the PFD and MFD (Figure 6-149).

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Figure 6-149 TAWS-B Alerting Disabled (TAWS-B
Inhibited) Annunciation

EIS

Inhibiting/enabling TAWS-B alerting:1) Select the TAWS-B Page.

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

2) Press the INHIBIT Softkey to inhibit or enable TAWS (choice dependent on current state).
Or:a) Press the MENU Key.
b) Select ‘Inhibit TAWS’ or ‘Enable TAWS’ (choice dependent on current state) and press the ENT Key.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

If TAWS-B alerts are inhibited when the Final Approach Fix is the active waypoint in a GPS SBAS approach,a ‘LOW ALT’ annunciation may appear on the PFD next to the Altimeter if the current aircraft altitude is atleast 164 feet below the prescribed altitude at the Final Approach Fix.  See the Flight Instruments Section for
details.

HAZARDAVOIDANCEFIVE-HUNDRED AURAL ALERTAFCS

The purpose of the aural alert message “Five-hundred” is to provide an advisory alert of when the aircraft
descends to within 500 feet above the terrain or runway threshold.  When the aircraft is within 5 nm of an
airport, the “Five Hundred” aural alert is based on the nearest runway threshold elevation.  When the aircraftis more than 5 nm of the nearest airport, the “Five Hundred” aural alert is based on the height above terrain(as determined by the GPS altitude and Terrain Database).
There are no display annunciations or pop-up alerts that accompany the aural message

ADDITIONALFEATURESNEGATIVE CLIMB RATE AFTER TAKEOFF ALERT (NCR)

APPENDICESThe Negative Climb Rate (NCR) After Takeoff alert (also referred to as “Altitude Loss After Takeoff”)
provides alerts when the system determines the aircraft is losing altitude (closing upon terrain) after takeoff.  
The aural message “Don’t Sink” is given for NCR alerts, accompanied by an annunciation and a pop-up terrain
alert on the display.  NCR alerting is only active when departing from an airport and when the following
conditions are met:
• Height above the terrain is less than 700 feet
• Distance from the departure airport is 2 nm or less
• Heading change from the departure heading is less than 110 degrees

INDEX

Figures 6-81 and 6-82 shows the NCR alerting parameters as defined by TSO-C151b.

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

391

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

HAZARD AVOIDANCE
1000

EIS

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Height Above Terrain (Feet)

900
800
700
600

“DON’T SINK”
or“TOO LOW, TERRAIN”

500
400
300
200
100
0

AUDIO PANEL
& CNS

0

20

40

60

80

100

120

140

Altitude Loss (Feet)
Figure 6-150 Negative Climb Rate (NCR) Altitude Loss

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

1000

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Height Above Terrain (Feet)

900
800
700
600

“DON’T SINK”
or“TOO LOW, TERRAIN”

500
400
300
200

AFCS

100
0
0

500

1000

1500

2000

2500

3000

3500

4000

4500

5000

5500

6000

6500

7000

Sink Rate (FPM)
ADDITIONALFEATURES

Figure 6-151 Negative Climb Rate (NCR) Sink Rate

SYSTEM STATUS

APPENDICES

During power-up, TAWS-B conducts a self-test of its aural and visual annunciations.  The system test can also
be manually initiated.  An aural message is issued at test completion.  TAWS-B System Testing is disabled whenground speed exceeds 30 knots.
Manually testing the TAWS-B System:
1) Select the TAWS-B Page.

INDEX

2) Press the MENU Key (Figure 6-152).
3) Select ‘Test TAWS System’ and press the ENT Key to confirm the selection.

392

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

HAZARD AVOIDANCESYSTEMOVERVIEWFLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Figure 6-152 TAWS-B Page Menu
EIS

TAWS-B continually monitors several system-critical items such as database validity, hardware status, andGPS status.   If the terrain/obstacle database is not available, the aural message “TAWS System Failure” isgenerated along with the ‘TAWS FAIL’ alert annunciation.

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

TAWS-B requires a 3-D GPS navigation solution along with specific vertical accuracy minimums.  Should thenavigation solution become degraded or if the aircraft is out of the database coverage area, the annunciation‘TAWS N/A’ is generated in the annunciation window and on the TAWS-B Page.  The aural message “TAWS Not
Available” is generated.

System Test in progress
None

TAWS-B FLTA Alerting Inhibited
No GPS position

TAWS TEST

None

None

“TAWS System Test Test OK”

None

None

NO GPS POSITION“TAWS Not Available”

None“TAWS Not Available”

TAWS FAIL“TAWS System Failure”

TERRAIN DATABASE FAILURE

None

AFCS
APPENDICES

None

ADDITIONALFEATURES

Excessively degraded GPS signal;or Out of database coveragearea
TAWS-B System Test Fail; Terrain
or Obstacle database unavailable
or invalid; Invalid software
configuration; or System audio
fault
MFD Terrain or Obstacle
database unavailable or invalid,
and TAWS operating with PFD
Terrain or Obstacle databases.

Aural Message

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

System Test pass

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTPFD/MFD* Alert TAWS-B Page Center Banner
Annunciation
Annunciation

Alert Type

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

INDEX† Annunciation is shown on TAWS-B Page and the Navigation Map Page when Terrain is enabled.
* “TAWS Available” will be heard when sufficient GPS signal is received, or Terrain database coverage area reentered.
Table 6-22 TAWS-B System Status Annunciations

393

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

HAZARD AVOIDANCE

6.9 TRAFFIC INFORMATION SERVICE (TIS)

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTSWARNING: The Traffic Information Service (TIS) is intended for advisory use only. TIS is intended to help the

pilot locate traffic visually. It is the responsibility of the pilot to see and maneuver to avoid traffic.
NOTE: TIS is available only when the aircraft is within the service volume of a TIS-capable terminal radar

EIS

site. Aircraft without an operating transponder are invisible to both Traffic Advisory Systems (TAS) and TIS.
Aircraft without altitude reporting capability are shown without altitude separation data or climb descentindication.

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

NOTE: TIS is disabled if a Traffic Advisory System (TAS) is installed.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Traffic Information Service (TIS) is designed to help in detection and avoidance of other aircraft.  TIS uses theMode S transponder for the traffic data link.  TIS receives traffic information from ground stations, and is updated
every 5 seconds.  The G1000 displays up to eight traffic targets within a 7.5-nm radius, from 3000 feet below to3500 feet above the requesting aircraft.  Traffic is displayed using the symbology shown in Table 6-23.
TIS Symbol

Description
Non-Threat Traffic

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Traffic Advisory (TA)Traffic Advisory Off Scale

AFCS

Table 6-23 TIS Traffic Symbols

ADDITIONALFEATURES

Traffic Advisories (TA) alert the crew to intruding aircraft.  When traffic meets the advisory criteria for the TA,a solid yellow circle symbol is generated.  A TA which is detected but is outside the range of the map on which
traffic is displayed are indicated with a message in the lower left corner of the map.

APPENDICES

TIS also provides a vector line showing the direction in which the traffic is moving, to the nearest 45°.  Traffic
information for which TIS is unable to determine the bearing (non-bearing traffic) is displayed in the center of the
Traffic Map Page (Figure 6-157) or in a banner at the lower left corner of maps other than the Traffic Map Page
on which traffic can be displayed.

INDEX

The altitude difference between the requesting aircraft and other intruder aircraft is displayed above/below thetraffic symbol in hundreds of feet.  If the other aircraft is above the requesting aircraft, the altitude separation
appears above the traffic symbol; if below, the altitude separation appears below.  Altitude trend is displayed as
an up/down arrow (for speeds greater than 500 fpm in either direction) to the right of the target symbol.  Traffic
symbols for aircraft without altitude reporting capability appear without altitude separation or climb/descentinformation.

394

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

HAZARD AVOIDANCESYSTEMOVERVIEWDISPLAYING TRAFFIC DATA

• PFD Inset Map• Nearest Pages• Navigation Map Page

• Active Flight Plan Page

• Traffic Map Page

• Video Page

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

The Map - Traffic Map Page is the principal page for viewing traffic information.  Additional displays of traffic
information are available as map overlays while TIS is operating, and serve as additional reference to the Traffic
Map Page.  Traffic information can be displayed on the following maps and pages:• Trip Planning Page
EIS

Traffic information is also displayed on the PFD when the Synthetic Vision System (SVS) option is installed andenabled.  See the Additional Features Section for details.

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

Displaying traffic information (maps other than the Traffic Map Page):
1) Press the MAP Softkey.
2) Press the TRAFFIC Softkey. Traffic is now displayed on the map.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

When traffic is selected on maps other than the Traffic Map Page, an icon is shown to indicate the feature isenabled for display.

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Non-Threat
Traffic
Traffic
AdvisoryAFCS

TA Off Scale
BannerAnnunciation
Traffic System
Status Banner
Annunciations“No Bearing”
Traffic Advisory
BannerAnnunciation

ADDITIONALFEATURES

Traffic Status
Icon

Figure 6-153 TIS Traffic on Navigation Map Page

APPENDICES

Displaying traffic information (PFD Inset Map):
1) Select the INSET Softkey.
2) Select the TRAFFIC Softkey to display traffic data on the inset map (TRFC-1).
3) Select the softkey again to display the traffic-only inset (TRFC-2).

INDEX

4) Select the softkey again to remove traffic data.

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

395

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

HAZARD AVOIDANCEFLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

The Navigation Map Page Setup Menu provides a means in addition to the softkey for enabling/disabling
display of traffic.   The setup menu also controls the map range settings above which traffic data (symbols
and labels) are decluttered from the display.  If a map range larger than the map range setting is selected, thedata is removed from the map.  Maps besides the Traffic Map Page use settings based on those selected for the
Navigation Map Page.
Customizing traffic display on the Navigation Map Page:
1) Select the Navigation Map Page.
2) Press the MENU Key.

EIS

3) With ‘Map Setup’ highlighted, press the ENT Key (Figure 6-154).
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Traffic’ Group and press the ENT Key (Figure 6-155).

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

5) Turn the large FMS Knob or press the ENT Key to scroll through product selections (Figure 6-156).
• TRAFFIC – Turns the display of traffic data on or off• TRAFFIC MODE – Selects the traffic mode for display; select from:		 - All Traffic - Displays all traffic

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

		 - TA ONLY - Displays Traffic Alerts only
• TRAFFIC SMBL – Selects the maximum range at which traffic symbols are shown• TRAFFIC LBL – Selects the maximum range at which traffic labels are shown (with the option to turn off)

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

6) Turn the small FMS Knob to scroll through options for each product (ON/OFF, range settings, etc.).
7) Press the ENT Key to select an option.

ADDITIONALFEATURES

AFCS

8) Press the FMS Knob or CLR Key to return to the Navigation Map Page with the changed settings.

INDEX

APPENDICES

Figure 6-154 Navigation Map Page Menu

Figure 6-155 Navigation Map Page Setup Menu

396

Figure 6-156 Navigation Map Page Setup Menu, Traffic Group

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

HAZARD AVOIDANCESYSTEMOVERVIEW

TRAFFIC MAP PAGE

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

The Traffic Map Page is the principal map page for viewing TIS traffic data in relation to the aircraft’s current
position and altitude, without clutter from the basemap.  Aircraft orientation on this map is always heading up
unless there is no valid heading.  Map range is adjustable with the RANGE Knob from 2 to 12 nm, as indicatedby the map range rings.
The traffic mode is annunciated in the upper left corner of the Traffic Map Page.  When the aircraft is on the
ground, TIS automatically enters Standby Mode. Once the aircraft is airborne, TIS switches from Standby toOperating Mode and the system begins to display traffic information.  Refer to the System Status discussion for
more information.

EIS

Displaying traffic on the Traffic Map Page:
1) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Map Page Group.

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Traffic Map Page.
3) Confirm TIS is in Operating Mode:	 Press the OPERATE Softkey to begin displaying traffic.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Or:a) Press the MENU Key.
b) Select ‘Operate Mode’ (shown if TIS is in Standby Mode) and press the ENT Key.
Traffic Mode Annunciation

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Non-Threat
Traffic, 2500’
Above,
Descending“TIS Not Available”
Voice Alert Status

AFCS

Traffic Advisory, 500’
Below, Climbing“Non-Bearing” Traffic(System Unable to
Determine Bearing)
Distance is 4.0 nm,
500’ Above,
Descending
Off-Scale Traffic
Advisory
400’ Below, Level

ADDITIONALFEATURES

Range
Marking
Rings

Traffic Status Banner
Annunciations
Figure 6-157 Traffic Map Page

APPENDICES

Non-Threat
Traffic,
Altitude Not
Reported
Selectto Mute“TIS Not
Available”
Voice Alert

INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

397

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

HAZARD AVOIDANCETIS ALERTS
When the number of TAs on the Traffic Map Page increases from one scan to the next, the following occur:

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS• A single “Traffic” voice alert is generated.
• A ‘TRAFFIC’ Annunciation appears to the top left of the Attitude Indicator on the PFD, flashing for 5 seconds
and remaining displayed until no TAs are detected in the area.
• The PFD Inset Map is automatically displayed with traffic.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTAUDIO PANEL
& CNS

EIS

To reduce the number of nuisance alerts due to proximate aircraft, the “Traffic” voice alert is generated only
when the number of TAs increases.  For example, when the first TA is displayed, a voice and visual annunciation
are generated.  As long as a single TA remains on the display, no additional voice alerts are generated.  If a second
TA appears on the display or if the number of TAs initially decreases and then subsequently increases, anothervoice alert is generated.

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Inset Map
Displays WhenTA is Detected

AFCS

Figure 6-158 Traffic Annunciation (PFD)

A “TIS Not Available” (TNA) voice alert is generated when the TIS service becomes unavailable or is out ofrange.  TIS may be unavailable in the radar coverage area due to the following:

ADDITIONALFEATURES• Radar site TIS Mode S sensor is not operational or is out of service• Traffic or requesting aircraft is beyond the maximum range of the TIS-capable Mode S radar site.
• Traffic or requesting aircraft is above the radar site in the cone of silence and out of range of an adjacent site.

APPENDICES• Traffic or requesting aircraft is below radar coverage.  In flat terrain, the coverage extends from about 3000
feet upward at 55 miles.  Terrain and obstacles around the radar site can further decrease radar coverage in all
directions.
• Traffic does not have an operating transponder.

INDEX

The “TIS Not Available” (TNA) voice alert can be manually muted to reduce nuisance alerting.  TNA muting
status is shown in the upper left corner of the Traffic Map Page.

398

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

HAZARD AVOIDANCESYSTEMOVERVIEW

Muting the “TIS Not Available” voice alert:
1) Select the Traffic Map Page.
2) Press the TNA MUTE Softkey. The status is displayed in the upper left corner of the Traffic Map Page.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Or:a) Press the MENU Key.
b) Select ‘‘’Not Available” Mute On’ (shown if TNA muting is currently off) and press the ENT Key.

SYSTEM STATUS
EIS

The G1000 performs an automatic test of TIS during power-up.  If TIS passes the test, TIS enters Standby
Mode (on the ground) or Operating Mode (in the air).  If TIS fails the power up test, an annunciation is shownin the center of the Traffic Map Page.

FAILED

Description
Data is not being received from the transponder*
Data is being received from the transponder, but
a failure is detected in the data stream*

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTDATA FAILEDAUDIO PANEL& CNS

Traffic Map Page
Annunciation
NO DATAThe transponder has failed*

UNAVAILABLE

TIS is unavailable or out of range

HAZARDAVOIDANCE* Contact a service center or Garmin dealer for corrective action
Table 6-24 TIS Failure Annunciations
System Test has
FailedAFCS
ADDITIONALFEATURES

Data Not
Received fromTransponder

APPENDICESINDEXFigure 6-159 TIS Power-up Test Failure

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

399

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

HAZARD AVOIDANCEAUDIO PANEL
& CNS

EIS

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

The traffic mode is annunciated in the upper left corner of the Traffic Map Page.  When the aircraft is on the
ground, TIS automatically enters Standby Mode. If traffic is selected for display on another map while Standby
Mode is selected, the traffic display enabled icon is crossed out (also the case whenever TIS has failed).  Oncethe aircraft is airborne, TIS switches to Operating Mode and traffic information is displayed.  The mode can bechanged manually using softkeys or the page menu.
Mode

Traffic Mode Annunciation(Traffic Map Page)

TIS Operating

OPERATING

TIS Standby

STANDBY(also shown in white in center of page)

TIS Failed*

FAIL

Traffic Display Enabled Icon
(Other Maps)* See Table 6-26 for additional failure annunciations

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Table 6-25 TIS Modes

Switching between TIS modes:
1) Select the Traffic Map Page.

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

2) Press the STANDBY or OPERATE Softkey to switch between modes. The mode is displayed in the upper left
corner of the Traffic Map Page.
Or:a) Press the MENU Key.

INDEXAPPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURES

AFCSb) Select ‘Operate Mode’ or ‘Standby Mode’ (choice dependent on current state) and press the ENT Key. The
annunciations to indicate the status of traffic information appear in a banner at the lower left cornerof maps on which traffic can be displayed (Table 6-26).

400

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

HAZARD AVOIDANCETA X.X ± XX ↕

Traffic is removed because it is too old for coasting (12 to 60 seconds since last message)
Traffic may exist within the selected display range, but it is not displayed

TRFC FAIL
NO TRFC DATATRFC UNAVAIL

Traffic data has failed
Traffic has not been detected
The traffic service is unavailable or out of range

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTTRFC RMVDAUDIO PANEL& CNS

TRFC COAST

A Traffic Advisory is outside the selected display range*
Annunciation is removed when traffic comes within the selected display range
System cannot determine bearing of Traffic Advisory**
Annunciation indicates distance in nm, altitude separation in hundreds of feet, andaltitude trend arrow (climbing/descending)Appears if traffic data is not refreshed within 6 seconds
If after another 6 seconds data is not received, traffic is removed from the display
The quality of displayed traffic information is reduced as the age increases
The displayed data is not current (6 to 12 seconds since last message)
The quality of displayed traffic information is reduced when this message is displayed

EIS

AGE MM:SS

Description

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

TA OFF SCALESYSTEMOVERVIEW

Traffic Status Banner
Annunciation*Shown as symbol on Traffic Map Page**Shown in center of Traffic Map Page
Table 6-26 TIS Traffic Status Annunciations

HAZARDAVOIDANCEAFCSADDITIONALFEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

401

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

HAZARD AVOIDANCE

6.10 GARMIN GTS 800 TRAFFIC

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTSWARNING: The GTS 800 Traffic Advisory System (TAS) is intended for advisory use only to aid the pilot invisually acquiring traffic. No avoidance maneuvers should be based solely upon TAS traffic information. It
is the responsibility of the pilot in command to see and maneuver to avoid traffic.
NOTE: Pilots should be aware of TAS system limitations. TAS systems require transponders of other aircraft

AUDIO PANEL
& CNS

EIS

to respond to system interrogations. If the transponders do not respond to interrogations due phenomena
such as antenna shading or marginal transponder performance, traffic may be displayed intermittently, or
not at all. Aircraft without altitude reporting capability are shown without altitude separation data or climb
descent indication. Pilots should remain vigilant for traffic at all times.
NOTE: TIS is disabled when TAS installed.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTThe optional Garmin GTS 800 is a Traffic Advisory System (TAS).  It enhances flight crew situational awarenessby displaying traffic information for transponder-equipped aircraft.  The system also provides visual and aural
traffic alerts including voice announcements to assist in visually acquiring traffic.

HAZARDAVOIDANCEThe GTS 800 is capable of tracking up to 45 intruding aircraft equipped with Mode A or C transponders, andup to 30 intruding aircraft equipped with Mode S transponders.  A maximum of 30 aircraft with the highest
threat potential can be displayed simultaneously.  No TAS surveillance is provided for aircraft without operatingtransponders.

THEORY OF OPERATIONAFCS

When the GTS 800 is in Operating Mode, the unit interrogates the transponders of intruding aircraft while
monitoring transponder replies.  The system uses this information to derive the distance, relative bearing, andif reported, the altitude and vertical trend for each aircraft within its surveillance range.  The GTS 800 thencalculates a closure rate to each intruder based on the projected Closest Point of Approach (CPA).  If the closure
rate meets the threat criteria for a Traffic Advisory (TA), visual and aural alerting is provided.

ADDITIONALFEATURESTAS SURVEILLANCE VOLUME

APPENDICESThe GTS 800 surveillance system monitors the airspace within ±10,000 feet of own altitude.  Under ideal
conditions, the GTS 800 unit scans transponder traffic up to 12 nm in the forward direction.   The range issomewhat reduced to the sides and aft of own aircraft due to the directional interrogation signal patterns.  In
areas of greater transponder traffic density or when TCAS II (Traffic Alert and Collision Avoidance System II)
systems are detected, the GTS 800 automatically reduces its interrogation transmitter power (and therefore
range) in order to limit potential interference from other signals.

INDEX

When paired with a 1090 MHz extended squitter transponder, the GTS 800 uses Automatic Dependent
Surveillance - Broadcast (ADS-B) data from participating airborne aircraft transponders to enhance thepositional accuracy and display of traffic within the TAS surveillance range.  Traffic data supplied only by
ADS-B Ground Based Transceivers (GBTs) is not displayed.

402

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

HAZARD AVOIDANCESYSTEMOVERVIEWTAS SYMBOLOGYThe GTS 800 uses symbology to depict intruding traffic using the symbols shown in Table 6-27.
Description
Traffic Advisory (TA) arrow with ADS-B directional information. Points in the direction of the intruder aircraft track.
(Not available in all installations.)

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

SymbolTraffic Advisory without ADS-B directional information.

EIS

Traffic Advisory out of the selected display range. Displayed at outer range ring at proper bearing.
Proximity Advisory (PA) arrow with ADS-B directional information. Points in the direction of the aircraft track. (Notavailable in all installations.)

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

Proximity Advisory without ADS-B directional information.
Non-threat traffic arrow with ADS-B directional information. Points in the direction of the intruder aircraft track.
(Not available in all installations.)

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Non-Threat Traffic without ADS-B directional information
PA or Non-threat traffic arrow with ADS-B directional information, but positional accuracy is degraded. Points in the
direction of the aircraft track. (Not available in all installations.)

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Table 6-27 GTS 800 Traffic Symbols

AFCS

A Traffic Advisory (TA), displayed as a yellow circle or triangle, alerts the crew to a potentially hazardous
intruding aircraft, if the closing rate, distance, and vertical separation meet TA criteria.  A Traffic Advisorythat is beyond the selected display range (off scale) is indicated by a half TA symbol at the edge of the screen
at the relative bearing of the intruder.
A Proximity Advisory (PA), displayed as a solid white diamond or triangle, indicates the intruding aircraftis within ±1200 feet and is within a 6 nm range, but is still not considered a TA threat.

ADDITIONALFEATURES

A Non-threat Advisory, shown as an open white diamond or triangle, is displayed for traffic beyond 6 nm
that is neither a TA or PA.
A solid white rounded arrow indicates either a PA or Non-Threat traffic with ADS-B directional information,
but the position of the traffic is shown with degraded accuracy.

APPENDICES

Relative altitude, when available, is displayed above or below the corresponding intruder symbol in
hundreds of feet (Figure 6-160).  When this altitude is above own aircraft, it is preceded by a ‘+’ symbol; aminus sign ‘-’ indicates traffic is below own aircraft.
A vertical trend arrow to the right of the intruder symbol (Figure 6-160) indicates climbing or descending
traffic with an upward or downward-pointing arrow respectively.

INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

403

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

HAZARD AVOIDANCE

Relative Altitude

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Vertical trend arrow
Figure 6-160 Intruder Altitude and Vertical Trend Arrow

EIS

If the intruding aircraft is providing ADS-B track information, this is displayed as a vector line extending
beyond the traffic symbol in the direction of the track (Figure 6-161).

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

Vector Line indicatesintruder aircraft track

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Figure 6-161 Intruder Traffic with ADS-B Directional
Information and Track

Flight IDs may also be displayed with traffic symbols; see the Flight IDs discussion in this section for more
information.

INDEX

APPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURESAFCSHAZARDAVOIDANCE

On-ground aircraft with Mode S transponders are not displayed.

404

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

HAZARD AVOIDANCESYSTEMOVERVIEWTA ALERTING CONDITIONS

Sensitivity Intruder Altitude
Level
Available

B

Yes

B

No

HAZARDAVOIDANCENo

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTA

Intruder closing rate provides less than 20 seconds of vertical andhorizontal separation.
Or:
Intruder closing rate provides less than 20 seconds of horizontal
separation and vertical separation is within 600 feet.
Or:
Intruder range is within 0.2 nm and vertical separation is within
600 feet.
Intruder closing rate provides less than 15 seconds of separation.
Intruder closing rate provides less than 30 seconds of vertical andhorizontal separation.
Or:
Intruder closing rate provides less than 30 seconds of horizontal
separation and vertical separation is within 800 feet.
Or:
Intruder range is within 0.55 nm and vertical separation is within
800 feet.
Intruder range is less than 20 seconds.

AUDIO PANEL
& CNS

Yes

TA Alerting Conditions

EIS

A

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

The GTS 800 automatically adjusts its TA sensitivity level to reduce the likelihood of nuisance TA alerting
during flight phases likely to be near airports.  The system uses Level A TA sensitivity when the groundspeed
is less than 120 knots; Level B TA sensitivity applies in all other conditions.

Table 6-28 TA Sensitivity Level and TA Alerting CriteriaAFCS

TAS ALERTS

ADDITIONALFEATURES

NOTE: Aural traffic alerts do not occur when the landing gear is extended. Only visual traffic annunciations

are issued.
When the GTS 800 detects a new TA, the following occur:

APPENDICES• A single “Traffic!” voice alert is generated, followed by additional voice information about the bearing, relative
altitude, and approximate distance from the intruder that triggered the TA (Table 6-29).  The announcement“Traffic! 12 o’clock, high, four miles,” would indicate the traffic is in front of own aircraft, above own
altitude, and approximately four nautical miles away.
• A TRAFFIC Annunciation appears at the top right of the airspeed on the PFD, flashing for five seconds andremains displayed until no TAs are detected in the area (Figure 6-162).

INDEX• The PFD Inset Map is automatically displayed with TA traffic.

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

405

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

HAZARD AVOIDANCE
If the bearing of TA traffic cannot be determined, a yellow text banner will be displayed in the center of the
Traffic Map Page and in the lower-left of the PFD inset map instead of a TA symbol.  The text will indicate“TA” followed by the distance, relative altitude, and vertical trend arrow for the TA traffic, if known.

AUDIO PANEL
& CNS

EIS

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

A TA will be displayed for at least eight seconds, even if the condition(s) that initially triggered the TA are nolonger present.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Inset Map
Displays WhenTA is Detected

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Figure 6-162 Traffic Annunciation (PFD)

Bearing

Relative Altitude

Distance (nm)“One o’clock” through“Twelve o’clock”
or “No Bearing”“High”, “Low”, “Same Altitude” (ifwithin 200 feet of own altitude), or“Altitude not available”“Less than one mile”,“One Mile” through “Ten Miles”, or“More than ten miles”

AFCS

Table 6-29 TA Descriptive Voice Announcements

SYSTEM TESTADDITIONALFEATURES

NOTE: Traffic surveillance is not available during the system test. Use caution when performing a systemtest during flight.

APPENDICESThe GTS 800 provides a system test mode to verify the TAS system is operating normally.  The test takes  tenseconds to complete.  When the system test is initiated, a test pattern of traffic symbols is displayed on the
Traffic Map Page (Figure 6-163). If the system test passes, the aural announcement “TAS System Test Passed”
is heard, otherwise the system announces “TAS System Test Failed.”  When the system test is complete, the  traffic system enters Standby Mode.
Testing the traffic system:

INDEX1) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Map Page Group.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Traffic Map Page.

406

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

HAZARD AVOIDANCESYSTEMOVERVIEW

3) Turn the Range knob to set the range to 2/6 nm to allow for full test pattern to be displayed during test.
4) Press the TEST Softkey.
Or:

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

1) Press the MENU Key and turn the small FMS knob to select ‘Test Mode’.
2) Press the ENT Key.
Test Mode Annunciation
OperatingMode
Non-Threat
Traffic at
11 o’clock,
Distance 3.6
nm, 1000’
Above, Level

EIS

Proximity
Traffic at
1 o’clock,
Distance
3.6 nm,1000’ Below,
Descending

AUDIO PANEL& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

TA at 9 o’clock,
Distance 2.0
nm, 200’ Below,
Climbing

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Figure 6-163 System Test in Progress with Test Pattern

AFCS

OPERATION
NOTE: The GTS 800 automatically transitions from STANDBY to OPERATE mode eight seconds after takeoff.

ADDITIONALFEATURES

The unit also automatically transitions from OPERATE to STANDBY mode 24 seconds after landing.

After power-up, the GTS 800 is in Standby Mode. The GTS 800 must be in Operating Mode for traffic to be
displayed and for TAs to be issued.

APPENDICES

Selecting the OPERATE Softkey allows the traffic unit to switch from Standby Mode to Operating Mode asnecessary.  Selecting the STANDBY Softkey forces the unit into Standby Mode.
Switching from operating mode to standby mode:
On the Traffic Page, select the STANDBY Softkey
Or:

INDEX

1) Press the MENU Key and turn the small FMS knob to select ‘Standby Mode’.
2) Press the ENT Key.

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

407

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

HAZARD AVOIDANCE
Switching from standby mode to operating mode:
On the Traffic Page, select the OPERATE Softkey

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Or:
1) Press the MENU Key and turn the small FMS knob to select ‘Operate Mode’.
2) Press the ENT Key. The traffic unit switches from Standby Mode to Operating Mode as necessary.

TRAFFIC MAP PAGE

EISThe Traffic Map Page shows surrounding TAS traffic data in relation to the aircraft’s current position andaltitude, without basemap clutter.   It is the principal map page for viewing traffic information.   Aircraftorientation is always heading up unless there is no valid heading.  Map range is adjustable with the RANGE
Knob, as indicated by the map range rings.

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

The traffic mode and altitude display mode are annunciated in the upper left corner of the page.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Operating Mode

Traffic Advisory with ADS-B Directional
Information, 500’ Below, Climbing

AltitudeMode

Traffic Display
Range Rings

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Non-Threat Traffic,
2500’ Above,
Descending

Non-Threat
Traffic with
ADS-B
Directional
Information,
6000’ Above,
Level

ADDITIONALFEATURESAFCS“No Bearing”
Traffic (Bearing
Undetermined),
Distance .9 nm,
500’ Above,
Climbing
Proximity Traffic,
900’ Above,
Descending,
Flight ID
Displayed

Traffic
Advisory OffScale, 400’
Below, Level
Non-Threat
Traffic,
Altitude Not
Reported
Figure 6-164 Traffic Map Page

APPENDICES

Displaying traffic on the Traffic Map Page:
1) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Map Page Group.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Traffic Map Page.
3) Press the OPERATE Softkey to begin displaying traffic. OPERATING is displayed in the Traffic mode field.

INDEX

4) Press the STANDBY Softkey to place the system in the Standby mode. STANDBY is displayed in the Traffic mode
field.
5) Turn the RANGE Knob clockwise to display a larger area or counter-clockwise to display a smaller area.

408

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

HAZARD AVOIDANCESYSTEMOVERVIEW

Altitude Display
The pilot can select the volume of airspace in which non-threat and proximity traffic is displayed.  TAsoccurring outside of these limits will always be shown.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Changing the altitude range:
1) On the Traffic Map Page, select the ALT MODE Softkey.
2) PressS one of the following Softkeys:

EIS• ABOVE: Displays non-threat and proximity traffic from 9000 feet above the aircraft to 2700 feet below theaircraft. Typically used during climb phase of flight.
• NORMAL: Displays non-threat and proximity traffic from 2700 feet above the aircraft to 2700 feet below
the aircraft. Typically used during enroute phase of flight.

•

AUDIO PANEL& CNS• BELOW: Displays non-threat and proximity traffic from 2700 feet above the aircraft to 9000 feet below theaircraft. Typically used during descent phase of flight.

UNREST (unrestricted): All traffic is displayed from 9900 feet above and 9900 feet below the aircraft.

3) To return to the Traffic Page, press the BACK Softkey.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Or:
1) Press the MENU Key.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select one of the following (see softkey description in step 2 above):

ABOVE

•

NORMAL

•

BELOW

•

UNRESTRICTEDHAZARDAVOIDANCE•

3) Press the ENT Key.
AFCS
ADDITIONALFEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

409

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

HAZARD AVOIDANCE
Flight ID Display

AUDIO PANEL
& CNS

EIS

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

The Flight IDs of other aircraft (when available) can be enabled for display on the Traffic Map Page
(Figure 6-165).  When a flight ID is received, it will appear above or below the corresponding traffic symbolon the Traffic Map Page when this option is enabled.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Flight ID

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Figure 6-165 Traffic Map Page with Flight ID Enabled

Enabling/Disabling Flight ID Display:On the Traffic Map Page, press the FLT ID Softkey.

AFCS

Or:
1) Press the MENU Key.

ADDITIONALFEATURES

2) Turn the small FMS Knob to choose ‘Show Flight IDs’ or ‘Hide Flight IDs’ (choice dependent on current state)(Figure 6-166).

INDEX

APPENDICES

3) Press the ENT Key.

Figure 6-166 Traffic Map Page Menu

410

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

HAZARD AVOIDANCESYSTEMOVERVIEW

Traffic Map Page Display Range
The display range on the Traffic Map Page can be changed at any time.  Map range is adjustable with the
RANGE Knob, as indicated by the map range rings.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Changing the display range on the Traffic Map Page:
1) Turn the RANGE Knob.
2) The following range options are available:

2 nm

•

2 and 6 nm•

6 and 12 nm

EIS•

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

ADDITIONAL TRAFFIC DISPLAYS
Traffic information can be displayed on the following maps on the MFD when the unit is operating:• Navigation Map Page
• Active Flight Plan Page
• System Pages• Trip Planning Page

• Video Page

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT• Traffic Map Page
• Nearest Pages

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Traffic information can also be displayed on the PFD when the Synthetic Vision System (SVS) option is
installed and enabled.  See the Additional Features Section for details.
Displaying traffic information (MFD maps other than the Traffic Map Page):
1) Select the MAP Softkey.
2) Press the TRAFFIC Softkey. Traffic is now displayed on the map.

AFCS

When traffic is selected on maps other than the Traffic Map Page, a traffic icon is shown to indicate traffic
is enabled for display (Figure 6-167).
Displaying traffic on the Navigation Map

ADDITIONALFEATURES

1) Ensure the traffic system is operating. With the Navigation Map displayed, press the MAP Softkey.
2) Press the TRAFFIC Softkey. Traffic is now displayed on the map as shown in the figure.

APPENDICES
INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

411

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

HAZARD AVOIDANCEFLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Non-Threat
Traffic
Traffic Advisory with
ADS-B Directional
Information

Non-Threat
Traffic with
ADS-B
Directional
Information

EIS

Proximity
Traffic with
ADS-B Directional
Information
TA Off Scale Banner
Annunciation

Traffic Status
Icon

AUDIO PANEL& CNS“No Bearing”
Traffic Advisory
Banner Annunciation
Figure 6-167 TAS Traffic on Navigation Map

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Customizing the traffic display on the Navigation Map Page:
1) Select the Navigation Map Page.
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) With Map Setup highlighted, press the ENT Key (Figure 6-168).

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Traffic Group and press the ENT Key (Figure 6-169.
5) Turn the large FMS Knob or press the ENT Key to scroll through the selections (Figure 6-170).
• TRAFFIC – Turns the display of traffic data on or off• TRAFFIC MODE – Selects the traffic mode for display; select from:

AFCS

		 - All Traffic - Displays all traffic
		 - TA/PA - Displays Traffic Advisories and Proximity Advisories
		 - TA ONLY - Displays Traffic Advisories only

ADDITIONALFEATURES• TRAFFIC SMBL – Selects the maximum range at which traffic symbols are shown• TRAFFIC LBL – Selects the maximum range at which traffic labels are shown with the option to turn off
6) Turn the small FMS Knob to scroll through options (ON/OFF, range settings, etc.).

APPENDICES

7) Press the ENT Key to select an option.

INDEX8) Press the FMS Knob or CLR Key to return to the Navigation Map Page.

412

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

HAZARD AVOIDANCESYSTEMOVERVIEWFLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS

Figure 6-168 Navigation Map Page Menu

AUDIO PANEL& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Figure 6-169 Navigation Map Page Setup Menu

Figure 6-170 Navigation Map Page Setup Menu, Traffic GroupHAZARDAVOIDANCEThe Navigation Map Page Setup Menu also controls the display of traffic.  The setup menu controls the map
range settings.  Traffic data symbols and labels can be decluttered from the display.  If a map range larger thanthe map range setting is selected, the data is removed from the map.  Maps besides the Traffic Map Page use
settings based on those selected for the Navigation Map Page.

AFCS

Traffic information can also be displayed on the PFD Inset Map by pressing the INSET Softkey.  A traffic map
will appear in heading up orientation.  Traffic information can also be overlaid with navigation, topographic
and optional XM Weather data.
Displaying traffic information (PFD Inset Map):
1) Press the INSET Softkey.

ADDITIONALFEATURES

2) Press the TRAFFIC Softkey to display traffic data on the inset map (TRFC-1).
3) Select the softkey again to display the traffic-only inset (TRFC-2).
4) Select the softkey again to remove traffic data.

APPENDICES
INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

413

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

HAZARD AVOIDANCESYSTEM STATUS
The traffic mode is annunciated in the upper left corner of the Traffic Map Page.
Traffic Mode Annunciation(Traffic Map Page)

AUDIO PANEL
& CNS

EIS

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Mode
TAS System Test
Initiated

TEST(also shown in white in center of page)TAS Operating

OPERATINGTAS Standby

STANDBY(also shown in white in center of page)TAS Failed*

FAIL

Traffic Display Status Icon
(Other Maps)* See Table 6-31 for additional failure annunciations
Table 6-30 TAS Modes

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

If the traffic unit fails, an annunciation as to the cause of the failure is shown in the center of the Traffic Map
Page.  During a failure condition, the Operating Mode cannot be selected.

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Traffic Map Page Center
Description
Annunciation
NO DATA
Data is not being received from the TAS unit
Data is being received from the TAS unit, but the
DATA FAILED
unit is self-reporting a failure
FAILED
Incorrect data format received from the TAS unit

AFCS

Table 6-31 TAS Failure Annunciations

The annunciations to indicate the status of traffic information appear in a banner at the lower left corner ofmaps on which traffic can be displayed.

ADDITIONALFEATURES

Traffic Status Banner
Annunciation

APPENDICESTA OFF SCALE

TA X.X ± XX ↕

INDEXTRFC FAIL
NO TRFC DATA

Description
A Traffic Advisory is outside the selected display range*.
Annunciation is removed when traffic comes within theselected display range.
System cannot determine bearing of Traffic Advisory**.
Annunciation indicates distance in nm, altitude separationin hundreds of feet, and altitude trend arrow (climbing/descending).
TAS unit has failed (unit is self-reporting a failure or
sending incorrectly formatted data)
Data is not being received from the TAS unit

*Shown as symbol on Traffic Map Page**Shown in center of Traffic Map Page
Table 6-32 TAS Traffic Status Annunciations

414

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

HAZARD AVOIDANCESYSTEMOVERVIEW

6.11 HONEYWELL KTA870 TRAFFIC

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

NOTE: TIS is disabled when Traffic Advisory System (TAS) is installed.
NOTE: Refer to the Honeywell® KTA 870 Pilot’s Guide for a detailed discussion of the KTA 870 TAS.

TAS SYMBOLOGY

Description

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

TAS Symbol

EIS

The Traffic Advisory System (TAS) is designed to help in detection and avoidance of other aircraft.  TAS uses
an on-board interrogator-processor and the Mode S transponder for the air-to-air traffic data link.  Traffic is
displayed with the symbology shown in Table 6-33.

Non-Threat Traffic
Proximity Advisory (PA)FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Traffic Advisory (TA)Traffic Advisory Off Scale

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Table 6-33 TAS Symbol Description

A Non-threat Advisory, shown as an open white diamond, indicates that an intruding aircraft is at greater than
±1200 feet relative altitude or the distance is beyond 5 nm.

AFCS

A Proximity Advisory indicates that the intruding aircraft is within ±1200 feet and is within 5 nm range, but
is still not considered a threat.

ADDITIONALFEATURES

A Traffic Advisory (TA) alerts the crew to a potentially hazardous intruding aircraft.  Closing rate, distance,and vertical separation meet TA criteria.  A Traffic Advisory that is beyond the selected display range is indicatedby a half TA symbol at the edge of the screen at the relative bearing of the intruder.

APPENDICES
INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

415

SYSTEMOVERVIEWOPERATION

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

HAZARD AVOIDANCE

Selecting the STANDBY Softkey places the unit into Standby Mode.  Selecting the NORMAL Softkey allows
the KTA 870 to switch from Standby Mode to Operating Mode as necessary.

The KTA 870 must be in Operating Mode for traffic to be displayed.  The unit starts in Operating Mode upon
power-up.

Switching from operating mode to standby mode:
1) Select the Traffic Map Page.

EIS2) Select the STANDBY Softkey.
Or:

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

1) Select the Traffic Map Page.
2) Press the MENU Key and turn the small FMS knob to select Standby Mode.
3) Press the ENT Key.

Switching from standby mode to operating mode:

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTOn the Traffic Page, select the NORMAL Softkey
Or:1) Press the MENU Key and turn the small FMS knob to select ‘Normal Mode’.

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

2) Press the ENT Key. The KTA 870 switches from Standby Mode to Operating Mode as necessary.

System Self Test
1) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Map Page Group.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Traffic Map Page.

AFCS3) Turn the Range knob to set the range to 2/6 nm allow for display of full traffic test pattern.
4) Select the TEST Softkey.
Or:

ADDITIONALFEATURES

1) Press the MENU Key and turn the small FMS knob to select ‘Test Mode’.
2) Press the ENT Key.

APPENDICES

Self Test takes approximately eight seconds to complete.  When completed successfully, traffic symbols are
displayed and a voice alert “TAS System Test OK” is heard.  In the event that the system test fails, the systementers Standby Mode and a voice alert “TAS System Test Fail” is heard.
Displaying traffic on the Traffic Map Page:
1) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Map Page Group.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Traffic Map Page.

INDEX

3) Select the NORMAL Softkey to begin displaying traffic. ‘OPERATING’ is displayed in the Traffic mode field.
4) Select the ALT MODE Softkey to change the altitude volume.

416

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

HAZARD AVOIDANCESYSTEMOVERVIEW

5) Select the STANDBY Softkey to place the system in the Standby mode. STANDBY is displayed in the Trafficmode field.
6) Turn the RANGE Knob clockwise to display a larger area or counter-clockwise to display a smaller area.

OperatingMode

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Traffic Advisory,
Aircraft is500’ Below,
Climbing

Altitude
Mode

EIS

Traffic Display
Range Ring
Markers

Non-Threat Traffic,
Altitude Not
Reported

AUDIO PANEL& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT“No Bearing”
Traffic (Bearing
Undetermined),
Distance 4.0
nm, 500’ Above,
Descending
Proximity
Traffic, 900’
Above, No
Vertical Trend

Off Scale Traffic
Advisory, 400’
Below, No
Vertical Trend

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Figure 6-171 Traffic Map PageAFCS

The Traffic Map Page shows surrounding TAS traffic data in relation to the aircraft’s current position andaltitude, without basemap clutter.  Aircraft orientation is always heading up unless there is no valid heading.  
Map range is adjustable with the RANGE Knob from 2 to 40 nm, as indicated by the map range rings.

ADDITIONALFEATURES

The traffic mode and altitude display mode are annunciated in the upper left corner.

DISPLAYING TRAFFIC DATA• Navigation Map Page

• Active Flight Plan Page

• Traffic Map Page

• Video Page

APPENDICESThe Map - Traffic Map Page is the principal page for viewing traffic information.  Additional displays of
traffic information are available as map overlays while the traffic system is operating, and serve as additionalreference to the Traffic Map Page.  Traffic information can be displayed on the following maps and pages:• PFD Inset Map• Nearest Pages

INDEX• Trip Planning Page
Traffic information can also be displayed on the PFD when the Synthetic Vision System (SVS) option is
installed and enabled.  See the Additional Features Section for details.
190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

417

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

HAZARD AVOIDANCE
Displaying traffic information (maps other than the Traffic Map Page):
1) Select the MAP Softkey.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

2) Select the TRAFFIC Softkey. Traffic is now displayed on the map.

When traffic is selected on maps other than the Traffic Map Page, a traffic icon is shown to indicate TAS isenabled for display.
Displaying traffic on the Navigation Map
1) Ensure that the TAS system is operating. With the Navigation Map displayed, select the MAP Softkey.

AUDIO PANEL
& CNS

EIS

2) Select the TRAFFIC Softkey. Traffic is now displayed on the map as shown in the figure.

Non-Threat
Traffic

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Traffic
Advisory
Proximity
Traffic

HAZARDAVOIDANCETA Off Scale
BannerTraffic
Display
Enabled Icon

“No Bearing”
Traffic Advisory
Figure 6-172 TAS Traffic on Navigation Map

AFCS

Displaying traffic information (PFD Inset Map):
1) Select the INSET Softkey.

ADDITIONALFEATURES

2) Select the TRAFFIC Softkey to display traffic data on the inset map (TRFC-1).
3) Select the softkey again to display the traffic-only inset (TRFC-2).

INDEX

APPENDICES

4) Select the softkey again to remove traffic data.

418

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

HAZARD AVOIDANCESYSTEMOVERVIEW

ALTITUDE DISPLAY
The pilot can select the volume of airspace in which traffic is displayed.  Traffic Advisories (TAs) outside ofthese limits will still be shown.  Refer to the KTA 870 Pilot’s Guide for specific display thresholds.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Changing the altitude display mode:
1) On the Traffic Page, select the ALT MODE Softkey.
2) Select one of the following Softkeys:

BELOW

•

NORMAL

•

ABOVE

•

UNREST (unrestricted)

EIS•

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

3) To return to the Traffic Page, select the BACK Softkey.
Or:1) Press the MENU Key.

BELOW

•

NORMAL

•

ABOVE

•

UNREST (unrestricted)

HAZARDAVOIDANCE•FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select one of the following:3) Select the ENT Softkey.

TRAFFIC MAP PAGE DISPLAY RANGEAFCS

The display range on the Traffic Map Page can be changed at any time.  Map range is adjustable with the
RANGE Knob from 2 to 40 nm, as indicated by the map range rings.
Changing the display range on the Traffic Page:

ADDITIONALFEATURES

1) Turn the RANGE Knob.
2) The following range options are available:

2 nm

•

2 and 6 nm•

6 and 12 nm•

12 and 24 nm•

24 and 40 nm

APPENDICES

•

INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

419

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

HAZARD AVOIDANCE
Customizing the traffic display on the Navigation Map Page:
1) Select the Navigation Map Page.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

2) Press the MENU Key.
3) With Map Setup highlighted, press the ENT Key (Figure 6-173).
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Traffic Group and press the ENT Key (Figure 6-174).
5) Turn the large FMS Knob or press the ENT Key to scroll through the selections (Figure 6-175).
• TRAFFIC – Turns the display of traffic data on or off
EIS• TRAFFIC MODE – Selects the traffic mode for display; select from:		 - All Traffic - Displays all traffic

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

		 - TA/PA - Displays Traffic Alerts and Proximity Advisories
		 - TA ONLY - Displays Traffic Alerts only
• TRAFFIC SMBL – Selects the maximum range at which traffic symbols are shown• TRAFFIC LBL – Selects the maximum range at which traffic labels are shown with the option to turn off

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

6) Turn the small FMS Knob to scroll through options (ON/OFF, range settings, etc.).
7) Press the ENT Key to select an option.

AFCS

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

8) Press the FMS Knob or CLR Key to return to the Navigation Map Page.

APPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURES

Figure 6-173 Navigation Map Page Menu

INDEX

Figure 6-174 Navigation Map Page Setup Menu

420

Figure 6-175 Navigation Map Page Setup Menu, Traffic Group

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

HAZARD AVOIDANCESYSTEMOVERVIEWThe Navigation Map Page Setup Menu also controls the display of traffic.  The setup menu controls the map
range settings.  Traffic data symbols and labels can be decluttered from the display.  If a map range larger thanthe map range setting is selected, the data is removed from the map.  Maps besides the Traffic Map Page use
settings based on those selected for the Navigation Map Page.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTSTAS ALERTS
NOTE: Refer to the KTA 870 documentation for information on alerts generated by the TAS equipment.

When the number of TAs on the Traffic Map Page increases from one scan to the next, the following occur:
EIS• A “Traffic, Traffic” voice alert is generated when the first TA is displayed.

AUDIO PANEL& CNS• A TRAFFIC Annunciation appears at the top right of the airspeed on the PFD, flashing for 5 seconds andremaining displayed until no TAs are detected in the area.
• The PFD Inset Map is automatically displayed with TA traffic.
• A single “Traffic” voice alert is generated when the number of TAs increases.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTHAZARDAVOIDANCE

Inset Map
Displays WhenTA is Detected

AFCS

Figure 6-176 Traffic Annunciation (PFD)
ADDITIONALFEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

421

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

HAZARD AVOIDANCESYSTEM STATUS

AUDIO PANEL
& CNS

EIS

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

The traffic mode is annunciated in the upper left corner of the Traffic Map Page.
Mode

Traffic Mode Annunciation(Traffic Map Page)TAS Self-test InitiatedTEST(also shown in white in center of page)TAS Operating

OPERATINGTAS Standby

STANDBY(also shown in white in center of page)TAS Failed*

FAIL

Traffic Display Enabled Icon
(Other Maps)* See Table 6-35 for additional failure annunciations
Table 6-34 TAS Modes

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

If the unit fails, an annunciation as to the cause of the failure is shown in the center of the Traffic Map Page.

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Traffic Map Page
Annunciation
NO DATADATA FAILEDFAILED

Description
Data is not being received from the TAS unit
Data is being received from the TAS unit, but theunit is self-reporting a failure
Incorrect data format received from the TAS unit

AFCS

Table 6-35 TAS Failure Annunciations

The annunciations to indicate the status of traffic information appear in a banner at the lower left corner ofmaps on which traffic can be displayed.

ADDITIONALFEATURES

Traffic Status Banner
Annunciation

APPENDICESTA OFF SCALE

TA X.X ± XX ↕

INDEXTRFC FAIL
NO TRFC DATA

Description
A Traffic Advisory is outside the selected display range*
Annunciation is removed when traffic comes within theselected display range
System cannot determine bearing of Traffic Advisory**
Annunciation indicates distance in nm, altitude
separation in hundreds of feet, and altitude trend
arrow (climbing/descending)TAS unit has failed (unit is self-reporting a failure or
sending incorrectly formatted data)
Data is not being received from the TAS unit

*Shown as symbol on Traffic Map Page**Shown in center of Traffic Map Page
Table 6-36 TAS Traffic Status Annunciations

422

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

HAZARD AVOIDANCESYSTEMOVERVIEW

6.12 ADS-B TRAFFIC

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

The Automatic Dependent Surveillance-Broadcast (ADS-B) Traffic function allows you to view other traffic in
the area, when a GDL 90 data link radio is installed.

EIS
AUDIO PANEL& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Figure 6-177 ADS-B System

HAZARDAVOIDANCEADS-B is a surveillance technology being deployed in selected areas. ADS-B broadcasts a radio transmission
approximately once per second containing the aircraft’s position, velocity, identification, and other information.
ADS-B can also receive reports from other suitably equipped aircraft within reception range. Additionally, thesebroadcasts can be received by Ground Based Transceivers (GBTs) and used to provide air traffic surveillanceservices. No ground infrastructure is necessary for ADS-B equipped aircraft to detect each other.

AFCS

In the United States, two different data links have been adopted for use with ADS-B: 1090 MHz Extended
Squitter (1090 ES) and the Universal Access Transceiver (UAT).  The GDL 90 is a Universal Access Transceiver(UAT).  The UAT link is intended for use by aircraft that primarily operate at 18,000 feet and below. The UAT
link supports Flight Information Services-Broadcast (FIS-B).

ADDITIONALFEATURES

ADS-B enables improved surveillance services, both air-to-air and air-to-ground, especially in areas whereradar is ineffective due to terrain or where it is impractical or cost prohibitive. Initial applications of air-to-air
ADS-B are for “advisory” use only, enhancing a pilot’s visual acquisition of other nearby equipped aircraft either
when airborne or on the airport surface.
ADS-B is intended to be used both in-flight and on the airport surface. ADS-B systems should be turned “on”--  and remain “on”  --  whenever operating in the air and on the airport surface, unless a change to “standby”
was requested by ATC.

APPENDICESThe ADS-B cockpit display of traffic is NOT intended to be used as a collision avoidance system and does
not relieve the pilot’s responsibility to “see and avoid” other aircraft. ADS-B shall not be used for avoidance
maneuvers during IMC or other times when there is no visual contact with the other target aircraft. ADS-B isintended only to assist in visual acquisition of other aircraft. No avoidance maneuvers are provided for, norauthorized, as a direct result of an ADS-B target being displayed in the cockpit.

INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

423

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

HAZARD AVOIDANCENOTE: Use of ADS-B surveillance services is limited to the service volume of the Ground-Based Transceiver(GBT). The coverage volume of GBTs is limited to line-of-sight..

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

TRAFFIC DESCRIPTIONEIS

ADS-B is limited to displaying traffic in the G1000.   Operation is similar to the TAS system discussed
previously, with the exception of symbology.  The symbols used to display ADS-B traffic are shown in tables
below.  Above or below the traffic symbol is the traffic identifier, and altitude.  A small up or down arrow next to
the traffic symbol indicates that the traffic is climbing or descending at a rate of at least 500 feet per minute.
The vector line that extends beyond the point of the traffic arrow is just further indication of the intruder
aircraft track.
SymbolDescription

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

Traffic Advisory with directional information. Points in the direction of the intruder aircraft track.
Traffic Advisory without directional information.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Traffic Advisory out of the selected display range. Displayed at outer range ring at proper bearing.
Proximity Advisory with directional information. Points in the direction of the aircraft track.

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Non-threat traffic with no directional information.
Non-threat traffic with directional information. Points in the direction of the intruder aircraft track.
Traffic located on the ground with directional information. Points in the direction of the aircraft track. Ground traffic is only
displayed when own aircraft is below 1,000 feet AGL or on the ground.

AFCS

Ground traffic without directional information. Ground traffic is only displayed when own aircraft is below 1,000 feet AGL or on
the ground.
Non-aircraft ground traffic. Ground traffic is only displayed when own aircraft is below 1,000 feet AGL or on the ground.

ADDITIONALFEATURES

Traffic with directional information, but positional accuracy is degraded. Points in the direction of the aircraft track.

Table 6-37 ADS-B Traffic Symbology

INDEX

APPENDICESThe following Traffic symbols are displayed on the PFD when the Synthetic Vision System (SVS) option is
installed and enabled.  See the Additional Features Section for details.

424

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

HAZARD AVOIDANCESYSTEMOVERVIEWADS-B Symbol on the
PFD (SVS Only)

Description
Proximity Advisory (PA)FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Traffic Advisory (TA)
Non-threat traffic

EIS

Table 6-38 PFD ADS-B Symbology (SVS Only)

1.0 nautical mile is depicted using the bullet symbol

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

NOTE: Traffic Alerts are only provided for target aircraft within 1.0 nautical mile. Traffic that is more than.

IntruderAircraft
Ground Track

Altitude Trend(up arrowindicates
climbing, downarrow indicatesdescending)

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Relative Altitude(in this case 1200
feet above own
aircraft)

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

AircraftIdentification(tail number
or Flight ID
number)AFCS

Figure 6-178 Example ADS-B Traffic Advisory

ADDITIONALFEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

425

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

HAZARD AVOIDANCEOPERATING MODESThe unit must be in operating mode for traffic to be displayed.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

NOTE: The GDL 90 listens to the transponder and follows the transponder mode. The only additional ADS-B

mode control is altitude mode.
Traffic with degraded
positional accuracy

AltitudeMode

Traffic Advisory, Aircraft is 1200’
Above and Climbing

HAZARDAVOIDANCEFLIGHT
MANAGEMENTAUDIO PANEL
& CNS

EIS

Operating
Mode

AFCS

Non-threat traffic, Aircraft is
5000’ Above, Descending,
Undetermined Direction“Non-Bearing” Traffic,
Distance is 8.0 nm, 1100’
Above and Descending

Non-Aircraft Ground Traffic,
1000’ Below

ADDITIONALFEATURES

Figure 6-179 ADS-B Traffic Map Page

Displaying traffic on the Traffic Map Page:
1) Turn the large FMS knob to select the Map Page Group.

APPENDICES

2) Turn the smalll FMS knob to select the Traffic Map Page.
Changing the altitude display mode:
1) On the Traffic Page, press the ALT MODE Softkey.
2) Press one of the following softkeys:

INDEX

•

BELOW, NORMAL, ABOVE, or UNREST (unrestricted)

3) To return to the Traffic Page, press the BACK Softkey.

426

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

HAZARD AVOIDANCESYSTEMOVERVIEW

Or:1) Press the MENU Key and turn the small FMS Knob to select one of the following:•

BELOW, NORMAL, ABOVE, or UNREST (unrestricted)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

2) Press the ENT Key.

Changing the display range on the Traffic Page:
1) Turn the RANGE Knob.
2) The following range options are available:•

2 and 6 nm•

6 and 12 nm•

12 and 24 nm•

24 and 40 nm

AUDIO PANEL
& CNS

2 nm

EIS

•

Showing/Hiding Flight IDs on the Traffic Map Page:

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTOn the Traffic Map Page, press the FLT ID Softkey.
Or:1) Press the MENU Key.

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

2) If necessary, turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘Show Flight IDs’ or ‘Hide Flight IDs’ (choice dependent oncurrent state.)
3) Press the ENT Key.

The Traffic Map Page displays the following information:• Current aircraft location
AFCS• Surrounding traffic• Range marking rings

ADDITIONALFEATURES• Current traffic mode
• OPERATING• FAIL• Traffic alert messages

APPENDICES• FAILED• DATA FAILED• NO DATA• UNAVAILABLE

INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

427

INDEXAPPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURESAFCSHAZARDAVOIDANCEFLIGHT
MANAGEMENTAUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

HAZARD AVOIDANCE

Blank Page

428

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEMSYSTEMOVERVIEWSECTION 7 AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

NOTE: The approved Pilot’s Operating Handbook (POH) always supersedes the information in this Pilot’s

Guide.
NOTE: A failure of the primary (#1) GIA 63/63W Integrated Avionics Unit (IAU) results in loss of the flight

director. Any IAU failure results in loss of the autopilot and manual electric trim.

EIS

NOTE: The GFC 700 is not available for the Cessna 172R.

• GSA 81 AFCS Servos (3)• GDU 1044B Multi-Function Display (MFD)• GSM 85 Servo Mounts (3)FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT• GDU 1044B Primary Flight Display (PFD)

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

The GFC 700 is a digital Automatic Flight Control System (AFCS), fully integrated within the System avionics
architecture. The System Overview section provides a block diagram to support this system description.
GFC 700 AFCS functionality in the Cessna NAV III aircraft is distributed across the following Line Replaceable
Units (LRUs):• GIA 63/63W Integrated Avionics Units (2)The GFC 700 AFCS can be divided into these main operating functions:

HAZARDAVOIDANCE• Flight Director (FD) — Flight director operation takes place within the primary (#1) IAU.  Flight director
commands are displayed on the PFD.  The flight director provides:– Command Bars showing pitch/roll guidance– Pitch/roll mode selection and processing
		– Autopilot communication

AFCS• Autopilot (AP) — Autopilot operation occurs within the pitch, roll and pitch trim servo and provides servo
monitoring and automatic flight control in response to flight director steering commands, AHRS attitude andrate information, and airspeed.

ADDITIONALFEATURES• Manual Electric Trim (MET) — The pitch trim adapter provides manual electric trim capability when the
autopilot is not engaged.

APPENDICES
INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

429

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM

7.1 AFCS CONTROLSFLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

The following dedicated AFCS keys are located on the bezels of the PFD and MFD:
1
2
3
4
5

EIS

6

AUDIO PANEL
& CNS

7

AP KeyHDG Key
NAV Key
APR Key
VS KeyFLC Key
FD KeyALT Key
9 VNV Key
10 BC Key

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

8ADDITIONALFEATURESAFCSHAZARDAVOIDANCE

11

Engages/disengages the autopilot
Selects/deselects Heading Select Mode
Selects/deselects Navigation Mode
Selects/deselects Approach Mode
Selects/deselects Vertical Speed Mode
Selects/deselects Flight Level Change Mode
Activates/deactivates the flight director only
Pressing once turns on the flight director in the default pitch and roll modes.  Pressing
again deactivates the flight director and removes the Command Bars.  If the autopilot
is engaged, the key is disabled.
Selects/deselects Altitude Hold Mode
Selects/deselects Vertical Path Tracking Mode for Vertical Navigation flight control
Selects/deselects Backcourse Mode

NOSE UP/NOSE Control the mode reference in Pitch Hold, Vertical Speed, and Flight Level Change
modes
DN Keys

1

7

2

8

3

9

4

10

5
11

APPENDICES

6

INDEX

Figure 7-1 Dedicated AFCS Controls

430

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEMSYSTEMOVERVIEW

The following AFCS controls are located in the cockpit separately from the PFD and MFD:
AP DISC Switch(Autopilot Disconnect)

Disengages the autopilot and interrupts pitch trim operation

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

The AP DISC Switch is located on the pilot’s control wheel.
This switch may be used to mute the aural autopilot disconnect alert.

While pressed, allows manual control of the aircraft while the autopilot is
CWS Button
engaged and synchronizes the flight director’s Command Bars with the(Control Wheel Steering)
current aircraft pitch (if not in Glideslope Mode) and roll (if in Roll Hold
Mode)

EIS

Upon release of the CWS Button, the flight director may establish newreference points, depending on the current pitch and roll modes.  CWSoperation details are discussed in the flight director modes section.

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

The CWS Button is located on the pilot’s control wheel.
GA Switch (Go Around)

Disengages the autopilot and selects flight director Go Around Mode

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

If an approach procedure is loaded this switch also activates the missed
approach when the selected navigation source is GPS or when the navigation
source is VOR/LOC and a valid frequency has been tuned.
The GA Switch is located on the instrument panel above the throttle.
Used to command manual electric trim

(Manual Electric Trim)

This composite switch is split into left and right sides. The left switch is
the ARM contact and the right switch controls the DN (forward) and UP(rearward) contacts. The MET ARM Switch can be used to disengage theautopilot and to acknowledge an autopilot disconnect alert and mute theassociated aural tone.

HAZARDAVOIDANCEMET Switch

AFCS

Manual trim commands are generated only when both sides of the switch
are operated simultaneously. If either side of the switch is active separately
for more than three seconds, MET function is disabled and ‘PTRM’ isdisplayed as the AFCS Status Annunciation on the PFD.   The function
remains disabled until both sides of the switch are inactivated.

ADDITIONALFEATURES

The MET Switch is located on the pilot’s control wheel.

APPENDICES
INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

431

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM

7.2 FLIGHT DIRECTOR OPERATIONFLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

The flight director function provides pitch and roll commands to the AFCS and displays them on the PFD.  
With the flight director activated, the aircraft can be hand-flown to follow the path shown by the Command Bars.  
Maximum commanded pitch (+20°/-15°) and roll (22°) angles, vertical acceleration, and roll rate are limited tovalues established during AFCS certification.  The flight director also provides commands to the autopilot.

ACTIVATING THE FLIGHT DIRECTOR

EIS

An initial press of a key listed in Table 7-1 (when the flight director is not active) activates the flight director
in the listed modes.  The flight director may be turned off and the Command Bars removed from the display bypressing the FD Key again. The FD Key is disabled when the autopilot is engaged.

AUDIO PANEL& CNSControl Pressed

ALT Key
VS KeyVNV Key

LateralRoll Hold (default)
Roll Hold (default)
Roll Hold (default)
Takeoff (on ground)
Go Around (in air)Roll Hold (default)
Roll Hold (default)
Roll Hold (default)

NAV Key

Navigation**

BC KeyBackcourse***APR Key

Approach**

HDG Key

Heading Select

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

FD KeyAP KeyCWS Button

AFCS

HAZARDAVOIDANCEGA Switch

ADDITIONALFEATURES

Modes Selected
ROL
ROL
ROL
TO
GA
ROL
ROL
ROL
GPS
VOR
LOC
BC
GPS
VOR
LOC
HDG

VerticalPitch Hold (default)
PIT
Pitch Hold (default)
PIT
Pitch Hold (default)
PIT
Takeoff (on ground)TO
Go Around (in air)GA
Altitude Hold
ALT
Vertical Speed
VS
Vertical Path Tracking* VPTH
Pitch Hold (default)

PIT

Pitch Hold (default)

PIT

Pitch Hold (default)

PIT

Pitch Hold (default)

PIT*Valid VNV flight plan must be entered before VNV Key press activates flight director.
**The selected navigation receiver must have a valid VOR or LOC signal or active GPS
course before NAV or APR Key press activates flight director.

APPENDICES***The selected navigation receiver must have a valid LOC signal before BC Key press
activates flight director.

INDEX

Table 7-1 Flight Director Activation

432

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEMSYSTEMOVERVIEWAFCS STATUS BOX

Lateral Modes

ActiveVertical Modes

ActiveModeReference

Armed

EIS

Armed

Autopilot
StatusFLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Flight director mode annunciations are displayed on the PFD when the flight director is active.  Autopilot  
status is displayed in the center of the AFCS Status Box.  Lateral flight director modes are displayed on the left
and vertical on the right. Armed modes are displayed in white and active in green.

AFCS Status Box
AUDIO PANEL& CNS

Selected
Altitude

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

CommandBars

HAZARDAVOIDANCEAFCS

Figure 7-2 PFD AFCS Display
ADDITIONALFEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

433

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM

COMMAND BARSFLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Upon activation of the flight director, Command Bars are displayed on the PFD as a single magenta cue.  TheCommand Bars move together vertically to indicate pitch commands, and bank left or right to indicate rollcommands.  The Command Bars do not override the aircraft symbol.
If the attitude information sent to the flight director becomes invalid or unavailable, the Command Bars are
removed from the display.  The flight director Command Bars also disappear if the pitch exceeds +30˚/-20˚ orbank exceeds 65˚.

EIS

Command Bars

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

Aircraft Symbol
Figure 7-3 Command Bars

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTFLIGHT DIRECTOR MODES
Flight director modes are normally selected independently for the pitch and roll axes.   Unless otherwise
specified, all mode keys are alternate action (i.e., press on, press off). In the absence of specific mode selection,
the flight director reverts to the default pitch and/or roll modes(s).

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Armed modes are annunciated in white and active in green in the AFCS Status Box.  Under normal operation
when the control for the active flight director mode is pressed, the flight director reverts to the default modes(s)for the axis(es).   Automatic transition from armed to active mode is indicated by the white armed mode
annunciation moving to the green active mode field and flashing for 10 seconds.

ADDITIONALFEATURES

AFCS

If the information required to compute a flight director mode becomes invalid or unavailable, the flight
director automatically reverts to the default mode for that axis.   A flashing yellow mode annunciation andannunciator light indicate loss of sensor (ADC) or navigation data (VOR, LOC, GPS, SBAS) required to computecommands.  When such a loss occurs, the system automatically begins to roll the wings level (enters Roll HoldMode) or maintain the pitch angle (enters Pitch Hold Mode), depending on the affected axis.  The flashing
annunciation stops when the affected mode key is pressed or another mode for the axis is selected.  If after 10
seconds no action is taken, the flashing annunciation stops.

APPENDICES

Figure 7-4 Loss of VOR Signal

INDEX

The flight director is automatically disabled if the attitude information required to compute the default flight
director modes becomes invalid or unavailable.

434

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEMSYSTEMOVERVIEW

7.3 VERTICAL MODES

Pitch Hold

Flight Level Change

VNV Target Altitude Capture

Glideslope

100 fpm

1 kt

ADDITIONALFEATURES

Go Around

0.5°

AFCS

Glidepath***Holds aircraft pitch attitude; may
be used to climb/descend to the (default)
PIT-15° to +20°
Selected Altitude
Captures the Selected Altitude*
ALTS
Holds current Altitude Reference ALT Key ALT nnnnn ft
Holds aircraft vertical speed; may-2000 tobe used to climb/descend to the
VS Key VS nnnn fpm+1500 fpm
Selected Altitude
80 to 200 kts
Holds aircraft airspeed while(350)
aircraft is climbing/descending to FLC Key FLC nnn kt
80 to 210 kts
the Selected Altitude(400)
Captures and tracks descent legs
VNV
VPTH
of an active vertical profile
Key
Captures the Vertical Navigation**
ALTV(VNV) Target Altitude
Captures and tracks the SBAS
GP
glidepath on approach
APR
Key
Captures and tracks the ILS
GS
glideslope on approach
Disengages the autopilot andGAcommands a constant pitch angle
GA
7°
Switchand wings level

Reference
ChangeIncrement

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Vertical Path Tracking

Reference
Range

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Vertical Speed

Control Annunciation

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

Selected Altitude Capture
Altitude Hold

Description

EIS

Vertical Mode

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Table 7-2 lists the vertical modes with their corresponding controls and annunciations.  The mode reference isdisplayed next to the active mode annunciation for Altitude Hold, Vertical Speed, and Flight Level Change modes.  
The NOSE UP/NOSE DN Keys can be used to change the vertical mode reference while operating under Pitch
Hold, Vertical Speed, or Flight Level Change Mode.  Increments of change and acceptable ranges of values foreach of these references using the NOSE UP/NOSE DN Keys are also listed in the table.

APPENDICES* ALTS is armed automatically when PIT, VS, FLC, or GA is active, and under VPTH when the Selected Altitude is to be captured
instead of the VNV Target Altitude.
** ALTV is armed automatically under VPTH when the VNV Target Altitude is to be captured instead of the Selected Altitude.
***GP is available in installations with GIA 63W IAUs when SBAS is available.
Table 7-2 Flight Director Vertical Modes

INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

435

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEMPITCH HOLD MODE (PIT)FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

When the flight director is activated (the FD Key is pressed), Pitch Hold Mode is selected by default.  Pitch
Hold Mode is indicated as the active pitch mode by the green annunciation ‘PIT’.  This mode may be used for
climb or descent to the Selected Altitude (shown above the Altimeter), since Selected Altitude Capture Mode is
automatically armed when Pitch Hold Mode is activated.

EIS

In Pitch Hold Mode, the flight director maintains a constant pitch attitude, the pitch reference.  The pitchreference is set to the aircraft pitch attitude at the moment of mode selection. If the aircraft pitch attitude
exceeds the flight director pitch command limitations, the flight director commands a pitch angle equal to thenose-up/down limit.

CHANGING THE PITCH REFERENCE

AUDIO PANEL& CNSWhen operating in Pitch Hold Mode, the pitch reference can be adjusted by:• Using the NOSE UP/NOSE DN Keys
• By pressing the CWS Button, hand-flying the aircraft to establish a new pitch reference, then releasing the
CWS Button

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Pitch Hold
Mode Active

Selected Altitude
Capture Mode Armed

ADDITIONALFEATURESAFCSHAZARDAVOIDANCE

Selected
AltitudeCommand Bars Maintain
Desired Pitch Reference

INDEX

APPENDICES

Figure 7-5 Pitch Hold Mode

436

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEMSYSTEMOVERVIEWSELECTED ALTITUDE CAPTURE MODE (ALTS)
Selected Altitude Capture Mode is automatically armed with activation of the following modes:• Go Around• Vertical Speed• Vertical Path Tracking (if the Selected Altitude is tobe captured instead of the VNV Target Altitude)• Flight Level Change

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS• Pitch HoldEIS

The white ‘ALTS’ annunciation indicates Selected Altitude Capture Mode is armed (see Figure 7-5 for example).  
The ALT Knob is used to set the Selected Altitude (shown above the Altimeter) until Selected Altitude Capture
Mode becomes active.

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

As the aircraft nears the Selected Altitude, the flight director automatically transitions to Selected Altitude
Capture Mode with Altitude Hold Mode armed (Figure 7-6).  This automatic transition is indicated by the green‘ALTS’ annunciation flashing for up to 10 seconds and the appearance of the white ‘ALT’ annunciation.  TheSelected Altitude is shown as the Altitude Reference beside the ‘ALTS’ annunciation.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

At 50 feet from the Selected Altitude, the flight director automatically transitions from Selected Altitude
Capture to Altitude Hold Mode and holds the Selected Altitude (shown as the Altitude Reference).  As Altitude
Hold Mode becomes active, the white ‘ALT’ annunciation moves to the active pitch mode field and flashes green
for 10 seconds to indicate the automatic transition.
Altitude Reference (in this case,equal to Selected Altitude)

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Flash up to 10 sec, Indicating Automatic Transition

Figure 7-6 Automatic Mode Transitions During Altitude Capture
AFCS

CHANGING THE SELECTED ALTITUDE

ADDITIONALFEATURES

NOTE: Pressing the CWS Button while in Selected Altitude Capture Mode does not cancel the mode.

Use of the ALT Knob to change the Selected Altitude while Selected Altitude Capture Mode is active causes
the flight director to revert to Pitch Hold Mode with Selected Altitude Capture Mode armed for the new
Selected Altitude.

APPENDICES
INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

437

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM

ALTITUDE HOLD MODE (ALT)FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Altitude Hold Mode can be activated by pressing the ALT Key; the flight director maintains the current aircraft
altitude (to the nearest 10 feet) as the Altitude Reference.  The flight director’s Altitude Reference,  shown in the
AFCS Status Box, is independent of the Selected Altitude, displayed above the Altimeter.  Altitude Hold Mode
active is indicated by a green ‘ALT’ annunciation in the AFCS Status Box.
Altitude Hold Mode is automatically armed when the flight director is in Selected Altitude Capture Mode (seeFigure 7-6).  Selected Altitude Capture Mode automatically transitions to Altitude Hold Mode when the altitude
error is less than 50 feet.  In this case, the Selected Altitude becomes the flight director’s Altitude Reference.

EIS

CHANGING THE ALTITUDE REFERENCE
NOTE: Turning the ALT Knob while in Altitude Hold Mode changes the Selected Altitude, but not the flight

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

director’s Altitude Reference, and does not cancel the mode.
With the CWS Button depressed, the aircraft can be hand-flown to a new Altitude Reference.  When the
CWS Button is released at the desired altitude, the new altitude is established as the Altitude Reference.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Altitude Hold
Mode Active

Altitude
Reference

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Selected
Altitude

ADDITIONALFEATURES

AFCS

Selected
Altitude
Bug

Command Bars Hold Pitch Attitude
to Maintain Altitude Reference

INDEX

APPENDICES

Figure 7-7 Altitude Hold Mode

438

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEMSYSTEMOVERVIEWVERTICAL SPEED MODE (VS)FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

In Vertical Speed Mode, the flight director acquires and maintains a Vertical Speed Reference.  Current aircraft
vertical speed (to the nearest 100 fpm) becomes the Vertical Speed Reference at the moment of Vertical Speed
Mode activation.   This mode may be used for climb or descent to the Selected Altitude (shown above the
Altimeter) since Selected Altitude Capture Mode is automatically armed when Vertical Speed Mode is selected.
When Vertical Speed Mode is activated by pressing the VS Key, ‘VS’ is annunciated in green in the AFCS Status
Box along with the Vertical Speed Reference. The Vertical Speed Reference is also displayed above the Vertical
Speed Indicator.  A Vertical Speed Reference Bug corresponding to the Vertical Speed Reference is shown on
the indicator.

EIS

CHANGING THE VERTICAL SPEED REFERENCE

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

The Vertical Speed Reference (shown both in the AFCS Status Box and above/below the Vertical Speed
Indicator) may be changed:• Using the NOSE UP/NOSE DN Keys
• By pressing the CWS Button, hand-flying the aircraft to a new Vertical Speed Reference, then releasing the
CWS Button

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTNOTE: If the Selected Altitude is reached during CWS maneuvering, the Altitude Reference is not changed.

To adjust the Altitude Reference in this case, the CWS Button must be pressed again after the Selected
Altitude is reached.
Vertical Speed
Reference

Selected Altitude
Capture Mode
Armed

AFCS

Selected
Altitude

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Vertical Speed
Mode Active

Vertical
Speed
Reference

ADDITIONALFEATURES
APPENDICES

Vertical
Speed
Reference
Bug

Command Bars Indicate Climb toAttain Vertical Speed Reference

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

INDEX

Figure 7-8 Vertical Speed Mode

439

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM

FLIGHT LEVEL CHANGE MODE (FLC)

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Flight Level Change Mode is selected by pressing the FLC Key.  This mode acquires and maintains theAirspeed Reference while climbing or descending to the Selected Altitude (shown above the Altimeter).  When
Flight Level Change Mode is active, the flight director continuously monitors Selected Altitude, airspeed, andaltitude.

EIS

NOTE: The Selected Altitude should be set before engaging Flight Level Change Mode.

The Airspeed Reference is set to the current airspeed upon mode activation.  Flight Level Change Modeis indicated by an ‘FLC’ annunciation beside the Airspeed Reference in the AFCS Status Box.  The Airspeed
Reference is also displayed directly above the Airspeed Indicator, along with a bug corresponding to theAirspeed Reference along the tape.

AUDIO PANEL& CNSEngine power must be adjusted to allow the autopilot to fly the aircraft at a pitch attitude corresponding  
to the desired flight profile (climb or descent) while maintaining the Airspeed Reference.  The flight director
maintains the current altitude until either engine power or the Airspeed Reference are adjusted and does notallow the aircraft to climb or descend away from the Selected Altitude.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTCHANGING THE AIRSPEED REFERENCE
The Airspeed Reference (shown in both the AFCS Status Box and above the Airspeed Indicator) may be
adjusted by:• Using the NOSE UP/NOSE DN Keys

HAZARDAVOIDANCE• Pressing the CWS Button, hand-flying the aircraft to a new airspeed, then releasing the CWS Button toestablish the new Airspeed Reference
NOTE: If the Selected Altitude is reached during CWS maneuvering, the Airspeed Reference is not changed.

INDEX

APPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURESAFCS

To adjust the Airspeed Reference in this case, the CWS Button must be pressed again after the Selected
Altitude is reached.

440

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEMSYSTEMOVERVIEW

Airspeed
Reference

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Flight Level Change
Mode Active

Selected Altitude
Capture Mode
Armed

EIS

Airspeed
Reference

Airspeed
Reference

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

Airspeed
Reference
Bug

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Command Bars Indicate Climb
to Attain Selected Altitude

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Figure 7-9 Flight Level Change ModeAFCS
ADDITIONALFEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

441

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEMVERTICAL NAVIGATION MODES (VPTH, ALTV)FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

NOTE: VNV is disabled when parallel track or dead reckoning mode is active.
NOTE: The Selected Altitude takes precedence over any other vertical constraints.

Vertical Navigation (VNV) flight control is available for enroute/terminal cruise and descent operations any
time that VNV flight planning is available.  Refer to the Flight Management Section for more information on
VNV flight plans.  Conditions for availability include, but are not limited to:

EIS• The selected navigation source is GPS.
• A VNV flight plan (with at least one altitude-constrained waypoint) or vertical direct-to is active.

AUDIO PANEL& CNS• VNV is enabled (VNV ENBL Softkey pressed on the MFD).
• Crosstrack error is valid and within certain limits.
• Desired/actual track are valid or track angle error is within certain limits.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT• The VNV Target Altitude of the active waypoint is no more than 250 ft above the current aircraft altitude.

HAZARDAVOIDANCEThe flight director may be armed for VNV at any time, but no target altitudes are captured during a climb.  
The Command Bars provide vertical profile guidance based on specified altitudes (entered manually or loaded
from the database) at waypoints in the active flight plan or vertical direct-to.  The appropriate VNV flight control
modes are sequenced by the flight director to follow the path defined by the vertical profile.  Upon reaching
the last waypoint in the VNV flight plan, the flight director transitions to Altitude Hold Mode and cancels any
armed VNV modes.

VERTICAL PATH TRACKING MODE (VPTH)
NOTE: If another pitch mode key is pressed while Vertical Path Tracking Mode is selected, Vertical Path

AFCS

Tracking Mode reverts to armed.
NOTE: Pressing the CWS Button while Vertical Path Tracking Mode is active does not cancel the mode. The

ADDITIONALFEATURES

autopilot guides the aircraft back to the descent path upon release of the CWS Button.

INDEX

APPENDICES

When a vertical profile (VNV flight plan) is active and the VNV Key is pressed, Vertical Path Tracking
Mode is armed in preparation for descent path capture.  ‘VPTH’ (or ‘/V’ when Glidepath or Glideslope Modeis concurrently armed) is annunciated in white in addition to previously armed modes. If applicable, theappropriate altitude capture mode is armed for capture of the next VNV Target Altitude (ALTV) or the Selected
Altitude (ALTS), whichever is greater.

Figure 7-10 Vertical Path Tracking Armed Annunciations

442

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEMSYSTEMOVERVIEW

Prior to descent path interception, the Selected Altitude must be set below the current aircraft altitude
by at least 75 feet.  For the flight director to transition from Altitude Hold to Vertical Path Tracking Mode,acknowledgment is required within 5 minutes of descent path interception by:

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS• Pressing the VNV Key• Adjusting the Selected Altitude
If acknowledgment is not received within 1 minute of descent path interception, the white ‘VPTH’annunciation starts to flash.  Flashing continues until acknowledged or the descent path is intercepted.  If
the descent is not confirmed by the time of interception, Vertical Path Tracking Mode remains armed and thedescent is not captured.

EIS

In conjunction with the “TOD [top of descent] within 1 minute” annunciation in the Navigation Status Box
and the “Vertical Track” voice message, VNV indications (VNV Target Altitude, vertical deviation, and vertical
speed required) appear on the PFD in magenta (Figure 7-11).

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

Altitude Hold
Mode Active

Vertical Path Tracking
Armed, (Flashing Indicates
Acknowledgment Required)

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Selected
Altitude Below
VNV Target

VNV Target
Altitude

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Vertical
Deviation
Indicator

Terminal
Phaseof Flight

ADDITIONALFEATURES

GPS isSelected
Navigation
SourceAFCS

Required
VerticalSpeed Bug

Figure 7-11 Vertical Path Capture

APPENDICES
INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

443

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
When a descent leg is captured (i.e., vertical deviation becomes valid), Vertical Path Tracking becomes
active and tracks the descent profile (Figure 7-12).  An altitude capture mode (‘ALTS’ or ‘ALTV’) is armed as
appropriate.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Vertical Path
Tracking Active

VNV Target Altitude
Capture Armed

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTAUDIO PANEL
& CNS

EIS

VNV Target
Altitude

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

GPS isSelected
Navigation
SourceTerminal
Phase of
FlightRequired
Vertical
Speed
Indication

Command Bars Indicate Descent to
Maintain Required Vertical Speed
Vertical
Deviation
Indicator
Figure 7-12 Vertical Path Tracking ModeINDEX

APPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURES

AFCS

If the Altimeter’s barometric setting is adjusted while Vertical Path Tracking is active, the flight director
increases/decreases the descent rate by up to 500 fpm to re-establish the aircraft on the descent path (without
commanding a climb).   Adjusting the altimeter barometric setting creates discontinuities in VNV verticaldeviation, moving the descent path.  For large adjustments, it may take several minutes for the aircraft to reestablish on the descent path. If the change is made while nearing a waypoint with a VNV Target Altitude,
the aircraft may not re-establish on the descent path in time to meet the vertical constraint.

444

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEMSYSTEMOVERVIEW

Automatic Reversion to Pitch Hold Mode
Several situations can occur while Vertical Path Tracking Mode is active which cause the flight director torevert to Pitch Hold Mode:

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS• Vertical deviation exceeds 200 feet during an overspeed condition.
• Vertical deviation experiences a discontinuity that both exceeds 200 feet in magnitude and results in thevertical deviation exceeding 200 feet in magnitude.  Such discontinuities are usually caused by flight planchanges that affect the vertical profile.
• Vertical deviation becomes invalid (the Vertical Deviation Indicator is removed from the PFD).

EIS• A display enters Reversionary Mode (this does not apply to an active vertical direct-to).
Unless VNV is disabled, Vertical Path Tracking Mode and the appropriate altitude capture mode become
armed following the reversion to Pitch Hold Mode to allow for possible profile recapture.

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

Non-Path Descents

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Pitch Hold, Vertical Speed, and Flight Level Change modes can also be used to fly non-path descents
while VNV flight control is selected.  If the VS or FLC Key is pressed while Vertical Path Tracking Mode isselected, Vertical Path Tracking Mode reverts to armed along with the appropriate altitude capture mode toallow profile re-capture.

Figure 7-13 Flight Level Change VNV Non-Path Descent
HAZARDAVOIDANCETo prevent immediate profile re-capture, the following must be satisfied:• At least 10 seconds have passed since the non-path transition was initiated• Vertical deviation from the profile has exceeded 250 feet, but is now less than 200 feet

AFCS

Pressing the VNV Key twice re-arms Vertical Path Tracking for immediate profile re-capture.

ADDITIONALFEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

445

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEMVNV TARGET ALTITUDE CAPTURE MODE (ALTV)
NOTE: Armed VNV Target Altitude and Selected Altitude capture modes are mutually exclusive. However,

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Selected Altitude Capture Mode is armed implicitly (not annunciated) whenever VNV Target Altitude Capture
Mode is armed.

EIS

VNV Target Altitude Capture is analogous to Selected Altitude Capture Mode and is armed automaticallyafter the VNV Key is pressed and the next VNV Target Altitude is to be intercepted before the Selected
Altitude.  The annunciation ‘ALTV’ indicates that the VNV Target Altitude is to be captured.  VNV Target
Altitudes are shown in the active flight plan or vertical direct-to, and can be entered manually or loaded
from a database (see the Flight Management Section for details).  At the same time as “TOD within 1 minute”
is annunciated in the Navigation Status Box, the active VNV Target Altitude is displayed above the Vertical
Speed Indicator (see Figure 7-11).

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTAUDIO PANEL& CNS

As the aircraft nears the VNV Target Altitude, the flight director automatically transitions to VNV Target
Altitude Capture Mode with Altitude Hold Mode armed.  This automatic transition is indicated by the green‘ALTV’ annunciation flashing for up to 10 seconds and the appearance of the white ‘ALT’ annunciation.  TheVNV Target Altitude is shown as the Altitude Reference beside the ‘ALTV’ annunciation and remains displayed
above the Vertical Speed Indicator.  The Required Vertical Speed Indication (RSVI) is removed once VNV
Target Altitude Capture Mode becomes active.

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

At 50 feet from the VNV Target Altitude, the flight director automatically transitions from VNV Target
Altitude Capture to Altitude Hold Mode and tracks the level leg.  As Altitude Hold Mode becomes active, thewhite ‘ALT’ annunciation moves to the active vertical mode field and flashes green for 10 seconds to indicate
the automatic transition.  The flight director automatically arms Vertical Path Tracking, allowing upcoming
descent legs to be captured and subsequently tracked.

AFCS

Altitude Reference (in this case,equal to VNV Altitude Target)

ADDITIONALFEATURES

Flash up to 10 sec, Indicating Automatic Transition

Figure 7-14 Automatic Mode Transitions During Altitude Capture

APPENDICES

Changing the VNV Target Altitude
NOTE: Pressing the CWS Button while in VNV Target Altitude Capture Mode does not cancel the mode.

INDEX

Changing the current VNV Target Altitude while VNV Target Altitude Capture Mode is active causes theflight director to revert to Pitch Hold Mode.  Vertical Path Tracking and the appropriate altitude capturemode are armed in preparation to capture the new VNV Target Altitude or the Selected Altitude, dependingon which altitude is to be intercepted first.
VNV target altitudes can be changed while editing the active flight plan (see the Flight Management
Section for details).
446

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEMSYSTEMOVERVIEW

GLIDEPATH MODE (GP) (SBAS ONLY)
NOTE: Pressing the CWS Button while Glidepath Mode is active does not cancel the mode. The autopilot

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

guides the aircraft back to the glidepath upon release of the CWS Button.

Glidepath Mode is available only in installations with GIA 63W IAUs when SBAS is available.  Glidepath
Mode is used to track the SBAS-based glidepath.  When Glidepath Mode is armed, ‘GP’ is annunciated in whitein the AFCS Status Box.
Selecting Glidepath Mode:

EIS1) Ensure a GPS approach with vertical guidance (LPV, LNAV/VNAV, LNAV+V) is loaded into the active flight plan.
The active waypoint must be part of the flight plan (cannot be a direct-to a waypoint not in the flight plan).
2) Ensure that GPS is the selected navigation source (use the CDI Softkey to cycle through navigation sources).

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

3) Press the APR Key.
NOTE: Some RNAV (GPS) approaches provide a vertical descent angle as an aid in flying a stabilized

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

approach. These approaches are NOT considered Approaches with Vertical Guidance (APV). Approaches
that are annunciated on the HSI as LNAV or LNAV+V are considered Nonprecision Approaches (NPA) andare flown to an MDA even though vertical glidepath (GP) information may be provided.
WARNING: When flying an LNAV approach (with vertical descent angle) with the autopilot coupled, theaircraft will not level off at the MDA even if the MDA is set in the altitude preselect.

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Upon reaching the glidepath, the flight director transitions to Glidepath Mode and begins to capture andtrack the glidepath.
Figure 7-15 Glidepath Mode Armed

AFCS

Once the following conditions have been met, the glidepath can be captured:• The active waypoint is at or after the final approach fix (FAF).
• Vertical deviation is valid.

ADDITIONALFEATURES• The CDI is at less than full scale deviation• Automatic sequencing of waypoints has not been suspended (no ‘SUSP’ annunciation on the HSI)

APPENDICES
INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

447

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM

Glidepath
Mode Active

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTAUDIO PANEL
& CNS

EIS

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

GPS Approach
Mode Active

GPS is Selected
Navigation
SourceLNAVApproach
ActiveCommand Bars Indicate
Descent on Glidepath
Glidepath
Indicator

INDEX

APPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURESAFCSHAZARDAVOIDANCE

Figure 7-16 Glidepath Mode

448

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEMSYSTEMOVERVIEW

GLIDESLOPE MODE (GS)NOTE: Pressing the CWS Button while Glideslope Mode is active does not cancel the mode. The autopilot

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

guides the aircraft back to the glideslope upon release of the CWS Button.

Glideslope Mode is available for LOC/ILS approaches to capture and track the glideslope.  When Glideslope
Mode is armed (annunciated as ‘GS’ in white), LOC Approach Mode is armed as the lateral flight director
mode.
Selecting Glideslope Mode:

EIS1) Ensure a valid localizer frequency is tuned.
2) Ensure that LOC is the selected navigation source (use the CDI Softkey to cycle through navigation sources).

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

3) Press the APR Key.
Or:
1) Ensure that GPS is the selected navigation source (use the CDI Softkey to cycle through navigation sources).
2) Ensure a LOC/ILS approach is loaded into the active flight plan.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

3) Ensure the corresponding LOC frequency is tuned.
4) Press the APR Key.

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Figure 7-17 Glideslope Mode Armed

Once LOC is the navigation source, the localizer and glideslope can be captured. Upon reaching the glideslope,the flight director transitions to Glideslope Mode and begins to intercept and track the glideslope.
Active ILS
Frequency Tuned

Approach
Mode Active

Glideslope
Mode Active
AFCS
ADDITIONALFEATURES
APPENDICES

Command Bars Indicate Descent
on Localizer/Glideslope Path
Figure 7-18 Glideslope Mode

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

INDEX

NAV2 (localizer) is Selected
Navigation Source

Glideslope
Indicator

449

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM

GO AROUND MODE (GA)FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Pressing the GA Switch engages the flight director in a wings-level,  pitch-up attitude, allowing the executionof a missed approach or a go around.  This mode is a coupled pitch and roll mode and is annunciated as ‘GA’in both the active pitch and roll mode fields.  Go Around Mode disengages the autopilot and arms Selected
Altitude Capture Mode automatically.  Subsequent autopilot engagement is allowed.  Attempts to modify theaircraft attitude (i.e., with the CWS Button or NOSE UP/NOSE DN Keys) result in reversion to Pitch and Roll
Hold modes.

EIS

Go Around Mode Active

HAZARDAVOIDANCEFLIGHT
MANAGEMENTAUDIO PANEL& CNS

Autopilot Disconnect Annunciation
Flashes Yellow 5 sec

Command Bars Indicate Climb

INDEX

APPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURES

AFCS

Figure 7-19 Go Around Mode450

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEMSYSTEMOVERVIEW

7.4 LATERAL MODES

Lateral Mode

Description

Control

Maximum Roll
Command Limit

ROL

22°

HDG

22°

GPS

22°
22° Capture
10° Track
22° Capture
10° Track

Holds the current aircraft
roll attitude or rolls the(default)
wings level, depending on
the commanded bank angle
Captures and tracks the
HDG
Selected Heading
Key

Roll Hold

Heading SelectNavigation, VOR Enroute Capture/Track

Navigation, Backcourse Capture/Track

VOR
NAV
Key

Captures and tracks
a localizer signal forbackcourse approaches

BC
GPS

Approach, VOR Capture/Track
Approach, LOC Capture/Track(Glideslope Mode automatically armed)

APR Key

Disengages the autopilot
and commands a constant
pitch angle and wings level

GA
Switch

VAPP
LOC
GA

22°
22° Capture
10° Track
22° Capture
10° Track

AFCS

Captures and tracks theselected navigation source(GPS, VOR, LOC)

22° Capture
10° Track

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Approach, GPS

Go Around

LOC

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Navigation, LOC Capture/Track(No Glideslope)

Captures and tracks theselected navigation source(GPS, VOR, LOC)

AUDIO PANEL& CNSNavigation, GPS

EIS

Annunciation

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

The GFC 700 offers the lateral modes listed in Table 7-3.  Refer to the vertical modes section for information
regarding Go Around Mode:

Wings Level

ADDITIONALFEATURESThe GFC 700 may generate a lower bank angle than the maximum roll command limit in degrees indicated in thetable above by the amount needed to produce a turn rate equal to or less than standard rate.
Table 7-3 Lateral Modes

APPENDICESThe CWS Button does not change lateral references for Heading Select, Navigation, Backcourse, or Approachmodes.   The autopilot guides the aircraft back to the Selected Heading/Course upon release of the CWS
Button.

INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

451

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEMROLL HOLD MODE (ROL)NOTE: If Roll Hold Mode is activated as a result of a mode reversion, the flight director rolls the wings

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

level.

EIS

Figure 7-20 Roll Hold Mode Annunciation

AUDIO PANEL& CNSBank Angle
Flight Director Response< 6°
Rolls wings level
6° to 22° Maintains current aircraft roll attitude> 22°
Limits bank to 22°

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

When the flight director is activated, Roll Hold Mode is selected by default.  This mode is annunciated as‘ROL’ in the AFCS Status Box.  The current aircraft bank angle is held, subject to the bank angle conditions listed
in Table 7-4.

Table 7-4 Roll Hold Mode Responses

CHANGING THE ROLL REFERENCEINDEXAPPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURESAFCSHAZARDAVOIDANCEThe roll reference can be changed by pressing the CWS Button, establishing the desired bank angle, thenreleasing the CWS Button.

452

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEMSYSTEMOVERVIEWHEADING SELECT MODE (HDG)

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Heading Select Mode is activated by pressing the HDG Key.  Heading Select Mode acquires and maintains
the Selected Heading.  The Selected Heading is shown by a light blue bug on the HSI and in the box to theupper left of the HSI.

CHANGING THE SELECTED HEADING
NOTE: Pressing the HDG Knob synchronize the Selected Heading to the current heading.

EIS

The Selected Heading is adjusted using the HDG Knob.  Pressing the CWS Button and hand-flying theaircraft does not change the Selected Heading.  The autopilot guides the aircraft back to the Selected Heading
upon release of the CWS Button.

Heading SelectMode Active

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

Turns are commanded in the same direction as Selected Heading Bug movement, even if the Bug is turnedmore than 180° from the present heading (e.g., a 270° turn to the right).  However, Selected Heading changesof more than 340° at a time result in turn reversals.
Pitch Mode
ActiveFLIGHT
MANAGEMENTHAZARDAVOIDANCE
AFCS

Selected
Heading
Bug

ADDITIONALFEATURES

Selected
Heading

Command Bars Track
Selected Heading

APPENDICES

Figure 7-21 Heading Select Mode

INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

453

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEMNAVIGATION MODES (GPS, VOR, LOC)
NOTE: The selected navigation receiver must have a valid VOR or LOC signal or active GPS course for the

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

flight director to enter Navigation Mode.
NOTE: When intercepting a flight plan leg, the flight director gives commands to capture the active leg atapproximately a 45° angle to the track between the waypoints defining the active leg. The flight director
does not give commands to fly to the starting waypoint of the active leg.

AUDIO PANEL
& CNS

EIS

Pressing the NAV Key selects Navigation Mode.  Navigation Mode acquires and tracks the selected navigation
source (GPS, VOR, LOC).  The flight director follows GPS roll steering commands when GPS is the selectednavigation source.  When the navigation source is VOR or LOC, the flight director creates roll steering commands
from the Selected Course and deviation.  Navigation Mode can also be used to fly non-precision GPS and LOC
approaches where glideslope capture is not required.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

If the Course Deviation Indicator (CDI) shows greater than one dot when the NAV Key is pressed, the selectedmode is armed.  If the CDI is less than one dot, Navigation Mode is automatically captured when the NAV Key
is pressed. The armed annunciation appears in white to the left of the active roll mode.

Figure 7-22 GPS Navigation Mode Armed

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

When the CDI has automatically switched from GPS to LOC during a LOC/ILS approach, GPS Navigation
Mode remains active, providing GPS steering guidance until the localizer signal is captured.  LOC Navigation
Mode is armed when the automatic navigation source switch takes place.  If the APR Key is pressed prior to theautomatic navigation source switch, LOC Navigation mode is armed.

AFCS

If Navigation Mode is active and either of the following occur, the flight director reverts to Roll Hold Mode(wings rolled level):• Different VOR tuned while in VOR Navigation Mode (VOR Navigation Mode reverts to armed)• Navigation source manually switched (with the CDI Softkey)

INDEX

APPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURES• During a LOC/ILS approach the FAF is crossed while in GPS Navigation Mode after the automatic navigation
source switch from GPS to LOC

454

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEMSYSTEMOVERVIEW

CHANGING THE SELECTED COURSEGPS Navigation
Mode Active

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

The Selected Course is controlled using the CRS Knob (while in VOR, LOC, or OBS Mode).  Pressing the
CWS Button and hand-flying the aircraft does not change the Selected Course while in Navigation Mode.  
The autopilot guides the aircraft back to the Selected Course (or GPS flight plan) when the CWS Button isreleased.
Selected Altitude
Capture Mode
Armed

Pitch Mode
ActiveEIS
AUDIO PANEL& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Selected
CourseHAZARDAVOIDANCE

GPS is Selected
Navigation
SourceCommand Bars Indicate Left
Turn to Track GPS Course and Climb
to Intercept Selected Altitude

Figure 7-23 Navigation ModeAFCS
ADDITIONALFEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

455

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEMAPPROACH MODES (GPS, VAPP, LOC)
NOTE: The selected navigation receiver must have a valid VOR or LOC signal or active GPS course for the

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

flight director to enter Approach Mode.

EIS

Approach Mode is activated when the APR Key is pressed.   Approach Mode acquires and tracks theselected navigation source (GPS, VOR, or LOC), depending on loaded approach.  This mode uses the selectednavigation receiver deviation and desired course inputs to fly the approach.  Pressing the APR Key when
the CDI is greater than one dot arms the selected approach mode (annunciated in white to the left of theactive lateral mode).  If the CDI is less than one dot, the LOC is automatically captured when the APR Key
is pressed.
VOR Approach Mode (VAPP) provides greater sensitivity for signal tracking than VOR Navigation Mode .

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

Selecting VOR Approach Mode:
1) Ensure a valid VOR frequency is tuned.
2) Ensure that VOR is the selected navigation source (use the CDI Softkey to cycle through navigation sources ifnecessary).

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

3) Press the APR Key.

When GPS Approach Mode is armed, Glidepath Mode is also armed.
Selecting GPS Approach Mode:

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

1) Ensure a GPS approach is loaded into the active flight plan. The active waypoint must be part of the flight plan(cannot be a direct-to a waypoint not in the flight plan).
2) Ensure that GPS is the selected navigation source (use the CDI Softkey to cycle through navigation sources ifnecessary).

AFCS3) Press the APR Key.

INDEXAPPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURES

Figure 7-24 Navigation/Approach Mode Armed

456

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEMSYSTEMOVERVIEWLOC Approach Mode allows the autopilot to fly a LOC/ILS approach with a glideslope.  When LOC Approach
Mode is armed, Glideslope Mode is also armed automatically.  LOC captures are inhibited if the difference
between aircraft heading and localizer course exceeds 105°.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Selecting LOC Approach Mode:
1) Ensure a valid localizer frequency is tuned.
2) Ensure that LOC is the selected navigation source (use the CDI Softkey to cycle through navigation sources ifnecessary).
3) Press the APR Key.

EIS

Or:
1) Ensure that GPS is the selected navigation source (use the CDI Softkey to cycle through navigation sources ifnecessary).

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

2) Ensure a LOC/ILS approach is loaded into the active flight plan.
3) Ensure the corresponding LOC frequency is tuned.
4) Press the APR Key.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

If the following occurs, the flight director reverts to Roll Hold Mode (wings rolled level):• Approach Mode is active and a Vectors-To-Final is activated• Approach Mode is active and Navigation source is manually switched

HAZARDAVOIDANCE• During a LOC/ILS Approach GPS Navigation Mode is active and the FAF is crossed after the automaticnavigation source switch from GPS to LOC

CHANGING THE SELECTED COURSEAFCSThe Selected Course is controlled using the CRS Knob (while in VOR, LOC, or OBS Mode).  Pressing the
CWS Button and hand-flying the aircraft does not change the Selected Course while in Approach Mode.  
The autopilot guides the aircraft back to the Selected Course (or GPS flight plan) when the CWS Button isreleased.

INTERCEPTING AND FLYING A DME ARC
ADDITIONALFEATURES
APPENDICESThe AFCS will intercept and track a DME arc that is part of the active flight plan provided that GPS
Navigation Mode is engaged, GPS is the active navigation source on the CDI, and the DME arc segment is
the active flight plan leg.  It is important to note that automatic navigation of DME arcs is based on GPS.  
Thus, even if the APR key is pressed and LOC or VOR Approach Mode is armed prior to reaching the Initial
Approach Fix (IAF), Approach Mode will not activate until the arc segment is completed.

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

INDEX

If the pilot decides to intercept the arc at a location other than the published IAF (i.e. ATC provides vectors
to intercept the arc) and subsequently selects Heading Mode or Roll Mode, the AFCS will not automaticallyintercept or track the arc unless the pilot activates the arc leg of the flight plan and arms GPS Navigation
Mode.  The AFCS will not intercept and fly a DME arc before reaching an IAF that defines the beginning of thearc segment.  Likewise, if at any point while established on the DME arc the pilot deselects GPS Navigation
Mode, the AFCS will no longer track the arc.

457

SYSTEMOVERVIEWBACKCOURSE MODE (BC)FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM

Backcourse Mode captures and tracks a localizer signal in the backcourse direction.   The mode may be
selected by pressing the BC Key.  Backcourse Mode is armed if the CDI is greater than one dot when the modeis selected.  If the CDI is less than one dot, the Backcourse Mode is automatically captured when the BC Key
is pressed.  The flight director creates roll steering commands from the Selected Course and deviation when in
Backcourse Mode.

NOTE: When making a backcourse approach, set the Selected Course to the localizer front course.

Pitch Hold
Mode Active

HAZARDAVOIDANCEFLIGHT
MANAGEMENTAUDIO PANEL
& CNS

EIS

Backcourse
Mode Active

AFCS

LOC2 is Selected Navigation Source

Command Bars Hold Pitch Attitude

Figure 7-25 Backcourse Mode

ADDITIONALFEATURESCHANGING THE SELECTED COURSEINDEXAPPENDICESThe Selected Course is controlled using the CRS Knob.  Pressing the CWS Button and hand-flying theaircraft does not reset any reference data while in Backcourse Mode.  The autopilot guides the aircraft back to
the Selected Course when the CWS Button is released.

458

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEMSYSTEMOVERVIEW

7.5 AUTOPILOT OPERATIONNOTE: Refer to the POH for specific instructions regarding emergency procedures.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

The autopilot operates flight control surface servos to provide automatic flight control.  Pitch and roll commands
are provided to the servos, based on the active flight director modes.  The autopilot uses pitch and roll rates tostabilize the aircraft attitude during upsets and flight director maneuvers.  Flight director commands are rate- andattitude-limited, combined with pitch and roll damper control, and sent to the pitch and roll servo motors.

EIS

Pitch autotrim provides trim commands to the pitch trim servo to relieve any sustained effort required by thepitch servo.  The pitch servo measures the output effort (torque) and provides this signal to the pitch trim servo.
The pitch trim servo commands the motor to reduce the average pitch servo effort.

AUDIO PANEL& CNSWhen the autopilot is not engaged, the pitch trim servo may be used to provide manual electric trim (MET).  
This allows the aircraft to be trimmed using a control wheel switch rather than the trim wheel.  Manual trim
commands are generated with the MET Switch. Trim speeds are scheduled with airspeed to provide moreconsistent response.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Servo motor control limits the maximum servo speed and torque.  The servo mounts are equipped with slipclutches set to certain values. This allows the servos to be overridden in case of an emergency.

ENGAGING THE AUTOPILOTNOTE: Autopilot engagement/disengagement is not equivalent to servo engagement/disengagement. Use

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

the CWS Button to disengage the pitch and roll servos while the autopilot remains active.

When the AP Key is pressed, the autopilot and flight director (if not already engaged) are activated.  Engagement
is indicated by a green ‘AP’ annunciation in the center of the AFCS Status Box.  The flight director engages in
Pitch and Roll Hold modes when initially activated.

AFCS

Autopilot
Engaged

ADDITIONALFEATURES

Figure 7-26 Autopilot Engaged

APPENDICES
INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

459

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEMCONTROL WHEEL STEERING

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

During autopilot operation, the aircraft may be hand-flown without disengaging the autopilot.  Pressing andholding the CWS Button disengages the pitch and roll servos from the flight control surfaces and allows theaircraft to be hand-flown.  At the same time, the flight director is synchronized to the aircraft attitude during
the maneuver.   The ‘AP’ annunciation is temporarily replaced by ‘CWS’ in white for the duration of CWS
maneuvers.
In most scenarios, releasing the CWS Button reengages the autopilot with a new reference.  Refer to the flight
director modes section for CWS behavior in each mode.

EIS

Control Wheel Steering

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

Figure 7-27 CWS Annunciation

DISENGAGING THE AUTOPILOT

HAZARDAVOIDANCEFLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

The autopilot is manually disengaged by pushing the AP DISC Switch, GA Switch or the AP Key on the
MFD.  Manual disengagement is indicated by a five-second flashing yellow ‘AP’ annunciation and a twosecond autopilot disconnect aural alert. After manual disengagement, the autopilot disconnect aural alert
may be cancelled by pushing the AP DISC or MET Switch (AP DISC Switch also cancels the flashing ‘AP’
annunciation).

Figure 7-28 Manual Autopilot Disengagement

AFCS

Automatic autopilot disengagement is indicated by a flashing red ‘AP’ annunciation and by the autopilot
disconnect aural alert, which continue until acknowledged by pushing the AP DISC or MET Switch.
Automatic disengagement occurs due to:• System failure• Invalid sensor data

ADDITIONALFEATURES• Inability to compute default flight director
modes (FD also disengages automatically)

INDEX

APPENDICES

Figure 7-29 Automatic Autopilot Disengagement

460

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEMSYSTEMOVERVIEW

7.6 EXAMPLE PROCEDURES

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

NOTE: The following example flight plan and diagrams (not to be used for navigation) in this section are

for instructional purposes only and should be considered not current. Numbered portions of accompanying
diagrams correspond to numbered procedure steps.

EIS

This scenario-based set of procedures (based on the example flight plan found in the Flight Management
Section) shows various GFC 700 AFCS modes used during a flight.  In this scenario, the aircraft departs Charles
B. Wheeler Downtown Airport (KMKC), enroute to Colorado Springs Airport (KCOS).   After departure, theaircraft climbs to 12,000 ft and airway V4 is intercepted, following ATC vectors.

0

33

30

3

27

30
27

24

24

21

30

24

27

15

27

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

12

21

18

15

18

9

24

21

12

6

Lamar
VOR
(LAA)

Topeka
VOR
(TOP)

12

Hays
VOR
(HYS)

9

V 244

Salina
VOR
(SLN)

9

3

V4

18

V 244

9

6

0

33

15

6

KCOS

KMKC

30

6

3

3

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

33

0

33

0

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

Airway V4 is flown to Salina VOR (SLN) using VOR navigation, then airway V244 is flown using GPS Navigation.  
The ILS approach for runway 35L and LPV (WAAS) approach for runway 35R are shown and a missed approachis executed.

12

21

15

18

Figure 7-30 Flight Plan Overview
AFCS
ADDITIONALFEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

461

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM

DEPARTURE
Climbing to the Selected Altitude and flying an assigned heading:

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

1) Before takeoff, set the Selected Altitude to 12,000 feet using the ALT Knob.
2) In this example, Vertical Speed Mode is used to capture the Selected Altitude (Pitch Hold, Vertical Speed, or
Flight Level Change Mode may be used).

EISa) Press the VS Key to activate Vertical Speed Mode.

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

	 The Vertical Speed Reference may be adjusted after Vertical Speed Mode is selected using the NOSE UP/NOSE DN keys or pushing the CWS Button while hand-flying the aircraft to establish a new Vertical Speed
Reference.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTb) Press the AP Key to engage the autopilot in a climb using Vertical Speed Mode.

3) Use the HDG Knob to set the Selected Heading, complying with ATC vectors to intercept Airway V4.

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Press the HDG Key to activate Heading Select Mode while the autopilot is engaged in the climb. The autopilot
follows the Selected Heading Bug on the HSI and turns the aircraft to the desired heading.

4) As the aircraft nears the Selected Altitude, the flight director transitions to Selected Altitude Capture Mode,
indicated by the green ‘ALTS’ annunciation flashing for up to 10 seconds.

AFCS

	

	

INDEX

APPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURES

At 50 feet from the Selected Altitude, the green ‘ALT’ annunciation flashes for up to 10 seconds; the autopilot
transitions to Altitude Hold Mode and levels the aircraft.

462

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEMSYSTEMOVERVIEWFLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS

HD

GM

od

e

AUDIO PANEL
& CNS

3

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Selected Altitude of 12,000 MSL
ALT Mode

4
KMKC
VS

e

Mod

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

1

2

Figure 7-31 DepartureAFCS
ADDITIONALFEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

463

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEMINTERCEPTING A VOR RADIALFLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

During climb-out, the autopilot continues to fly the aircraft in Heading Select Mode.  Airway V4 to Salina
VOR (SLN) should now be intercepted.  Since the enroute flight plan waypoints correspond to VORs, flight
director Navigation Mode using either VOR or GPS as the navigation source may be used.  In this scenario, VOR
Navigation Mode is used for navigation to the first VOR waypoint in the flight plan.
Intercepting a VOR radial:
1) Arm VOR Navigation Mode:

EISa) Tune the VOR frequency.
b) Press the CDI Softkey to set the navigation source to VOR.

AUDIO PANEL& CNSc) Use the CRS Knob to set the Selected Course to 255°. Note that at this point, the flight director is still in
Heading Select Mode and the autopilot continues to fly 290°.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTd) Press the NAV Key. This arms VOR Navigation Mode and the white ‘VOR’ annunciation appears to the left of
the active lateral mode.

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

2) As the aircraft nears the Selected Course, the flight director transitions from Heading Select to VOR Navigation
Mode and the ‘VOR’ annunciation flashes green. The autopilot begins turning to intercept the Selected
Course.

3) The autopilot continues the turn until the aircraft is established on the Selected Course.
0

33

3

V4

6

AFCS

30

Hd
29 g
0o

27

3
Salina
VOR
(SLN)

24

ADDITIONALFEATURES

255

9

o

VO
R

NA
V

Mo

de

2
HD

G

12

od

e,

VO
R

Ar

m

15

21
18

APPENDICES

M

ed

1

INDEX

Figure 7-32 Intercepting a VOR Radial

464

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEMSYSTEMOVERVIEWFLYING A FLIGHT PLAN/GPS COURSE
NOTE: Changing the navigation source cancels Navigation Mode and causes the flight director to revert

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

back to Roll Hold Mode (wings rolled level).
As the aircraft closes on Salina VOR, GPS is used to navigate the next leg, airway V244.   The aircraft iscurrently tracking inbound on Airway V4.
Flying a GPS flight plan:

EIS

1) Transition from VOR to GPS Navigation Mode:a) Press the CDI Softkey until GPS is the selected navigation source.

AUDIO PANEL& CNSb) Press the NAV Key to activate GPS Navigation Mode. The autopilot guides the aircraft along the active flightplan leg.

0

33

V4

6

3

o

075

30

ode

6

27

AV M
GPS N

24

27

2

12

AFCS

21

18

12

15

24

9

Hays
VOR
(HYS)

Salina
VOR
(SLN)

V 244

1

9

o

260

o

076

e

d
AV Mo

VOR N

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

33

3

30

0

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

2) Following the flight plan, the autopilot continues to steer the aircraft under GPS guidance. Note that in GPS
Navigation Mode, course changes defined by the flight plan are automatically made without pilot action
required.

15

ADDITIONALFEATURES

21

18

Figure 7-33 Transition to GPS Flight Plan

APPENDICES
INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

465

SYSTEMOVERVIEWDESCENT

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM• Flight Level Change descent – Flight Level Change Mode can be used to descend to the Selected Altitude at aconstant airspeed.  This descent method does not account for flight plan waypoint altitude constraints.

While flying the arrival procedure, the aircraft is cleared for descent in preparation for the approach to KCOS.  
Three methods are presented for descent:• Vertical Path Tracking descent – Vertical Path Tracking Mode is used to follow the vertical descent pathdefined in the GPS flight plan.  Altitude constraints correspond to waypoints in the flight plan.  Before VNVflight control can provide vertical profile guidance, a VNV flight plan must be entered and enabled.

EIS• Non-path descent in a VNV scenario – A VNV flight plan is entered and enabled, however Pitch Hold, Vertical
Speed, or Flight Level Change Mode can be used to descend to the VNV Target Altitude prior to reaching theplanned TOD.  Flight Level Change Mode is used in the example.

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

Flight Level Change descent:1) Select Flight Level Change Mode:a) Using the ALT Knob, set the Selected Altitude to 10,000 feet.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTb) Press the FLC Key to activate Flight Level Change Mode. The annunciation ‘FLC’ appears next to theAirspeed Reference, which defaults to the current aircraft airspeed. Selected Altitude Capture Mode is armed
automatically.

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

2) Use the NOSE UP/NOSE DN keys or push the CWS Button while hand-flying the aircraft to adjust thecommanded airspeed while maintaining the same power, or reduce power to allow descent in Flight Level
Change Mode while the autopilot maintains the current airspeed.

AFCS3) As the aircraft nears the Selected Altitude, the flight director transitions to Selected Altitude Capture Mode,
indicated by the green ‘ALTS’ annunciation flashing for up to 10 seconds.

ADDITIONALFEATURES	The green ‘ALT’ annunciation flashes for up to 10 seconds upon reaching 50 feet from the Selected Altitude; theautopilot transitions to Altitude Hold Mode and levels the aircraft.

1

Cruise Altitude of 12,000 MSL

APPENDICES

ALT Mode

2
FLC

Mod

e

3
Selected Altitude of 10,000 MSL

INDEX

ALT Mode

Figure 7-34 FLC Descent

466

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEMSYSTEMOVERVIEW

Vertical Path Tracking descent to VNV Target Altitude:
1) Select VNV flight control:a) Press the VNV Key to arm Vertical Path Tracking Mode. The white annunciation ‘VPTH’ appears.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTSb) Using the ALT Knob, set the Selected Altitude below the flight plan’s VNV Target Altitude of 10,000 feet.

EIS	 If the Selected Altitude is not at least 75 ft below the VNV Target Altitude, the flight director captures the
Selected Altitude rather than the VNV Target Altitude once Vertical Path Tracking Mode becomes active (ALTS isarmed rather than ALTV).

	•

Press the VNV Key	•Turn the ALT Knob to adjust the Selected Altitude

AUDIO PANEL& CNSc) If Vertical Path Tracking Mode is armed more than 5 minutes prior to descent path capture, acknowledgment isrequired for the flight director to transition from Altitude Hold to Vertical Path Tracking Mode. To proceed withdescent path capture if the white ‘VPTH’ annunciation begins flashing, do one of the following

If the descent is not confirmed by the time of interception, Vertical Path Tracking Mode remains armed and thedescent is not captured.
2) When the top of descent (TOD) is reached, the flight director transitions to Vertical Path Tracking Mode andbegins the descent to the VNV Target Altitude. Intention to capture the VNV Target Altitude is indicated by thewhite ‘ALTV’ annunciation.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT	

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

3) As the aircraft nears the VNV Target Altitude, the flight director transitions to VNV Target Altitude Capture Mode,
indicated by the green ‘ALTV’ annunciation flashing for up to 10 seconds.

AFCS

	

The green ‘ALT’ annunciation flashes for up to 10 seconds upon reaching 50 feet from the VNV Target Altitude;
the autopilot transitions to Altitude Hold Mode and levels the aircraft at the vertical waypoint.

ALT Mode

TOD

ADDITIONALFEATURES

1

Cruise Altitude of 12,000 MSL

2VPT

APPENDICES

HM

ode

3
BOD

VNAV Target Altitude of 10,000 MSL

ALT Mode

Selected Altitude (set below VNAV Target Altitude)

INDEX

3 nm

OPSHN

Figure 7-35 VPTH Descent

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

467

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
Non-path descent using Flight Level Change Mode:
1) Using Flight Level Change Mode, command a non-path descent to an intermediate altitude above the next VNVflight plan altitude:

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTSa) Using the ALT Knob, set the Selected Altitude below the current aircraft altitude to an altitude (in this case,
9,400 feet) at which to level off between VNV flight plan altitudes.

EISb) Press the FLC Key before the planned TOD during an altitude hold while VPTH is armed. The Airspeed Reference
defaults to the current aircraft airspeed. Vertical Path Tracking and Selected Altitude Capture Mode are armed
automatically.

AUDIO PANEL
& CNS

	

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

3) As the aircraft nears the Selected Altitude, the flight director transitions to Selected Altitude Capture Mode,
indicated by the green ‘ALTS’ annunciation flashing for up to 10 seconds.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

2) Reduce power to allow descent in Flight Level Change Mode. The autopilot maintains the Airspeed Reference.

The green ‘ALT’ annunciation flashes for up to 10 seconds upon reaching 50 feet from the Selected Altitude; theautopilot transitions to Altitude Hold Mode and levels the aircraft. After leveling off reset, Selected Altitude ator below 9,000 ft.

AFCS4) When the next TOD is reached, Vertical Path Tracking becomes active (may require acknowledgment to allow
descent path capture).

ADDITIONALFEATURES

5) As the aircraft nears the VNV Target Altitude, the flight director transitions to VNV Target Altitude Capture Mode,
indicated by the green ‘ALTV’ annunciation flashing for up to 10 seconds.

The green ‘ALT’ annunciation flashes for up to 10 seconds upon reaching 50 feet from the VNV Target Altitude;
the autopilot transitions to Altitude Hold Mode and levels the aircraft at the vertical waypoint.

INDEX

APPENDICES

	

468

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEMSYSTEMOVERVIEWFLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS

VP

TH

M

od

e

ALT Mode

1

FL

C

Selected Altitude of 9,400 MSL

VNAV Target Altitude of 10,000 MSL
Pla

nn

M

od

e

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

Planned
TOD

2

BOD

3

ed

De

sce

nt

Pa
th

ALT Mode

TOD

VP

VNAV Target Altitude of 9,000 MSL

TH

Mo

de

5

BOD

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

4

ALT Mode

Selected Altitude
OPSHN

HABUK

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

3 nm

Figure 7-36 Non-path DescentAFCS
ADDITIONALFEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

469

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEMAPPROACH
NOTE: If an approach contains a DME arc, the arc must be flown in Navigation Mode with the GFC 700.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

When receiving vectors from ATC, Navigation Mode must be selected prior to intercepting the ARC.
Flying an ILS approach:1) Transition from GPS Navigation Mode to Heading Select Mode.

EISa) Select the Runway 35L ILS approach for KCOS and select ‘VECTORS’ for the transition. Load and activate theapproach into the flight plan.
b) Use the HDG Knob to set the Selected Heading after getting vectors from ATC.
c) Press the HDG Key. The autopilot turns the aircraft to the desired heading.

AUDIO PANEL& CNSd) Use Heading Select Mode to comply with ATC vectors as requested.
2) Arm LOC Approach and Glideslope modes.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTa) Ensure the appropriate localizer frequency is tuned.
b) Press the APR Key when cleared for approach to arm Approach and Glideslope modes. ‘LOC’ and ‘GS’ appear
in white as armed mode annunciations.

INDEX

APPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURESAFCSHAZARDAVOIDANCEc) The navigation source automatically switches to LOC. After this switch occurs, the localizer signal can be captured
and the flight director determines when to begin the turn to intercept the final approach course. The flight
director now provides guidance to the missed approach point.

470

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEMSYSTEMOVERVIEW

3) There are two options available at this point, as the autopilot flies the ILS approach:• Push the AP DISC Switch at the decision height and land the aircraft.
• Use the GA Switch to execute a missed approach.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTSKCOS

LOC APR/
GS Mode

3
PETEY

EIS

2
HD
G
e

od

M

AUDIO PANEL
& CNS

PYNON

1
GPS NAV Mode

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTHAZARDAVOIDANCE

Figure 7-37 ILS Approach to KCOSAFCSADDITIONALFEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

471

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEMNOTE: Support for SBAS precision approaches is available only in installations with GIA 63W IAUs when

SBAS is available.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Flying a RNAV GPS approach with vertical guidance:1) Arm flight director modes for a RNAV GPS approach with vertical guidance:a) Make sure the navigation source is set to GPS (use CDI Softkey to change navigation source).
b) Select the Runway 35R LPV approach for KCOS. Load and activate the approach into the flight plan.

EIS2) Press the APR Key once clearance for approach has been received. GPS Approach Mode is activated andGlidepath Mode is armed.

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

3) Once the glidepath is captured, Glidepath Mode becomes active. The flight director now provides guidance tothe missed approach point.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

4) There are two options available at this point, as the autopilot flies the approach:• Push the AP DISC Switch at the Decision height and land the aircraft.

INDEX

APPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURESAFCSHAZARDAVOIDANCE• Use the GA Switch to execute a missed approach.

472

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEMSYSTEMOVERVIEWKCOS

4FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

3

GPS APR/GP Mode

CEGIX

2
FALUR

1
GPS NAV Mode

AUDIO PANEL
& CNS

PYNON

EIS

HABUK

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTHAZARDAVOIDANCE

Figure 7-38 LPV Approach to KCOSAFCSADDITIONALFEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

473

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM

GO AROUND/MISSED APPROACH
NOTE: As a result of calculations performed by the system while flying the holding pattern, the display may

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

re-size automatically and the aircraft may not precisely track the holding pattern as depicted on the PFD and
MFD.
Flying a missed approach:EIS

1) Push the GA Switch at the Decision height and apply go around power to execute a missed approach. The
flight director Command Bars establish a nose-up climb to follow. If flying an ILS or LOC approach the CDI also
switches to GPS as the navigation source.
	Note that when the GA Switch is pushed, the missed approach is activated and the autopilot disconnects,
indicated by the ‘AP’ annunciation flashing yellow for 5 seconds and the autopilot disconnect aural alert.

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

Flashes 5 sec

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

2) Start the climb to the prescribed altitude in the published Missed Approach Procedure (in this case, 10,000 ft).
a) Press the AP Key to re-engage the autopilot.

HAZARDAVOIDANCEb) Press the NAV Key to have the autopilot fly to the hold.

3) Use the ALT Knob to set a Selected Altitude to hold.
	To hold the current airspeed during the climb, press the FLC Key.

ADDITIONALFEATURESAFCS	 As the aircraft nears the Selected Altitude, the flight director transitions to Selected Altitude Capture Mode,
indicated by the green ‘ALTS’ annunciation flashing for up to 10 seconds.

APPENDICES	The green ‘ALT’ annunciation flashes for up to 10 seconds upon reaching 50 feet from the Selected Altitude; theautopilot transitions to Altitude Hold Mode and levels the aircraft.

INDEX4) The autopilot flies the holding pattern after the missed approach is activated. Annunciations are displayed in
the Navigation Status Box, above the AFCS Status Box.

474

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEMSYSTEMOVERVIEWFLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

4

MOGAL

EIS

GPS NAV Mode

AUDIO PANEL
& CNS

3
2

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTGA ModeKCOS

1HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Figure 7-39 Go Around/Missed ApproachAFCS
ADDITIONALFEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

475

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM

7.7 AFCS ANNUNCIATIONS AND ALERTS

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

AFCS STATUS ALERTS
The annunciations in Table 7-5 (listed in order of increasing priority) can appear on the PFD above theAirspeed and Attitude indicators. Only one annunciation occurs at a time, and messages are prioritized by
criticality.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTAUDIO PANEL
& CNS

EIS

AFCS Status
Annunciation

Figure 7-40 AFCS Status Annunciation

Alert Condition

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Aileron Mistrim Right
Aileron Mistrim Left
Elevator Mistrim Down

AFCS

Elevator Mistrim Up

APPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURES

Pitch Trim Failure)

Annunciation

Description
Roll servo providing sustained force in the indicated direction

Pitch servo providing sustained force in the indicated direction
If AP engaged, take control of the aircraft and disengage AP

Roll Failure

Roll axis control failure; AP inoperative

Pitch Failure

Pitch axis control failure; AP inoperative

System Failure

AP and MET are unavailable; FD may still be available

Preflight Test

Performing preflight system test; aural alert sounds at completion
Do not press the AP DISC Switch during servo power-up and preflight system tests
as this may cause the preflight system test to fail or never to start (if servos failtheir power-up tests). Power must be cycled to the servos to remedy the situation.
Preflight system test failed; aural alert sounds at failure

INDEX

Table 7-5 AFCS Status Alerts

476

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEMSYSTEMOVERVIEWOVERSPEED PROTECTION
NOTE: Overspeed protection is not active in Altitude Hold, Glideslope or Glidepath modes.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

While Pitch Hold, Vertical Speed, Flight Level Change, Vertical Path Tracking, or an altitude capture mode isactive, airspeed is monitored by the flight director.  Pitch commands are not changed until overspeed protection
becomes active.  Overspeed protection is provided in situations where the flight director cannot acquire andmaintain the mode reference for the selected vertical mode without exceeding the certified maximum autopilot
airspeed.

EIS

When an autopilot overspeed condition occurs, the Airspeed Reference appears in a box above the Airspeed
Indicator, flashing a yellow ‘MAXSPD’ annunciation.  Engine power should be reduced and/or the pitch reference
adjusted to slow the aircraft.  The annunciation disappears when the overspeed condition is resolved.

AUDIO PANEL& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Airspeed
Indicator

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Figure 7-41 Overspeed AnnunciationAFCS
ADDITIONALFEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

477

INDEXAPPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURESAFCSHAZARDAVOIDANCEFLIGHT
MANAGEMENTAUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM

Blank Page

478

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

ADDITIONAL FEATURESSYSTEMOVERVIEWSECTION 8 ADDITIONAL FEATURES

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

NOTE: With the availability of SafeTaxi®, ChartView, or FliteCharts®, it may be necessary to carry anothersource of charts on-board the aircraft.
Additional features of the system include the following:• Synthetic Vision System (SVS)(Optional)• SafeTaxi® diagrams

EIS• ChartView and FliteCharts® electronic charts (Optional)• SiriusXM Satellite Radio entertainment (Optional)

AUDIO PANEL& CNS• Scheduler• Electronic Checklists (Optional)• Flight Data Logging• Auxiliary Video (Optional)

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTThe optional Synthetic Vision System (SVS) provides a three-dimensional forward view of terrain features on
the PFD. SVS imagery shows the pilot’s view of relevant features in relation to the aircraft attitude, as well as theflight path pertaining to the active flight plan.

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

SafeTaxi diagrams provide detailed taxiway, runway, and ramp information at more than 700 airports in the
United States. By decreasing range on an airport that has a SafeTaxi diagram available, a close up view of the
airport layout can be seen.

AFCS

The optional ChartView and FliteCharts provide on-board electronic terminal procedures charts.  Electronic
charts offer the convenience of rapid access to essential information. Either ChartView or FliteCharts may be
configured in the system, but not both.

ADDITIONALFEATURES

The optional SiriusXM Satellite Radio entertainment audio feature of the GDL 69A Data Link Receiver handles
more than 170 channels of music, news, and sports.  SiriusXM Satellite Radio offers more entertainment choices
and longer range coverage than commercial broadcast stations.
The Scheduler feature can be used to enter and display short term or long term reminder messages such as
Switch fuel tanks, Change oil, or Altimeter-Transponder Check in the Messages Window on the PFD.
Optional checklists help to quickly find the proper procedure on the ground or during flight.

APPENDICESThe Flight Data Logging feature automatically stores critical flight and engine data on an SD data card.
Approximately 1,000 flight hours can be recorded for each 1GB of available space on the card.
The G1000 system provides a control and display interface to an optional auxiliary video system. The system
can display video for up to two inputs.

INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

479

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

ADDITIONAL FEATURES

8.1 SYNTHETIC VISION SYSTEM (SVS) (OPTIONAL)

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTSWARNING: Use appropriate primary systems for navigation, and for terrain, obstacle, and traffic avoidance.

SVS is intended as an aid to situational awareness only and may not provide either the accuracy or reliability
upon which to solely base decisions and/or plan maneuvers to avoid terrain, obstacles, or traffic.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTThe SVS terrain display shows land contours (colors are consistent with those of the topographical map display),large water features, towers, and other obstacles over 200’ AGL that are included in the obstacle database.  Culturalfeatures on the ground such as roads, highways, railroad tracks, cities, and state boundaries are not displayedeven if those features are found on the MFD map.  The terrain display also includes a north–south east–west gridwith lines oriented with true north and spaced at one arc-minute intervals to assist in orientation relative to theterrain.

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

AUDIO PANEL
& CNS

EIS

The optional Synthetic Vision System (SVS) is a visual enhancement to the G1000 Integrated Flight Deck.  SVSdepicts a forward-looking attitude display of the topography immediately in front of the aircraft.  The field ofview is 30 degrees to the left and 35 degrees to the right. SVS information is shown on the Primary Flight Display(PFD), or on the Multifunction Display (MFD) in Reversionary Mode (Figure 8‑91).  The depicted imagery isderived from the aircraft attitude, heading, GPS three-dimensional position, and a nine arc-second database ofterrain, obstacles, and other relevant features. The terrain data resolution of nine arc-seconds, meaning thatthe terrain elevation contours are stored in squares measuring nine arc-seconds on each side, is required for theoperation of SVS.  Loss of any of the required data, including temporary loss of the GPS signal, will cause SVS to
be disabled until the required data is restored.

The optional Terrain Awareness and Warning System (TAWS) or standard Terrain-SVS is integrated within
SVS to provide visual and auditory alerts to indicate the presence of terrain and obstacle threats relevant to theprojected flight path. Terrain alerts are displayed in red and yellow shading on the PFD.

AFCS

The terrain display is intended for situational awareness only.  It may not provide the accuracy or fidelity on
which to base decisions and plan maneuvers to avoid terrain or obstacles. Navigation must not be predicatedsolely upon the use of the Terrain–SVS or TAWS terrain or obstacle data displayed by the SVS.
• Pathways• Airport Signs• Flight Path Marker• Runway Display• Horizon Heading Marks• Terrain Alerting• Traffic Display• Obstacle Alerting

INDEX

APPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURES

The following SVS enhancements appear on the PFD:

480

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev A

ADDITIONAL FEATURESSYSTEMOVERVIEWFLIGHT
INSTRUMENTSEISAUDIO PANEL& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Figure 8-1 Synthetic Vision Imagery

SVS OPERATIONHAZARDAVOIDANCESVS is activated from the PFD using the softkeys located along the bottom edge of the display.  Pressing thesoftkeys turns the related function on or off.  When SVS is enabled, the pitch scale increments are reduced to
10 degrees up and 7.5 degrees down.

AFCS

SVS functions are displayed on three levels of softkeys.  The PFD Softkey leads into the PFD function Softkeys,
including synthetic vision. Pressing the SYN VIS Softkey displays the SVS feature softkeys.  The softkeys arelabeled PATHWAY, SYN TERR, HRZN HDG, and APTSIGNS. The BACK Softkey returns to the previous
level of softkeys.  Synthetic Terrain must be active before any other SVS feature may be activated.

ADDITIONALFEATURESHRZN HDG, APTSIGNS, and PATHWAY Softkeys are only available when the SYN TERR Softkey isactivated (gray with black characters).  After activating the SYN TERR Softkey, the HRZN HDG, APTSIGNS,
and PATHWAY softkeys may be activated in any combination to display desired features.  When system poweris cycled, the last selected state (on or off) of the SYN TERR, HRZN HDG, APTSIGNS, and PATHWAY
softkeys is remembered by the system.

APPENDICES• PATHWAY Softkey enables display of rectangular boxes that represent course guidance.
• SYN TERR Softkey enables synthetic terrain depiction.
• HRZN HDG Softkey enables horizon heading marks and digits.
• APTSIGNS Softkey enables airport signposts.

INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

481

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

ADDITIONAL FEATURES

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTSPFDSYN VIS

BACK

Pressing the BACK Softkey
returns to the top-level softkeys.

BACK

EIS

PATHWAY SYN TERR HRZN HDG APTSIGNSAUDIO PANEL& CNSPressing the BACK Softkey returns to the previous level of softkeys.

Figure 8-2 SVS Softkeys

Activating and deactivating SVS:FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

1) Press the PFD Softkey.
2) Press the SYN VIS Softkey.
3) Press the SYN TERR Softkey. The SVS display will cycle on or off with the SYN TERR Softkey.

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Activating and deactivating Pathways:
1) Press the PFD Softkey.
2) Press the SYN VIS Softkey.
3) Press the PATHWAY Softkey. The Pathway feature will cycle on or off with the PATHWAY Softkey.

AFCS

Activating and deactivating Horizon Headings:
1) Press the PFD Softkey.
2) Press the SYN VIS Softkey.

ADDITIONALFEATURES

3) Press the HRZN HDG Softkey. The horizon heading display will cycle on or off with the HRZN HDG Softkey.

Activating and deactivating Airport Signs:
1) Press the PFD Softkey.

APPENDICES

2) Press the SYN VIS Softkey.

INDEX

3) Press the APTSIGNS Softkey. Display of airport signs will cycle on or off with the APTSIGNS Softkey.

482

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev A

ADDITIONAL FEATURESSYSTEMOVERVIEWSVS FEATURES

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Selected
AltitudeAirportRunwayPathways
ColorMatches CDI
Indicating
NAV Source

FlightPath
Marker
Airplane
SymbolEIS

Zero
Pitch Line
(ZPL) with
Compass
Heading
Marks

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

Synthetic
Terrain

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTHAZARDAVOIDANCESVS
Softkeys
Figure 8-3 SVS on the Primary Flight Display

NOTE: Pathways and terrain features are not a substitute for standard course and altitude deviation

information provided by the altimeter, CDI, and VDI.
AFCSPATHWAYS

ADDITIONALFEATURES

Pathways provide a three-dimensional perspective view of the selected route of flight shown as coloredrectangular boxes representing the horizontal and vertical flight path of the active flight plan.   The box
size represents 700 feet wide by 200 feet tall during enroute, oceanic, and terminal flight phases.  During
an approach, the box width is 700 feet or one half full scale deviation on the HSI, whichever is less.  Theheight is 200 feet or one half full scale deviation on the VDI, whichever is less.  The altitude at which thepathway boxes are displayed is determined by the higher of either the selected altitude or the VNAV altitude
programmed for the active leg in the flight plan (Figure 8-4).

APPENDICES

190-00498-07 Rev A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

INDEX

The color of the rectangular boxes may be magenta, green, or white depending on the route of flight andnavigation source selected.  The active GPS or GPS overlay flight plan leg is represented by magenta boxes
that correspond to the Magenta CDI.  A localizer course is represented by green boxes that correspond to agreen CDI.  An inactive leg of an active flight plan is represented by white boxes corresponding to a white line
drawn on the Inset map or MFD map indicating an inactive leg.

483

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

ADDITIONAL FEATURES

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Selected
Altitude

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTAUDIO PANEL
& CNS

EIS

Programmed
Altitudes

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Figure 8-4 Programmed and Selected Altitude

AFCS

Pathways provide supplemental glidepath information on an active ILS, LPV, LNAV/VNAV, and some LNAV
approaches. Pathways are intended as an aid to situational awareness and should not be used independentof the CDI, VDI, glide path indicator, and glide slope indicator.  They are removed from the display when
the selected navigation information is not available. Pathways are not displayed beyond the active leg whenleg sequencing is suspended and are not displayed on any portion of the flight plan leg that would lead tointercepting a leg in the wrong direction.

Departure and Enroute

APPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURES

Prior to intercepting an active flight plan leg, pathways are displayed as a series of boxes with pointers at
each corner that point in the direction of the active waypoint. Pathways are not displayed for the first legof the flight plan if that segment is a Heading-to-Altitude leg.  The first segment displaying pathways is thefirst active GPS leg or active leg with a GPS overlay.  If this leg of the flight plan route is outside the SVS
field of view, pathways will not be visible until the aircraft has turned toward this leg.  While approaching
the center of the active leg and prescribed altitude, the number of pathway boxes decreases to a minimumof four.

INDEX

Pathways are displayed along the flight plan route at the highest of either the selected altitude or the
programmed altitude for the leg.  Climb profiles cannot be displayed due to the variables associated withaircraft performance.  Flight plan legs requiring a climb are indicated by pathways displayed at a level above
the aircraft at the altitude selected or programmed.

484

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev A

ADDITIONAL FEATURESSYSTEMOVERVIEW

Descent and Approach

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Pathways are shown descending only for a programmed descent (Figures 8-5, 8-6).  When the flight plan
includes programmed descent segments, pathways are displayed along the descent path provided that the
selected altitude is lower than the programmed altitude.
When an approach providing vertical guidance is activated, Pathways are shown level at the selected
altitude up to the point along the final approach course where the altitude intercepts the extended verticaldescent path, glidepath, or glideslope. From the vertical path descent, glidepath, or glideslope intercept
point, the pathways are shown inbound to the Missed Approach Point (MAP) along the published lateraland vertical descent path, or at the selected altitude, whichever is lower.

EIS
AUDIO PANEL& CNS

During an ILS approach, the initial approach segment is displayed in magenta at the segment altitudes
if GPS is selected as the navigation source on the CDI.  When switching to localizer inbound with LOC
selected as the navigation source on the CDI, pathways are displayed in green along the localizer and glide
slope.
VOR, LOC BC, and ADF approach segments that are approved to be flown using GPS are displayed inmagenta boxes.  Segments that are flown using other than GPS or ILS, such as heading legs or VOR final
approach courses are not displayed.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Selected Altitude
set for Enroute
Selected Altitude
set for Departure

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Climbs NOT
displayedby pathway

Non-programmed descents NOT displayed by pathway

TOD

AFCS

Selected Altitudefor Step Down

Programmed descentdisplayed by pathway

ADDITIONALFEATURES

Selected Altitude or Programmed Altitude(whichever is higher)

APPENDICES

Figure 8-5 SVS Pathways, Enroute and Descent

INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

485

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

ADDITIONAL FEATURES
Missed Approach

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Upon activating the missed approach, pathways lead to the Missed Approach Holding Point (MAHP) andare displayed as a level path at the published altitude for the MAHP, or the selected altitude, whichever isthe highest.  If the initial missed approach leg is a Course-to-Altitude (CA) leg, the pathways boxes will
be displayed level at the altitude published for the MAHP.  If the initial missed approach leg is defined bya course using other than GPS, pathways are not displayed for that segment.  In this case, the pathways
displayed for the next leg may be outside the field of view and will be visible when the aircraft has turnedin the direction of that leg.

AUDIO PANEL
& CNS

EIS

Pathways are displayed along each segment including the path required to track course reversals that arepart of a procedure, such as holding patterns.  Pathways boxes will not indicate a turn to a MAHP unless adefined geographical waypoint exists between the MAP and MAHP.

FAF

HAZARDAVOIDANCEFLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Descent displayedby pathway

Selected Altitude
or Programmed Altitude(whichever is higher)

MAP Climbs NOT displayedby pathway

Turn Segment
NOT displayedby pathway

APPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURES

AFCS

MAHP

INDEX

Figure 8-6 SVS Pathways, Approach, Missed Approach, and Holding

486

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev A

ADDITIONAL FEATURESSYSTEMOVERVIEWFLIGHT PATH MARKER

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

The Flight Path Marker (FPM), also known as a Velocity Vector, is displayed on the PFD at groundspeeds
above 30 knots.  The FPM depicts the approximate projected path of the aircraft accounting for wind speed
and direction relative to the three-dimensional terrain display.
The FPM is always available when the Synthetic Terrain feature is in operation.  The FPM represents the
direction of the flight path as it relates to the terrain and obstacles on the display, while the airplane symbol
represents the aircraft heading.

EIS

The FPM works in conjunction with the Pathways feature to assist the pilot in maintaining desired altitudes
and direction when navigating a flight plan.  When on course and altitude the FPM is aligned inside thepathway boxes as shown (Figure 8-7).

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

The FPM may also be used to identify a possible conflict with the aircraft flight path and distant terrain or
obstacles.  Displayed terrain or obstacles in the aircraft’s flight path extending above the FPM could indicate
a potential conflict, even before an alert is issued by TAWS.  However, decisions regarding terrain and/or
obstacle avoidance should not be made using only the FPM.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTHAZARDAVOIDANCE

Flight Path
Marker
(FPM)

AFCS

Wind
Vector

ADDITIONALFEATURES
APPENDICES

Figure 8-7 Flight Path Marker and Pathways

ZERO PITCH LINE

190-00498-07 Rev A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

INDEX

The Zero Pitch Line is drawn completely across the display and represents the aircraft attitude with respect
to the horizon.  It may not align with the terrain horizon, particularly when the terrain is mountainous orwhen the aircraft is flown at high altitudes.

487

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

ADDITIONAL FEATURESHORIZON HEADING

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

The Horizon Heading is synchronized with the HSI and shows approximately 60 degrees of compass
heading in 30‑degree increments on the Zero Pitch Line.  Horizon Heading tick marks and digits appearing
on the zero pitch line are not visible behind either the airspeed or altitude display.  Horizon Heading is used
for general heading awareness, and is activated and deactivated by pressing the HRZN HDG Softkey.

TRAFFICWARNING: Intruder aircraft at or below 500 ft. AGL may not appear on the SVS display or may appear as a

EISpartial symbol.

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

Traffic symbols are displayed in their approximate locations as determined by the related traffic systems.
Traffic symbols are displayed in three dimensions, appearing larger as they are getting closer, and smallerwhen they are further away. Traffic within 250 feet laterally of the aircraft will not be displayed on the SVS
display.  Traffic symbols and coloring are consistent with that used for traffic displayed in the Inset map or
MFD traffic page.  If the traffic altitude is unknown, the traffic will not be displayed on the SVS display.  Formore details refer to the traffic system discussion in the Hazard Avoidance section.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTAIRPORT SIGNSHAZARDAVOIDANCE

Airport Signs provide a visual representation of airport location and identification on the synthetic terrain
display.  When activated, the signs appear on the display when the aircraft is approximately 15 nm froman airport and disappear at approximately 4.5 nm.   Airport signs are shown without the identifier until
the aircraft is approximately eight nautical miles from the airport. Airport signs are not shown behind theairspeed or altitude display. Airport signs are activated and deactivated by pressing the APTSIGNS Softkey.

AFCS

Traffic

AirportSign with
Identifier(Between
4.5 nm and
8 nm)

INDEX

APPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURES

AirportSign
without
Identifier(Between
8 nm and15 nm)

Figure 8-8 Airport Signs

488

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev A

ADDITIONAL FEATURESSYSTEMOVERVIEWRUNWAYSWARNING: Do not use SVS runway depiction as the sole means for determining the proximity of the aircraft

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

to the runway or for maintaining the proper approach path angle during landing.
NOTE: Not all airports have runways with endpoint data in the database, therefore, these runways are notdisplayed.

EIS

Runway data provides improved awareness of runway location with respect to the surrounding terrain.  Allrunway thresholds are depicted at their respective elevations as defined in the database.  In some situations,  
where threshold elevations differ significantly, crossing runways may appear to be layered. As runways are
displayed, those within 45 degrees of the aircraft heading are displayed in white.  Other runways will be grayin color.  When an approach for a specific runway is active, that runway will appear brighter and be outlinedwith a white box, regardless of the runway orientation as related to aircraft heading. As the aircraft gets closer
to the runway, more detail such as runway numbers and centerlines will be displayed.

AUDIO PANEL& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTHAZARDAVOIDANCE

RunwaySelected forApproach

Other
Runwayon Airport

AFCS
ADDITIONALFEATURES
APPENDICES

Figure 8-9 Airport Runways

INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

489

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

ADDITIONAL FEATURESTERRAIN-SVS AND TAWS ALERTING

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Terrain alerting on the synthetic terrain display is triggered by Forward-looking Terrain Avoidance (FLTA)
alerts, and corresponds to the red and yellow X symbols on the Inset Map and MFD map displays.  For moredetailed information regarding Terrain-SVS and TAWS, refer to the Hazard Avoidance Section.

EIS

In some instances, a terrain or obstacle alert may be issued with no conflict shading displayed on thesynthetic terrain.   In these cases, the conflict is outside the SVS field of view to the left or right of theaircraft.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTAUDIO PANEL& CNSTERRAIN
Annunciation

TerrainCautionHAZARDAVOIDANCE

Potential
Impact
Point

INDEX

APPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURES

AFCS

Figure 8-10 Terrain Alert

490

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev A

ADDITIONAL FEATURESSYSTEMOVERVIEWFLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Obstacles are represented on the synthetic terrain display by standard two-dimensional tower symbols foundon the Inset map and MFD maps and charts.  Obstacle symbols appear in the perspective view with relative
height above terrain and distance from the aircraft.   Unlike the Inset map and MFD moving map display,
obstacles on the synthetic terrain display do not change colors to warn of potential conflict with the aircraft’s
flight path until the obstacle is associated with an actual FLTA alert. Obstacles greater than 1000 feet below theaircraft altitude are not shown. Obstacles are shown behind the airspeed and altitude displays.

EISTERRAIN
Annunciation

AUDIO PANEL& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Obstacle
Warning

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Potential
ImpactPoint

Figure 8-11 Obstacle
AFCS

FIELD OF VIEW
The PFD field of view can be represented on the MFD Navigation Map Page.  Two dashed lines forming a
V‑shape in front of the aircraft symbol on the map, represent the forward viewing area shown on the PFD.

ADDITIONALFEATURES

Configuring field of view:
1) While viewing the Navigation Map Page, press the MENU Key to display the PAGE MENU.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight Map Setup and press the ENT Key.

APPENDICES
INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

491

EIS

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

ADDITIONAL FEATURES

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

Field of
View

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Navigation Map Page OPTIONS Menu

Map Setup Menu, Map Group, Field of View Option

Figure 8-12 Option Menus

3) Turn the FMS Knob to select the Map Group and press the ENT Key.

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

4) Turn the large FMS Knob to scroll through the Map Group options to FIELD OF VIEW.
5) Turn the small FMS Knob to select On or Off.
6) Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page.

AFCS

The following figure compares the PFD forward looking depiction with the MFD plan view and FIELD OF
VIEW turned on.

APPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURES

Lines
DepictPFD Fieldof View

SVS View on the PFD

Field of View on the MFD

INDEXFigure 8-13 PFD and MFD Field of View Comparison

492

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev A

ADDITIONAL FEATURESSYSTEMOVERVIEW

8.2 SAFETAXIFLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

SafeTaxi is an enhanced feature that gives greater map detail when viewing airports at close range. The
maximum map ranges for enhanced detail are pilot configurable.   When viewing at ranges close enough toshow the airport detail, the map reveals taxiways with identifying letters/numbers, airport Hot Spots, and airport
landmarks including ramps, buildings, control towers, and other prominent features.  Resolution is greater atlower map ranges.  When the MFD display is within the SafeTaxi ranges, the airplane symbol on the airport
provides enhanced position awareness.

EIS

Designated Hot Spots are recognized at airports with many intersecting taxiways and runways, and/or complex
ramp areas.   Airport Hot Spots are outlined to caution pilots of areas on an airport surface where positionalawareness confusion or runway incursions happen most often.  Hot Spots are defined with a magenta circle oroutline around the region of possible confusion.

• VOR Information Page

• Inset Map (PFD)• User Waypoint Information Page

• Weather Datalink Page

• Trip Planning Page

• Airport Information Page

• Nearest Pages• Intersection Information Page

• Active and Stored Flight Plan Pages

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT• Navigation Map Page

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

Any map page that displays the navigation view can also show the SafeTaxi airport layout within the maximum
configured range. The following is a list of pages where the SafeTaxi feature can be seen:

HAZARDAVOIDANCE• NDB Information Page
During ground operations the aircraft’s position is displayed in reference to taxiways, runways, and airport
features.  In the example shown, the aircraft is on taxiway Bravo approaching the High Alert Intersection boundary
on KSFO airport.  Airport Hot Spots are outlined in magenta.  When panning over the airport, features such as
runway holding lines and taxiways are shown at the cursor.

AFCS
ADDITIONALFEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

493

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

ADDITIONAL FEATURES

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Aircraft
Position

EIS

Taxiway
Identification

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

Airport Hot
Spot Outline

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

AirportFeatures

DCLTR Softkey
Removes Taxiway
Markings
Figure 8-14 SafeTaxi Depiction on the Navigation Map PageAFCS

HAZARDAVOIDANCEThe DCLTR Softkey (declutter) label advances to DCLTR-1, DCLTR -2, and DCLTR-3 each time the softkey ispressed for easy recognition of decluttering level. Pressing the DCLTR Softkey removes the taxiway markings andairport feature labels. Pressing the DCLTR-1 Softkey removes VOR station ID, the VOR symbol, and intersection
names if within the airport plan view. Pressing the DCLTR-2 Softkey removes the airport runway layout, unlessthe airport in view is part of an active route structure. Pressing the DCLTR-3 Softkey cycles back to the original
map detail.  Refer to Map Declutter Levels in the Flight Management Section.
Configuring SafeTaxi range:
1) While viewing the Navigation Map Page, press the MENU Key to display the PAGE MENU.

INDEX

APPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURES

2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the Map Setup Menu Option and press the ENT Key.

Figure 8-15 Navigation Map PAGE MENU, Map Setup Option

494

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev A

ADDITIONAL FEATURESSYSTEMOVERVIEW

3) Turn the FMS Knob to select the Aviation Group and press the ENT Key.
4) Turn the large FMS Knob to scroll through the Aviation Group options to SAFETAXI.
5) Turn the small FMS Knob to display the range of distances.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

6) Turn either FMS Knob to select the desired distance for maximum SafeTaxi display range.
7) Press the ENT Key to complete the selection.
8) Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page.

EIS
AUDIO PANEL& CNS

SAFETAXI
OptionFLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

SafeTaxi
Range
Options

HAZARDAVOIDANCEAFCS

Figure 8-16 MAP SETUP Menu, Aviation Group, SAFETAXI Range Options

ADDITIONALFEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

495

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

ADDITIONAL FEATURESSAFETAXI CYCLE NUMBER AND REVISION

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

SafeTaxi database is revised every 56 days.   SafeTaxi is always available for use after the expiration date.
When turning on the system, the Power-up Page indicates whether the databases are current, out of date, or
not available.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTAUDIO PANEL
& CNS

EIS

SafeTaxi Database

Figure 8-17 Power-up Page, SafeTaxi Database

HAZARDAVOIDANCEPower-up Page Display

Definition
Normal operation. SafeTaxi database is valid and within current cycle.
SafeTaxi database has expired.

AFCS

Database card contains no SafeTaxi data.

Table 8-1 SafeTaxi Annunciation Definitions

ADDITIONALFEATURESThe SafeTaxi Region, Version, Cycle, Effective date and Expires date of the database cycle can also be foundon the AUX - System Status page, as seen in Figure 8-18.

INDEX

APPENDICES

Select the MFD1 DB Softkey to place the cursor in the DATABASE window.   Scroll through the listed
information by turning the FMS Knob or pressing the ENT Key until the SafeTaxi database information isshown.

496

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev A

ADDITIONAL FEATURESSYSTEMOVERVIEWThe SafeTaxi database cycle number shown in the figure, 11S1, is deciphered as follows:
11 – Indicates the year 2011
S – Indicates the data is for SafeTaxi

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

1 – Indicates the first issue of the SafeTaxi database for the year
The SafeTaxi EFFECTIVE date 13–JAN–11 is the beginning date for the current database cycle.   SafeTaxi
EXPIRES date 10–MAR–11 is the revision date for the next database cycle.

EIS
AUDIO PANEL& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

SafeTaxi Data

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Figure 8-18 AUX – System Status Page, SafeTaxi Current InformationAFCS
ADDITIONALFEATURES

SafeTaxi information appears in blue and yellow text.  The EFFECTIVE date appears in blue when data iscurrent and in yellow when the current date is before the effective date.  The EXPIRES date appears in blue
when data is current and in yellow when expired (Figures 8‑18 and 8-19).  NOT AVAILABLE appears in bluein the REGION field if SafeTaxi data is not available on the database card (Figure 8‑19).  An expired SafeTaxi
database is not disabled and will continue to function indefinitely.

APPENDICES

Select the MFD1 DB Softkey a second time.  The softkey label will change to PFD1 DB. The DATABASE
window will now be displaying database information for PFD1. As before, scroll through the listed information
by turning the FMS Knob or pressing the ENT Key until the SafeTaxi database information is shown.
Refer to Updating Garmin Databases in Appendix B for instructions on revising the SafeTaxi database.

INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

497

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

ADDITIONAL FEATURES

AUDIO PANEL
& CNS

EIS

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Figure 8-19 illustrates possible SafeTaxi database conditions that may appear on the  AUX - System Status
Page.  The EFFECTIVE date is the beginning date for this database cycle.  If the present date is before theeffective date, the EFFECTIVE date appears in yellow and the EXPIRES date appears in blue.  The EXPIRES dateis the revision date for the next database cycle.  NOT AVAILABLE indicates that SafeTaxi is not available on the
database card or no database card is inserted.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Current Date is before Effective Date

SafeTaxi Database has Expired

SafeTaxi Database Not Installed

INDEX

APPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURESAFCSHAZARDAVOIDANCE

Figure 8-19 AUX – System Status Page, SafeTaxi Database Status

498

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev A

ADDITIONAL FEATURESSYSTEMOVERVIEW

8.3 CHARTVIEW (OPTIONAL)

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

ChartView resembles the paper version of Jeppesen terminal procedures charts.  The charts are displayed in fullcolor with high-resolution.  The MFD depiction shows the aircraft position on the moving map in the plan viewof approach charts and on airport diagrams.  Airport Hot Spots are outlined in magenta.
The ChartView database subscription is available from Jeppesen, Inc.  Available data includes:• Arrivals (STAR)• Airport Diagrams• Departure Procedures (DP)• NOTAMs
EIS• Approaches

CHARTVIEW SOFTKEYS
AUDIO PANEL& CNSChartView functions are displayed on three levels of softkeys.  While on the Navigation Map Page, Nearest
Airports Page, or Flight Plan Page, pressing the SHW CHRT Softkey displays the available terminal chart andadvances to the chart selection level of softkeys: CHRT OPT, CHRT, INFO-1, DP, STAR, APR, WX, NOTAM,
and GO BACK.  The chart selection softkeys shown below appear on the Airport Information Page.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Pressing the GO BACK Softkey reverts to the top level softkeys and previous page.
Pressing the CHRT OPT Softkey advances to the next level of softkeys: ALL, HEADER, PLAN, PROFILE,MINIMUMS, FIT WDTH, FULL SCN, and BACK.
While viewing the CHRT OPT Softkeys, after 45 seconds of softkey inactivity, the system reverts to the chart
selection softkeys.

HAZARDAVOIDANCESHW CHRTCHRT

INFO-1

DP

PLAN

WX

NOTAM

GO BACKPROFILEMINIMUMS FIT WDTH FULL SCNADDITIONALFEATURESHEADER

APR

Pressing the GO BACK Softkey returns
to the top-level softkeys and previous page.

INFO-2

ALL

STAR

AFCS

CHRT OPT

BACK

Pressing the BACK Softkey returns
to the Chart Selection Softkeys.

APPENDICES

Figure 8-20 ChartView SHW CHRT, Chart Selection, and Chart Option Softkeys

INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

499

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

ADDITIONAL FEATURESTERMINAL PROCEDURES CHARTS
Selecting Terminal Procedures Charts:

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

While viewing the Navigation Map Page, Nearest Airport Page, or Flight Plan Page, press the SHW CHRT
Softkey.
Or:1) Press the MENU Key to display the PAGE MENU.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to scroll through the OPTIONS Menu to Show Chart.

HAZARDAVOIDANCEFLIGHT
MANAGEMENTAUDIO PANEL
& CNS

EIS

3) Press the ENT Key to display the chart.

Navigation Map Page OPTIONS Menu

Waypoint Airport Information Page OPTIONS Menu

Figure 8-21 Option Menus

ADDITIONALFEATURES

AFCS

When no terminal procedure chart is available for the nearest airport or the selected airport, the banner
CHART NOT AVAILABLE appears on the screen.   The CHART NOT AVAILABLE banner does not refer to
the Jeppesen subscription, but rather the availability of a particular airport chart selection or procedure for aselected airport.

APPENDICES

Figure 8-22 Chart Not Available Banner

INDEX

If there is a problem in rendering the data (such as a data error or a failure of an individual chart), the banner
UNABLE TO DISPLAY CHART is then displayed.

Figure 8-23 Unable To Display Chart Banner500

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev A

ADDITIONAL FEATURESSYSTEMOVERVIEW

When a chart is not available by pressing the SHW CHRT Softkey or selecting a Page Menu Option, charts
may be obtained for other airports from the WPT Pages or Flight Plan Pages.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

If a chart is available for the destination airport, or the airport selected in the active flight plan, the chart
appears on the screen.  When no flight plan is active, or when not flying to a direct-to destination, pressing the
SHW CHRT Softkey displays the chart for the nearest airport, if available.
The chart shown is one associated with the WPT – Airport Information page.  Usually this is the airport runway
diagram.  Where no runway diagram exists, but Take Off Minimums or Alternate Minimums are available, thatpage appears.  If Airport Information pages are unavailable, the Approach Chart for the airport is shown.

EIS

Selecting a chart:
1) While viewing the Navigation Map Page, Flight Plan Page, or Nearest Airports Page, press the SHW CHRT
Softkey. The airport diagram or approach chart is displayed on the Airport Information Page.

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to select either the Airport Identifier Box or the Approach Box. (Press the APR Softkey
if the Approach Box is not currently shown).
4) Turn the small and large FMS Knob to enter the desired airport identifier.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

5) Press the ENT Key to complete the airport selection.
6) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Approach Box.
7) Turn the small FMS Knob to show the approach chart selection choices.

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

8) Turn either FMS Knob to scroll through the available charts.
9) Press the ENT Key to complete the chart selection.

AFCS

Chart Scale
Select Desired
Approach Chart
From Menu

ADDITIONALFEATURES

Scroll ThroughChart With
the Joystick

APPENDICESINDEXFigure 8-24 Approach Information Page, Chart Selection

190-00498-07 Rev A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

501

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

ADDITIONAL FEATURES
While the APPROACH Box is selected using the FMS Knob, the G1000 softkeys are blank.  Once the desired
chart is selected, the chart scale can be changed and the chart page can be scrolled using the Joystick. Pressing
the Joystick centers the chart on the screen.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

The aircraft symbol is shown on the chart only if the chart is to scale and the aircraft position is within
the boundaries of the chart.  The aircraft symbol is not displayed when the Aircraft Not Shown Icon appears(Figure 8‑28).  If the Chart Scale Box displays a banner NOT TO SCALE, the aircraft symbol is not shown.  TheAircraft Not Shown Icon may appear at certain times, even if the chart is displayed to scale.

AFCS

HAZARDAVOIDANCEFLIGHT
MANAGEMENTAUDIO PANEL
& CNS

EIS

Pressing the CHRT Softkey switches between the ChartView diagram and the associated map in the WPTpage group.  In the example shown, the CHRT Softkey switches between the DeKalb Peachtree (KPDK) Airport
Diagram and the navigation map on the WPT – Airport Information page.

INDEX

APPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURES

Press CHRT Softkey
to Switch Between
ChartView and WPT Airport Information Page

Figure 8-25 CHRT Softkey, Airport Information Page

502

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev A

ADDITIONAL FEATURESSYSTEMOVERVIEW

Pressing the INFO-1 or INFO-2 Softkey returns to the airport diagram when the view is on a different chart.  
If the displayed chart is the airport diagram, the INFO-1 or INFO-2 Softkey has no effect.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

The aircraft position is shown in magenta on the ChartView diagrams when the location of the aircraft iswithin the chart boundaries.  In the example shown, the aircraft is taxiing on Taxiway Alpha on the Charlotte,
NC (KCLT) airport.

EIS

Another source for additional airport information is from the INFO Box above the chart for certain airports.  
This information source is not related to the INFO-1 or INFO-2 Softkey.  When the INFO Box is selected using
the FMS Knob, the G1000 softkeys are blank.  The Charlotte, NC airport has five additional charts offering
information; the Airport Diagram, Take-off Minimums, Class B Airspace, Airline Parking Gate Coordinates, andAirline Parking Gate Location.  (The numbers in parentheses after the chart name are Jeppesen designators.)

AUDIO PANEL& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

AircraftCurrent
Position

HAZARDAVOIDANCEAFCS

Figure 8-26 Airport Information Page, INFO View, Full Screen Width
ADDITIONALFEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

503

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

ADDITIONAL FEATURES

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTAUDIO PANEL
& CNS

EIS

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

In the example shown in Figure 8-26, the Class B Chart is selected.  Pressing the ENT Key displays theCharlotte Class B Airspace Chart (Figure 8-27).

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Figure 8-27 Airport Information Page, Class B Chart Selected from INFO View

Pressing the DP Softkey displays the Departure Procedure Chart if available.

APPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURES

AFCS

Chart Not
To Scale

INDEX

Aircraft Not
Shown Icon
Figure 8-28 Departure Information Page

504

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev A

ADDITIONAL FEATURESSYSTEMOVERVIEW

Pressing the STAR Softkey displays the Standard Terminal Arrival Chart if available.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Chart Not
To Scale

EIS

Change Range
and Scroll
Through theChart With the
Joystick

AUDIO PANEL& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Aircraft Not
Shown Icon

Figure 8-29 Arrival Information Page

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Pressing the APR Softkey displays the approach chart for the airport if available.

AFCS
ADDITIONALFEATURES
APPENDICESINDEXFigure 8-30 Approach Information Page

190-00498-07 Rev A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

505

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

ADDITIONAL FEATURES

EISFLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Pressing the WX Softkey shows the airport weather frequency information, and includes weather data such as
METAR and TAF from the XM Data Link Receiver, when available.  Weather information is available only whenan XM Data Link Receiver is installed and the XM WX Satellite Weather subscription is current.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTAUDIO PANEL& CNS

WX Info
When
Available

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Figure 8-31 Weather Information Page

NOTE: A subdued softkey label indicates the function is disabled.

AFCS

NOTE: Only NOTAMs applicable to specific information conveyed on the displayed Jeppesen chart are

ADDITIONALFEATURES

available when the NOTAM Softkey is selected. There may be other NOTAMs available pertaining to theflight that may not be displayed. Contact Jeppesen for more information regarding Jeppesen databasepublished NOTAMs.

INDEX

APPENDICES

Recent NOTAMS applicable to the current ChartView cycle are included in the ChartView database.  Pressing
the NOTAM Softkey shows the local NOTAM information for selected airports, when available.  When NOTAMS
are not available, the NOTAM Softkey label appears subdued and is disabled as shown in Figure 8-31.  TheNOTAM Softkey may appear on the Airport Information Page and all of the chart page selections.

506

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev A

ADDITIONAL FEATURESSYSTEMOVERVIEWFLIGHT
INSTRUMENTSEISAUDIO PANEL& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTNOTAMSoftkey
Appears for
Selected
Airports
Figure 8-32 NOTAM Softkey Highlighted

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Local
NOTAM onThis Airport

AFCS
ADDITIONALFEATURES
APPENDICES

NOTAMSoftkey
Selected
Figure 8-33 Airport Information Page, Local NOTAMs

Pressing the NOTAM Softkey again removes the NOTAMS information.
INDEX

Pressing the GO BACK Softkey reverts to the previous page (Navigation Map Page, Nearest Pages, or Flight
Plan Page).

190-00498-07 Rev A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

507

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

ADDITIONAL FEATURES

CHART OPTIONS
Pressing the CHRT OPT Softkey displays the next level of softkeys, the chart options level (Figure 8-20).

AUDIO PANEL
& CNS

EIS

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Pressing the ALL Softkey shows the complete approach chart on the screen.

HAZARDAVOIDANCEFLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Complete
Chart
Shown

INDEX

APPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURES

AFCS

Figure 8-34 Approach Information Page, ALL View

508

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev A

ADDITIONAL FEATURESSYSTEMOVERVIEW

Pressing the HEADER Softkey shows the header view (approach chart briefing strip) on the screen.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS

Approach
Chart
Briefing Strip

AUDIO PANEL& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Figure 8-35 Approach Information Page, Header View

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Pressing the PLAN Softkey shows the approach chart two dimensional plan view.

AFCS
ADDITIONALFEATURES

Approach
Chart Plan
View

APPENDICESINDEXFigure 8-36 Approach Information Page, Plan View

190-00498-07 Rev A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

509

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

ADDITIONAL FEATURES

EISFLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Pressing the PROFILE Softkey displays the approach chart descent profile strip.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTAUDIO PANEL& CNSApproach
Chart DescentProfile Strip

Figure 8-37 Approach Information Page, Profile View, Full Screen Width

ADDITIONALFEATURESAFCSHAZARDAVOIDANCE

Pressing the MINIMUMS Softkey displays the minimum descent altitude/visibility strip at the bottom of theapproach chart.

INDEX

APPENDICES

Minimum
Descent
Altitude/
Visibility Strip

Figure 8-38 Approach Information Page, Minimums View, Full Screen Width510

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev A

ADDITIONAL FEATURESSYSTEMOVERVIEW

If the chart scale has been adjusted to view a small area of the chart, pressing the FIT WIDTH Softkeychanges the chart size to fit the available screen width.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTSEISAUDIO PANEL& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTHAZARDAVOIDANCEAFCSADDITIONALFEATURES

Press FIT WDTH
Softkey to Show
Full Chart Width
Figure 8-39 Airport Information Page, FIT WDTH Softkey Selected

APPENDICES
INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

511

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

ADDITIONAL FEATURES
Pressing the FULL SCN Softkey alternates between removing and replacing the data window to the right.
Selecting Additional Information:

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

1) While viewing the Airport Taxi Diagram, press the FULL SCN Softkey to display the information windows(AIRPORT, INFO).
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the AIRPORT, INFO, RUNWAYS, or FREQUENCIES Box (INFO Box shown).

EIS4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the INFO Box choices. If multiple choices are available, scroll to the desired
choice with the large FMS Knob and press the ENT Key to complete the selection.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTAUDIO PANEL& CNS

5) Press the FMS Knob again to deactivate the cursor.

AFCS

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Available
Information

APPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURES

Press FULL SCN
Softkey to Switch
Between Full
Screen and Chart
With Info Window

INDEX

Figure 8-40 Airport Information Page, Full Screen and Info Window

Pressing the BACK Softkey, or waiting for 45 seconds reverts to the chart selection softkeys.

512

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev A

ADDITIONAL FEATURESSYSTEMOVERVIEW

The full screen view can also be selected by using the page menu option.
Selecting full screen On or Off:FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

1) While viewing a terminal chart press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu OPTIONS.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the Chart Setup Menu Option and press the ENT Key.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to move between the FULL SCREEN and COLOR SCHEME Options.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to choose between the On and Off Full Screen Options.

EIS
AUDIO PANEL& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Chart Setup Option

Full Screen On/Off Selection

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Figure 8-41 Page Menus

AFCS
ADDITIONALFEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

513

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

ADDITIONAL FEATURES

DAY/NIGHT VIEW

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

ChartView can be displayed on a white or black background for day or night viewing.  The Day View offersa better presentation in a bright environment. The Night View gives a better presentation for viewing in a dark
environment.  When the CHART SETUP Box is selected the G1000 softkeys are blank.
Selecting Day, Night, or Automatic View:
1) While viewing a terminal chart press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu OPTIONS.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTAUDIO PANEL
& CNS

EIS

2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the Chart Setup Menu Option and press the ENT Key.

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

3) Turn the large FMS Knob to move to the COLOR SCHEME Option (Figure 8‑43).

AFCS

Figure 8-42 Waypoint Information Page, OPTIONS Menu

5) If Auto Mode is selected, turn the large FMS Knob to select the percentage field. Use the small FMS Knob tochange the percentage value. The percentage value is the day/night crossover point based on the percentage of
backlighting intensity. For example, if the value is set to 15%, the day/night display changes when the display
backlight reaches 15% of full brightness.

4) Turn the small FMS Knob to choose between Day, Auto, and Night Options.

ADDITIONALFEATURES

The display must be changed in order for the new setting to become active. This may be accomplished by
selecting another page or changing the display range.

INDEX

APPENDICES

6) Press the FMS Knob when finished to remove the Chart Setup Menu.

514

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev A

ADDITIONAL FEATURESSYSTEMOVERVIEWFLIGHT
INSTRUMENTSEISAUDIO PANEL& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Figure 8-43 Arrival Information Page, Day View

HAZARDAVOIDANCEAFCSADDITIONALFEATURES
APPENDICES

Figure 8-44 Arrival Information Page, Night View

INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

515

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

ADDITIONAL FEATURES

CHARTVIEW CYCLE NUMBER AND EXPIRATION DATEAUDIO PANEL
& CNS

EIS

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

ChartView database is revised every 14 days.  Charts are still viewable during a period that extends from thecycle expiration date to the disables date.  ChartView is disabled 70 days after the expiration date and is nolonger available for viewing.  When turning on the system, the Power-up Page displays the current status of theChartView database.  See the table below for the various ChartView Power-up Page displays and the definitionof each.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

ChartView Database

Figure 8-45 Power-up Page, ChartView Database

INDEX

APPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURESAFCSHAZARDAVOIDANCEPower-up Page Display

Definition
Blank Line. system is not configured for ChartView. Contact a Garminauthorized service center for configuration.
System is configured for ChartView but no chart database is installed.
Contact Jeppesen for a ChartView database.
Normal operation. ChartView database is valid and within current
cycle.
ChartView database is within 1 week after expiration date. A new cycle
is available for update.
ChartView database is beyond 1 week after expiration date, but still
within the 70 day viewing period.
ChartView database has timed out. Database is beyond 70 days after
expiration date. ChartView database is no longer available for viewing.
System time is not available. GPS satellite data is unknown or thesystem has not yet locked onto satellites. Check database cycle number
for effectivity.
System is verifying chart database when new cycle is installed for the
first time.
After verifying, chart database is found to be corrupt. ChartView is notavailable.

Table 8-2 ChartView Power-up Page Annunciations and Definitions

516

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev A

ADDITIONAL FEATURESSYSTEMOVERVIEWFLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

The ChartView time critical information can also be found on the AUX - System Status page.  The database
CYCLE number, EXPIRES, and DISABLES dates of the ChartView subscription appear in either blue or yellow
text.  When the ChartView EXPIRES date is reached, ChartView becomes inoperative 70 days later.  This isshown as the DISABLES date.  When the DISABLES date is reached, charts are no longer available for viewing.  
The SHW CHRT Softkey label then appears subdued and is disabled until a revised issue of ChartView isinstalled.
NOTE: A subdued softkey label indicates the function is disabled.

EIS

Press the MFD1 DB Softkey to place the cursor in the DATABASE window.   Scroll through the listed
information by turning the FMS Knob or pressing the ENT Key until the ChartView database information isshown.

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

The ChartView database cycle number shown in the figure, 1103, is deciphered as follows:
11 – Indicates the year 201103 – Indicates the third issue of the ChartView database for the year
The EXPIRES date 17–FEB–11 is the date that this database should be replaced with the next issue.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTThe DISABLES date 28–APR–11 is the date that this database becomes inoperative.

HAZARDAVOIDANCEAFCSADDITIONALFEATURES

ChartView
Data

APPENDICES

Figure 8-46 AUX – System Status Page, ChartView Current and Available

The ChartView database is provided directly from Jeppesen.   Refer to Updating Jeppesen Databases inAppendix B for instructions on revising the ChartView database.

INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

517

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

ADDITIONAL FEATURESThe ChartView database is obtained directly from Jeppesen.   Refer to Updating Jeppesen Databases inAppendix B for instructions on revising the ChartView database.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTAUDIO PANEL
& CNS

EIS

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Other possible AUX - System Status page conditions are shown in Figure 8-47.  The EXPIRES date, in yellow,
is the revision date for the next database cycle.  The DISABLES date, in yellow, is the date that this databasecycle is no longer viewable.  CYCLE NOT AVAILABLE in blue, indicates no ChartView data is available on the
database card or no database card is inserted.

ChartView has Expired, but is not Disabled

ChartView Database is Disabled

ChartView Database is Not Available

INDEX

APPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURESAFCSHAZARDAVOIDANCE

Figure 8-47 AUX – System Status Page, ChartView Database Status

518

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev A

ADDITIONAL FEATURESSYSTEMOVERVIEW

8.4 FLITECHARTS• Departure Procedures  (DP)FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

FliteCharts resemble the paper version of AeroNav Services terminal procedures charts.   The charts are
displayed with high-resolution and in color for applicable charts. FliteCharts database subscription is available
from Garmin.  Available data includes:• Arrivals (STAR)• Approaches• Airport Diagrams

FLITECHARTS SOFTKEYSEIS
AUDIO PANEL& CNS

FliteCharts functions are displayed on three levels of softkeys.  While on the Navigation Map Page, Nearest
Airports Page, or Flight Plan Page, pressing the SHW CHRT Softkey displays the available terminal chart andadvances to the chart selection level of softkeys: CHRT OPT, CHRT, INFO-1, DP, STAR, APR, WX, andGO BACK.  The chart selection softkeys appear on the Airport Information Page.
Pressing the GO BACK Softkey reverts to the top level softkeys and previous page.
Pressing the CHRT OPT Softkey displays the available terminal chart and advances to the next level ofsoftkeys: ALL, FIT WDTH, FULL SCN, and BACK.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

While viewing the CHRT OPT Softkeys, after 45 seconds of softkey inactivity, the system reverts to the chart
selection softkeys.
NOTAMs are not available with FliteCharts.  The NOTAM Softkey label appears subdued and is disabled.

CHRT OPT

CHRT

INFO-1WX

APR

GO BACK

Pressing the GO BACK Softkey returns
to the top-level softkeys and previous page.

FIT WDTH

FULL SCNBACKADDITIONALFEATURES

ALL

STAR

AFCS

INFO-2DP

HAZARDAVOIDANCESHW CHRT

Pressing the BACK Softkey returns
to the Chart Selection Softkeys.

APPENDICES

Figure 8-48 FliteCharts SHW CHRT, Chart Selection, and Chart Option Softkeys

INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

519

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

ADDITIONAL FEATURESTERMINAL PROCEDURES CHARTS
Selecting Terminal Procedures Charts:

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

While viewing the Navigation Map Page, Nearest Airport Page, or Flight Plan Page, press the SHW CHRT
Softkey.
Or:1) Press the MENU Key to display the PAGE MENU.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to scroll through the OPTIONS Menu to Show Chart.

HAZARDAVOIDANCEFLIGHT
MANAGEMENTAUDIO PANEL
& CNS

EIS

3) Press the ENT Key to display the chart.

Navigation Map Page OPTIONS Menu

Waypoint Airport Information Page OPTIONS Menu

Figure 8-49 Option Menus

ADDITIONALFEATURES

AFCS

When no terminal procedure chart is available, the banner CHART NOT AVAILABLE appears on the screen.  
The CHART NOT AVAILABLE banner does not refer to the FliteCharts subscription, but rather the availabilityof a particular airport chart selection or procedure for a selected airport.

Figure 8-50 Chart Not Available Banner

INDEX

APPENDICES

If there is a problem in rendering the data (such as a data error or a failure of an individual chart), the banner
UNABLE TO DISPLAY CHART is then displayed.

Figure 8-51 Unable To Display Chart Banner520

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev A

ADDITIONAL FEATURESSYSTEMOVERVIEW

When a chart is not available by pressing the SHW CHRT Softkey or selecting a Page Menu Option, charts
may be obtained for other airports from the WPT Pages or Flight Plan Pages.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

If a chart is available for the destination airport, or the airport selected in the active flight plan, the chart
appears on the screen.  When no flight plan is active, or when not flying to a direct-to destination, pressing the
SHW CHRT Softkey displays the chart for the nearest airport, if available.
The chart shown is one associated with the WPT – Airport Information page.  Usually this is the airport runway
diagram.  Where no runway diagram exists, but Take Off Minimums or Alternate Minimums are available, thatpage appears.  If Airport Information pages are unavailable, the Approach Chart for the airport is shown.

EIS

Selecting a chart:
1) While viewing the Navigation Map Page, Flight Plan Page, or Nearest Airports Page, press the SHW CHRT
Softkey. The airport diagram or approach chart is displayed on the Airport Information Page.

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to select either the Airport Identifier Box or the Approach Box. (Press the APR Softkey
if the Approach Box is not currently shown).
4) Turn the small and large FMS Knob to enter the desired airport identifier.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

5) Press the ENT Key to complete the airport selection.
6) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Approach Box.
7) Turn the small FMS Knob to show the approach chart selection choices.

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

8) Turn either FMS Knob to scroll through the available charts.
9) Press the ENT Key to complete the chart selection.
Chart Not
To Scale

AFCS

Select Desired
Approach
Chart fromMenu

ADDITIONALFEATURES

Pan Chart
With theJoystick

APPENDICES

Aircraft Not
Shown Icon
INDEX

Figure 8-52 Approach Information Page, Chart Selection

190-00498-07 Rev A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

521

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

ADDITIONAL FEATURES
While the APPROACH Box is selected using the FMS Knob, the G1000 softkeys are blank.  Once the desired
chart is selected, the chart scale can be changed and the chart can be panned using the Joystick. Pressing the
Joystick centers the chart on the screen.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

The aircraft symbol is not shown on FliteCharts.  The Chart Scale Box displays a banner NOT TO SCALE, and
the Aircraft Not Shown Icon is displayed in the lower right corner of the screen.

AFCS

HAZARDAVOIDANCEFLIGHT
MANAGEMENTAUDIO PANEL
& CNS

EIS

Pressing the CHRT Softkey alternates between the FliteCharts diagram and the associated map in the WPTpage group.  In the example shown, the CHRT Softkey switches between the Charlotte, NC (KCLT) Airport
Diagram and the navigation map on the WPT – Airport Information page.

APPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURES

Press CHRT Softkey
to Switch Between
FliteCharts andNavigation Map Page

INDEX

Figure 8-53 CHRT Softkey, Airport Information Page

522

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev A

ADDITIONAL FEATURESSYSTEMOVERVIEW

Pressing the INFO-1 or INFO-2 Softkey returns to the airport diagram when the view is on a different chart.  
If the displayed chart is the airport diagram, the INFO-1 or INFO-2 Softkey has no effect.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Another source for additional airport information is from the INFO Box above the chart (Figure 8-52) or to
the right of the chart (Figure 8-54) for certain airports.  This information source is not related to the INFO1 or INFO-2 Softkey.  When the INFO Box is selected using the FMS Knob, the G1000 softkeys are blank.  
The Charlotte, NC airport has three additional charts offering information; the Airport Diagram, Alternate
Minimums, and Take-off Minimums.

EIS
AUDIO PANEL& CNSInfo Box
Selected

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTHAZARDAVOIDANCE

Figure 8-54 Airport Information Page, INFO View with Airport InformationAFCS
ADDITIONALFEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

523

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

ADDITIONAL FEATURES

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTAUDIO PANEL
& CNS

EIS

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

In the example shown in Figure 8-54, TAKE OFF MINIMUMS is selected.  Pressing the ENT Key displays theTake-off Minimums and Departure Procedures Chart (Figure 8-55).

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Figure 8-55 Airport Information Page, TAKE OFF MINIMUMS Selected from INFO View

INDEX

APPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURES

AFCS

Pressing the DP Softkey displays the Departure Procedure Chart if available.

Figure 8-56 Departure Information Page

524

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev A

ADDITIONAL FEATURESSYSTEMOVERVIEW

Pressing the STAR Softkey displays the Standard Terminal Arrival Chart if available.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTSEISAUDIO PANEL& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Figure 8-57 Arrival Information Page

Pressing the APR Softkey displays the approach chart for the airport if available.
HAZARDAVOIDANCEAFCSADDITIONALFEATURES
APPENDICES

190-00498-07 Rev A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

INDEX

Figure 8-58 Approach Information Page

525

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

ADDITIONAL FEATURES
Pressing the WX Softkey shows the airport weather frequency information, when available, and includes
weather data such as METAR and TAF from the XM Data Link Receiver.  Weather information is available only
when an XM Data Link Receiver is installed and the XM WX Satellite Weather subscription is current.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Selecting Additional Information:
1) While viewing the Airport Taxi Diagram, press the WX Softkey to display the information windows (AIRPORT,
INFO).
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.

EIS5) Press the FMS Knob again to deactivate the cursor.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the INFO Box choices. When the INFO Box is selected the G1000 softkeys
are blank. If multiple choices are available, scroll to the desired choice with the large FMS Knob and press the
ENT Key to complete the selection.

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the INFO Box.

HAZARDAVOIDANCEWX Info
When
Available

AFCS

Info Available
on This Airport

Chart Not
To Scale

ADDITIONALFEATURES

Softkeys are
Blank during
Info Box
Selection

APPENDICES

Figure 8-59 Weather Information Page, WX Softkey Selected

WX Softkey
Selected

INDEX

Pressing the GO BACK Softkey reverts to the previous page (Navigation Map Page or Flight Plan Page).

526

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev A

ADDITIONAL FEATURESSYSTEMOVERVIEW

CHART OPTIONS
Pressing the CHRT OPT Softkey displays the next level of softkeys, the chart options level (Figure 8-48).
Pressing the ALL Softkey shows the complete chart on the screen.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTSEISAUDIO PANEL& CNS

Complete
Chart
Shown

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTHAZARDAVOIDANCE

Figure 8-60 Airport Information Page, ALL View Selected

AFCS
ADDITIONALFEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

527

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

ADDITIONAL FEATURESADDITIONALFEATURESAFCSHAZARDAVOIDANCEFLIGHT
MANAGEMENTAUDIO PANEL
& CNS

EIS

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Pressing the FIT WIDTH Softkey fits the width of the chart in the display viewing area.  In the example
shown, the chart at close range is replaced with the full width chart.

Press FIT WDTH
Softkey to Show
Full Chart Width

INDEX

APPENDICES

Figure 8-61 Approach Information Page, FIT WDTH Softkey Selected

528

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev A

ADDITIONAL FEATURESSYSTEMOVERVIEW

Pressing the FULL SCN Softkey alternates between removing and replacing the data window to the right.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTSEISAUDIO PANEL& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTHAZARDAVOIDANCE

Press FULL SCN
Softkey to Switch
Between Chart on
Full Screen and Chartwith Info Window

AFCS

Figure 8-62 Airport Information Page, Full Screen and Info Window
ADDITIONALFEATURES

Pressing the BACK Softkey, or waiting for 45 seconds reverts to the chart selection softkeys.

APPENDICES
INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

529

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

ADDITIONAL FEATURES
The full screen view can also be selected by using the page menu option.
Selecting full screen On or Off:FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

1) While viewing a terminal chart press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu OPTIONS.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the Chart Setup Menu Option and press the ENT Key.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to move between the FULL SCREEN and COLOR SCHEME Options.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTAUDIO PANEL
& CNS

EIS

4) Turn the small FMS Knob to choose between the On and Off Full Screen Options.

Chart Setup Option

Full Screen On/Off Selection

INDEX

APPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURESAFCSHAZARDAVOIDANCE

Figure 8-63 Page Menus

530

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev A

ADDITIONAL FEATURESSYSTEMOVERVIEWDAY/NIGHT VIEW

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

FliteCharts can be displayed on a white or black background for day or night viewing.  The Day View offersa better presentation in a bright environment. The Night View gives a better presentation for viewing in a dark
environment.  When the CHART SETUP Box is selected the G1000 softkeys are blank.
Selecting Day, Night, or Automatic View:
1) While viewing a terminal chart press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu OPTIONS.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the Chart Setup Menu Option and press the ENT Key.

EISAUDIO PANEL& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTHAZARDAVOIDANCE

Figure 8-64 Waypoint Information Page, OPTIONS Menu

3) Turn the large FMS Knob to move to the COLOR SCHEME Option (Figure 8‑65).
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to choose between Day, Auto, and Night Options.

AFCS5) If Auto Mode is selected, turn the large FMS Knob to select the percentage field. Use the small FMS Knob tochange the percentage value. The percentage value is the day/night crossover point based on the percentage of
backlighting intensity. For example, if the value is set to 15%, the day/night display changes when the display
backlight reaches 15% of full brightness.

ADDITIONALFEATURES

The display must be changed in order for the new setting to become active. This may be accomplished by
selecting another page or changing the display range.
6) Press the FMS Knob when finished to remove the Chart Setup Menu.

APPENDICES
INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

531

FLIGHTMANAGEMENTAUDIO PANEL
& CNS

EIS

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

ADDITIONAL FEATURES

APPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURESAFCSHAZARDAVOIDANCE

Figure 8-65 Approach Information Page, Day View

INDEX

Figure 8-66 Approach Information Page, Night View

532

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev A

ADDITIONAL FEATURESSYSTEMOVERVIEWFLITECHARTS CYCLE NUMBER AND EXPIRATION DATEFLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

FliteCharts data is revised every 28 days.  Charts are still viewable during a period that extends from the cycle
expiration date to the disables date.  FliteCharts is disabled 180 days after the expiration date and are no longer
available for viewing upon reaching the disables date.  When turning on the system, the Power-up Page displays
the current status of the FliteCharts database.  See the table below for the various FliteCharts Power-up Page
displays and the definition of each.

EIS
AUDIO PANEL& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

FliteCharts Database

Figure 8-67 Power-up Page, FliteCharts Database

HAZARDAVOIDANCEPower-up Page Display

AFCS

Definition
Blank Line. system is not configured for FliteCharts. Contact a Garminauthorized service center for configuration.
System is configured for FliteCharts but no chart database is installed.
Refer to Updating Garmin Databases in Appendix B for the FliteCharts
database
Normal operation. FliteCharts database is valid and within current
cycle.
FliteCharts database is beyond the expiration date, but still within the
180 day viewing period.
FliteCharts database has timed out. Database is beyond 180 days
after expiration date. FliteCharts database is no longer available forviewing.

ADDITIONALFEATURES
APPENDICES

Table 8-3 FliteCharts Power-up Page Annunciations and Definitions

Other possible AUX - System Status page conditions are shown in Figure 8-68.  ‘FliteCharts Expires’ plus adate in white, indicates the chart database is current.  ‘Chart data is out of date!’ in yellow, indicates charts arestill viewable, but approaching the disable date.

INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

533

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

ADDITIONAL FEATURES
When the 180 day grace period has expired, ‘Chart data is disabled.’ in yellow indicates that the FliteCharts
database has expired and is no longer viewable.  ‘Chart Data: N/A’ appears in white if no FliteCharts data isavailable on the database card or no database card is inserted.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

FliteCharts time critical information can also be found on the AUX - System Status page.  The FliteCharts
database REGION, CYCLE number, EFFECTIVE, EXPIRES, and DISABLES dates of the subscription appear ineither blue or yellow text. Dates shown in blue are current data. Dates shown in yellow indicate the data is notwithin the current subscription period.

EIS

FliteCharts becomes inoperative 180 days after the FliteCharts EXPIRES date is reached, and is no longer
available for viewing.  This date is shown as the DISABLES date.  After the disable date the SHW CHRT Softkey
label appears subdued and is unavailable until a revised issue of FliteCharts is installed.

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

NOTE: A subdued softkey label indicates the function is disabled.

Press the MFD1 DB Softkey to place the cursor in the DATABASE window.   Scroll through the listed
information by turning the FMS Knob or pressing the ENT Key until the FliteCharts database information isshown.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTThe FliteCharts database cycle number shown in the figure, 1102, is deciphered as follows:
11 – Indicates the year 201102 – Indicates the second issue of the FliteCharts database for the year
The FliteCharts EFFECTIVE date 10–FEB–11 is the first date that this database is current.

HAZARDAVOIDANCEThe FliteCharts EXPIRES date 10–MAR–11 is the last date that this database is current.

APPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURESAFCSThe DISABLES date 06–SEP–11 is the date that this database becomes inoperative.

INDEX

FliteCharts
Data

Figure 8-68 AUX – System Status Page, FliteCharts Current and Available

534

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev A

ADDITIONAL FEATURESSYSTEMOVERVIEWThe FliteCharts database is provided from Garmin.  Refer to Updating Garmin Databases in Appendix B for
instructions on revising the FliteCharts database.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

The other four possible AUX - System Status page conditions are shown here.   The EFFECTIVE date, inyellow, indicates the current date preceeds the date the FliteCharts database becomes effective.  The EXPIRES
date, in yellow, is the revision date for the next database cycle.  The DISABLES date, in yellow, is the date that
this database cycle is no longer viewable.  NOT AVAILABLE in blue, indicate the FliteCharts database is notavailable on the database card or no database card is inserted.

EIS
AUDIO PANEL& CNS

FliteCharts Expired, but is not Disabled

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Current Date is Before Effective Date

FliteCharts Database is Disabled

HAZARDAVOIDANCEAFCSADDITIONALFEATURES

FliteCharts Database is Not Available
Figure 8-69 AUX – System Status Page, FliteCharts Datbase Status

APPENDICES
INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

535

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

ADDITIONAL FEATURES

8.5 AOPA AIRPORT DIRECTORY

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

The Aircraft Owners and Pilots Association (AOPA) Airport Directory database offers detailed information
regarding services, hours of operation, lodging options, and more. This information is viewed on the Airport
Directory Page as shown in Figure 8-70.
Selecting the Airport Directory Page:
1) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the ‘WPT’ page group.

EIS2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the AIRPORT INFORMATION Page. Initially, information for the airport closest
to the aircraft’s present position is displayed.

AFCS

HAZARDAVOIDANCEFLIGHT
MANAGEMENTAUDIO PANEL& CNS

3) If necessary, press the INFO softkey until INFO-2 is displayed.

INDEX

APPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURES

Figure 8-70 AOPA Information on the Airport Information Page

536

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev A

ADDITIONAL FEATURESSYSTEMOVERVIEWAOPA DATABASE CYCLE NUMBER AND REVISION

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

The AOPA Airport Directory database is revised four times per year.  Check fly.garmin.com for the current
database. The Airport Directory is always available for use after the expiration date.  When turning on thesystem, the Power-up Page indicates whether the databases are current, out of date, or not available.

EIS
AUDIO PANEL& CNS

AOPA Database

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Figure 8-71 Power-up Page, Airport Directory Database

Power-up Page Display

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Definition
Normal operation. AOPA Airport Directory database is valid and withincurrent cycle.
AOPA Airport Directory database has expired.
Database card contains no AOPA Airport Directory data.

AFCS

Table 8-4 Airport Directory Annunciation Definitions

ADDITIONALFEATURES

The Airport Directory Region, Version, Cycle, Effective date and Expires date of the database cycle can also befound on the AUX - System Status page, as seen in Figure 8-72.
Press the MFD1 DB Softkey to place the cursor in the DATABASE window.  Scroll through the listed information
by turning the FMS Knob or pressing the ENT Key until the Airport Directory database information is shown.

APPENDICES
INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

537

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

ADDITIONAL FEATURESThe Airport Directory database cycle number shown in the figure, 11D1, is deciphered as follows:
11 – Indicates the year 2011

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

D – Indicates the data is for Airport Directory
1 – Indicates the first issue of the Airport Directory database for the year

AUDIO PANEL
& CNS

EIS

The Airport Directory EFFECTIVE date 13–JAN–11 is the beginning date for the current database cycle.  TheAirport Directory EXPIRES date 10–MAR–11 is the revision date for the next database cycle.

HAZARDAVOIDANCEFLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Airport Directory
Data

AFCS

Figure 8-72 AUX – System Status Page, Airport Directory Current Information

INDEX

APPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURES

Airport Directory information appears in blue and yellow text.  The EFFECTIVE date appears in blue whendata is current and in yellow when the current date is before the effective date.  The EXPIRES date appears inblue when data is current and in yellow when expired (Table 8-4).  NOT AVAILABLE appears in blue in the
REGION field if Airport Directory data is not available on the database card. An expired Airport Directory
database is not disabled and will continue to function indefinitely.

538

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev A

ADDITIONAL FEATURESSYSTEMOVERVIEW

8.6 SIRIUSXM SATELLITE RADIO (SERVICE OPTIONAL)

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

NOTE: Refer to the Hazard Avoidance Section for information about XM WX Satellite Weather products.

The optional SiriusXM Satellite Radio entertainment feature of the GDL 69A Data Link Receiver is available forthe pilot’s and passengers’ enjoyment.  The GDL 69A can receive SiriusXM Satellite Radio entertainment services
at any altitude throughout the Continental U.S.  Entertainment audio is not available on the GDL 69 Data Link
Receiver.

EIS

SiriusXM Satellite Radio offers a variety of radio programming over long distances without having to constantly
search for new stations. Based on signals from satellites, coverage far exceeds land-based transmissions.
SiriusXM Satellite Radio services are subscription-based.  For more information on specific service packages, visit
www.siriusxm.com.

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

ACTIVATING SIRIUSXM SATELLITE RADIO SERVICESFLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

The service is activated by providing SiriusXM Satellite Radio with either one or two coded IDs, depending on
the equipment.  Either the Audio Radio ID or the Data Radio ID, or both, must be provided to SiriusXM Satellite
Radio to activate the entertainment subscription.
It is not required to activate both the entertainment and weather service subscriptions with the GDL 69A.  
Either or both services can be activated.  SiriusXM Satellite Radio uses one or both of the coded IDs to send an
activation signal that, when received by the GDL 69A, allows it to play entertainment programming.
These IDs are located:

HAZARDAVOIDANCE• On the label on the back of the Data Link Receiver• On the XM Information Page on the MFD (Figure 8-73)• On the XM Satellite Radio Activation Instructions included with the unit (available at www.garmin.com, P/N
190-00355-04)

AFCS

Contact the installer if the Data Radio ID and the Audio Radio ID cannot be located.
NOTE: The LOCK Softkey on the XM Information Page (Auxiliary Page Group) is used to save GDL 69A

ADDITIONALFEATURES

activation data when the SiriusXM services are initially set up. It is not used during normal SiriusXM
Satellite Radio operation, but there should be no adverse effects if inadvertently pressed during flight.
Refer to the GDL 69/69A SiriusXM Satellite Radio Activation Instructions (190-00355-04, Rev H or later) for
further information.

APPENDICES

Activating the SiriusXM Satellite Radio services:
1) Contact SiriusXM Satellite Radio. Follow the instructions provided by SiriusXM Satellite Radio services.
2) Select the Auxiliary Page Group.
3) Select the next to last page in the AUX Page Group.

INDEX4) Press the INFO Softkey to display the XM Information Page.
5) Verify that the desired services are activated.

190-00498-07 Rev A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

539

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

ADDITIONAL FEATURES
6) Press the LOCK Softkey.
7) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight YES.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

8) To complete activation, press the ENT Key.

Data
Radio ID

AUDIO PANEL
& CNS

EIS

Audio
Radio ID

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Weather
Products
Window

LOCK Softkey
is Used to Save
Activation Data
During Initial
Setup

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

RADIO
and INFO
Softkeys

Figure 8-73 XM Information PageAFCS

If XM WX Satellite Weather services have not been activated, all the weather product boxes are blank on
the XM Information Page and a yellow Activation Required message is displayed in the center of the Weather
Data Link Page (Map Page Group).  The Service Class refers to the groupings of weather products available forsubscription.

USING SIRIUSXM RADIO
ADDITIONALFEATURES

The XM Radio Page provides information and control of the audio entertainment features of the SiriusXM
Satellite Radio.
Selecting the XM Radio Page:

APPENDICES

1) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Auxiliary Page Group.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the displayed AUX - XM Information Page.

INDEX

3) Press the RADIO Softkey to show the XM Radio Page where audio entertainment is controlled.

540

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev A

ADDITIONAL FEATURESSYSTEMOVERVIEW

ActiveChannelFLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS

Channel
List

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

VolumeField

Categories
Field

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Figure 8-74 XM Radio Page

ACTIVE CHANNEL AND CHANNEL LIST

HAZARDAVOIDANCEThe Active Channel Box on the XM Radio Page displays the currently selected channel that the SiriusXM
Radio is using.
The Channels List Box of the XM Radio Page shows a list of the available channels for the selected category.  
Channels can be stepped through one at a time or may be selected directly by channel number.
Selecting a channel from the channel list:

AFCS

1) While on the XM Radio Page, press the CHNL Softkey.
2) Press the CH + Softkey to go up through the list in the Channel Box, or move down the list with theCH – Softkey.

ADDITIONALFEATURES

Or:
1) Press the FMS Knob to highlight the channel list and turn the large FMS Knob to scroll through the channels.
2) Press the ENT Key to activate the selected channel.

Selecting a channel directly:
APPENDICES

1) While on the XM Radio Page, press the CHNL Softkey.
2) Press the DIR CH Softkey. The channel number in the Active Channel Box is highlighted.
3) Press the numbered softkeys located on the bottom of the display to directly select the desired channel
number.

190-00498-07 Rev A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

INDEX

4) Press the ENT Key to activate the selected channel.

541

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

ADDITIONAL FEATURES
CATEGORY

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

The Category Box of the XM Radio Page displays the currently selected category of audio. Categories ofchannels such as jazz, rock, or news can be selected to list the available channels for a type of music or othercontents.  One of the optional categories is PRESETS to view channels that have been programmed.
Selecting a category:1) Press the CATGRY Softkey on the XM Radio Page.
2) Press the CAT + and CAT - Softkeys to cycle through the categories.

EIS

Or:

HAZARDAVOIDANCEFLIGHT
MANAGEMENTAUDIO PANEL& CNS

Turn the small FMS Knob to display the Categories list. Highlight the desired category with the small FMS Knoband press the ENT Key. Selecting All Categories places all channels in the list.

INDEX

APPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURES

AFCS

Figure 8-75 Categories List

542

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev A

ADDITIONAL FEATURESSYSTEMOVERVIEWPRESETS

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Up to 15 channels from any category can be assigned a preset number. The preset channels are selected bypressing the PRESETS and MORE Softkeys.  Then the preset channel can be selected directly and added tothe channel list for the Presets category.
Setting a preset channel number:
1) On the XM Radio Page, while listening to an Active Channel that is wanted for a preset, press the PRESETS
Softkey to access the first five preset channels (PS1 - PS5).

EIS2) Press the MORE Softkey to access the next five channels (PS6 – PS10), and again to access the last fivechannels (PS11 – PS15). Pressing the MORE Softkey repeatedly cycles through the preset channels.
3) Press any one of the (PS1 - PS15) softkeys to assign a number to the active channel.

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

4) Press the SET Softkey on the desired channel number to save the channel as a preset.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Press PRESETS to
Access the Preset
Channels Softkeys

Press MORE to Cycle
Through the Preset
Channels

Press SET to
Save Each
Preset Channel

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Figure 8-76 Accessing and Selecting XM Preset Channels

Pressing the BACK Softkey, or waiting during 45 seconds of softkey inactivity, returns the system to the top
level softkeys.

AFCS

VOLUMERadio volume is shown as a percentage of full volume.  Volume level is controlled by pressing the VOL
Softkey, which brings up the MUTE Softkey and the volume increase and decrease softkeys.

ADDITIONALFEATURES

Adjusting the volume:1) With the XM Radio Page displayed, press the VOL Softkey.
2) Press the VOL – Softkey to reduce volume or press the VOL + Softkey to increase volume. (Once the VOL
Softkey is pressed, the volume can also be adjusted using the small FMS Knob.)

APPENDICES

3) Press the MUTE Softkey to mute the audio. Press the MUTE Softkey again to unmute the audio.

INDEX

Figure 8-77 Volume Control

190-00498-07 Rev A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

543

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

ADDITIONAL FEATURES

AUTOMATIC AUDIO MUTINGFLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

SiriusXM Satellite Radio audio is muted automatically when the aircraft groundspeed exceeds approximately
30 knots and the airspeed is less than approximately 80 knots.   The audio is not unmuted automatically.  
The audio must be manually unmuted once the aircraft is airborne and outside the applicable speed range.
Automatic Audio Muting has been implemented to meet regulatory requirements that the aural stall warning
be heard.

EIS

When the aircraft is operating within the automute airspeed range, the MUTE Softkey and the volume softkeys
are subdued, and the Unmute selection of the Page Menu is unavailable, preventing the audio from being
unmuted at this time.
Audio availability conforms to the following three states:• Audio is available on the ground until the aircraft exceeds 30 knots

AUDIO PANEL& CNS• Audio is automatically muted (not available) from Airborne Status up to 80 knots airspeed• Audio is available when airspeed is over 80 knots
Unmuting SiriusXM audio:

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

1) With the XM Radio Page displayed, press the VOL Softkey.

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

2) Press the MUTE Softkey to restore (unmute) SiriusXM Audio.

AFCS

Pressing the
MUTE Softkey
When Airborne
Unmutes XM
Audio

Figure 8-78 Unmuting XM Audio Using Softkeys

Or:

ADDITIONALFEATURES

1) While on either the XM – Radio Page or the XM – Information Page, press the MENU Key to display the PAGE
MENU.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Unmute option.

INDEX

APPENDICES

3) Press the ENT Key to restore (unmute) SiriusXM Audio.

Figure 8-79 Unmuting XM Audio with the Page Menu

544

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev A

ADDITIONAL FEATURESSYSTEMOVERVIEW

8.7 SCHEDULER

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

The Scheduler feature can be used to enter and display reminder messages (e.g., Change oil, Switch fuel tanks,
or Altimeter-Transponder Check) in the Alerts Window on the PFD.  Messages can be set to display based ona specific date and time (event), once the message timer reaches zero (one-time; default setting), or recurrently
whenever the message timer reaches zero (periodic).  Message timers set to periodic alerting automatically resetto the original timer value once the message is displayed.  When power is cycled, all messages are retained until
deleted, and message timer countdown is resumed.

EIS
AUDIO PANEL& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Figure 8-80 Scheduler (Utility Page)

HAZARDAVOIDANCEEntering a scheduler message:1) Select the AUX - Utility Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the first empty scheduler message naming field.

AFCS4) Use the FMS Knob to enter the message text to be displayed in the Alerts Window and press the ENT Key.
5) Press the ENT Key again or use the large FMS Knob to move the cursor to the field next to Type.
6) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the message alert type:

ADDITIONALFEATURES	 • Event—Message issued at the specified date/time	 • One-time—Message issued when the message timer reaches zero (default setting)	 • Periodic—Message issued each time the message timer reaches zero

APPENDICES

7) Press the ENT Key again or use the large FMS Knob to move the cursor to the next field.
8) For periodic and one-time message, use the FMS Knob to enter the timer value (HH:MM:SS) from which tocountdown and press the ENT Key.

INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

545

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

ADDITIONAL FEATURES
9) For event-based messages:a) Use the FMS Knob to enter the desired date (DD-MM-YY) and press the ENT Key.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTSb) Press the ENT Key again or use the large FMS Knob to move the cursor to the next field.
c) Use the FMS Knob to enter the desired time (HH:MM) and press the ENT Key.
10) Press the ENT Key again or use the large FMS Knob to move the cursor to enter the next message.

Deleting a scheduler message:1) Select the AUX - Utility Page.

EIS2) Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the name field of the scheduler message to be deleted.

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

4) Press the CLR Key to clear the message text. If the CLR Key is pressed again, the message is restored.
5) Press the ENT Key while the message line is cleared to clear the message time.

ADDITIONALFEATURESAFCSHAZARDAVOIDANCEFLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Scheduler messages appear in the Alerts Window on the PFD.  When a scheduler message is waiting, the
ALERTS Softkey label changes to ADVISORY.  Pressing the ADVISORY Softkey opens the Alerts Window andacknowledges the scheduler message.  The softkey label reverts to ALERTS when pressed, the Alerts Window isremoved from the display, and the scheduler message is deleted from the message queue.

INDEX

APPENDICES

Figure 8-81 PFD Alerts Window546

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev A

ADDITIONAL FEATURESSYSTEMOVERVIEW

8.8 ELECTRONIC CHECKLISTSNOTE: The checklists presented here are for example only and may not reflect checklists actually available

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

for the Cessna NAV III Aircraft. This material is not intended to replace the checklist information presented
in the AFM or the Pilot Safety and Warning Supplements document.
NOTE: Garmin is not responsible for the content of checklists. Checklists are created by the aircraft

EIS

manufacturer. Modifications or updates to the checklists are coordinated through the aircraft manufacturer.
The user cannot edit these checklists.
The optional checklist functions are displayed on two levels of softkeys that are available on any MFD page.
(Optional)

MAP

DCLTR

SYSTEM

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

SYSTEMSHW CHRT CHKLIST

CHECK

EXIT

EMERGCYFLIGHT
MANAGEMENTThe CHECK Softkey label changes to UNCHECK
when the checklist item is already checked.

Figure 8-82 Checklist Softkeys

HAZARDAVOIDANCEThe MFD is able to display optional electronic checklists which allow a pilot to quickly find the proper
procedure on the ground and during each phase of flight. The system accesses the checklists from an SD card
inserted into the bezel slot.  If the SD card contains an invalid checklist file or no checklist, the Power-up Page
messages display ‘Checklist File: Invalid’ or ‘Checklist File: N/A’ (not available) and the CHKLIST Softkey is
not available.

AFCS

Accessing and navigating checklists:
1) From any page on the MFD, press the CHKLIST Softkey or turn the large FMS Knob to select the Checklist Page.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the ‘GROUP’ field.

ADDITIONALFEATURES

3) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired procedure and press the ENT Key.
4) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the ‘CHECKLIST’ field.
5) Turn the FMS Knob to select the desired checklist and press the ENT Key. The selected checklist item isindicated with white text surrounded by a white box.

APPENDICES

6) Press the ENT Key or CHECK Softkey to check the selected checklist item. The line item turns green and acheckmark is placed in the associated box. The next line item is automatically selected for checking.
	

Either FMS Knob can be used to scroll through the checklist and select the desired checklist item.
Press the CLR Key or UNCHECK Softkey to remove a check mark from an item.

190-00498-07 Rev A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

INDEX

7) When all checklist items have been checked, ‘*Checklist Finished*’ is displayed in green text at the bottom leftof the checklist window. If all items in the checklist have not be checked, ‘*CHECKLIST NOT FINISHED*’ will be
displayed in yellow text.\

547

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

ADDITIONAL FEATURES
8) Press the ENT Key. ‘GO TO NEXT CHECKLIST?’ will be highlighted by the cursor.
9) Press the ENT Key to advance to the next checklist.

AFCS

HAZARDAVOIDANCEFLIGHT
MANAGEMENTAUDIO PANEL
& CNS

EIS

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

10) Press the EXIT Softkey to exit the Checklist Page and return to the page last viewed.

ADDITIONALFEATURES

Figure 8-83 Sample Checklist

Accessing emergency procedures:
1) From any page on the MFD, press the CHKLIST Softkey or turn the large FMS Knob to select the Checklist Page.

APPENDICES

2) Press the EMERGCY Softkey.
3) Turn the FMS Knob to select the desired emergency checklist and press the ENT Key.
4) Press the ENT Key or CHECK Softkey to check the selected emergency checklist item. The line item turns green
and a checkmark is placed in the box next to it. The next line item is automatically highlighted for checking.

INDEX

Either FMS Knob can be used to scroll through the checklist and select the desired checklist item.
Press the CLR Key or UNCHECK Softkey to remove a check mark from an item.

548

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev A

ADDITIONAL FEATURESSYSTEMOVERVIEW

5) When all checklist items have been checked, ‘*Checklist Finished*’ is displayed in green text at the bottom leftof the checklist window. If all items in the checklist have not be checked, ‘*CHECKLIST NOT FINISHED*’ will be
displayed in yellow text.\

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

6) Press the ENT Key. ‘GO TO NEXT CHECKLIST?’ will be highlighted by the cursor.
7) Press the ENT Key to advance to the next checklist.
8) Press the RETURN Softkey to return to the previous checklist.
9) Press the EXIT Softkey to exit the Checklist Page and return to the page last viewed.

EIS
AUDIO PANEL& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTHAZARDAVOIDANCEAFCSADDITIONALFEATURES
APPENDICES

Figure 8-84 Emergency Checklist Page Example

INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

549

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

ADDITIONAL FEATURES

8.9 FLIGHT DATA LOGGINGNOTE: Some aircraft installations may not provide all aircraft/engine data capable of being logged by the

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

system.
The Flight Data Logging feature will automatically store critical flight and engine data on an SD data card
inserted into the top card slot of the MFD.  Approximately 4,000 flight hours can be recorded on the card.

EIS

Data is written to the SD card once each second while the MFD is powered on.  All flight data logged on a
specific date is stored in a file named in a format which includes that date (dataYYYY_MM_DD.csv).  The file iscreated automatically each time the G1000 system is powered on, provided an SD card has been inserted.
The status of the Flight Data Logging feature can be viewed on the AUX-UTILITY Page.  If no SD card has been
inserted, “NO CARD” is displayed.  When data is being written to the SD card, “LOGGING DATA” is displayed.

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

The .csv file may be viewed with Microsoft Excel® or other spreadsheet applications.
The following is a list of data parameters the G1000 system is capable of logging for the Cessna Nav III
aircraft.
• GPS fix

• Time• Longitude (degrees; geodetic;+East)• GPS altitude (MSL)• Magnetic Heading (degrees)• GPS vertical alert limit• GPS altitude (WGS84 datum)• HSI source• Baro-Corrected altitude (feet)• Selected course• SBAS GPS horizontal protectionlevel• Baro Correction (in/Hg)• Com1/Com2 frequency• Indicated airspeed (kts)• Nav1/Nav2 frequency• SBAS GPS vertical protection
level• Vertical speed (fpm)• CDI deflection• Fuel Qty (right & left)(gals)• GPS vertical speed (fpm)• VDI/GP/GS deflection• Fuel Flow (gph)• OAT (degrees C)• Wind Direction (degrees)• Fuel Pressure (psi)• True airspeed (knots)• Wind Speed (knots)• Voltage 1 and/or 2• Pitch Attitude Angle (degrees)• Active Waypoint Identifier• Amps 1 and/or 2• Roll Attitude Angle (degrees)• Distance to next waypoint (nm)• Engine RPM• Lateral and Vertical G Force (g)• Bearing to next waypoint(degrees)• Oil Pressure (psi)• Magnetic variation (degrees)• TIT (deg. F)• Autopilot On/Off• Manifold Pressure (in. Hg)• AFCS roll/pitch modes• CHT• AFCS roll/pitch commands• EGT

ADDITIONALFEATURESAFCSHAZARDAVOIDANCEFLIGHT
MANAGEMENT• DateAPPENDICES• Ground Speed (kts)• Ground Track (degrees
magnetic)• Oil Temperature (deg. F)

INDEX• Latitude (degrees; geodetic;+North)• GPS horizontal alert limit

550

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev A

ADDITIONAL FEATURESSYSTEMOVERVIEW

The file containing the recorded data will appear in the format shown in Figure 8-85.  This file can be imported
into most computer spreadsheet applications.

Local 24hr Time
HHMMSS

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Local DateYYMMDD

Nearest Airport(A blank will beinserted if noairport is found)

log_110210_104506_KIXD.csv
EIS

Figure 8-85 Log File Format
AUDIO PANEL& CNS

Data logging status can be monitored on the AUX-UTILITY Page.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTHAZARDAVOIDANCEAFCSADDITIONALFEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

551

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

ADDITIONAL FEATURES

8.10 AUXILIARY VIDEO (OPTIONAL)

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

The G1000 system provides a control and display interface to an optional auxiliary video system. The system
can display video for up to two inputs.
There are four modes of operation of the auxiliary video display: Full-Screen, Full-Screen with Digital Zoom,
Split-Screen with Map, and Split-Screen with Map and Digital Zoom.
Displaying auxiliary video:
1) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the AUX page group.

EIS2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select VIDEO and display the AUX-VIDEO Page.

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

The video display softkeys shown below appear on the AUX - VIDEO Page.
ENGINE

MAP

INPUT

SETUP

VID ZM+

VID ZM-

MAP ACTV HIDE MAP

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

VID ACTVCNTRST -CNTRST +BRIGHT -BRIGHT +

SAT -

RESET

SAT +

BACK

Pressing the BACK Softkey returns
to the Previous Level Softkeys.

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Figure 8-86 Video Display Softkeys

APPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURES

AFCS

Control of the AUX - VIDEO Page can also be accessed through the Page Menu.

Figure 8-87 AUX - VIDEO Page Menu

INDEX

Selecting video menu options:
1) While viewing the AUX - VIDEO Page press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu OPTIONS.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the desired video adjustment option and press the ENT Key.

Once the ENT key is pressed on any option, the page menu closes and returns to the AUX - VIDEO Page.
552

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev A

ADDITIONAL FEATURESSYSTEMOVERVIEW

VIDEO SETUP

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Video brightness, contrast, and saturation may be adjusted be selecting the setup function.  While viewing
the setup function softkeys, after 45 seconds of softkey inactivity, the system reverts to the AUX - VIDEO Page
softkeys.
Adjusting the video settings:
1) With the AUX-VIDEO Page displayed, press the SETUP Softkey.
2) Press the BRIGHT - or BRIGHT +, to adjust display brightness in five percent increments from 0 to
100%.

EIS

3) Press the CNTRST- or CNTRST +, to adjust display contrast in five percent increments from 0 to 100%.
4) Press the SAT - or SAT +, to adjust display saturationin five percent increments from 0 to 100%.

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

5) If desired, return the display to the default settings by pressing the RESET Softkey.
6) Press the BACK Softkey to return to the previous softkey level.

DISPLAY SELECTION

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Pressing the HIDE MAP Softkey removes the map and displays video on the full screen.  The softkey labelchanges to grey with black characters.  Pressing the HIDE MAP Softkey again restores the map view and thesmall video image.  The softkey label returns to white characters on a black background.

HAZARDAVOIDANCEVideo
DisplayAFCS
ADDITIONALFEATURES

Map
View

APPENDICES

Figure 8-88 AUX - Video Split-Screen
INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

553

FLIGHTMANAGEMENTAUDIO PANEL
& CNS

EIS

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

ADDITIONAL FEATURES

Figure 8-89 Full Screen Video Display

HAZARDAVOIDANCEINPUT SELECTION
While on the AUX - VIDEO Page, press the INPUT Softkey to select the EVS or AUX video source.

ZOOM/RANGE

AFCS

Pressing the VID ZM + or VID ZM - Softkeys increases or decreases video display magnification between 1x
and 10x.

INDEX

APPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURESThe RANGE Knob can be used to increase or decrease the range setting on the map display or zoom in andout on the video display.  While in the Split-Screen mode, pressing the MAP ACTV or VID ACTV Softkey
determines which display the RANGE Knob adjusts.  Pressing the softkey to display MAP ACTV allows the
RANGE Knob to control the range setting of the map display.  Pressing the softkey to display VID ACTV allows
the RANGE Knob to control the zoom setting of the video display.

554

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev A

ADDITIONAL FEATURESSYSTEMOVERVIEW

When zooming in on the video display, a Zoom Window will appear in the upper right of the display.  A box
within this window indicates the portion of the display currently being viewed. The currently displayed portionof the full display may be adjusted by using Joystick.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Zoom
Window
Current
View

EIS
AUDIO PANEL& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTHAZARDAVOIDANCE

Figure 8-90 Zoom Window

AFCS
ADDITIONALFEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

555

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

ADDITIONAL FEATURES

8.11 ABNORMAL OPERATIONFLIGHT
INSTRUMENTSSVS TROUBLESHOOTINGSVS is intended to be used with traditional attitude, heading, obstacle, terrain, and traffic inputs. SVS isdisabled when valid attitude or heading data is not available for the display.  In case of invalid SVS data, the PFD
display reverts to the standard blue-over-brown attitude display.
SVS becomes disabled without the following data resources:

EIS• Attitude data
• Heading data
• GPS position data
AUDIO PANEL& CNS• 9 Arc-second Terrain data
• Obstacle data
• TAWS function is not available, in test mode, or failed

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT• The position of the aircraft exceeds the range of the terrain database.

REVERSIONARY MODEINDEX

APPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURESAFCSHAZARDAVOIDANCESVS can be displayed on the Multifunction Display (MFD) in Reversionary Mode.  If it is enabled when switching
to Reversionary Mode, SVS will take up to 30 seconds to be displayed.  The standard, non-SVS PFD display will
be shown in the interim.

Figure 8-91 SVS Reversionary Mode

556

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev A

ADDITIONAL FEATURESSYSTEMOVERVIEWUNUSUAL ATTITUDESFLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Unusual attitudes are displayed with red chevrons overlaid on the display indicating the direction to fly tocorrect the unusual attitude condition. The display shows either a brown or blue colored bar at the top or
bottom of the screen to represent earth or sky.  This is intended to prevent losing sight of the horizon during
extreme pitch attitudes.

EIS
AUDIO PANEL& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Figure 8-92 Unusual Attitude Display

The blue colored bar is also displayed when terrain gradient is great enough to completely fill the display.

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Blue BandAFCS

TerrainCompletely
Fills Display

ADDITIONALFEATURES

Figure 8-93 Blue Sky Bar with Full Display Terrain

APPENDICESGDL 69/69A DATA LINK RECEIVER TROUBLESHOOTING
Some quick troubleshooting steps listed below can be performed to find the possible cause of a failure.

INDEX• Ensure the owner/operator of the aircraft in which the Data Link Receiver is installed has subscribed to
SiriusXM services• Ensure the SiriusXM subscription has been activated• Perform a quick check of the circuit breakers to ensure that power is applied to the Data Link Receiver

190-00498-07 Rev A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

557

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

ADDITIONAL FEATURES
For troubleshooting purposes, check the LRU Information Box on the AUX - System Status Page for Data Link
Receiver (GDL 69/69A) status, serial number, and software version number.  If a failure has been detected in the
GDL 69/69A the status is marked with a red X.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Selecting the System Status Page:
1) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the AUX Page Group.

AFCS

HAZARDAVOIDANCEFLIGHT
MANAGEMENTAUDIO PANEL
& CNS

EIS

2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the System Status Page (the last page in the AUX Page Group).

INDEX

APPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURES

Figure 8-94 LRU Information Window on System Status Page

558

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev A

ADDITIONAL FEATURESSYSTEMOVERVIEW

If a failure still exists, the following messages may provide insight as to the possible problem:NO SIGNAL
LOADINGOFF AIR---

Message Location
XM Radio Page - active channel field
XM Radio Page - active channel field
XM Radio Page - active channel field
Weather Datalink Page - center of page
XM Radio Page - active channel field
XM Radio Page - active channel field
XM Radio Page - active channel field

Description
Data Link Receiver antenna error; service required
Data Link Receiver updating encryption code

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Message
CHECK ANTENNAUPDATING

Loss of signal; signal strength too low for receiver

EIS

Acquiring channel audio or information
Channel not in service
Missing channel information
No communication from Data Link Receiver
WEATHER DATA LINK FAILURE Weather Datalink Page - center of page
within last 5 minutes
ACTIVATION REQUIRED
Weather Datalink Page - center of page SiriusXM subscription is not activated

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

Table 8-5 GDL 69/69A Data Link Receiver Error Messages

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTHAZARDAVOIDANCEAFCSADDITIONALFEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

559

INDEXAPPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURESAFCSHAZARDAVOIDANCEFLIGHT
MANAGEMENTAUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

ADDITIONAL FEATURES

Blank Page

560

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev AAPPENDIX ASYSTEMOVERVIEW

ANNUNCIATIONS AND ALERTS
NOTE: The Cessna aircraft Pilot’s Operating Handbook (POH) supersedes information found in thisdocument.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

The G1000 Alerting System conveys alerts to the pilot using a combination of the following items:

EIS• Annunciation Window: The Annunciation Window displays abbreviated annunciation text. Text color is basedon alert levels described later in the Alert Levels Definitions section. The Annunciation Window is located to
the right of the Altimeter and Vertical Speed Indicator on the display. All Cessna Nav III annunciations canbe displayed simultaneously in the Annunciation Window. A white horizontal line separates annunciations
that are acknowledged from annunciations that are not yet acknowledged. Higher priority annunciations are
displayed towards the top of the window. Lower priority annunciations are displayed towards the bottom of
the window.

AUDIO PANEL& CNS• Alerts Window: The Alerts Window displays alert text messages. Up to 64 prioritized alert messages can bedisplayed in the Alerts Window. Pressing the ALERTS Softkey displays the Alerts Window. Pressing the ALERTS
Softkey a second time removes the Alerts Window from the display. When the Alerts Window is displayed, thepilot can use the large FMS Knob to scroll through the alert message list.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT• Softkey Annunciation: During certain alerts, the ALERTS Softkey may appear as a flashing annunciation toaccompany an alert. The ALERTS Softkey assumes a new label consistent with the alert level (WARNING,
CAUTION, or ADVISORY). By pressing the softkey annunciation, the pilot acknowledges awareness of thealert. The softkey then returns to the previous ALERTS label. If alerts are still present, the ALERTS label isdisplayed in inverse video (white background with black text). The pilot can press the ALERTS Softkey asecond time to view alert text messages.

HAZARDAVOIDANCE• System Annunciations: Typically, a large red ‘X’ appears in windows when a failure is detected in the LRU providing
the information to the window. See the G1000 System Annunciations section for more information.
• Audio Alerting System: The G1000 system issues audio alert tones when specific system conditions are met.
See the Alert Levels Definitions section for more information.

AFCS
ADDITIONALFEATURES

SystemAnnunciation
Red ‘X’APPENDICES

Annunciation
Window

Alerts Window
INDEX

ALERTS Softkey
Annunciation
Figure A-1 G1000 Alerting System

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

561

SYSTEMOVERVIEWAPPENDIX A

ALERT LEVEL DEFINITIONSThe G1000 Alerting System, as installed in Cessna Nav III aircraft, uses three alert levels.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS• WARNING: This level of alert requires immediate pilot attention. A warning alert is annunciated in the
Annunciation Window and is accompanied by a continuous aural tone. Text appearing in the Annunciation
Window is RED. A warning alert is also accompanied by a flashing WARNING Softkey annunciation, as
shown in Figure A-2. Pressing the WARNING Softkey acknowledges the presence of the warning alert andstops the aural tone, if applicable.

AUDIO PANEL
& CNS

EIS

• CAUTION: This level of alert indicates the existence of abnormal conditions on the aircraft that may requirepilot intervention. A caution alert is annunciated in the Annunciation Window and is accompanied by a single
aural tone. Text appearing in the Annunciation Window is YELLOW. A caution alert is also accompanied
by a flashing CAUTION Softkey annunciation, as shown in Figure A-3. Pressing the CAUTION Softkey
acknowledges the presence of the caution alert.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT• MESSAGE ADVISORY: This level of alert provides general information to the pilot. A message advisory
alert does not issue annunciations in the Annunciation Window. Instead, message advisory alerts only
issue a flashing ADVISORY Softkey annunciation, as shown in Figure A-4. Pressing the ADVISORY Softkey
acknowledges the presence of the message advisory alert and displays the alert text message in the Alerts
Window.

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Figure A-2 WARNING Softkey
Annunciation

Figure A-3 CAUTION Softkey
Annunciation

Figure A-4 ADVISORY Softkey
Annunciation

NAV III AIRCRAFT ALERTS

AFCS

The following alerts are configured specifically for the Cessna Nav III aircraft. See the Cessna Pilot’s Operating
Handbook (POH) for information regarding pilot responses.

WARNING ALERTS

INDEX

APPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURES

Annunciation Window Text
Audio Alert
CO LVL HIGH
HIGH VOLTS
Continuous Aural Tone
LOW VOLTS*OIL PRESSURE
PITCH TRIM**
No Tone* Aural tone is inhibited while the aircraft is on the ground.
** KAP 140 installations only

562

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

APPENDIX ASYSTEMOVERVIEWCAUTION ALERTS
Audio Alert

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Annunciation Window Text
LOW FUEL L
LOW FUEL R
LOW VACUUMSTBY BATT

Single Aural Tone

CAUTION ALERTS (T182, T206, AND 206 WITH PROP DE-ICE ONLY)
EIS

Annunciation Window Text
PROP HEAT

Audio Alert
Single Aural Tone

Annunciation Window Text
PROP HEATAUDIO PANEL& CNSSAFE OPERATING ANNUNCIATION (T182, T206, AND 206 WITH PROP DE-ICE ONLY)
Audio Alert
No Tone

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTCO GUARDIAN MESSAGES
Comments
There is a problem within
the CO Guardian that
requires services.
Loss of communication
between the G1000 and
the CO Guardian.

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Alerts Window Message
CO DET SRVC – The carbon
monoxide detector needs
service.
CO DET FAIL – The carbon
monoxide detector is inoperative.

AFCS

G1000 SYSTEM ANNUNCIATIONSADDITIONALFEATURES

When a new alert is issued, the ALERT Softkey flashes to alert the pilot of a new message. It continues to flash
until acknowledged by pressing the softkey. Active alerts are displayed in white text. Alerts that have become
inactive change to gray text. The ALERT Softkey flashes if the state of a displayed alert changes or a new alert isdisplayed. The inactive alerts can be removed from the Alert Window by pressing the flashing ALERT Softkey.

APPENDICESThe G1000 System Messages convey messages to the pilot regarding problems with the G1000 system. Whenan LRU or an LRU function fails, a large red ‘X’ is typically displayed on windows associated with the failed data.
The following section describes various system annunciations. Refer to the POH for additional information
regarding pilot responses to these annunciations.
NOTE: Upon power-up of the G1000 system, certain windows remain invalid as G1000 equipment begins to

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

INDEX

initialize. All windows should be operational within one minute of power-up. Should any window continue
to remain flagged, the G1000 system should be serviced by a Garmin-authorized repair facility.

563

SYSTEMOVERVIEWAPPENDIX A
GIA 63/W
Integrated
Avionics Units

GIA 63/W
Integrated
Avionics Units

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

GDC 74A Air
Data Computer

Database
Mismatch in PFD
and MFDEISGEA 71 Engine
Airframe Unit
OR
GIA 63/W
Integrated
Avionics Unit

GRS 77 AHRS
OR
GMU 44Magnetometer

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

GIA 63/W Integrated
Avionics Units

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

GDC 74A Air
Data Computer
Figure 1-12 G1000 System Failure Annunciations

GTX 33 TransponderOR
GIA 63/W Integrated
Avionics Units

HAZARDAVOIDANCENOTE: Upon power-up, certain windows remain invalid as G1000 equipment begins to initialize. All windows

should be operational within one minute of power-up. If any window continues to remain flagged, theG1000 System should be serviced by a Garmin-authorized repair facility.

Comment

AFCS

System Annunciation

ADDITIONALFEATURES

Attitude and Heading Reference System is aligning.

APPENDICES

Display system is not receiving attitude information from the AHRS.

INDEX

Indicates a configuration module failure.

564

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

APPENDIX ASYSTEMOVERVIEW

System Annunciation

Comment

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

This annunciation is only seen when the autopilot is engaged. The
annunciation indicates an AHRS monitor has detected an abnormal flightparameter, possibly caused by strong turbulence. In this case, the situation
should correct itself within a few seconds. If there is an actual failure, a red“X” soon appears over the Attitude Indicator.

Display system is not receiving airspeed input from air data computer.
EIS
AUDIO PANEL& CNS

Display is not receiving altitude input from the air data computer.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Display is not receiving vertical speed input from the air data computer.

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Display is not receiving valid heading input from AHRS.
AFCS

Different versions of GDU software are installed in the PFD and MFD. This canalso indicate different versions of navigation software are installed in the PFD and
MFD. In some circumstances, a cross-talk error between the PFD and MFD cancause this annunciation.

ADDITIONALFEATURES
APPENDICES‘LOI’ Indicates Loss of Integrity of GPS information. GPS information is either notpresent or is invalid for navigation use. ‘DR’ may also be seen indicating that GPS
is in Dead Reckoning Mode. Note that AHRS utilizes GPS inputs during normal
operation. AHRS operation may be degraded if GPS signals are not present (seeAFMS).
Display is not receiving valid transponder information.

190-00498-07 Rev. A

A red ‘X’ through any other display field, such as engine instrumentation fields,
indicates that the field is not receiving valid data.

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

INDEX

Other Various Red X Indications

565

APPENDIX ASYSTEMOVERVIEWOTHER G1000 AURAL ALERTS
The following voice alerts can be configured for ‘Male’ or ‘Female’ gender by using the Aux System Setup Page on the MFD.
Aural Alert

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS“Minimums, minimums”

The aircraft has descended below the preset barometric minimum descent altitude.

“Vertical track”

The aircraft is one minute from Top of Descent. Issued only when vertical navigation is enabled.

“Traffic”

The Traffic Information Service (TIS) or ADS-B traffic system has issued a Traffic Advisory alert“Traffic not available”“Traffic, Traffic”“TAS System Test OK”“TAS System Test Failed”

EIS

Description

The aircraft is outside the Traffic Information Service (TIS) or ADS-B coverage area.

Played when a Traffic Advisory (TA) is issued with a TAS system.
Played when the TAS system passes a pilot-initiated self test.
Played when the TAS system fails a pilot-initiated self test.

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

NOTE: Voice alerts are provided to the G1000 by GIA 63/W #1. Should this unit fail, audio and voice alerts are nolonger available.

G1000 SYSTEM MESSAGE ADVISORIESFLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

This section describes various G1000 system message advisories. Certain messages are issued due to an LRUor an LRU function failure. Such messages are normally accompanied by a corresponding red ‘X’ annunciation
as shown previously in the G1000 System Annunciation section.
NOTE: This Section provides information regarding G1000 message advisories that may be displayed by the

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

system. Knowledge of the aircraft, systems, flight conditions, and other existing operational priorities must
be considered when responding to a message. Always use sound pilot judgment. The Cessna Nav III Pilot’s
Operating Handbook (POH) takes precedence over any conflicting guidance found in this section.

MFD & PFD MESSAGE ADVISORIESINDEXAPPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURES

AFCS

Message
DATA LOST – Pilot stored data waslost. Recheck settings.
XTALK ERROR – A flight display
crosstalk error has occurred.
PFD1 SERVICE – PFD1 needs
service. Return unit for repair.
MFD1 SERVICE – MFD1 needs
service. Return unit for repair.
MANIFEST – PFD1 software
mismatch, communication halted.
MANIFEST – MFD1 software
mismatch, communication halted.
PFD1 CONFIG – PFD1 config error.
Config service req’d.
MFD1 CONFIG – MFD1 config
error. Config service req’d.

566Comments
The pilot profile data was lost. System reverts to default pilot profile and settings. The
pilot may reconfigure the MFD & PFDs with preferred settings, if desired.
The MFD and PFD are not communicating with each other. The system should beserviced.
The PFD and/or MFD self-test has detected a problem. The system should be serviced.

The PFD and/or MFD has incorrect software installed. The system should be serviced.
The PFD configuration settings do not match backup configuration memory. The systemshould be serviced.
The MFD configuration settings do not match backup configuration memory. The systemshould be serviced.

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

APPENDIX ASYSTEMOVERVIEW

MFD & PFD MESSAGE ADVISORIES (CONT.)
Comments
The MFD and PFD have different software versions installed. The system should beserviced.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

The PFD and/or MFD is overheating and is reducing power consumption by dimming thedisplay. If problem persists, the system should be serviced.

A key is stuck on the PFD and/or MFD bezel. Attempt to free the stuck key by pressing it
several times. The system should be serviced if the problem persists.

EIS

The PFD1 configuration module backup memory has failed. The system should beserviced.

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

The PFD1 voltage is low. The system should be serviced.
The MFD voltage is low. The system should be serviced.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Message
SW MISMATCH – GDU software
version mismatch. Xtalk is off.
PFD1 COOLING – PFD1 has poorcooling. Reducing power usage.
MFD1 COOLING – MFD1 has poorcooling. Reducing power usage.
PFD1 KEYSTK – PFD1 [key name]
Key is stuck.
MFD1 KEYSTK – MFD [key name]
Key is stuck.
CNFG MODULE – PFD1
configuration module is inoperative.
PFD1 VOLTAGE – PFD1 has low
voltage. Reducing power usage
MFD1 VOLTAGE – MFD1 has low
voltage. Reducing power usage

DATABASE MESSAGE ADVISORIESThe MFD and/or PFD detected a failure in the navigation database. Attempt to reload thenavigation database. If problem persists, the system should be serviced.

The MFD and/or PFD detected a failure in the basemap database.

AFCS

The MFD and/or PFD detected a failure in the terrain database. Ensure that the terrain
card is properly inserted in display. Replace terrain card. If problem persists, the systemshould be serviced.

ADDITIONALFEATURES

The terrain database is present on another LRU, but is missing on the specified LRU.

APPENDICESThe MFD and/or PFD detected a failure in the obstacle database. Ensure that the datacard is properly inserted. Replace data card. If problem persists, the system should beserviced.

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Comments

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Message
MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1 navigation
database error exists.
PFD1 DB ERR – PFD1 navigation
database error exists.
MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1 basemap
database error exists.
PFD1 DB ERR – PFD1 basemap
database error exists.
MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1 terrain
database error exists.
PFD1 DB ERR – PFD1 terrain
database error exists.
MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1 terrain
database missing.
PFD1 DB ERR – PFD1 terrain
database missing.
MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1 obstacle
database error exists.
PFD1 DB ERR – PFD1 obstacle
database error exists.

567

SYSTEMOVERVIEWAPPENDIX ADATABASE MESSAGE ADVISORIES (CONT.)

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTAUDIO PANEL
& CNS

EIS

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Message
MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1 obstacle
database missing.
PFD1 DB ERR – PFD1 obstacle
database missing.
MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1 airport
terrain database error exists.
PFD1 DB ERR – PFD1 airport
terrain database error exists.
MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1 airport
terrain database missing.
PFD1 DB ERR – PFD1 airport
terrain database missing.
MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1 Safe Taxi
database error exists.
PFD1 DB ERR – PFD1 Safe Taxi
database error exists.
MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1 Chartview
database error exists.
MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1 FliteCharts
database error exists.
MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1 Airport
Directory database error exists.
DB MISMATCH – Navigation
database mismatch. Xtalk is off.

Comments
The obstacle database is present on another LRU, but is missing on the specified LRU.

The MFD and/or PFD detected a failure in the airport terrain database. Ensure that thedata card is properly inserted. Replace data card. If problem persists, the system should
be serviced.
The airport terrain database is present on another LRU, but is missing on the specified
LRU.
The MFD and/or PFD detected a failure in the Safe Taxi database. Ensure that the datacard is properly inserted. Replace data card. If problem persists, the system should beserviced.

INDEX

APPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURESAFCSHAZARDAVOIDANCEThe MFD detected a failure in the ChartView database (optional feature). Ensure the datacard is properly inserted. Replace data card. If problem persists, system should be serviced.
The MFD detected a failure in the FliteCharts database (optional feature). Ensure the datacard is properly inserted. Replace data card. If problem persists, system should be serviced.
The MFD detected a failure in the Airport Directory database. Ensure that the data card isproperly inserted. Replace data card. If problem persists, the system should be serviced.
The PFD and MFD have different navigation database versions or types (Americas,
European, etc.) installed. Crossfill is off. Install correct navigation database version ortype in all displays.
DB MISMATCH – Standby
The PFD and MFD have different standby navigation database versions or types
Navigation database mismatch.
(Americas, European, etc.) installed. Install correct standby navigation database version
or type in all displays.
DB MISMATCH – Terrain database The PFD and MFD have different terrain database versions or types installed. Installmismatch.
correct terrain database version or type in all displays.
DB MISMATCH – Obstacle
The PFD and MFD have different obstacle database installed. Install correct obstacle
database mismatch.
database in all displays.
DB MISMATCH – Airport Terrain
The PFD and MFD have different airport terrrain databases installed. Install correct
database mismatch.
airport terrain database in all displays.
NAV DB UPDATED – Active
System has updated the active navigation database from the standby navigation
navigation database updated.
database.
TERRAIN DSP – [PFD1 or
One of the terrain, airport terrain, or obstacle databases required for TAWS in the specified
MFD1] Terrain awareness display
PFD or MFD is missing or invalid.
unavailable.

568

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

APPENDIX ASYSTEMOVERVIEW

GMA 1347 MESSAGE ADVISORIESFLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Message
Comments
GMA1 FAIL – GMA1 is inoperative. The audio panel self-test has detected a failure. The audio panel is unavailable. The
system should be serviced.
GMA1 CONFIG – GMA1 config
The audio panel configuration settings do not match backup configuration memory. The
error. Config service req’d.
system should be serviced.
MANIFEST – GMA1 software
The audio panel has incorrect software installed. The system should be serviced.
mismatch, communication halted.
GMA1 SERVICE – GMA1 needs
The audio panel self-test has detected a problem in the unit. Certain audio functions may still
service. Return unit for repair.
be available, and the audio panel may still be usable. The system should be serviced whenpossible.

EIS

GIA 63 MESSAGE ADVISORIESAUDIO PANEL
& CNS
AFCS
ADDITIONALFEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEXGarmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

190-00498-07 Rev. A

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Message
Comments
GIA1 CONFIG – GIA1 config error.
Config service req’d.
The GIA1 and/or GIA2 configuration settings do not match backup configuration memory.
The G1000 system should be serviced.
GIA2 CONFIG – GIA2 config error.
Config service req’d.
GIA1 CONFIG – GIA1 audio config
error. Config service req’d.
The GIA1 and/or GIA2 have an error in the audio configuration. The G1000 systemshould be serviced.
GIA2 CONFIG – GIA2 audio config
error. Config service req’d.
GIA1 COOLING – GIA1 temperature
too low.
The GIA1 and/or GIA2 temperature is too low to operate correctly. Allow units to warm
up to operating temperature.
GIA2 COOLING – GIA2 temperature
too low.
GIA1 COOLING – GIA1 overtemperature.
The GIA1 and/or GIA2 temperature is too high. If problem persists, the G1000 systemshould be serviced.
GIA2 COOLING – GIA2 overtemperature.
GIA1 SERVICE – GIA1 needs service.
Return the unit for repair.
The GIA1 and/or GIA2 self-test has detected a problem in the unit. The G1000 systemshould be serviced.
GIA2 SERVICE – GIA2 needs service.
Return the unit for repair.
MANIFEST – GIA1 software mismatch,communication halted.
The GIA1 and/or GIA 2 has incorrect software installed. The G1000 system should be
MANIFEST – GIA2 software mismatch, serviced.
communication halted.
COM1 TEMP – COM1 over temp.
The system has detected an over temperature condition in COM1 and/or COM2. The
Reducing transmitter power.
transmitter is operating at reduced power. If the problem persists, the G1000 system
COM2 TEMP – COM2 over temp.
should be serviced.
Reducing transmitter power.

569

SYSTEMOVERVIEWAPPENDIX A
GIA 63 MESSAGE ADVISORIES (CONT.)

ADDITIONALFEATURESAFCSHAZARDAVOIDANCEFLIGHT
MANAGEMENTAUDIO PANEL
& CNS

EIS

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Message
Comments
COM1 SERVICE – COM1 needs service. Return unit for repair.
The system has detected a failure in COM1 and/or COM2. COM1 and/or COM2 may still
be usable. The G1000 system should be serviced when possible.
COM2 SERVICE – COM2 needs service. Return unit for repair.
COM1 PTT – COM1 push-to-talk key
The COM1 and/or COM2 external push-to-talk switch is stuck in the enable (or “pressed”)
is stuck.
position. Press the PTT switch again to cycle its operation.
COM2 PTT – COM2 push-to-talk key
If the problem persists, the G1000 system should be serviced.
is stuck.
COM1 RMT XFR – COM1 remote
The COM1 and/or COM2 transfer switch is stuck in the enabled (or “pressed”) position.
transfer key is stuck.
Press the transfer switch again to cycle its operation. If the problem persists, the G1000
COM2 RMT XFR – COM2 remotesystem should be serviced.
transfer key is stuck.
RAIM UNAVAIL – RAIM is not
GPS satellite coverage is insufficient to perform Receiver Autonomous Integrity Monitoring
available from FAF to MAP waypoints.
(RAIM) from the FAF to the MAP waypoints.
LOI – GPS integrity lost. Crosscheck
Loss of GPS integrity monitoring.
with other NAVS.
GPS NAV LOST – Loss of GPS navigaLoss of GPS navigation due to insufficient satellites.
tion. Insufficient satellites.
GPS NAV LOST – Loss of GPS
Loss of GPS navigation due to position error.
navigation. Position error.
GPS NAV LOST – Loss of GPS
Loss of GPS navigation due to GPS failure.
navigation. GPS fail.
ABORT APR – Loss of GPS navigation.
Abort approach due to loss of GPS navigation.
Abort approach.
TRUE APR – True north approach.
Displayed after passing the first waypoint of a true north approach when the nav
Change hdg reference to TRUE.
angle is set to ‘AUTO’.
GPS1 FAIL – GPS1 is inoperative.
A failure has been detected in the GPS1 and/or GPS2 receiver. The receiver is unavailable.
The G1000 system should be serviced.
GPS2 FAIL – GPS2 is inoperative.

A failure has been detected in the GPS1 and/or GPS2 receiver. The receiver may still beavailable. The G1000 system should be serviced.

A failure has been detected in the NAV1 and/or NAV2 receiver. The receiver may still beavailable. The G1000 system should be serviced.

INDEX

APPENDICES

GPS1 SERVICE – GPS1 needs service.
Return unit for repair.
GPS2 SERVICE – GPS2 needs service.
Return unit for repair.
NAV1 SERVICE – NAV1 needs service.
Return unit for repair.
NAV2 SERVICE – NAV2 needs service.
Return unit for repair.

570

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

APPENDIX ASYSTEMOVERVIEW

GIA 63 MESSAGE ADVISORIES (CONT.)
Message
NAV1 RMT XFR – NAV1 remotetransfer key is stuck.
NAV2 RMT XFR – NAV2 remotetransfer key is stuck.
G/S1 FAIL – G/S1 is inoperative.

Comments

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

The remote NAV1 and/or NAV2 transfer switch is stuck in the enabled (or “pressed”)
state. Press the transfer switch again to cycle its operation. If the problem persists, theG1000 system should be serviced.
A failure has been detected in glideslope receiver 1 and/or receiver 2. The G1000 systemshould be serviced.

G/S2 FAIL – G/S2 is inoperative.

EIS

A failure has been detected in glideslope receiver 1 and/or receiver 2. The receiver may
still be available. The G1000 system should be serviced when possible.

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

G/S1 SERVICE – G/S1 needs service.
Return unit for repair.
G/S2 SERVICE – G/S2 needs service.
Return unit for repair.

GIA 63W MESSAGE ADVISORIESThe GIA1 and/or GIA2 configuration settings do not match backup configuration
memory. The system should be serviced.

The GIA1 and/or GIA2 have an error in the audio configuration. The system should beserviced.

HAZARDAVOIDANCEThe GIA1 and/or GIA2 temperature is too low to operate correctly. Allow units to warm
up to operating temperature.
AFCS

The GIA1 and/or GIA2 temperature is too high. If problem persists, the system should beserviced.

ADDITIONALFEATURESThe GIA1 and/or GIA2 self-test has detected a problem in the unit. The system should beserviced.

APPENDICESA GIA mismatch has been detected, where only one is SBAS capable.
INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Comments

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Message
GIA1 CONFIG – GIA1 config error.
Config service req’d.
GIA2 CONFIG – GIA2 config error.
Config service req’d.
GIA1 CONFIG – GIA1 audio config
error. Config service req’d.
GIA2 CONFIG – GIA2 audio config
error. Config service req’d.
GIA1 COOLING – GIA1
temperature too low.
GIA2 COOLING – GIA2
temperature too low.
GIA1 COOLING – GIA1 overtemperature.
GIA2 COOLING – GIA2 overtemperature.
GIA1 SERVICE – GIA1 needs
service. Return the unit for repair.
GIA2 SERVICE – GIA2 needs
service. Return the unit for repair.
HW MISMATCH – GIA hardware
mismatch. GIA1 communication
halted.
HW MISMATCH – GIA hardware
mismatch. GIA2 communication
halted.

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

571

SYSTEMOVERVIEWAPPENDIX A
GIA 63W MESSAGE ADVISORIES (CONT.)INDEX

APPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURESAFCSHAZARDAVOIDANCEFLIGHT
MANAGEMENTAUDIO PANEL
& CNS

EIS

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Message
MANIFEST – GIA1 software
mismatch, communication halted.
MANIFEST – GIA2 software
mismatch, communication halted.
MANIFEST – GFC software
mismatch, communication halted.
MANIFEST – COM1 software
mismatch, communication halted.
MANIFEST – COM2 software
mismatch, communication halted.
MANIFEST – NAV1 software
mismatch, communication halted.
MANIFEST – NAV2 software
mismatch, communication halted.
COM1 TEMP – COM1 over temp.
Reducing transmitter power.
COM2 TEMP – COM2 over temp.
Reducing transmitter power.
COM1 SERVICE – COM1 needs
service. Return unit for repair.
COM2 SERVICE – COM2 needs
service. Return unit for repair.
COM1 PTT – COM1 push-to-talk
key is stuck.
COM2 PTT – COM2 push-to-talk
key is stuck.
COM1 RMT XFR – COM1 remotetransfer key is stuck.
COM2 RMT XFR – COM2 remotetransfer key is stuck.
LOI – GPS integrity lost. Crosscheckwith other NAVS.
GPS NAV LOST – Loss of GPS
navigation. Insufficient satellites.
GPS NAV LOST – Loss of GPS
navigation. Position error.
GPS NAV LOST – Loss of GPS
navigation. GPS fail.
ABORT APR – Loss of GPS
navigation. Abort approach.

572

Comments
The GIA1 and/or GIA 2 has incorrect software installed. The system should be serviced.

Incorrect servo software is installed, or gain settings are incorrect.

The COM1 and/or COM2 has incorrect software installed. The system should be serviced.

The NAV1 and/or NAV2 has incorrect software installed. The system should be serviced.

The system has detected an over temperature condition in COM1 and/or COM2. The
transmitter is operating at reduced power. If the problem persists, the system should beserviced.
The system has detected a failure in COM1 and/or COM2. COM1 and/or COM2 may still
be usable. The system should be serviced when possible.
The COM1 and/or COM2 external push-to-talk switch is stuck in the enable (or“pressed”) position. Press the PTT switch again to cycle its operation.
If the problem persists, the system should be serviced.
The COM1 and/or COM2 transfer switch is stuck in the enabled (or “pressed”) position.
Press the transfer switch again to cycle its operation. If the problem persists, the systemshould be serviced.
GPS integrity is insufficient for the current phase of flight.
Loss of GPS navigation due to insufficient satellites.
Loss of GPS navigation due to position error.
Loss of GPS navigation due to GPS failure.
Abort approach due to loss of GPS navigation.

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

APPENDIX ASYSTEMOVERVIEW

GIA 63W MESSAGE ADVISORIES (CONT.)
MessageAPR DWNGRADE – Approach
downgraded.
TRUE APR – True north approach.
Change HDG reference to TRUE.
GPS1 SERVICE – GPS1 needs
service. Return unit for repair.
GPS2 SERVICE – GPS2 needs
service. Return unit for repair.
NAV1 SERVICE – NAV1 needs
service. Return unit for repair.
NAV2 SERVICE – NAV2 needs
service. Return unit for repair.
NAV1 RMT XFR – NAV1 remotetransfer key is stuck.
NAV2 RMT XFR – NAV2 remotetransfer key is stuck.
G/S1 FAIL – G/S1 is inoperative.

Comments

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Vertical guidance generated by SBAS is unavailable, use LNAV only minimums.
Displayed after passing the first waypoint of a true north approach when the nav angle
is set to ‘AUTO’.
A failure has been detected in the GPS1 and/or GPS2 receiver. The receiver may still beavailable. The system should be serviced.

EIS
AUDIO PANEL& CNS

A failure has been detected in the NAV1 and/or NAV2 receiver. The receiver may still beavailable. The system should be serviced.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

The remote NAV1 and/or NAV2 transfer switch is stuck in the enabled (or “pressed”)
state. Press the transfer switch again to cycle its operation. If the problem persists, thesystem should be serviced.
A failure has been detected in glideslope receiver 1 and/or receiver 2. The system should
be serviced.

G/S2 FAIL – G/S2 is inoperative.

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

G/S1 SERVICE – G/S1 needs
service. Return unit for repair.
G/S2 SERVICE – G/S2 needs
service. Return unit for repair.

A failure has been detected in glideslope receiver 1 and/or receiver 2. The receiver may
still be available. The system should be serviced when possible.

Comments
The GEA1 configuration settings do not match those of backup configuration memory.
The G1000 system should be serviced.

ADDITIONALFEATURES

Message
GEA1 CONFIG – GEA1 config error.
Config service req’d.
MANIFEST – GEA1 software
mismatch, communication halted.

AFCS

GEA 71 MESSAGE ADVISORIES

The #1 GEA 71 has incorrect software installed. The G1000 system should be serviced.

GTX 33 MESSAGE ADVISORIESThe transponder has incorrect software installed. The system should be serviced.
The #1 transponder should be serviced when possible.

INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Comments
The transponder configuration settings do not match those of backup configuration
memory. The system should be serviced.

APPENDICES

Message
XPDR1 CONFIG – XPDR1 config
error. Config service req’d.
MANIFEST – GTX1 software
mismatch, communication halted.
XPDR1 SRVC – XPDR1 needs
service. Return unit for repair.
XPDR1 FAIL – XPDR1 isinoperative.

There is no communication with the #1 transponder.

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

573

SYSTEMOVERVIEWAPPENDIX A
GRS 77 MESSAGE ADVISORIESFLIGHT
MANAGEMENTAUDIO PANEL
& CNS

EIS

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Message
AHRS1 TAS – AHRS1 not receiving
airspeed.
AHRS1 GPS – AHRS1 using backup
GPS source.
AHRS1 GPS – AHRS1 not receiving
any GPS information.
AHRS1 GPS – AHRS1 not receiving
backup GPS information.
AHRS1 GPS – AHRS1 operatingexclusively in no-GPS mode.
AHRS1 SRVC – AHRS1 Magneticfield model needs update.
GEO LIMITS – AHRS1 too far
North/South, no magnetic compass.
MANIFEST – GRS1 software
mismatch, communication halted.

Comments
The #1 AHRS is not receiving true airspeed from the air data computer. The AHRS relies
on GPS information to augment the lack of airspeed. The system should be serviced.
The #1 AHRS is using the backup GPS path. Primary GPS path has failed. The systemshould be serviced when possible.
The #1 AHRS is not receiving any or any useful GPS information. Check AFMS
limitations. The system should be serviced.
The #1 AHRS is not receiving backup GPS information. The system should be serviced.
The #1 AHRS is operating exclusively in no-GPS mode. The system should be serviced.
The #1 AHRS earth magnetic field model is out of date. Update magnetic field model whenpractical.
The aircraft is outside geographical limits for approved AHRS operation. Heading is
flagged as invalid.
The #1 AHRS has incorrect software installed. The system should be serviced.

GMU 44 MESSAGE ADVISORIESHAZARDAVOIDANCE

Message
HDG FAULT – AHRS1 magnetometer
fault has occurred.
MANIFEST – GMU1 software
mismatch, communication halted.

Comments
A fault has occurred in the #1 GMU 44. Heading is flagged as invalid. The AHRS uses
GPS for backup mode operation. The G1000 system should be serviced.
The GMU 44 has incorrect software installed. The G1000 system should be serviced.

GDL 69/69A MESSAGE ADVISORIESADDITIONALFEATURES

AFCS

Message
GDL69 CONFIG – GDL 69 config
error. Config service req’d.
GDL69 FAIL – GDL 69 has failed.
MANIFEST – GDL software
mismatch, communication halted.

Comments
GDL 69 configuration settings do not match those of backup configuration memory.
The G1000 system should be serviced.
A failure has been detected in the GDL 69. The receiver is unavailable. The G1000
system should be serviced
The GDL 69 has incorrect software installed. The G1000 system should be serviced.

APPENDICESGDC 74A MESSAGE ADVISORIES
Comments
The GDC 74A has incorrect software installed. The G1000 system should be serviced.

INDEX

Message
MANIFEST – GDC1 software
mismatch, communication halted.

574

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

APPENDIX ASYSTEMOVERVIEWMISCELLANEOUS MESSAGE ADVISORIESHAZARDAVOIDANCE

LOCKED FPL – Cannot navigate
locked flight plan.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTFPL TRUNC – Flight plan has beentruncated.

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

DB CHANGE – Database changed.
Verify stored airways.

EIS

FPL WPT MOVE – Flight plan
waypoint moved.
TIMER EXPIRD – Timer has expired.
DB CHANGE – Database changed.
Verify user modified procedures.

Comments
Upon power-up, the system detects that a stored flight plan waypoint is locked. Thisoccurs when an navigation database update eliminates an obsolete waypoint. The
flight plan cannot find the specified waypoint and flags this message. This can also
occur with user waypoints in a flight plan that is deleted.
Remove the waypoint from the flight plan if it no longer exists in any database,Or
update the waypoint name/identifier to reflect the new information.
The system has detected that a waypoint coordinate has changed due to a new navigation
database update. Verify that stored flight plans contain correct waypoint locations.
The system notifies the pilot that the timer has expired.
This occurs when a stored flight plan contains procedures that have been manuallyedited. This alert is issued only after an navigation database update. Verify that theuser-modified procedures in stored flight plans are correct and up to date.
This occurs when a stored flight plan contains an airway that is no longer consistent
with the navigation database. This alert is issued only after an navigation database
update. Verify use of airways in stored flight plans and reload airways as needed.
This occurs when a newly installed navigation database eliminates an obsolete
approach or arrival used by a stored flight plan. The obsolete procedure is removed
from the flight plan. Update flight plan with current arrival or approach.
This occurs when the pilot attempts to activate a stored flight plan that contains locked
waypoint. Remove locked waypoint from flight plan. Update flight plan with current
waypoint.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Message
FPL WPT LOCK – Flight plan
waypoint is locked.

APPENDICES
INDEXGarmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

ADDITIONALFEATURES

190-00498-07 Rev. A

AFCS

WPT ARRIVAL – Arriving at
Arriving at waypoint [xxxx], where [xxxx] is the waypoint name.
waypoint -[xxxx]
STEEP TURN – Steep turn ahead.
A steep turn is 15 seconds ahead. Prepare to turn.
INSIDE ARSPC – Inside airspace.
The aircraft is inside the airspace.
ARSPC AHEAD – Airspace ahead
Special use airspace is ahead of aircraft. The aircraft will penetrate the airspace within
less than 10 minutes.
10 minutes.
ARSPC NEAR – Airspace near andSpecial use airspace is near and ahead of the aircraft position.
ahead.
ARSPC NEAR – Airspace near – lessSpecial use airspace is within 2 nm of the aircraft position.
than 2 nm.
APR INACTV – Approach is not
The system notifies the pilot that the loaded approach is not active. Activate approachactive.
when required.
SLCT FREQ – Select appropriate
The system notifies the pilot to load the approach frequency for the appropriate NAV
frequency for approach.
receiver. Select the correct frequency for the approach.
SLCT NAV – Select NAV on CDI for The system notifies the pilot to set the CDI to the correct NAV receiver. Set the CDI toapproach.
the correct NAV receiver.
PTK FAIL – Parallel track unavailable:
Bad parallel track geometry.
bad geometry.

575

SYSTEMOVERVIEWAPPENDIX AMISCELLANEOUS MESSAGE ADVISORIES (CONT.)INDEX

APPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURESAFCSHAZARDAVOIDANCEFLIGHT
MANAGEMENTAUDIO PANEL
& CNS

EIS

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Message
Comments
PTK FAIL – Parallel track unavailable:
IAF waypoint for parallel offset has been passed.
past IAF.
PTK FAIL – Parallel track unavailable:
IAF waypoint for parallel offset has been passed.
past IAF.
NON WGS84 WPT – Do not use GPS The position of the selected waypoint [xxxx] is not calculated based on the WGS84
for navigation to [xxxx]
map reference datum and may be positioned in error as displayed. Do not use GPS tonavigate to the selected non-WGS84 waypoint.
STRMSCP FAIL – Stormscope has
Stormscope has failed. The G1000 system should be serviced.
failed.
UNABLE V WPT – Can’t reach
The current vertical waypoint can not be reached within the maximum flight path angle
current vertical waypoint.
and vertical speed constraints. The system automatically transitions to the next vertical
waypoint.
VNV – Unavailable. Excessive track The current track angle error exceeds the limit, causing the vertical deviation to goangle error.
invalid.
VNV – Unavailable. Unsupported
The lateral flight plan contains a procedure turn, vector, or other unsupported leg
leg type in flight plan.
type prior to the active vertical waypoint. This prevents vertical guidance to the active
vertical waypoint.
VNV – Unavailable. Excessive
The current crosstrack exceeds the limit, causing vertical deviation to go invalid.
crosstrack error.
VNV – Unavailable. Parallel course
A parallel course has been selected, causing the vertical deviation to go invalid.
selected.
TRAFFIC FAIL – Traffic device has
The system is no longer receiving data from the traffic system. The traffic device should
failed.
be serviced.
FAILED PATH – A data path has failed. A data path connected to the GDU, GSD 41, or the GIA 63/W has failed.
MAG VAR WARN – Large magnetic The GDU’s internal model cannot determine the exact magnetic variance for geographic
variance. Verify all course angles.
locations near the magnetic poles. Displayed magnetic course angles may differ fromthe actual magnetic heading by more than 2°.
SVS – SVS DISABLED: Out ofSynthetic Vision is disabled because the aircraft is not within the boundaries of theavailable terrain region.
installed terrain database.
SVS – SVS DISABLED: Terrain DB
Synthetic Vision is disabled because a terrain database of sufficient resolution (9 arcresolution too low.
second or better) is not currently installed.
SCHEDULER [#] – <message>.
Message criteria entered by the user.
CHECK CRS – Database course for Selected course for LOC1 differs from published localizer course by more than 10
LOC1 / [LOC ID] is [CRS]°.
degrees.
CHECK CRS – Database course for Selected course for LOC2 differs from published localizer course by more than 10
LOC2 / [LOC ID] is [CRS]°.
degrees.
[PFD1 or MFD1] CARD 1 REM –The SD card was removed from the top card slot of the PFD or MFD. The SD card needs
Card 1 was removed. Reinsert card. to be reinserted.
[PFD1 or MFD1] CARD 2 REM –The SD card was removed from the bottom card slot of the PFD or MFD. The SD card
Card 2 was removed. Reinsert card. needs to be reinserted.

576

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

APPENDIX ASYSTEMOVERVIEWMISCELLANEOUS MESSAGE ADVISORIES (CONT.)
Comments
The SD card in the top card slot of the PFD or MFD contains invalid data.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

The SD card in the bottom card slot of the PFD or MFD contains invalid data.
The audio source for terrain awareness is offline. Check GIA1 or GIA 2.
Terrain audio alerts are not configured properly. The system should be serviced

EIS

Message[PFD1 or MFD1] CARD 1 ERR –Card 1 is invalid.
[PFD1 or MFD1] CARD 2 ERR –Card 2 is invalid.
TRN AUD FAIL – Trn Awarenessaudio source unavailable.
TERRAIN AUD CFG – Trn Awarenessaudio config error. Service req’d.

FLIGHT PLAN IMPORT/EXPORT MESSAGESAUDIO PANEL& CNS

In some circumstances, some messages may appear in conjunction with others.
Flight Plan Import/Export Results‘Flight plan successfully imported.’

AFCS
ADDITIONALFEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEXGarmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

190-00498-07 Rev. A

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Description
A flight plan file stored on the SD card was successfully imported as a stored
flight plan.
‘File contained user waypoints only. User
The file stored on the SD card did not contain a flight plan, only user
waypoints imported successfully. No stored waypoints. These waypoints have been saved to the system user waypoints.
flight plan data was modified.’
No flight plans stored in the system have been modified.
‘No flight plan files found to import.’
The SD card contains no flight plan data.
‘Flight plan import failed.’
Flight plan data was not successfully imported from the SD card.
‘Flight plan partially imported.’
Some flight plan waypoints were successfully imported from the SD card,
however others had errors and were not imported. A partial stored flight plan
now exists in the system.
‘File contained user waypoints only.’
The file stored on the SD card did not contain a flight plan, only user
waypoints. One or more of these waypoints did not import successfully.
‘Too many points. Flight plan truncated.’
The flight plan on the SD card contains more waypoints than the system cansupport. The flight plan was imported with as many waypoints as possible.
‘Some waypoints not loaded. Waypoints
The flight plan on the SD card contains one or more waypoints that the systemlocked.’cannot find in the navigation database. The flight plan has been imported, butmust be edited within the system before it can be activated for use.
‘User waypoint database full. Not all loaded.’ The flight plan file on the SD card contains user waypoints. The quantity ofstored user waypoints has exceeded system capacity, therefore not all the user
waypoints on the SD card have been imported. Any flight plan user waypoints
that were not imported are locked in the flight plan. The flight plan must beedited within the system before it can be activated for use.
‘One or more user waypoints renamed.’
One or more imported user waypoints were renamed when imported due tonaming conflicts with waypoints already existing in the system.
‘Flight plan successfully exported.’
The stored flight plan was successfully exported to the SD card.
‘Flight plan export failed.’
The stored flight plan was not successfully exported to the SD card. The SD
card may not have sufficient available memory or the card may have been
removed prematurely.

577

SYSTEMOVERVIEWAPPENDIX AAFCS ALERTS

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

System Status Field

Figure A-6 AFCS System Status Field
EIS

The following alert annunciations appear in the AFCS System Status field on the PFD.

HAZARDAVOIDANCEFLIGHT
MANAGEMENTAUDIO PANEL& CNS

Condition
Pitch Failure

Description
Pitch axis control failure. AP is inoperative.

Roll Failure

Roll axis control failure. AP is inoperative.

MET Switch Stuck, orPitch Trim Axis Control
FailureSystem Failure

If annunciated when AP is engaged, take control of the aircraft and disengage the autopilot.
If annunciated when AP is not engaged, move each half of the MET switch separately tocheck if a stuck switch is causing the annunciation.
AP and MET are unavailable. FD may still be available.

Elevator Mistrim Up

A condition has developed causing the pitch servo to provide a sustained force. Be prepared
to apply nose up control wheel force upon autopilot disconnect.
A condition has developed causing the pitch servo to provide a sustained force. Be prepared
to apply nose down control wheel force upon autopilot disconnect.
A condition has developed causing the roll servo to provide a sustained left force. Ensure
the slip/skid indicator is centered and observe any maximum fuel imbalance limits.
A condition has developed causing the roll servo to provide a sustained right force. Ensure
the slip/skid indicator is centered and observe any maximum fuel imbalance limits.
Performing preflight system test. Upon completion of the test, the aural alert is heard.

Elevator Mistrim
Down
Aileron Mistrim Left
Aileron Mistrim Right

AFCS

Annunciation

Preflight Test

ADDITIONALFEATURES

Preflight system test has failed.
NOTE: Do not press the AP DISC switch during servo power-up and preflight system tests as this may cause

INDEX

APPENDICES

the preflight system test to fail or never to start (if servos fail their power-up tests). Power must be cycled
to the servos to remedy the situation.

578

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

APPENDIX ASYSTEMOVERVIEWTERRAIN-SVS ALERTS
Alert Type

MFD
Pop-Up Alert

Aural Message

Imminent Terrain Impact Warning (ITI)“Warning; Terrain, Terrain”

Reduced Required Obstacle Clearance Warning (ROC)“Warning; Obstacle, Obstacle”

Imminent Obstacle Impact Warning (IOI)“Warning; Obstacle, Obstacle”

Reduced Required Terrain Clearance Caution (RTC)“Caution; Terrain, Terrain”

Imminent Terrain Impact Caution (ITI)“Caution; Terrain, Terrain”

Reduced Required Obstacle Clearance Caution (ROC)“Caution; Obstacle, Obstacle”

Imminent Obstacle Impact Caution (IOI)“Caution; Obstacle, Obstacle”

AUDIO PANEL& CNS“Warning; Terrain, Terrain”

EIS

Reduced Required Terrain Clearance Warning (RTC)

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

PFD/MFD TERRAINSVS Page
Annunciation

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTTERRAIN-SVS SYSTEM STATUS ANNUNCIATIONSPFD/MFD Alert
Annunciation

None

None

“Terrain System Test OK”

None

None

TERRAIN DATABASE FAILURE

None

Terrain System Test FailTERRAIN FAIL

“Terrain System Failure”

Terrain or Obstacle database unavailable orinvalid, invalid software configuration, system
audio fault

TERRAIN FAIL

“Terrain System Failure”

NO GPS POSITION“Terrain System Not Available”

None“Terrain System Not Available”

None“Terrain System Available”

System Test Pass

None

Terrain Alerting is disabled
MFD Terrain or Obstacle database unavailable orinvalid. Terrain-SVS operating with PFD Terrain
or Obstacle databases

None

No GPS position
Excessively degraded GPS signal, Out of
database coverage area
Sufficient GPS signal received after loss

None

ADDITIONALFEATURESTERRAIN TEST

System Test in Progress

AFCS

Aural Message

HAZARDAVOIDANCETERRAIN-SVS Page
Annunciation

Alert TypeAPPENDICES
INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

579

SYSTEMOVERVIEWAPPENDIX A

TAWS-B ALERTS
Annunciations appear on the PFD and MFD. Pop-up alerts appear only on the MFD.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Alert TypePFD/MFDTAWS Page
Annunciation

MFD Map Page
Pop-Up Alert

Aural Message

Excessive Descent Rate Warning (EDR)“Pull Up”

EIS

Reduced Required Terrain Clearance
Warning (RTC)or“Terrain, Terrain; Pull Up, Pull Up”
or“Terrain Ahead, Pull Up; Terrain Ahead, Pull Up”

orTerrain Ahead, Pull Up; Terrain Ahead, Pull Up”
or“Terrain, Terrain; Pull Up, Pull Up”

or“Obstacle, Obstacle; Pull Up, Pull Up”
or“Obstacle Ahead, Pull Up; Obstacle Ahead, Pull Up”

or“Obstacle Ahead, Pull Up; Obstacle Ahead, Pull Up”
or“Obstacle, Obstacle; Pull Up, Pull Up”

or“Caution, Terrain; Caution, Terrain”
or“Terrain Ahead; Terrain Ahead”

or“Terrain Ahead; Terrain Ahead”
or“Caution, Terrain; Caution, Terrain”

Reduced Required Obstacle Clearance
Caution (ROC)or“Caution, Obstacle; Caution, Obstacle”
or“Obstacle Ahead; Obstacle Ahead”

Imminent Obstacle Impact Caution
(IOI)

or

“Obstacle Ahead; Obstacle Ahead”
or“Caution, Obstacle; Caution, Obstacle”

Imminent Terrain Impact Warning (ITI)

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

Reduced Required Obstacle Clearance
Warning (ROC)

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Imminent Obstacle Impact Warning(IOI)
Reduced Required Terrain Clearance
Caution (RTC)AFCS

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Imminent Terrain Impact Caution (ITI)ADDITIONALFEATURES

Premature Descent Alert Caution (PDA)
Altitude Callout “500”“Too Low, Terrain”
None

None

“Sink Rate”

Negative Climb Rate Caution (NCR)“Don’t Sink”
or“Too Low, Terrain”

or

INDEX

APPENDICES“Five-Hundred”

Excessive Descent Rate Caution (EDR)

580

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

APPENDIX ASYSTEMOVERVIEWTAWS-B SYSTEM STATUS ANNUNCIATIONSPFD/MFD Alert
Annunciation

Alert Type

None

“TAWS System Test OK”

None

None

TERRAIN DATABASE FAILURE

None

TAWS-B System Test Fail

TAWS FAIL“TAWS System Failure”

Terrain or Obstacle database unavailable orinvalid, invalid software configuration, system
audio fault

TAWS FAIL“TAWS System Failure”

NO GPS POSITION“TAWS Not Available”

None“TAWS Not Available”

None“TAWS Available”

System Test Pass

None

TAWS Alerting is disabled
MFD Terrain or Obstacle database unavailable
or invalid. TAWS operating with PFD Terrain or
Obstacle databases

None

No GPS position
Excessively degraded GPS signal, Out of
database coverage area
Sufficient GPS signal received after loss

None

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

None

AUDIO PANEL& CNSTAWS TEST

System Test in Progress

EIS

Aural Message

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

TAWS-B Page Annunciation

HAZARDAVOIDANCEAFCSADDITIONALFEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

581

INDEXAPPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURESAFCSHAZARDAVOIDANCEFLIGHT
MANAGEMENTAUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

SYSTEMOVERVIEWAPPENDIX A

Blank Page

582

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

APPENDIX B
SYSTEMOVERVIEWDATABASE MANAGEMENTCAUTION: Never disconnect power to the system when loading a database. Power interruption during the

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

database loading process could result in maintenance being required to reboot the system.
The system uses Secure Digital (SD) cards to load and store various types of data. For basic flight operations,
SD cards are required for database storage as well as Jeppesen navigation and ChartView database updates. Not
all SD cards are compatible with the G1000. Use only SD cards supplied by Garmin or the aircraft manufacturer.

EIS

CAUTION: When downloading updates to the Jeppesen Navigation Database, copy the data to an SD cardother than a Garmin Supplemental Data Card. Otherwise, data corruption can occur.

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

NOTE: When loading database updates, the ‘DB Mismatch’ message will be displayed until databasesynchronization is complete, followed by turning system power off, then on. Synchronization can bemonitored on the AUX-SYSTEM STATUS Page.
NOTE: Loading a database in the system prior to its effective date will result in the expiration date on the

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

power-up screen and the effective date on the AUX-System Status Page being displayed in yellow.
NOTE: Garmin requests the flight crew report any observed discrepancies related to database information.

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

These discrepancies could come in the form of an incorrect procedure; incorrectly identified terrain, obstacles
and fixes; or any other displayed item used for navigation or communication in the air or on the ground. Go
to FlyGarmin.com and select “Aviation Data Error Report.

JEPPESEN DATABASESAFCSThe Jeppesen navigation database is updated on a 28-day cycle. The ChartView database is updated on a
14-day cycle. If the ChartView database is not updated within 70 days of the expiration date, ChartView will
no longer function. Both of these databases are provided directly from Jeppesen.
NOTE: The Jeppesen aviation navigation database is now referred to as the ‘navigation database’. Previously

ADDITIONALFEATURES

this database had been referred to as the ‘aviation database’.
The ChartView database should be copied to the Garmin supplied Supplemental Data Card which will residein the bottom card slot on the MFD. The navigation database must be installed from the Jeppesen or user
supplied SD data card. Contact Jeppesen (www.jeppesen.com) for subscription and update information.

APPENDICESNOTE: After the navigation database is installed, the card may be removed.

INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

583

SYSTEMOVERVIEWAPPENDIX B
Updating the active Jeppesen navigation database (not using the Dual Navigation Database or
Automatic Database Synchronization Features):

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

1) With the system OFF, insert the SD card containing the new navigation database version into the top card slot of thedisplay (PFD or MFD) to be updated (label of SD card facing left).

AUDIO PANEL
& CNS

EIS

2) Turn the system ON. A prompt similar to the following is displayed in the upper left corner of the display:

Figure B-1 Standby Navigation Database Prompt

AFCS

HAZARDAVOIDANCEFLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

3) Press the NO Softkey to proceed to loading the active database.
4) A prompt similar to the following is displayed, press the YES Softkey to update the active navigation database.

ADDITIONALFEATURES

Figure B-2 Database Update Confirmation5) After the update completes, the display starts in normal mode. Do not remove power while the display isstarting.
6) Turn the system OFF and remove the SD card from the top card slot.

APPENDICES

7) Repeat steps 1 through 6 for the other display (PFD or MFD). Remove the SD card when finished.
8) Apply power to the system and press the ENT Key to acknowledge the startup screen.
9) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the AUX Page group on the MFD.
10) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the System Status Page.

INDEX

11) Press the Display Database Selection Softkey to show active navigation database information for each display (MFD1
DB or PFD1 DB). Verify the correct active navigation database cycle information is shown for each display.

584

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

APPENDIX B
SYSTEMOVERVIEWDUAL NAVIGATION DATABASE FEATURE

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

The dual navigation database feature allows each display to store an upcoming navigation database on thebottom SD card so that the system can automatically load it to replace the active database when the new
database becomes effective (the next cycle becomes available seven days prior to its effective date).

EIS

If a navigation database loader card is inserted into the top SD card slot of a display, and an SD card is in thebottom slot, the system will prompt the user (upon on-ground power up) as to whether the database should
be stored on the bottom SD card as the standby database. If the user responds affirmatively, the system will
copy the navigation database from the top SD card to the bottom SD card. As long as the bottom SD cardremains in the card slot, this standby navigation database will be available for the system to use as the active
database as soon as it becomes effective.

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

The system checks the active and standby databases upon (on-ground only) power-up. If the standby
database is current and the active database is out of date, the display will upload the standby database into theactive internal database location. Uploading the standby database to the active location takes approximately
45-55 seconds. The pilot is alerted that the update is complete by a system alert message, ‘NAV DB UPDATED’.
Loading a standby navigation database:

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

1) With the system OFF, insert the SD card containing the new navigation database version into the top card slotof the MFD.
2) Verify that an SD card is inserted in the bottom slot of the PFD and the MFD.
3) Turn the system ON. A prompt similar to the following is displayed.

HAZARDAVOIDANCEAFCS

Figure B-3 Standby Navigation Database Prompt
ADDITIONALFEATURES

4) Press the YES Softkey. The navigation database is copied to the SD card in the bottom card slot of the MFD.
5) After the navigation database files are copied to the bottom SD card, the display will appear as shown in Figure
B-4.

APPENDICES
INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

585

EIS

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

SYSTEMOVERVIEWAPPENDIX B

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

Figure B-4 Standby Navigation Database Update Complete

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

6) As instructed on the display, press any key to continue. The display will now appear as shown in Figure B-5.

Figure B-5 Navigation Database Verification Prompt

AFCS

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

7) Press any key to continue. The display will now appear as shown in Figure B-6.

ADDITIONALFEATURES

Figure B-6 Active Navigation Database Prompt

8) Press the NO Softkey. The display now starts in normal mode. Since the database effective date is not yet valid,
it should not be loaded as the active database. The display now starts in normal mode. Do not remove power
while the display is starting.

APPENDICES

9) Press the ENT Key to acknowledge the startup screen.
10) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the AUX Page group on the MFD.
11) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the System Status Page.

INDEX

12) The new database is copied to the SD card in the bottom card slot of the PFD. Progress can be monitored in the
SYNC STATUS field. When copying is finished, ‘Complete’ is displayed.
13) Turn system power OFF.

586

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

APPENDIX B
SYSTEMOVERVIEW

14) Remove the SD card from the top card slot of the MFD.
15) Turn system power ON.
16) Press the ENT Key to acknowledge the startup screen.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

17) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the AUX Page group on the MFD.
18) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the System Status Page.
19) Press the Display Database Selection Softkey to show standby navigation database information for each display(MFD1 DB or PFD1 DB). Verify the correct standby navigation database cycle information is shown for eachdisplay.

EIS

GARMIN DATABASES
The following databases are stored on Supplemental Data Cards provided by Garmin:• Airport terrain• SafeTaxi• Terrain• Obstacle• FliteCharts

AUDIO PANEL& CNS• Expanded basemap• Airport Directory(AOPA)

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

After subscribing to the desired database product, these database products will be downloaded and ultimately
stored on two Supplemental Data Cards (with the exception of FliteCharts, which is loaded on only one card).
Each Supplemental Data Card resides in the bottom card of each display as shown in Figure B-7. These cards
must not be removed except to update the databases stored on each card.

HAZARDAVOIDANCE
AFCS

PFD

MFD
ADDITIONALFEATURES
APPENDICES

Figure B-3 Correct Database Locations

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

INDEX

Since these databases are not stored internally in the displays, a Supplemental Data Card containing identical
database versions must be kept in each display unit.

587

SYSTEMOVERVIEWAPPENDIX B
The basemap database contains data for the topography and land features, such as rivers, lakes, and towns.
It is updated only periodically, with no set schedule. There is no expiration date.

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

The terrain database contains the terrain mapping data. The airport terrain database contains increased
resolution terrain data around airports. These databases are updated periodically and have no expiration date.

EIS

NOTE: The data contained in the terrain and obstacle databases comes from government agencies. Garmin

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

The obstacle database contains data for obstacles, such as towers, that pose a potential hazard to aircraft.
Obstacles 200 feet and higher are included in the obstacle database. It is very important to note that not all
obstacles are necessarily charted and therefore may not be contained in the obstacle database. This database is
updated on a 56-day cycle.

The AOPA Airport Directory provides data on airports and heliports throughout the U.S., and offers detailed
information for over 5,300 U. S. airports, along with the names and phone numbers of thousands of FBOs. This
database is updated four times per year.

accurately processes and cross-validates the data, but cannot guarantee the accuracy and completeness ofthe data.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTThe SafeTaxi database contains detailed airport diagrams for selected airports. These diagrams aid in following
ground control instructions by accurately displaying the aircraft position on the map in relation to taxiways,
ramps, runways, terminals, and services. This database is updated on a 56-day cycle.
The FliteCharts database contains procedure charts for the United States only. This database is updated on a
28-day cycle. If not updated within 180 days of the expiration date, FliteCharts will no longer function.

HAZARDAVOIDANCEAUTOMATIC DATABASE SYNCHRONIZATION FEATURE

AFCS

The automatic database synchronization feature automatically transfers the database from a single
SD database card to the SD cards on the PFD and the MFD to ensure that all databases are synchronizedthroughout the system. After power-up, the system compares all copies of each applicable database. If similar
databases do not match, the most recent valid database is automatically copied to each card in the system that
does not already contain that database.

ADDITIONALFEATURES

The following databases are checked and synchronized: Basemap, Safetaxi, Airport Terrain, Obstacle,
Airport Directory (AOPA), and Terrain. This feature applies only to databases that are stored on the SD cardthat resides in the bottom slot of each display. This feature does not apply to the navigation database whichis stored internally in each display, or to the charts databases (FliteCharts and ChartView) which are only
required to be present on the MFD. The typical procedure would be to download new databases to the MFD
card, then synchronize the data to the PFD(s).

APPENDICESNOTE: The 9-arc second terrain database may take as long as 100 minutes to synchronize using this method.

INDEX

Therefore the user may want to transfer the data using a PC, or connect the system to a ground powersource while performing the database synchronization.

588

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

APPENDIX B
SYSTEMOVERVIEWFLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

The synchronization progress may be monitored on the AUX-System Status Page in the Sync Status sectionof the Database Window (Figure B-8). This section shows the synchronization status of each applicabledatabase, including the percent complete, time remaining, and to which displays the databases are being
copied. When the synchronization is complete, the status is listed as ‘Complete’, followed by the displays towhich the databases were copied. This sub-section is only present when a sync is occurring or has occurredon the current power-up.
An indication of ‘Complete’ still requires a power cycle before the synchronized databases will be used by
the system.

EIS
AUDIO PANEL& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Figure B-8 AUX-System Status Page, Database Window

HAZARDAVOIDANCEAFCSThe Display Database Softkey (Figure B-11) is used to place the cursor in the Database Window. Upon
first press of the Display Database Softkey, the softkey will change to a selected state (black text on graybackground) and the cursor will appear in the Database Window. At this point the user can scroll throughall databases in the Database Window to view status information. If the Display Database Softkey is pressed
repeatedly, the softkey will switch between PFD1 and MFD1. Database status information in the Database
Window will reflect the database of the selected display. After a successful sync and restart, verify that theproper databases are now in use on the AUX–System Status Page (Figure B-8).

ADDITIONALFEATURES

If an error occurs during the synchronization, an error message will be displayed, followed by the affecteddisplay in the Sync Status section of the Database Window (Figure B-9). If a synchronization completes on
one display, but an error occurs on the other, the error message will be displayed with the affected diaplay
listed after it. When an error message (Table B-1) is displayed, the problem must be corrected before thesynchronization can be completed. A power cycle is required to restart synchronization when ‘Card Full’ or‘Err’ is shown.

APPENDICES
INDEX

Database Synchronization Error Message
Figure B-9 Synchronization Error Message

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

589

SYSTEMOVERVIEWAPPENDIX B

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Error Message
Description
Canceled
Database synchronization has been canceled by removing the bottom SD card in
display being updated
Card Full
SD card does not contain sufficient memory
Err
Displayed for all other errors that may cause the synchronization process to be halted
Timeout
System timed-out prior to the database transfer completing
Table B-1 Database Synchronization Error Messages

EIS

UPDATING GARMIN DATABASES

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

The Garmin database updates can be obtained by following the instructions detailed in the ‘Aviation
Databases’ section of the Garmin website (fly.garmin.com). Once the updated files have been downloaded
from the website, a PC equipped with an appropriate SD card reader is used to unpack and program the new
databases onto an existing Supplemental Data Card. Equipment required to perform the update is as follows:• Windows-compatible PC computer (running Windows XP, Vista, or Windows 7)

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT• SD Card Reader: SanDisk SDDR-93, SanDisk SDDR-99, Verbatim #96504, or equivalent• Updated database obtained from the Garmin website• Existing Supplemental Database SD Cards (010-00330-42, or -43) from the PFD and MFD

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

In some cases it may be necessary to obtain an unlock code from Garmin in order to make the databaseproduct functional. It may also be necessary to have the system configured by a Garmin authorized service
facility in order to use some database features.
After the data has been copied to the appropriate data card, perform the following steps:
1) With system power OFF, remove the MFD database card from the bottom card slot of the MFD.

AFCS

2) Update the Garmin databases on the MFD card.
3) Insert the MFD database card into the bottom card slot of the MFD.

INDEX

APPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURES

4) Apply power to the system, check that the databases are initialized and displayed on the power-up screen(Figure B-10). When updating the terrain and FliteCharts databases, a ‘Verifying’ message may be seen. If thismessage is present, wait for the system to finish loading before proceeding to step 5.

590

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

APPENDIX B
SYSTEMOVERVIEWFLIGHT
INSTRUMENTSEISAUDIO PANEL& CNS

Figure B-10 Database Information on the Power-up Screen5) Acknowledge the Power-up Page agreement by pressing the ENT Key or the right most softkey.
6) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the AUX Page group on the MFD.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

7) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the System Status Page.
8) Monitor the Sync Status in the Database Window. Wait for all databases to complete synching, indicated by‘Complete’ being displayed as seen in Figure B-9.
9) Remove and reapply power to the system.

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

10) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the AUX Page group on the MFD.
11) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the System Status Page.
12) Press the Display Database Selection Softkey to show database information for each display (MFD1 DB or
PFD1 DB). Verify the correct database cycle information is shown for each database for each display.

AFCS

Unselected

MFD1 DB Selected PFD1 DB Selected

Figure B-11 Display Database Softkey
ADDITIONALFEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

591

SYSTEMOVERVIEWAPPENDIX BMAGNETIC FIELD VARIATION DATABASE UPDATEEISFLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

A copy of the current magnetic field variation database (MV DB) is included with the navigation database.
At startup, the system compares this version of the MV DB with that presently being used by the AHRS (GRS).
If the system determines the MV DB needs to be updated, a prompt is displayed on the Navigation Map Page.

Figure B-12 GRS Magnetic Field Variation Database Update Prompt
AUDIO PANEL& CNS

Loading the magnetic field variation database update:AFCS

HAZARDAVOIDANCEFLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

1) With ‘OK’ highlighted, as shown in figure B-12, press the ENT Key on the MFD. A progress monitor is displayed
as shown in Figure B-13.

ADDITIONALFEATURES

Figure B-13 Uploading Database to GRSINDEXAPPENDICES

2) When the upload is complete, the system is ready for use.

592

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

APPENDIX CSYSTEMOVERVIEWGLOSSARY

CR
CRG
CRNT
Crosstrack Error

APPENDICES
INDEXGarmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

ADDITIONALFEATURES

density altitude
database
decibels ‘Z’ (radar return)Course to Steer

AFCS

190-00498-07 Rev. A

D ALT
DB, DBASE
dBZ

CO
COM
CONFIGCOOL
COPLT
CourseHAZARDAVOIDANCE

BFO
BKSP
BRG

CD
CDI
CDU
CF
CHT
CHKLIST
CHNL
CI
CLD
CLR
cm
CNS

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

barometric altitude
barometric setting
battery
backcourse
The compass direction from the present
position to a destination waypoint.
beat frequency oscillator
backspacebearing

CRS
CRS
CRSR
CTA
CTRL
Cumulative
CVR
CVRG
CWS
CYL

center runway
degrees Celsius
Course to Altitude
calculator
Indicated airspeed corrected for
installation and instrument errors.
Course to DME distanceCourse Deviation Indicator
Control Display Unit
Course to Fix
Cylinder Head Temperaturechecklist
channelCourse to Intercept
cloud
clear
centimeter
Communication,
Navigation,&
Surveillancecarbon monoxide
communication radio
configuration
coolant
co-pilot
The line between two points to befollowed by the aircraft.
The recommended direction to steer
in order to reduce course error or stayon course. Provides the most efficientheading to get back to the desired courseand proceed along the flight plan.
Course to Radial
Cockpit Reference Guide
current
The distance the aircraft is off a desired
course in either direction, left or right.
courseCourse to Steer
cursorControl Area
control
The total of all legs in a flight plan.
Cockpit Voice Recordercoveragecontrol wheel steeringcylinder

AUDIO PANEL
& CNS

B ALT
BARO
BATT
BC
Bearing

C
ºC
CA
CALC
Calibrated Airspeed

EIS

accuracy
active, activate
air data computer
Automatic Direction Finder
Attitude Direction Indicator
Arc to fix
Automatic Flight Control System
Airplane Flight Manual
Airplane Flight Manual Supplement
airframe
Above Ground Level
Attitude and Heading Reference System
Aeronautical Information Manual
Airman’s Meteorological Information
alert
altitudealternator
amperesannunciation
antenna
Aircraft Owners & Pilots Association
autopilot
autopilot disconnect
approach
airport, aerodrome
Aeronautical Radio Incorporated
airspace
Air Route Traffic Control Center
arrivalairspeed
Aviation Support Branch
Automated Surface Observing System
Air Traffic Control
ATC Radar Beacon System
Automatic Terminal Information Service
along-track
automatic sequenceauxiliary
Automated Weather Observing System

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

ACC
ACT, ACTV
ADC
ADF
ADI
AF
AFCS
AFM
AFMS
AFRM
AGL
AHRS
AIM
AIRMET
ALRT
ALT
ALT, ALTN
AMPS
ANNUNCANTAOPAAPAP DISC
APR
APT
ARINC
ARSPC
ARTCC
ARV
AS
ASB
ASOS
ATC
ATCRBSATISATKAUTOSEQ
AUX
AWOS

593

SYSTEMOVERVIEWAPPENDIX CFLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

DCLTR, DECLTRDEC FUELdeg
DEIC, DEICE
DEP
Desired Track

AUDIO PANEL
& CNS

EIS

DEST
DF
DFLT
DGRD
DH
Dilution of Precision

DIR
DIS
Distance

HAZARDAVOIDANCEFLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

DME
DOP
DP
DPRT
DR
DSBL
DTK
E
ECU
Efficiency

AFCS

EGT
EIS
EGNOS

APPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURES

ELEV
ELEV
EMERGCYEMI
ENDUR
Endurance

INDEX

ENG
ENGD
ENR
Enroute Safe Altitude

ENT

594

declutterdecrease fueldegreede-icing
departure
The desired course between the active“from” and “to” waypoints.
destination
Direct to Fixdefault
degradedecision height
A measure of GPS satellite geometry
quality on a scale of one to ten (lower
numbers equal better geometry, where
higher numbers equal poorer geometry).
direction
distance
The ‘great circle’ distance from the present
position to a destination waypoint.
Distance Measuring Equipment
Dilution of Precision
Departure Procedure
departuredead reckoning
disabled
Desired Trackempty, east
Engine Control Unit
A measure of fuel consumption,
expressed in distance per unit of fuel.
Exhaust Gas Temperature
Engine Indication System
European Geostationary Navigation Overlay
Serviceelevation
elevator
emergency
Electromagnetic Interference
endurance
Flight endurance, or total possible flighttime based on available fuel on board.
engineengagedenrouteThe recommended minimum altitude
within ten miles left or right of thedesired course on an active flight plan ordirect-to.
enter

EPE
Estimated Position Error
EPU
Estimated Position Uncertainty
ERR
error
ESA
Enroute Safe Altitude
Estimated Position Error A measure of horizontal GPS position
error derived by satellite geometry
conditions and other factors.
Estimated Time of Arrival The estimated time at which the aircraft
should reach the destination waypoint,
based upon current speed and track.
Estimated Time Enroute The estimated time it takes to reach thedestination waypoint from the present
position, based upon current ground
speed.
ETA
Estimated Time of Arrival
ETE
Estimated Time Enroute
EXPIRD
expired
ºF
FA
FAA
FADEC
FAF
FAIL
FC
FCC
FCST
FD
FD
FDE
FFLOW
FIS-B
FISDL
FL
FLC
FM
FMS
FOB
FPL
fpm
FREQ
FRZ
FSS
ft
Fuel Flow
Fuel On Board

G/S, GSdegrees Fahrenheit
Course From Fix to Altitude
Federal Aviation Administration
Full Authority Digital Engine Control
Final Approach Fix
failureCourse From Fix to DistanceFederal Communication Commission
forecast
Course From Fix to DME Distance
flight director
Fault Detection and Exclusion
fuel flow
Flight Information Services-Broadcast
Flight Information Service Data Link
flight level
Flight Level Change
Course From Fix to Manual Termination
Flight Management System
Fuel On Board
flight plan
feet per minutefrequency
freezing
Flight Service Station
foot/feet
The fuel flow rate, expressed in units offuel per hour.
The total amount of usable fuel on board
the aircraft.
glideslope

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

APPENDIX C

L
left, left runway
LAT
latitude
LBL
label
lb
pound
LCD
Liquid Crystal Display
LCL
local
LED
Light Emitting Diode
Left Over Fuel On Board The amount of fuel remaining on board
after the completion of one or more legsof a flight plan or direct-to.
Left Over Fuel Reserve The amount of flight time remaining,based on the amount of fuel on board
after the completion of one or more legsof a flight plan or direct-to, and a known
consumption rate.
Leg
The portion of a flight plan between two
waypoints.
LIFR
Low Instrument Flight Rules
LNAV
Lateral Navigation
LO
low
LOC
localizer

ADDITIONALFEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEXGarmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

AFCS

190-00498-07 Rev. A

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Hold Terminating at Altitude
heading
The direction an aircraft is pointed,
based upon indications from a magnetic
compass or a properly set directional
gyro.
HF
Hold Terminating at Fix
HFOM
Horizontal Figure of MeritHgmercury
HIhigh
HI SENSHigh Sensitivity
HM
Hold with Manual Termination
Horizontal Figure of Merit A measure of the uncertainty in theaircraft’s horizontal position.
hPahectopascal
HPL
Horizontal Protection Level
hr
hour
HSDB
High-Speed Data Bus
HSI
Horizontal Situation Indicator
HT
heat
HUL
Horizontal Uncertainty Level
Hz
Hertz

key stuckkilogramkilohertz
kilometerknot

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

HA
HDG
Heading

KEYSTK
kg
kHz
km
kt

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

Ground Track
GRS
GS
GTX

INFO
in HG
INT
INTEG
IrDA, IRDA

Inner Marker
Initial Approach Fix
Indicated Air Temperature
International Civil Aviation Organization
Intercom System
Identification/Morse Code Identifier
identification
Initial Fix
Instrument Flight Rules
Imperial gallon
Instrument Landing System
Instrument Meteorological Conditions
inch
inactiveincrease fuelindicated
Information provided by properly
calibrated and set instrumentation on
the aircraft panel.
information
inches of mercuryintersection(s)integrity (RAIM unavailable)
Infrared Data Association

EIS

Groundspeed

I
IAF
IAT
ICAO
ICS
ID
IDENT, IDNT
IF
IFR
IG
ILS
IMC
in
INACTVINC FUEL
IND
Indicated

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

GMA
GMC
GMT
GMU
GND
gph
GPS
Grid MORA

go-aroundgallon(s)gearboxGarmin Air Data Computer
Garmin Display Unit
Garmin Engine/Airframe Unitgeographic
Garmin Flight Control
Garmin Integrated Avionics Unit
Global Navigation Satellite Landing
SystemGarmin Audio Panel System
Garmin Mode Controller
Greenwich Mean Time
Garmin Magnetometer Unit
groundgallons per hour
Global Positioning System
Grid Minimum Off-Route Altitude; one
degree latitude by one degree longitudein size and clears the highest elevationreference point in the grid by 1000 feetfor all areas of the grid
The velocity that the aircraft is travelling
relative to a ground position.
see Track
Garmin Reference System
Ground speed
Garmin Transponder

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

GA
gal, gl
GBOX
GDC
GDU
GEA
GEO
GFC
GIA
GLS

595

SYSTEMOVERVIEWAPPENDIX C
LOI
LON
LPV

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

LRU
LT
LTNG
LVL

HAZARDAVOIDANCEFLIGHT
MANAGEMENTAUDIO PANEL
& CNS

EIS

M
m
MAG
MAG VAR
MAHP
MAN INMAN SQ
MAP
MASQMAX
MAXSPD
MDA
MET
METAR
MEPT
MFD
MGRS
MHz
MIC
MIN
Minimum Safe Altitude

MSG
MSL
MT
mV
MV DB
MVFR

Middle Marker
meter
Magnetic
Magnetic Variation
Missed Approach Hold Point
manifold pressure (inches Hg)
Manual Squelch
Missed Approach Point
Master Avionics Squelch
maximum
maximum speed (overspeed)
barometric minimum descent altitude
manual electric trim
Meteorological Aviation Routine
manual electric pitch trim
Multi Function Display
Military Grid Reference Systemmegahertz
microphoneminimum
Uses Grid MORAs to determine a safe
altitude within ten miles of the aircraft
present position.
marker beacon
Military Operations Area
movement
meters per minute
Minimum Safe Altitude
Multi-functional Satellite Augmentation
Systemmessage
Mean Sea Level
meter
millivolt(s)Magnetic Variation Database
Marginal Visual Flight Rules

N
NAV
NAVAID
NDB

northnavigation
NAVigation AID
Non-directional Beacon

INDEX

APPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURES

AFCS

MKR
MOA
MOV
mpm
MSA
MSAS

596

loss of integrity (GPS)longitude
Localizer Performance with Verticalguidance
Line Replacement Unit
leftlightning
level

NEXRAD
nm
NoPT

NRST

Next Generation Radarnautical mile(s)No Procedure Turn Required (procedure
shall not be executed without ATC
clearance)nearest

O
OAT
OBS
OFST
OXY

Outer Marker
Outside Air TemperatureOmni Bearing Selector
offsetoxygen

P ALT
PA
PA
PASS
PC
PFD
PI
PIT, PTCH
POSN
PPM
P. POS
PRES, PRESS
PROC
psi
PT
PTK
PTT
PWR

pressure altitude
Passenger Address
Proximity Advisory
passenger(s)personal computer
Primary Flight Display
Procedure Turn to Course Intercept
pitch
positionparts per million
Present Positionpressure
procedure(s), procedure turnpounds per square inch
Procedure Turnparallel track
Push-to-Talk
power

QTY

quantity

R
RAD
RAIM

right, right runway
radialReceiverAutonomous
Integrity
Monitoring
random access memoryreferenceremaining (fuel remaining above
Reserve)requiredreserve (fuel reserve entered by pilot)
reverse, revision, revise
Constant Radius Turn to Fix
Radio Magnetic Indicator
remoterange
runway

RAM
REF
REM
REQ
RES
REV
RF
RMI
RMT
RNG
RNWY

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

APPENDIX C

unavailable
user
Coordinated Universal Time
Universal Transverse Mercator / Universal
Polar Stereographic Grid

V, Vspeed
VA
VAPP
VAR
VD
Vdc
VERT
Vertical Figure of Meritvelocity (airspeed)
Heading Vector to Altitude
VOR approach
variation
Heading Vector to DME Distancevolts, direct current
verticalA measure of the uncertainty in theaircraft’s vertical position.
Vertical Speed Required The vertical speed necessary to descend/
climb from a current position and altitude
to a defined target position and altitude,
based upon current groundspeed.
VFOM
Vertical Figure of Merit
VFR
Visual Flight Rules
VHF
Very High Frequency
VI
Heading Vector to Intercept
VLOC
VOR/Localizer Receiver

ADDITIONALFEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEXGarmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

AFCS

190-00498-07 Rev. A

UNAVAILUSR
UTC
UTM/UPSHAZARDAVOIDANCEtrue
Traffic Advisory
Tactical Air Navigation System
Terminal Aerodrome Forecast
True Airspeed
Traffic Advisory System, true airspeed
Total Air Temperature
Terrain Awareness and Warning System
Terminal Control Area

TRG
TRK
TRSA
TRUNC
TTL
TURN
TX

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

T
TA
TACAN
TAF
TAS
TAS
TAT
TAWS
TCA

Track Angle Error

AUDIO PANEL
& CNS

SID
SIGMETSim
SLP/SKD
SMBL
SPD
SPI
SPKR
SQ
SRVC, SVC
STAL
STAR
STATS
STBY
STD
SUA
SUSP
SVS
SW
SYS

south
Selective Availability
Static Air Temperature
Satellite-Based Augmentation System
Storm Cell Identification and Tracking
Secure Digitalsecond(s)selectsurfaceStandard
Instrument
Approach
ProceduresStandard Instrument DepartureSignificant Meteorological Information
simulator
slip/skid
symbolspeed
Special Position Identification
speakersquelchservicestallStandard Terminal Arrival Routestatistics
standbystandard
Special Use AirspacesuspendSynthetic Vision System
softwaresystemTraffic Collision Avoidance System
telephonetemperatureterminal
Track Between Two Fixes
Temporary Flight Restriction
True Heading
Traffic Information System
Turbine Inlet Temperature
Track Angle Error
Terminal Maneuvering Area
Timer/Reference
topographic
Direction of aircraft movement relative
to a ground position; also ‘Ground
Track’
The angle difference between thedesired track and the current track.
targettrack
Terminal Radar Service Area
truncated
total
procedure turntransmit

EIS

S
SA
SAT
SBAS
SCIT
SD
sec
SEL, SLCT
SFC
SIAP

TCAS
TEL
TEMP
TERM
TF
TFR
T HDG
TIS
TIT
TKE
TMA
TMR/REF
Topo
Track

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

rollread only memory
revolutions per minutereset fuelreserve (fuel reserve entered by pilot)
rightreversionary
receive

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

ROL
ROM
rpm
RST FUELRSVRTRVRSNRYRX597

SYSTEMOVERVIEWAPPENDIX C

VPL
VPROF
VPTH
VR
VS
VSI
VSR
VTF

Heading Vector to Manual Termination
Visual Meteorological Conditions
vertical navigation
volumeVHF Omni-directional Rangevery high frequency omnidirectional
range station and tactical air navigation
Vertical Protection Level
VNV profile, vertical profile
VNV path, vertical path
Heading Vector to Radial
vertical speed
Vertical Speed Indicator
Vertical Speed Required
vector to final

W
WAAS
WARN
WGS-84WPT
WW
WX

watt(s), west
Wide Area Augmentation System
warning (GPS position error)
World Geodetic System - 1984
waypoint(s)world wide
weather

XFER, XFR
XPDR
XTALK
XTK

transfertranspondercross-talkcross-track

INDEX

APPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURESAFCSHAZARDAVOIDANCEFLIGHT
MANAGEMENTAUDIO PANEL
& CNS

EIS

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

VM
VMC
VNAV, VNVVOL
VOR
VORTAC598

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

APPENDIX DSYSTEMOVERVIEWFREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONSFLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

If a particular aspect of G1000 operational capability is not addressed by these commonly asked questions or in
the index, contact Garmin (see the copyright page or back cover for contact information) or a Garmin-authorized
dealer. Garmin is dedicated to supporting its products and customers.

What is SBAS?

EISThe Satellite Based Augmentation System (SBAS) uses a system of ground stations to correct any GPS signal
errors. These ground stations correct for errors caused by ionospheric disturbances, timing, and satellite
orbit errors. It also provides vital integrity information regarding the health of each GPS satellite. The signal
correction is then broadcast through geostationary satellites. This correction information can then be received
by any SBAS-enabled GPS receiver.

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

SBAS is designed to provide the additional accuracy, availability, and integrity necessary to enable users to rely
on GPS for all phases of flight.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

There are several SBAS systems serving different parts of the world. The Wide Area Augmentation System(WAAS) is currently available in the United States, including Alaska and Hawaii. The European Geostationary
Navigation Overlay Service (EGNOS) offers coverage of Europe, parts of the middle east and northern Africa. The
Multi-functional Satellite Augmentation System (MSAS) covers mainly Japan and parts of northern Australia.

How does SBAS affect approach operations?

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Both LNAV/VNAV and LPV approaches use the accuracy of SBAS to include vertical (glide path) guidance
capability. The additional accuracy and vertical guidance capability allows improved instrument approaches toan expanded number of airports throughout the U.S.

AFCS

The implementation of LPV approaches further improves precision approach capabilities. LPV approaches
are designed to make full use of the improved GPS signal from the SBAS. This approach combines the LNAV/VNAV vertical accuracy with lateral guidance similar to the typical Instrument Landing System (ILS). LPV
approaches allow lower approach minimums.

What is RAIM and how does it affect approach operations?

ADDITIONALFEATURES

In systems using the GIA 63, or when SBAS is unavailable, the GPS receivers use Receiver Autonomous
Integrity Monitoring (RAIM) to perform the following functions:• Monitor and verify integrity and geometry of tracked GPS satellites• Notify pilot when satellite conditions do not provide necessary coverage to support a certain phase offlightAPPENDICES• Predict satellite coverage of a destination area to determine whether the number of available satellites issufficient to satisfy requirements (refer to the System Overview Section for instructions on RAIM prediction)• Detect and exclude bad satellites from the navigation solution (Fault Detection and Exclusion, FDE)

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

INDEX

RAIM ensures that satellite geometry allows for a navigation solution calculation within a specified protection
limit (4.0 nm for oceanic, 2.0 nm for enroute, 1.0 nm for terminal, and 0.3 nm for non-precision approaches).
Without SBAS or RAIM, GPS position accuracy integrity cannot be monitored.

599

SYSTEMOVERVIEWAPPENDIX D

NOTE: If RAIM is not predicted to be available for the final approach course, the approach does not become

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

active, as indicated by the “RAIM not available from FAF to MAP” message and the LOI annunciation
flagging on the HSI.
For RAIM to work correctly, the GPS receiver must track at least five satellites. A minimum of six satellites isrequired to allow RAIM to eliminate a single corrupt satellite from the navigation solution.

EIS

RAIM ensures that satellite geometry allows for a navigation solution calculation within a specified protection
limit (2.0 nm for oceanic and en route, 1.0 nm for terminal, and 0.3 nm for non-precision approaches). The
G1000 System monitors RAIM and issues an alert message when RAIM is not available (see Appendix A).
Without RAIM, GPS position accuracy cannot be monitored. If RAIM is not available when crossing the FAF,
the pilot must fly the missed approach procedure.

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

Why are there not any approaches available for a flight plan?
Approaches are available for the final destination airport in a flight plan or as a direct-to (keep in mind
that some VOR/VORTAC identifiers are similar to airport identifiers). If a destination airport does not have apublished approach, the G1000 indicates “NONE” for the available procedures.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

What happens when an approach is selected? Can a flight plan with an approach, a departure, or an
arrival be stored?

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

When an approach, departure, or arrival is loaded into the active flight plan, a set of approach, departure,or arrival waypoints is inserted into the flight plan, along with a header line showing the title of the selected
instrument procedure. The original en route portion of the flight plan remains active, unless the instrument
procedure is activated. This may be done either when the procedure is loaded or at a later time.

ADDITIONALFEATURES

AFCS

Flight plans can also be stored with an approach, a departure, or an arrival. Note that the active flight plan
is erased when the system is turned off. Also, the active flight plan is overwritten when another flight plan is
activated. When storing flight plans with an approach, a departure, or an arrival, the G1000 uses the waypoint
information from the current database to define the waypoints. If the database is changed or updated, theG1000 System automatically updates the information, provided the procedure has not been modified. Should
an approach, departure, or arrival procedure no longer be available, the flight plan becomes locked until theprocedure is deleted from the flight plan.

Can “slant Golf” (“/G”) be filed using the G1000?

APPENDICES“/G” may be filed for a flight plan. The G1000 System meets the requirements of TSO-C145a Class 3 andETSO C145 Class 3 installations. GPS approaches are not to be flown with an expired database. See theapproved Pilot’s Operating Handbook (POH) as well as the Aeronautical Information Manual (AIM) for more
information.

What does the OBS Softkey do?

INDEX

The OBS Softkey is used to select manual sequencing of waypoints. Activating OBS mode sets the current
active-to waypoint as the primary navigation reference and prevents the system from sequencing to the next
waypoint in a flight plan. When OBS mode is cancelled, automatic waypoint sequencing is continued, and
the G1000 automatically activates the next waypoint in the flight plan once the aircraft has crossed the present
active waypoint.

600

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

APPENDIX D• Manual course change on HSI not possible• Manually select course to waypoint from
HSI

• Always navigates ‘TO’ the active waypoint• Indicates ‘TO’ or ‘FROM’ waypoint• Must be in this mode for final approachcourse• Cannot be set for final approach course or
published holding patterns

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

OBS• Manual sequencing - ‘holds’ on selected
waypoint

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

Normal (OBS not activated)• Automatic sequencing of waypoints

EIS

When OBS mode is active, the G1000 allows the pilot to set a desired course to/from a waypoint using the
CRS/BARO Knob and HSI (much like a VOR).

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

The most common application for using the OBS Softkey is the missed approach. The G1000 suspends
automatic waypoint sequencing (indicated by a ‘SUSP’ annunciation placed on the HSI) when the missed
approach point (MAP) is crossed. This prevents the G1000 from automatically sequencing to the missed
approach holding point (MAHP). During this time, the OBS Softkey designation changes to SUSP. Pressing
the SUSP Softkey reactivates automatic waypoint sequencing. The OBS Softkey then resumes its normal
functionality.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Why does the G1000 not automatically sequence to the next waypoint?

HAZARDAVOIDANCEThe G1000 only sequences flight plan waypoints when automatic sequencing is enabled (i.e., no “OBS” or‘SUSP’ annunciation). For automatic sequencing to occur, the aircraft must also cross the “bisector” of the turnbeing navigated. The bisector is a line passing through the waypoint common to two flight plan legs at anequal angle from each leg.

How can a waypoint be skipped in an approach, a departure, or an arrival?

AFCS

The G1000 allows the pilot to manually select any approach, departure, or arrival leg as the active leg ofthe flight plan. This procedure is performed on the MFD from the Active Flight Plan Page by highlighting thedesired waypoint and selecting the ACT LEG Softkey then the ENT Key to approve the selection. The GPSthen provides navigation along the selected flight plan leg.

ADDITIONALFEATURES

When does turn anticipation begin?
The G1000 smooths adjacent leg transitions based on a normal 15° bank angle (with the ability to roll up to30°) and provides three pilot cues for turn anticipation:

APPENDICES• A waypoint alert (‘Next DTK ###° in # seconds’ or ‘Next HDG ###° in # seconds’) appears on the PFD 10
seconds before the turn point and flashes as it counts down to zero.
• A flashing turn advisory (‘Turn [right/left] to ###° in # seconds’) appears on the PFD 10 seconds before theturn and flashes as it counts down to zero.  ‘Turn [right/left] to ###° now’ or ‘Next [DTK/HDG] to ###° now’is displayed when the pilot is to begin the turn and the HSI (GPS mode) automatically sequences to the next
DTK or HDG value.

INDEX• The To/From indicator on the HSI flips momentarily to indicate that the midpoint of the turn has beencrossed.

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

601

SYSTEMOVERVIEWAPPENDIX D
When does the CDI scale change?

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Once a departure is activated, the G1000 Course Deviation Indicator (CDI) full scale deflection is set to 0.3
nm. The CDI scale changes to 1.0 nm (terminal mode) then ramps up to 2.0 nm (enroute mode) at 30 nm
from the departure airport. When 31 nm from the destination, the CDI scale smoothly transition from 2.0 nm
back to 1.0 nm (terminal mode). At 2.0 nm before the FAF during an active approach, the CDI scale transitions
down further based on the type of approach activated (LNAV, LNAV/VNAV, LPV). When a missed approach isactivated, the CDI is set to 0.3 nm. See the Flight Instruments Section for more details on CDI scaling.

Why does the HSI not respond like a VOR when OBS mode is active?

AUDIO PANEL
& CNS

EIS

Unlike a VOR, the CDI scale used on GPS equipment is based on the crosstrack distance to the desired
course, not on the angular relationship to the destination. Therefore, the CDI deflection on the GPS is constantregardless of the distance to the destination and does not become less sensitive when further away from thedestination.

What is the correct missed approach procedure? How is the missed approach holding point selected?

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

To comply with TSO specifications, the G1000 does not automatically sequence past the MAP. The first
waypoint in the missed approach procedure becomes the active waypoint when the SUSP Softkey is selected
after crossing the MAP. All published missed approach procedures must be followed, as indicated on theapproach plate.
To execute the missed approach procedure prior to the MAP (not recommended), select the Active Flight Plan
Page and use the ACT LEG Softkey to activate the missed approach portion of the procedure.

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

After a missed approach, how can the same approach be re-selected? How can a new approach be
activated?
NOTE: Do not attempt to reactivate the current approach prior to crossing the missed approach point

AFCS(MAP). If an attempt to do so is made, an alert message “Are you sure you want to discontinue the current
approach?” appears. The G1000 directs the pilot back to the transition waypoint and does not take into
consideration any missed approach procedures, if the current approach is reactivated.

ADDITIONALFEATURES

After flying the missed approach procedure, the pilot may reactivate the same approach for another attempt bypressing the PROC Key. Once the clearance is given for another attempt, activate the approach by highlighting‘ACTIVATE APPROACH’ using the large FMS Knob and pressing the ENT Key. The G1000 provides navigation
along the desired course to the waypoint and rejoins the approach in sequence from that point.

APPENDICES

To activate a new approach for the same airport, select the new procedure by pressing the PROC Key. Choose‘SELECT APPROACH’, select the desired approach from the list shown, and press the ENT Key. Select thedesired transition, then activate the approach using the ENT Key.

INDEX

To activate a new approach to a different airport, press the Direct-to Key and select the desired airport using
the FMS Knobs. Press the ENT Key to accept the selected airport, then follow the steps in the preceding
paragraph to select an approach for the new airport.

602

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

APPENDIX ESYSTEMOVERVIEW

GENERAL TIS INFORMATIONINTRODUCTION

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

NOTE: Aircraft without an operating transponder are invisible to TIS.

EISThe Traffic Information Service (TIS) provides traffic advisory information to non-TAS/TCAS-equipped
aircraft. TIS is a ground-based service providing the relative locations of all ATCRBS Mode-A and Mode-Ctransponder equipped aircraft within a specified service volume. The TIS ground sensor uses real-time track
reports to generate traffic notification. The G1000 System displays TIS traffic information on the Traffic Map
Page of the MFD. TIS information may also be displayed for overlay on the MFD Navigation Map Page, as
well as on the PFD Inset Map. Surveillance data includes all transponder-equipped aircraft within the coveragevolume. The G1000 System displays up to eight traffic targets within a 7.5 nm radius, from 3,000 feet below,
to 3,500 feet above the requesting aircraft.

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

TIS VS. TAS/TCAS

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTThe Traffic Information System (TIS) is a ground-based service that requires contact with a ground station
through a datalink radio in order to receive traffic information. Traffic Advisory (TAS) and Traffic Collision
Avoidance Systems (TCAS) are self-contained. TAS/TCAS uses an airborne interrogator with a half-second
update rate, while TIS utilizes the terminal Mode-S ground interrogator and accompanying data link to provide
a five-second update rate. TIS and TAS/TCAS have similar ranges.

HAZARDAVOIDANCETIS LIMITATIONSNOTE: TIS is not intended to be used as a collision avoidance system and does not relieve the pilot of the

responsibility to “see and avoid” other aircraft. TIS shall not be used for avoidance maneuvers during
instrument meteorological conditions (IMC) or when there is no visual contact with the intruder aircraft.
AFCS

NOTE: Refer to the TIS Limitations section of the Aeronautical Information Manual (AIM) for a morecomprehensive explanation.
ADDITIONALFEATURES
APPENDICES

TIS relies on surveillance of the Mode-S radar system, which is a “secondary surveillance” radar system
similar to that used by ATCRBS. Many limitations are inherent in secondary radar surveillance. Information
provided by TIS is neither better nor more accurate than the information used by ATC. TIS is intended only
to assist in visual acquisition of other aircraft in visual meteorological conditions (VMC). While TIS is a usefulaid for visual traffic avoidance, system limitations must be considered to ensure proper use. No recommended
avoidance maneuvers are given, nor authorized, as a direct result of a TIS intruder display or TIS advisory.
• TIS operation may be intermittent during turns or other maneuvering.

INDEX• TIS is dependent on two-way, line-of-sight communications between the aircraft and the Mode-S radar
antenna. Whenever the structure of the aircraft comes between the transponder antenna and the groundbased radar antenna, the signal may be temporarily interrupted.
• Other limitations and anomalies associated with TIS are described in the AIM.

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

603

SYSTEMOVERVIEWAPPENDIX EWARNING: Garmin is not responsible for Mode S geographical coverage. Operation of the ground stations

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

is the responsibility of the FAA. Refer to the AIM for a Terminal Mode S radar site map.
NOTE: TIS is unavailable at low altitudes in many areas of the United States. This is often the case inmountainous regions.

AUDIO PANEL
& CNS

EIS

TIS information is collected during a single radar sweep. Collected information is then sent through theMode S uplink on the next radar sweep. Because of this, the surveillance information is approximately fiveseconds old. TIS ground station tracking software uses prediction algorithms to compensate for this delay.
These algorithms use track history data to calculate expected intruder positions consistent with the time ofdisplay. Occasionally, aircraft maneuvering may cause variations in this calculation and create slight errors on
the Traffic Map Page. Errors affect relative bearing information and target track vector. This can cause a delay inthe displayed intruder information. However, intruder distance and altitude typically remain relatively accurate
and may be used to assist in spotting traffic.
The following errors are common examples:

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT• When the client or intruder aircraft maneuvers excessively or abruptly, the tracking algorithm may report
incorrect horizontal position until the maneuvering aircraft stabilizes.
• When a rapidly closing intruder is on a course that intercepts the client aircraft course at a shallow angle(either overtaking or head-on) and either aircraft abruptly changes course within 0.25 nm, TIS may display
the intruder aircraft on the incorrect side of the client aircraft.

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

These are rare occurrences and are typically resolved within a few radar sweeps once the client/intruder
aircraft course stabilizes.

AFCS

Pilots using TIS can provide valuable assistance in the correction of malfunctions by reporting observationsof undesirable performance. Reports should identify the time of observation, location, type and identity of
the aircraft, and describe the condition observed. Reports should also include the type of transponder andtransponder software version. Since TIS performance is monitored by maintenance personnel, not ATC,malfunctions should be reported in the following ways:• By telephone to the nearest Flight Service Station (FSS) facility

INDEX

APPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURES• By FAA Form 8000-7, Safety Improvement Report (postage-paid card can be obtained at FAA FSSs, General
Aviation District Offices, Flight Standards District Offices, and General Aviation Fixed Base Operators)

604

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

APPENDIX FSYSTEMOVERVIEW

MAP SYMBOLSAIRPORT

BASEMAP
Item

SymbolFLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Item

SymbolInterstate Highway

Unknown Airport

State Highway

Non-towered, Non-serviced Airport

EIS

US Highway

Towered, Non-serviced Airport

National Highway
AUDIO PANEL& CNS

Non-towered, Serviced Airport

Small City or Town
Medium City

Restricted (Private) Airport

Large City

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Towered, Serviced Airport

Heliport

Item

Item

SymbolIntersection

HAZARDAVOIDANCETIS AND TAS TRAFFIC

NAVAIDS

Symbol

Non-Threat Traffic

LOM (compass locator at outer marker)

VOR

Traffic Advisory, Out of Range
ADDITIONALFEATURES

VOR/DME

Proximity Advisory (TAS only)AFCS

NDB (Non-directional Radio Beacon)

Traffic Advisory

VOR/ILS
VORTACAPPENDICES

TACAN

INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

605

SYSTEMOVERVIEWAPPENDIX F

ADS-B TRAFFIC
Item

SymbolFLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Non-Threat Traffic without directional information
Ground traffic without directional information
Traffic Advisory, Out of Range

EIS

Traffic Advisory without directional information

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

Non-aircraft ground traffic
Traffic with directional information, but positional accuracy is degraded. Points in the direction of the aircraft track
Traffic Advisory with directional information. Points in the direction of the intruder aircraft track.

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Traffic located on the ground with directional information. Points in the direction of the aircraft track.
Non-threat traffic with directional information. Points in the direction of the aircraft track.

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

LINE SYMBOLS
Item

SymbolICAO Control Area
Class B Airspace

AFCS

Mode C Tower Area

APPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURES

Warning Area
Alert Area
Caution Area
Danger Area
Prohibited Area
Restricted Area
Training Area
Unknown Area
Class C
Terminal Radar Service Area
Mode C Area

INDEX

Military Operations Area (MOA)
State or Province Border

606

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

APPENDIX FSYSTEMOVERVIEW

LINE SYMBOLS
Item

SymbolFLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

International Border
Road
Railroad

EIS

Lattitude/Longitude

Obstacle Location

Red

Obstacle within 100 ft orabove aircraft altitude

Yellow

Obstacle within 1000 ft ofaircraft altitude

Gray

Obstacle more than 1000
ft below aircraft altitude

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Obstacle
Color

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Obstacle Symbol

Unlighted Obstacle
Lighted Obstacle< 1000 ft AGL > 1000 ft AGL < 1000 ft AGL > 1000 ft AGL

AUDIO PANEL& CNSOBSTACLE SYMBOLS

Obstacle Symbols and Colors

TERRAIN PROXIMITY COLOR CHARTAFCS

Terrain Above Aircraft Altitude
Aircraft Altitude

100 ft Threshold

ADDITIONALFEATURES

1000 ft

Red terrain is above
or within 100 ft below
the aircraft altitude

APPENDICES

Terrain Color
Terrain Location
Yellowterrainisbetween100
ft and100
1000ftftbelow
below theaircraftaltitudealtitudeRed
Terrain above or within
aircraftYellow
Terrain between 100 ft and 1000 ft of aircraft altitudeBlack
Terrainmorethanthan1000
aircraftBlack
terrainis more1000ftftbelow
below theaircraftaltitudealtitudeTerrain Proximity Colors

INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

607

SYSTEMOVERVIEWAPPENDIX FFLIGHT
INSTRUMENTSTERRAIN-SVS AND TAWS COLOR CHART

EIS

Terrain Color
Red (WARNING)
Yellow (CAUTION)
Black (NO DANGER)

Terrain Location
Terrain above or within 100 ft below aircraft altitude
Terrain between 100 ft and 1000 ft of aircraft altitude
Terrain more than 1000 ft below aircraft altitude

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

Potential Impact Points

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTTAWS Symbols & Colors

MISCELLANEOUS

APPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURESAFCSHAZARDAVOIDANCE

Item

Symbol

Item

ARTCC Frequency or FSS Frequency

User Waypoint

Default Map PointerVertical Navigation Along Track Waypoint

Elevation PointerParallel Track Waypoint

Wind Vector

Unanchored Flight Path Waypoint

Measuring PointerTop of Descent (TOD)

Overzoom Indicator

Bottom of Descent (BOD)

Terrain Proximity or TAWS Enabled

Navigating using Dead Reckoning

SymbolINDEX

Traffic Enabled608

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

APPENDIX FSYSTEMOVERVIEW

HAZARD AVOIDANCE FEATURES
FeatureSymbolFLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Terrain Proximity/TAWS display enabled
Traffic display enabled
NEXRAD/PRECIP display enabled

EIS

Cloud Top display enabled
Echo Top display enabled

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

XM Lightning display enabled
Cell Movement display enabled

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

SIGMETs/AIRMETs display enabled
METARs display enabled
City Forecast display enabled

HAZARDAVOIDANCE

Surface Analysis display enabled
Freezing Levels display enabled

AFCS

Winds Aloft display enabledCounty Warnings display enabled

ADDITIONALFEATURES

Cyclone Warnings display enabled
Icing Potential (CIP and SLD) (ICNG)APPENDICES

Pilot Weather Report (PIREPs)
Air Report (AIREPs)
Turbulence (TURB)

190-00498-07 Rev. A

INDEX

Loss of hazard avoidance feature(due to loss of GPS position)

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

609

INDEXAPPENDICESADDITIONALFEATURESAFCSHAZARDAVOIDANCEFLIGHT
MANAGEMENTAUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

SYSTEMOVERVIEWAPPENDIX F

Blank Page

610

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

INDEXEISAUDIO PANEL& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTHAZARDAVOIDANCEAFCSADDITIONALFEATURES

B
Backcourse Mode-------------------------------------------458
Backlighting----------------------------------------- 14, 44, 45
Barometric altimeter setting------------------------------- 54
Battery current---------------------------------84–85, 91–92
Bearing/distance, measuring------------------------------143
Bearing information-------------------------------------49, 61
Bearing pointer----------------------------------------------- 60
Bearing source----------------------------------------------- 61
Bus voltage-----------------------------------------------84, 91

INDEX

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

APPENDICES

190-00498-07 Rev. A

Activating-------------------------------------------------238
ILS----------------------------------------------------------470
Loading--------------------------------------- 206, 235, 237
Missed-----------------------------------------------------474
Removing--------------------------------------------------238
WAAS------------------------------------------------------472
Approach box-----------------------------------------------522
Approach Mode, AFCS------------------------------ 470, 472
Approach Mode (GPS, VAPP, LOC)-----------------------456
APR softkey------------------------------------------- 237, 243
Arrival Alerts-------------------------------------------------- 37
Arrival procedure-190, 204, 232, 233, 234, 256, 258, 267
Attitude---------------------------------------------------------- 1
Attitude and Heading Reference System (AHRS)-13, 15–16
Attitude indicator-------------------------------------------- 52
Audio alerting system--------------------------------------561
Audio Panel--------------------------------------------------- 15
Audio panel controls
SPKR-------------------------------------------------------125
Audio panel fail-safe operation---------------------------131
Aural alerts--------------------------------------------------566
Automatic audio muting-----------------------------------544
Automatic Dependent Surveilence - Broadcast--------402
Automatic Flight Control System (AFCS)--------- 429–478
Alerts-------------------------------------------------------578
Alerts and annunciations------------------------ 477–478
Controls-------------------------------------------- 430–431
Example procedures------------------------------ 461–468
Status Box-------------------------------------------------433
Automatic squelch------------------------------------------108
Autopilot--------------------------------- 429, 459–460, 578
Autopilot disconnect-------------------------- 431, 450, 460
Auto-tuning--------------------------------------------------116
Auto-tuning, COM------------------------------------------103
Auto-tuning, NAV-------------------------------------------112
Auto Zoom---------------------------------------------------138
Auxiliary Pages (AUX)--------------------------------------- 32
AUX - system status page-496, 498, 517, 518, 533, 534,
535, 537
Aviation Symbols------------------------------------- 149, 190

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Access code--------------------------------------------------314
Activate a Flight Plan---------------------------------------208
Active channel-----------------------------------------------541
Active database-------------------------------------- 584, 585
Active frequency------------------------------------- 100, 109
ADS-B-------------------------------------------------- 402, 425
AFCS status annunciation---------------------------------- 49
AFCS Status Box--------------------------------------------433
AHRS----------------------------------------------------------574
Aircraft alerts------------------------------------------------562
Air Data Computer-------------------------------------------- 1
AirportInformation-----------------------------------------------169
Nearest----------------------------------------------------- 39
Airspace alerts-----------------------------------------------184
Airspace Alerts----------------------------------------------184
Airspeed indicator------------------------------------------- 50
Airspeed Reference---------------------------------- 440, 477
AirwaysCollapsed--------------------------------------------------222
Expanded--------------------------------------------------222
Alerting system----------------------------------------------561
Alerting System---------------------------------------------563
Alert levels---------------------------------------------------562
Alerts---------------------------------------------------------561
Airspace---------------------------------------------------- 36
Arrival------------------------------------------------------- 37
Audio voice------------------------------------------------ 37
Alerts window------------------------------------------------ 73
Along Track Offset------------------------------------------214
ALT------------------------------------------------------------271
Altimeter------------------------------------------------------ 53
AltitudeConstraints------------------------------------------------258
Altitude alerting---------------------------------------------- 76
Altitude buffer------------------------------------------------ 36
Altitude capture---------------------------------------------446
Altitude constraints-----------------------------------------225
Altitude hold---------------------------------------------------- 9
Altitude Hold--------------------------------------------------- 9
Altitude Hold Mode (ALT)----------------------------------437
Altitude Reference----------------------------- 437, 438, 446
ALT knob-------------------------------------------------------- 9
Ammeter----------------------------------------84–85, 91–92
Annunciations
Test tone---------------------------------------------------- 41
Annunciations, G1000 System----------------------- 17, 563
Annunciation window--------------------------------------- 49
AOPA Airport Directory----------- 312, 536, 537, 538, 588
AP----------------------------------------------------------9, 578
Approach-----------------------------------------------------600

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

A

I-1

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

INDEX
C

AFCS

HAZARDAVOIDANCEFLIGHT
MANAGEMENTAUDIO PANEL
& CNS

EIS

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Calibrated Airspeed-----------------------------------------240
CAUTION-----------------------------------------------------562
CDI---------------------------- 234, 247, 258, 266, 273, 575
CELL MOV Softkey------------------------------------------295
Chart Not Available---------------------------------- 500, 520
Chart options----------------------------------------- 508, 527
Chart setup box-------------------------------------- 514, 531
ChartView--------------------------------------- 479, 499, 517
ChartView database----------------------------------------517
ChartView functions----------------------------------------499
ChartView plan view---------------------------------------509
ChartView profile view-------------------------------------510
ChartView softkeys-----------------------------------------499
Checklists--------------------------------------------- 547–548
Checklist softkeys-------------------------------------------547
CLD TOP Softkey------------------------------------- 293, 329
Clearance recorder------------------------------------------128
Closest Point-------------------------------------------------222
CLR--------------------------------------------------------------- 8
CNS system--------------------------------------------------- 95
COM channel spacing--------------------------------------107
COM frequency box----------------------------------------100
Command Bars, flight director----------------------------434
COM radio
Channel spacing------------------------------------------ 39
COM tuning failure-----------------------------------------131
Controls--------------------------------------------------------- 7
AFCS------------------------------------------------ 430–431
Softkeys------------------------------------------------ 17–20
Control Wheel Steering (CWS)--------------------- 431, 460
Copy a Flight Plan------------------------------------------209
Course deviation indicator--------------------------------- 62
Course Deviation Indicator (CDI)-------------------------- 39
Course To Altitude------------------------------------------239
Cylinder Head Temperature (CHT)-----------83–85, 86–89

ADDITIONALFEATURESDINDEX

APPENDICES

Data Bar fields, MFD---------------------------------------- 38
Databases----------------------------------------------- 13, 583
Database Synchronization--------------584, 588, 589, 590
Data link-------------------------------------------------------- 1
Datalink receiver troubleshooting------------------------557
Data logging-------------------------------------------------551
Date and time------------------------------------------------ 35
Day/Night views-------------------------------------- 514, 531
Day view----------------------------------514, 515, 531, 532
DB Mismatch------------------------------------------------583
Dead reckoning---------------------------------------------- 78
Dead Reckoning Mode-------------------------------------- 78
Decision height (DH)------------------------------------49, 77
Declutter, display--------------------------------------------- 79
Delete a Stored Flight Plan--------------------------------209

I-2

Deleting an entire airway--------------------------- 211, 212
Deleting an entire procedure----------------------- 211, 212
Deleting an individual waypoint------------------- 210, 211
Deleting Flight Plan Items---------------------------------210
Density Altitude---------------------------------------------242
Departure
Select------------------------------------229, 232, 235, 238
Timer-------------------------------------------------------- 42
Departure procedure--------------------202, 216, 229, 231
Departure Time----------------------------------------------240
Digital audio entertainment---------------------------------- 4
Dilution of Precision (DOP)--------------------------------- 26
Direct-to-162, 185, 186, 187, 188, 189, 223, 224, 256, 258,
273
Display backup------------------------------------ 15, 99, 131
DME
HOLD mode-----------------------------------------------118
NAV1 mode-----------------------------------------------118
DME information------------------------------------ 49, 60, 61
DME transceiver pairing-----------------------------------118
DME tuning window---------------------------------------118
Dual navigation database---------------------------------585

E
ECHO TOP Softkey------------------------------------------292
Electronic checklists-------------- 479–480, 547, 548, 549
Emergency checklist----------------------------------------548
Emergency frequency---------------------------------------131
Engine Display (EIS)------------------------------------ 83–85
Engine hours-----------------------------------------84, 90–92
Engine Indication System (EIS)------------------------ 81–94
Engine Leaning Assist------------------------------ 86, 88, 89
Engine manifold pressure----------- 83–85, 87–89, 91–93
Entering flight ID--------------------------------------------119
Entertainment audio---------------------------------------129
Entertainment inputs---------------------------------------129
Estimated Position Error (EPE)----------------------------- 26
Ethernet--------------------------------------------------------- 2
Exhaust Gas Temperature (EGT)-------------83–84, 86–89

F
Fail-safe operation------------------------------------------131
FD----------------------------------------------------------9, 578
Field of View (SVS)------------------------------------------160
FLC--------------------------------------------------------------- 9
Flight Data Logging--------------------------------- 479, 550
Flight director-----------------------------------429, 432–433
Pitch modes---------------------------------------- 435–441
Roll modes------------------------------------------------451
Flight instruments----------------------------------------47, 50
Flight level change--------------------------------------------- 9
Flight Level Change Mode---------------------------------468
Flight Level Change Mode (FLC)------------ 440, 466, 477

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

INDEX
GTX 33------------------------------------------------------- 1, 3
GTX 33 Transponder----------------------------------------119

H

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

Heading Select---------------------------------------------- 8, 9
Heading Select Mode (HDG)----------------------- 453, 462
HI SENS-------------------------------------------------------117
Horizontal situation indicator------------------------------ 57
HSI double green arrow------------------------------------109
HSI magenta arrow-----------------------------------------109
HSI single green arrow-------------------------------------109

EISI

AUDIO PANEL& CNS

ID indicator--------------------------------------------------111
ILS approach-------------------------------------------------470
Indicated airspeed------------------------------------------- 50
Indicated Altitude-------------------------------------------240
INFO box-----------------------------------------------------523
Inset map----------------------------------------------------- 49
Inset Map-------------------------------------------------18, 22Intercom system (ICS)--------------------------------------129
Intercom volume and squelch-----------------------------127
Intersection
Information---------------------------------------- 170–171
Inverting a flight plan--------------------------------------209
IOI------------------------------------------378, 388, 579, 580

FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

Jeppesen aviation database-------------------------------583

K
Key(s)------------------------------------------------------------ 9

L

AFCS

Land Symbols------------------------------------------------148
Lean Display (EIS)--------------------------------------- 86–89
Lightning------------------------------------------------------ 22
LNAV----------------------------------------------------------247
Log file--------------------------------------------------------551
Logging data------------------------------------------------550
LO SENS------------------------------------------------------117
LPV----------------------------------------------------- 247, 273
LPV approach------------------------------------------------461

ADDITIONALFEATURES
APPENDICES

M
Magnetometer------------------------------------------------- 1
Manual Electric Trim (MET)------------------- 429, 431, 459
Map pages---------------------------------------------------- 31
Map Panning------------------------------------------------140
Map symbols------------------------------------------------605
Marker beacon----------------------------------------------117
Marker beacon annunciations-------------------------49, 74

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

INDEX

GDC 74A-------------------------------------------------------- 1
GDL 69/69A----------------------------------------------1, 278
GDL 90-------------------------------------------------------423
GDU 1040------------------------------------------------------ 1
GEA 71---------------------------------------------------------- 1
geodetic sea level------------------------------ 364, 372, 381
GFC 700 AFCS--------------------------------------- 429–478
GIA 63----------------------------------------------------------- 1
Glidepath-----------------------------------------------------271
Glidepath indicator------------------------------------------ 56
Glidepath Mode (GP)-------------------------- 447, 456, 472
Glideslope----------------------------------------------------271
Glideslope indicator-------------------------------------49, 56
Glideslope Mode (GS)------------------------- 431, 449, 470
Global Positioning System (GPS)Navigation----------------------------------------- 185–276
Receiver information--------------------------------- 25–27
GMA 1347------------------------------------------------- 1, 44
GMU 44--------------------------------------------------------- 1
Go Around Mode (GA)----------------- 431, 450, 474–475
GPS Window-------------------------------------------------589
Groundspeed------------------------------------------------- 43
GRS 77---------------------------------------------------------- 1
GSL----------------------------------------------- 364, 372, 381

HAZARDAVOIDANCEJ

G

190-00498-07 Rev. A

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

Flight plan
Closest point to reference------------------------------222
Storing-----------------------------------------------------600
Flight plan import/export messages---------------------577
Flight timer---------------------------------------------------- 42
FliteCharts-------------------------------------------- 479, 519
FliteCharts®-------------------------------------------------479
FliteCharts cycle---------------------------------------------534
FliteCharts expiration--------------------------------------534
FliteCharts functions---------------------------------------519
FPA----------------------------------------------------- 225, 263
Frequency
Nearest----------------------------------------------------181
Frequency spacing------------------------------------------107
Frequency toggle key------------------------------------------ 8
Frequently asked questions--------------------------------599
FuelCalculations------------------------------------------- 90–92
Efficiency--------------------------------------------------242
Endurance-------------------------------------------------242
Flow--------------------------------- 83–85, 87–89, 91–93
Quantity---------------------------- 84–86, 87–88, 91–92
Remaining--------------------------------------- 91–92, 242
Required---------------------------------------------------242
Used---------------------------------------------------- 91–92
Fuel on Board-----------------------------------------------242
Fuel Statistics------------------------------------------------242

I-3

SYSTEMOVERVIEWINDEXAUDIO PANEL
& CNS

EIS

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

MASQ processing-------------------------------------------- 95
Measurement units, changing displayed----------------- 35
Menus--------------------------------------------------------- 29
Message advisories-562, 566, 567, 568, 569, 570, 571, 572,
573, 574, 575, 576, 577
MET-----------------------------------------------------------578
MFD Data Bar fields----------------------------------------- 38
Minimum descent altitude (MDA)---------------------49, 77
Minimums----------------------------------------------------566
Missed Approach----------- 190, 239, 244, 247, 273, 474
Mistrim-------------------------------------------------------578
MKR/MUTE--------------------------------------------------117
Mode S------------------------------------------------ 119, 120
Mode selection softkeys---------------------------- 120, 123
Morse code identifier---------------------------------------111
Multi Function Display (MFD)
Softkeys----------------------------------------------------- 21N

ADDITIONALFEATURESAFCSHAZARDAVOIDANCEFLIGHT
MANAGEMENT

National Weather Service----------------------------------304
Navigation database-------------------------- 225, 226, 568
Navigation Map---------------------------------------------187
Navigation Mode, AFCS----------------------------- 464–465
Navigation mode selection--------------------------------109
Navigation Mode (VOR, GPS, LOC, BC)-----------------454
Navigation source-------------------------------------- 62–63
NAV radio selection----------------------------------------109
NearestAirports---------------------------------------- 39, 181–184
VOR------------------------------------------------- 181–182
nearest airport---------------------------------- 166, 167, 168
Nearest Airport-------------------- 166, 167, 168, 169, 237
Minimum Runway Length------------------------------169
Surface Matching----------------------------------------169
Nearest Airports Page------------------------- 167, 168, 169
Nearest Pages (NRST)--------------------------------------- 33
NEXRAD---------------------------------------------------18, 22
NEXRAD Softkey------------------------------- 288, 326, 351
Night view--------------------------------514, 515, 531, 532
Non-path descent------------------------------445, 468–469
Normal display operation----------------------------------- 14
Normal operating mode------------------------------------ 14

APPENDICES

O

INDEX

OBS mode----------------------------------------------------- 67
Obstacles---------------------------------------------- 568, 571
Odometer----------------------------------------------------- 43
Oil pressure-------------------------------------83–85, 91–93
Oil temperature--------------------------------83–85, 91–93
Omni Bearing Selector (OBS)----------------------- 600–601
Other Statistics--------------------------------------- 240, 242
Outside air temperature------------------------------------ 69
Overspeed protection, autopilot--------------------------477
Overview-------------------------------------------------------- 1

I-4

P
Parallel Track------------------------------------------ 215, 216
Passenger address------------------------------------------128
PA system----------------------------------------------------128
PIREP---------------------------------------------------------338
Pitch hold------------------------------------------------------- 9
Pitch Hold Mode (PIT)------------------------------- 436, 477
Pitch modes, flight director------------------------- 435–441
Pitch Reference----------------------------------------------436
Power-up page----------------------------------------------547
Power-up, system-------------------------------------------- 13
Presets--------------------------------------------------------543
Primary Flight Display (PFD)
Softkeys------------------------------------------------ 17–19
Procedure examples, AFCS------------------------- 461–468
Profile Path--------------------------------------------------370
Profile View--------------------------------------------------369

Q
Quick tuning 121.500 MHz-------------------------------102

R
Radio volume level-----------------------------------------111
RAIM---------------------------------------234, 244, 245, 246
Range---------------------------------------------------------158
Receiver Autonomous Integrity Monitoring (RAIM)-2 7 – 2 8 ,244
Recorded data-----------------------------------------------551
Register-------------------------------------------------------314
Required Vertical Speed------------------------------------264
Required Vertical Speed Indicator------------------------264
Reversionary display operation---------------------------- 14
Reversionary mode-----------------------------------------131
ROC----------------------------------------378, 388, 579, 580
Roll Hold Mode (ROL)------------------------------- 431, 452
Roll modes, flight director-------------------------- 451–454
Roll Reference-----------------------------------------------452
RS-232----------------------------------------------------------- 3
RS-485----------------------------------------------------------- 3
RunwayMinimum length------------------------------------------- 40
Surface------------------------------------------------------ 40
RVSI---------------------------------------------------- 264, 265
RX indicator--------------------------------------------------101S
SafeTaxi------------------------------------------ 479, 493, 496
SafeTaxi®----------------------------------------------------479
SafeTaxi database-------------------------------------------497
SBAS--------------------244, 245, 246, 571, 573, 597, 599
Scheduler----------------------------------------479–480, 545
Secure Digital (SD) card-------------------------12, 547, 583
Selected altitude--------------------------------------------- 53

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

INDEX
T
TA-------------------------------------------------------------566
Tachometer--------------------------- 83–85, 87–89, 91–93
TAF----------------------------------------------------- 297, 332
TAS----------------------------------------------------- 566, 574
TAWS---------------------------------------------------------580
TAWS-B
System Status---------------------------------------------392
Terminal procedures charts------------------------- 500, 520
Terrain--------------------------------------------------------568
Color indications-----------------------------------------607
Terrain awareness and warning system (TAWS)-------- 75
Terrain Proximity--------------------------------------------364
Terrain-SVS---------------------------------------------------372
Timer----------------------------------------------------------575
Departure--------------------------------------------------- 42
Flight-------------------------------------------------------- 42
Timer, PFD generic------------------------------------------- 41
Time, system-------------------------------------------------- 35
TIS-------------------------------------------------------------394
TOD---------------------------------------------- 263, 264, 270
TOPO DATA------------------------------------- 145, 146, 155
Top of Descent--------------------------------------- 263, 264
TOPO SCALE-------------------------------------------------147
Track indicator------------------------------------------------ 57
Traffic Advisory----------------------------------------------566
Traffic annunciation-------------------------------------49, 74
Traffic information service (TIS)
Voice alerts------------------------------------------------- 74
Traffic Information Service (TIS)-------------------- 603–604
Transponder code entry------------------------------------123
Transponder data box--------------------------------------- 95
Transponder ground mode--------------------------------120
Transponder softkeys---------------------------------------120
Transponder standby mode-------------------------------121
Transponder VFR code-------------------------------------124
Trim adapter-------------------------------------------------459
Trip Planning------------------------------------ 240, 241, 242
Trip statistics-------------------------------------------------- 43
Trip Statistics------------------------------------------ 241, 242
True airspeed------------------------------------------------- 50
True Airspeed------------------------------------------------242
Turbine Inlet Temperature (TIT)-------------- 83, 85, 87, 89
Turn anticipation--------------------------------------------601
Turn rate indicator------------------------------------------- 60
TX indicator--------------------------------------------------101

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTSEISAUDIO PANEL& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENTHAZARDAVOIDANCEAFCSADDITIONALFEATURES
APPENDICES

U
Unable to display chart----------------------------- 500, 520
Updating Garmin databases------------------------------497
Updating Jeppesen databases----------------------------517

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

INDEX

190-00498-07 Rev. A

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

Selected Altitude-------------------------439, 442, 446, 462
Selected Altitude Capture Mode--------------------------439
Selected Altitude Capture Mode (ALTS)---------- 438, 442
Selected Altitude Intercept Arc----------------------------161
Selected course-------------------------------------------49, 58
Selected Course-------------------------------- 455, 457, 458
Selected heading-----------------------------------------49, 58
Selecting a COM radio-------------------------------------100
Selecting a NAV radio--------------------------------------110
Sequencing, automatic-------------------------------------601
Service class-------------------------------------------------540
Servos---------------------------------------------------------459
SIGMET-------------------------------------------------------331
SiriusXM
radio--------------------------------------------------------278
Radio-------------------------------------------------------539
Receiver troubleshooting-------------------------------557
XM WX Satellite Weather-------------------------------278
Activating-------------------------------------------------278
NEXRAD---------------------------------------------------288
SiriusXM channel list---------------------------------------541
SiriusXM radio-----------------------------------------------540
SiriusXM radio entertainment-----------------------------129
SiriusXM radio volume-------------------------------------543
SiriusXM Satellite Radio---------------------------- 539, 541
SiriusXM weather/radio--------------------------------------- 4
Slip/Skid indicator-------------------------------------------- 52
Softkeys
LTNG-------------------------------------------------------294
PFD----------------------------------------------------- 18–20
Speaker-------------------------------------------------------125
Standby frequency----------------------------- 100, 103, 109
Standby frequency field------------------------------------100
Standby Navigation Database--------------------- 585, 587
Stereo headsets---------------------------------------------125
Stormscope--------------------------------------------------359
Stormscope lightning data--------------------------------- 22
Stuck microphone-------------------------------------------131
Sunrise--------------------------------------------------------241
Sunset--------------------------------------------------------241
SVS------------------------------------------------------------576
SVS troubleshooting----------------------------------------556
Symbols, map------------------------------------------------605
Synthetic vision (SVS)------------------------------- 479, 480
System annunciations---------------------------17, 561, 563
System Display (EIS)------------------------------------ 90–92
System message advisories--------------------------------566
System power-up-------------------------------------------- 13
System Setup Page------------------------------------------ 34
System Status Page------------------------------------------ 40
System time--------------------------------------------------- 35

I-5

AFCS

HAZARDAVOIDANCEFLIGHT
MANAGEMENTAUDIO PANEL
& CNS

EIS

FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS

SYSTEMOVERVIEW

INDEX
V

X

Vacuum Pressure-------------------------------84–85, 91–92
VDI----------------------------------------------------- 264, 265
Vertical deviation-------------------------------------------444
Vertical deviation guidance-------------------------------226
Vertical Deviation Indicator-------------------------------264
Vertical navigation------------------------------------------225
Direct-to---------------------------------------------------224
Vertical Navigation (VNV)
Flight control--------------------------------------- 442–446
Vertical Path Tracking Mode (VPTH)--------442–443, 467
Vertical speed-------------------------------------------------- 9
Vertical speed guidance-----------------------------------226
Vertical speed indicator------------------------------------- 55
Vertical Speed Mode (VS)----------------------------------439
Vertical Speed Reference----------------------------------439
Vertical track-------------------------------------------------566
Video settings-----------------------------------------------553
Video system----------------------------------------- 479, 552
VNAV---------------------------------------------------------189
VNV---------------------------------------------- 263, 576, 598
VNV guidance
Disabling--------------------------------------------------223
Enabling---------------------------------------------------223
VNV indications---------------------------------------------- 72
VNV Target Altitude--------------------------------- 442–445
VNV Target Altitude Capture Mode (ALTV)-------------446
Voice alerts, TIS----------------------------------------------- 74
Voice alerts, TIS Traffic------------------------------- 398, 421
Voltmeter----------------------------------------84–85, 91–92
VOR
Nearest--------------------------------------------- 181–182
VOR selection------------------------------------------------109
VS---------------------------------------------------------------- 9
VSI-------------------------------------------------------------265
Vspeed references------------------------------------------- 49
VS TGT------------------------------------------------- 225, 263

XM WX lightning-----------------------------------------18, 22
XM WX Satellite Weather
AIREPs-----------------------------------------------------308
AIRMETs---------------------------------------------------331
Icing--------------------------------------------------------306
PIREPs-----------------------------------------------------308
SIGMETs---------------------------------------------------331
Turbulence------------------------------------------ 306, 307

Z
Zoom
Auto--------------------------------------------------------138

ADDITIONALFEATURESW

INDEX

APPENDICES

WAAS--------------------------------------247, 461, 598, 599
WARNING----------------------------------------------------562
Waypoint
Automatic sequencing----------------------------------601
Skipping---------------------------------------------------601
Waypoint Pages (WPT)-------------------------------------- 31
Waypoint Selection Submenu--- 186, 193, 197, 198, 244
Weather (real-time)-------------------------------------------- 4
Wind--------------------------------------------------- 136, 157
Wind data----------------------------------------------------- 49
Winds Aloft--------------------------------------------------334
WIND Softkey----------------------------------------- 301, 334
Wings level------------------------------------------- 450, 452

I-6

Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Nav III

190-00498-07 Rev. A

G1000®

Garmin (Europe) Ltd.
Liberty House, Bulls Copse Road
Houndsdown Business Park
Southampton, SO40 9RB, U.K.
p:44/0870.8501241
f:44/0870.8501251

www.garmin.com

Cessna Nav III

Garmin Corporation
No. 68, Jangshu 2nd Road
Shijr, Taipei County, Taiwan
p:886/02.2642.9199
f:886/02.2642.9099®

Garmin AT, Inc.
2345 Turner Road SE
Salem, OR 97302, U.S.A.
p:503.391.3411
f:503.364.2138

G1000 Pilot’s Guide

Garmin International, Inc.
1200 East 151st Street
Olathe, KS 66062, U.S.A.
p:913.397.8200
f:913.397.8282

Integrated Flight Deck
Pilot’s Guide

190-00498-07
Revision 1TP

Cessna Nav III